A REJOINDER TO SOME

RECENT ETHNOLOGICAL PAPERS (’), (’), (*)

By WALTER HOWCHIN

EMERITUS PROFESSOR OF GEOLOGY AND PALAEONTOLOGY,

UNIVERSITY OF ADELAIDE

Summary

While engaged in geological field-work on Kangaroo Island, in 1902, the writer came

upon evidences of a previous occupation of the island by aborigines. As it had been

believed previously (from negative evidence) that the Australian natives had not crossed

from the mainland to the island, it was thought worthwhile to incorporate the facts thus

obtained with other observations made at the time. As my main object in visiting the

island was in other directions, only such anthropological observations that came casually

under my notice were recorded, concluding with the words, “Now that attention has been

called to this subject it is probable that further evidences of the occupation of Kangaroo

Island by an aboriginal population will be secured” (No. 4). Two localities were specially

noticed. One of these was at Hawk’s Nest, where the implements were formed from

quartzite. The other was on the southern cost, at the Brecknells sand-dunes, in which

worked stone implements were discovered ; adjacent to which were the remains of two

heaps of broken and whole sea-shells that had the characteristics of being “kitchen

middens” left by the aborigines.

A REJOINDER to some RECENT ETHNOLOGICAL

PAPERS (1) 2.)

By WALTER HOWCHIN,

Emenires Propessor of Grotoay aNp Pararon'ronocy, Unrversrry ov Apnea.

Wine engaged in geological fieldavork on Kangareo Island, in 1902, the writer

came upon evidences of a previous oceupation of the island by aborigines, As it

had been helieved previously (from negative evidence) that the Australian natives

had not crossed from the mainland to the island, it was thought worth while to

incorporate the facts thus obtained with other observations made at the tune. i\s

my main object in visiting the island was in other directions, only such anthroepo-

logical observations that came easually under my notice were recorded, concluding

with the words, ‘‘Now that attention has been called to this subject it is probable

that further evidences of the occupation of Kangaroo Island by an aboriginal

population will be seeured’? (No. 4). Two localities were speeially noticed, One

of these was at Tlawk’s Nest. where the implements were formed from quartzite.

The other was on the southern coast. at the Brecknells sand-dines, in which

worked stone implements were discovered ; adjacent to which were the remains of

two heaps of broken and whole sea-shells that had the characteristies of being

“Kitchen middens”’ left hy the aborigines.

In the Records of the South Australian Museum for 1981 (7), Messrs. 'Tin-

dale and Maceraith published a paper deseribing a visit to the island and the

collection of further native implements. Their chief collecting growuid was, as

noted in my case, around Hawk’s Nest. Tn the preamble to their paper they state,

“Tn the following paper the Tlawk’s Nest oceurrence is deserihed in detail, after

which brief records of some other localities, some corrections in a previons account,

anda general discussion ave given’? (q). 276).

The promised ‘corrections in a previous aeconnt.”’ which is stated to be

“Towehin’s,"* were placed under a separate heading, and inelnded two items.

The first of these dealt with the ‘kitchen middens.’’ which my crities declared

(1)! Traces of an Extinet Aboriginal Population on Kangnroo Tsland,?? by Norman B,

Tindale and Brian G. Maegraith,

(2) Notes on the Supposed Prinitive Stone Tmplements from the Tableland Regions of

Contral Australia,?? by Norman B. Tindale.

()"*A Contribution to the Study of Boliths; Some Observations on the Natural Porees

td work in the production of Flaked Stones on the Coutral Australian Tablelands’? hy 1.

Wood Jones and T. D. Campbell.

e) RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

had been formed, not by liman ageney, but by the aetion of sea-birds, or the

effeets of waves, which aay have carried up the shells from the beaeh ou to

the top of the cliffs, The possibilities of such a fortuitous origin of the shell-

mounds had been disenssed in wy paper, and a ceeision reached on the following

evidences ;

(uv) Its height above the beach. My evities wave their estimate at 6 metres;

biy estimate was 80 feet. The cliff was vertieal, with a slielt shelvine towards

the beaeh at its summit.

(bh) The eroat extent of the shell-eovered area, that measured 40 yards by

20 yards,

(¢) The size of the mound and the great number and variety of the shells,

whieh included some very large examples, The large Tube staminens was plen-

1iful. One example, that [still possess, measures 12 inches in eirth, and although

mich weathered weighs 93 oz. The number of (his species present may be judged

frou the faet that | brought away with me a dozen opereula that belonged to

other exaniples of the same species and of equal size; also a shell of the large and

very rare gasteropod, Chavon (lampos) rebiewnda, which has a loeal distribu-

tion and is near extinetion,

(7) Situated baek from the cliffs a vertical seetion of the sand-dimes, ent by

the wind, exposed another ‘ midden.’’ of dike kind, ina layer of shells with drift-

sand hoth above and below if This was a collection that eoulel uot have heen

east up by the sea. Tf is signifieant that this essential part of the evidence is

ignored in the eriticism, as it proves destructive to the theory brought forward,

(e) The faet that nearly thirty years had elapsed since my observations were

made should have led the critics to exercise caution in basing an arevment on such

tnstable factors asa shell mound that had been exposed to fhe weather on a wind-

swept headland over so long a time.

Tf this first “‘correetion”? fails to carry its point, the second is hopelessly

astray: if ealls in question the validity of my determinations of the quartz imple-

ments that Tobtamed from the sandhills of the same neighbourhood, and implies

that these quart, specimens were there in a fortuitous way, and that their frae-

tire was cansed, not by human ageney. but by “thermal action,” or in other words,

hy sun-flaking. The authors write: ‘'As mentioned by Tlowehin, numbers of

amall quartz flakes were found to be present at low levels in the sandhills at the

Breeknells; none of these showed signs of intentional manufacture: in one ease

it was possible to fit several pieces towether and to see that thermal action had

caused the flaking. Quartz pebbles were also found on the adjacent beach, AL

of the quartz ¢hippings seen by the writers at this beach must be regarded as

Howcutn--A REJOINDER TO SOME ETHNOLOGICAL PAPERS 3

formed by the natural weathering of quartz pebbles washed wp during heavy

weather?’ (No. 1, p. 284).

(av) 1 did net mention any ‘tlow levels’? in my paper, As a matter of fae

the implements were found in the deep, wind-blown bollows of the sandhills, 100

feet or more above sea-level, In the same hollow Lowas fortunate in finding the

bones of the small extiner cm of Kangaroo Island, The presence of these stones

(one, a well-flaked core, weighs 7 oz.) under sueh ciremmstances is in itself a

sufficient proof of hmman ageney, as they could net oceur in such a position by

any other means.

(b) Ina e-examination of the quartz specimens from the Breekuells, in my

possession, | find they total 38 specimens, ineluding J seraper, 1 gonge, 1 awl,

10 points, 23 flakes and chips, and 2 cores, It is extraordinary that, because (as

stated by my erities) ‘All of the quartz chippings seen by the writers at this

beach must be regarded as formed by the natural weathering of quartz pebblos

washed up during heavy weather,’ they should make, by implication, the correc

tion’? in my paper without haying seen the objects they condemn,

(e) The writers proceed (loc, cil.) +‘ In one ease it was possible to fit several

pieces together and to see that thermal action had eaused the flaking.”? This ts

remarkable, for quartz, as an hexagonal crystalline form, is a very refractory

mineral, and has no definite cleavage, but a hackly, irregular fracture. Tt does

not show the same facility of fracture by ‘thermal action’? that amorphous silica

does, so that for one to be able to collect and piece together such irregular frag-

ments, if they had been caused by natural processes. would be miracrlous, especi-

ally if he had to colleet the fragments from a wind-swept trough of shifting sands,

As the oceupation of Kangaroo Island by aborigines was definitely proved

by myself in 1903, and by Tindale and Maegraith nearly thirty vears later, the

seientifie faets had been established quite independently of the evidences at the

Breeknells. These authors ignore the time factor of an interval of nearly thirty

years, omit material evidence in the existence of a second shell-heap, beyond the

reach of the waves, and, by implication, condemn the validity of a collection of

native implements they hac never seen,

The second paper mder notice (No. 2) appeared in the previous voliune of

this publication (vol, iv, 1932. p. 485),

In 1921 the present writer deseribed a collection of stone implements fron

Central Australia (No. 5), whieh forms an exhibit in the South Australian

Museum. Tindale, ina criticism of my determinations in the paper referred to,

associates his paper with another on the same subject, published by Professor

4 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

Wood Jones and T. D, Canipbell (No. 3), which he considers so conclusive that,

in his opinion, “it would appear almost ainecessary to consider any Further the

7 and then offers a presentation of ‘the problem from

validity of these objects,’

quite a different yiew-point’? (No. 2, p. 488). Ti will be eeessary fo consider

Wood Jones and Canpbell’s paper first.

Tn the paper by Wood Jones and Campbell the authors have spent mutch

labone in explaining and iWustrating the phenomena of roek-splitting under

natural weatherine, especially moder the steam brought about by differential

dintnal temperatures that exist in Central Australia. Sueh phenomena are a

commonplace 10 geologists, especially to Anstralian ecologists, and 1 had already

devoted three pages in the article these authors criticized in deseribing anc detin-

ine these featires. fam quite in accord with them on the broad aspeets of the

question when properly applied,

The real objeet of the paper is 10 associate the speenmens that T have described

as Loman tools with the naturally flaked stones of the interior, On page 116 we

rend: “Are these flaked stones of the Australian rableland the work of man, as las

heen @laimed?) Tin the first place, i would seem impossible that human ageney

emild be inveked for the flaking of all these myriads of stones, when we consider

that the Darren tablelands, during what we mi deseribe as the life-eyele of the

stones, have been places altogether nnatteactive for himan habitation, or even for

Niitian adventure. ’’

Ona later page (p. 122) they repeat this idea in the sentence: We also con

sider that a Inonan origin for the countless millions of them seattered over lin-

dreds of square miles of tableland country is inevedible.”’ TL quite agree. No one

‘

could imawine that these ‘‘eountless millions’? of stones that form the stony

deserts of Australia hac been individually ehipped by Titian hands, and yet 1

mm Gredited with this absurd idea. The fact is that, as the result of mar two excur-

sions into Central Australia, among these “eountless millions’? of @ibbers, I

collected loss than fiffy specimens that were cousidered to be of diiman workman.

ship.

The authors of the paper under discussion have ereathy exageerated the solar-

flaking that takes place on these stony gibbers. The latter very eomnionly show

original beddine-planes, vertical jointing, and irregular fraetures, but rarely a

smooth coneayve surface that might have resulted from insolation: anc. still more

rarely, a secondary lineal flaking, by minor pittines, whieh latter, when they do

occur, can be easily distinenished trom chippines that ave caused by design, ft

(as snggested by these authors) these ‘eountless millions’ of bare desert-stones

Howcuin-—A REJOINDER TO SOME ETHNOLOGICAL PAPERS 5

had been subjected to such universal sun-faking Uoroughout then loug life-history

of a million (nore or less) years, they should all, by this time, have been reduced

io their ultimate sun-flaked chips.

The argiunent advanced by Wood Jones aud Campbell deals exelisively with

veneral principles, which, in their proper application, no one disputes; the vital

point, however, ventres in the validity or imyalidity of certain objects as human

tools, ‘The question rests, not on abstract principles, but with eertain specified

concrete objects, and these are not considered in any way by iny erities. ‘To make

their eritieism effeetive they must show one or other of two things, either that the

so-called jmuplanents do not give ¢vidence of human workuanship or that the

flaking and chippiue, in each particular specimen, can be adequately explained

as the result of natural causes. This the authors have not done. They have not

challenved a single specimen, so that their argument is pointless and irrelevant ;

they leave the question where they found it.

In a further wisrepresentation Wood Jones aud Campbell lave eredited ute

throughow! with defining these tableland specinicus as eelffis, and if is this view

of the subject that elaimis their chief attention.

On page 116 of their paper we read :'* Phere is an extremely difienl) probleny

fo face it in Australia there be, in fact. a real colithie culture, as Was been claimed

\In footnote (1), ‘* Llowebin, Professor Walter’? |, sumcderced from the typical el

tre of the blacktellow by an unbridged cultural gap? 1 hive never elassed. these

iiplements as *‘voliths,’? nor do L think that they are such, and in only oue

instance have TP nsed the tevin in connection with these objeets-—and then merely

incidentally, Tnany paper vider eriticism detailed ceseriptions are given of 16

examples of tableland implements, In the ase of No, S spechuen, among other

features cleseribed, it is casually stated that i ‘resembled a cominon colithie

typec’ This is the ouly place where L have used the term with reference to the

jableland specimens. This statement is, moreover, governed by what is said on

p. 224, viz.s ‘*The stave of eulture, inclicated by any particular gronp of arte-

facts, is determined by the highest and most characteristie types in the group.”

Types of lower culties frequently occur casually among even the highest

forms of stone dnplements, a faet well known to experienced collectors, anc it was

in this sense that a passing comparison was mule with respect to No, 8 specimen,

Yot Wood Jones and Campbell have seized on this sentence of five words, that bad

no general application, to build up their pseudo-erttical theory. The point ts

laboured to such a degree that they have attribnated to me this theory wo less than

sixteen times, varied by sneh phrases as “‘the eoliths,”” the ‘so-called eoliths,"”

’

the ‘plateau eoliths,’’ and ‘tan eolithie eulture claimed by ILowehin.’’ 1 have

made no sueh pretensions. Notwithstanding all this, Tindale, considering thet

6 Recorps oF THE S.A, MttskuM

this paper had dealt a finishing-stroke to the subjeet, states that at as ‘Sabaost

nnecessary to constder further the validity of these oljects.”?

Under the heading, Origin of the Tnplements,’? 1 have sne@gested (p. 216)

several possible theories as to their authorship. Briefly stated, they were :

(a) A local variety of iplements produced by the existing Australian

natives, modified by the nature of the vaw aaterial, and having a considerable

wtiquity.

(6) Karly and vader attempts at the making of stone implements by the

present race of aborigines at a time when less developed in the art than at present.

(¢) The remains of an earlier race of people, as the Tasmanians, for example,

diiring a former occupation of the continent.

The last-named seemed the most probable, on the high probability (reaching

iilmiost a certainty) of the Tasmanians being the true antoehthonous race of

Australia, This yiew is also, apparently, confirmed from the great similarity that

many of the tableland specimens bear fo the stone implements made by the

‘Tasmanians.

Some ten or fifteen vears avo there was a vather lively discussion among the

archaeologists of Kurope on the eolithie question, whieh was referred to in my

paper. In these discussions the Tasmanians were referred to as ‘representing one

of the most primitive and generalized types of mantined.’’ Professor Sollas (*),

whom [ quoted, says, * The Tasmanians, thongh recent, were at the same time a

-alacolithic, ar even, it has been asserted, an‘ Holithie’ race... the most unpro-

gressive in the world, whieh, im the niddle of the mineteenth century, was still

living in the dawn of the Palaeolithic epoch’? (4). Sollas is not expressing his

‘

own views that the Tasmanian stone implements were ‘teoliths,’’ but is stating

the views of others. Aime T stated: *'The point of interest in these discussions, so

Taras the present paper is concerned, is that several authors have drawn com-

parisons between the Tasmanian stone piplements and the colithic, or prepalaco-

lithic, implements of Mirope.’? Phe objeet of these references was purely his-

fovical, and was in to sense, either on the one side or the other, an expression of

ny OW Views.

There has been much confitsion in the diseussion of this subject, To wet a

clearer yiew of its bearings we raise the question, What is an eolith? Mr. Ce. C.

MacCirdy (No. 6), the Direetor of the American School of Prehistoric Research

in Burope, defines it as Follows: ‘*Caanted that there be an Bolithie Period, the

(*)** Ancient Tunters,’’ quoted from the 111 Edition.

(7) Tt would have been more appropriate to haye used the words Palaeolithic culture instuad

’

of Palueolithie epoch’? as a past epoch (or geological stage), when passed, cun never be

repeated,

HlowcHIN —A REJOINDER TO SOME ETHNOLOGICAL PAPERS ?

definition of an colith becomes a comparatively simple matter, Am eolith is a

fliut (or other stone) that has been shaped or utilized by man or his precursor

during the weologieal period known as the Tertiary.’ MacCurdy is correct, The

word colith involves the faetor of time. Tt is the *'dawn’’—the stage in the ¢le-

velopment of the himman creature when he first learned to shape stones as tiple-

ments for use

and. according to the evidence, this seems fo have happened tna

late Tertiary Age. Who can inagine that himanty-worked stones have lain on

am exposed surface of Central Australia from Tertiary times! There cau be only

’

one ‘‘dawn.’?) The ‘eoliths’? whatever they are. belong to the Tertiary Ago, 1

would be as great au anachronism to eall present-day stone implements ‘eoliths’?

as if would be to ase the word Hovene (the dawn of modern life) as applicable to

any shellfish existing in present seas. The coliths. Tasimarntiap artefacts, and table.

land duplements represent respectively three madependent classes, both as to tine

and type, and must be judged on theit vespeetive merits.

In my paper there are sections ot SS The Origin of fhe Liplements,’? and alse

ac* Summary and Conelusious. "Thad b really considered the tableland: tiple.

nmients to be coliths TF could uot lave avoided stating the fact under such headings,

bat the word was never mentioned,

When cisciissiige the Tasinanigia iaypleanents | stated tp. 224): "Phe stage

of cultume jnicdieated by amy particular group of artefaets is detemmuimed by the

hiwhest wud most characteristic types in the group. Thus the polished iniplement

¢learly defines the Neobthie stage, while the relative diversity of type-forms and

the finish shown in the workmanship are made the Dasis in distinguishing the

respeetive stages that preceded the Neolithie standard. Tt is on the priiciples just

stated that the Tasmanian standart of cultire, in implement making, is placed

at about the lowest level.’ This does mot class (he Tasmanian objects as eoliths,

whieh are still ina donbttul category, and with wluch, for reasons already given,

the Tasinanian artefacts caamot be synchronized. The latter are a yery isolated

eroup, diclare better placed ina cistinet class (or perhaps two), as sugested by

Dr, Novtlinw (No. 7) as qnoted by me (p. 219). The definitely shaped implements

such as serapers, he calls “timerpholithes’’; and those of an irreealar, or less

defined kind, he calls *“Samorpholithes,"” This meets the ciffieuliv of finding a

place for a very primitive type of implements, without mvolvine ai INcomsisteney

by ealling them either palacolithic, prepalacolithic, or colithic. Place the 'Tas-

Inanian doplements where you will in the archacolowieal scale of culture, the table

land specimens have an independent setting, and are too little known at present

for classification, henee the absurdity of calling them ‘Seoliths.’? They present it

new field for arehaeologieal iivestigation, and day yield most iteresting results.

8 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

The third paper wider notive is, as already stated, by Mr. N. B. Tindale (No.

2), Tindale, like his associates, must haye read ny paper carelessly. as he quakes

me responsible for statements | have not made, and whieh are foreign to my

true position, Hor example, he opens his paper by saying, ‘tla 1921 Eowehin

deseribed some flints from the platean revion of Central Australia’? The faet is

that the implements concerned are mer flints, and the only time that | used the

word ‘‘flints’* in ny paper was lo say that they were not flints but desert sana-

stone’? (p. 209). Neither were they stated to be ‘plateau flints."" Central

Australia caanot be properly called a ‘tplateau.’’ The tems ‘‘tableland’? and

tabletop’ were used by me from their @eneral use, but the more appropriate

terms, “miesas’’ anc ** buttes,’? were sugeested.

Tindale has also pieked wp the ‘teolt/h myth, and feeely uses sel plivases

his eoliths.’’ the so-called ‘plateau eoliths,’? ete., anil

r be

as‘ TTowehin's eoliths,’

in eaeh case places the terms under quotation marks, This, of course, places the

eritie ander the responsibility that he is representing the exaet words of the paper

that he eriticizes, which is not the ease.

Tindale does attempt to apply a scientific test as to the validity, or otherwise,

of the objects in question. Archaeolovists have come to recoenize certain chavae-

teristic features in prehistoric stone-craft, which Tindale recapitulates (p. 489).

briefly put, as follow: “ttn himmantyanade flint iinplements the blows) structs

against the edge tend: (1) To be delivered at a coustant angele. (2) The flakes

removed are not usually squat. and ave detached in sueh a marimer as not fo leave

a step or edwve at the point of the final separation from the implement. (3) Ripple

inatks are seldom numerous. (4) The secondary sears tend to be confined to one

face, and produce a straieht euttine-edee, (5) The ereatest part of the work dias

been done at one tine,

These criteria are based on the ideal—the perfeet implement and are sabe

jeel to many Limitations and exceptions. Every experienced collector knows that

the mathematically correct implement. sueh as Tindale defines, is a very rare

object. The necessary conditious would be an inherited traditional hivh stancdéara

of stone enlture—a highly efficient workuan-—a flawless stone that is homogeneous

In composition, With a perfeet couchoidiel Cractiire, aud finally, perfeet wood Trek

in its manipulation throughout,

The Australian aborivine is often careless in his workmanship. In one of ney

visits to the late Canon Greenwell, of Durham Cathedral (who hac one of the

finest private colleetions of prehistories in the Kingdenu. he Lifted a ronelily

hipped but mounted Australian iuplement. and said, ‘SH this had not been

mounted wo collector would have thought of putting it in his bag."”

Spenecr aud Gillen (Noo, p. G43), state: ** Practice at the work is of course

HowcHiIn—A REJOINDER TO SOME ETHNOLOGICAL PAPERS 9

esseittial. ad there are soine natives who are more suecesstul than others, but

the making of a really wood knife is, more or less, a matter of chance, and the

endless number of discarded flakes show how long a time is offen speut before a

suitable one is steuek off.’ Tn another place (No. 8, p. 641) the sine authors

state, “For every one (lake which is considered good ecuough to nse there ave,

at least, a-seore disuarded,” These “rejects,” although they do not conform to

the ideal standards, are as sure an evidence of Inman ageney as the atost

finished iustrimment. Tindale iuiplies. by the use of such terms as ‘fend’? aud

“seldom,” that there may be some exceptions to his mathematical standards,

But where does he draw the line between the trae and the counterfeit?

The collection under discussion consists of 45 specimens. Tindale Tas

seleeted and figured one of these, which he uames a “Plateau Bolith,” both of

whieh terms | disown as not used by me and as inappropriate. In his paper be

submits this particular example to a kind of micro-analysis, in which be states,

“Of the twenty ‘primary’ flake-sears examined the directions of six contorin

(within a range of 10°) to the ‘normal’ for himmanly struck blows,’? thas adnit-

tine that out of twenty shots blind Nature made six bulls-eyes. PE subinit that

is more than could be expected from an umeonseions ayeirt, and is sueevestive of

desien, Of the minor flake sears be states, “Bight deviate from this angle hy

between 20° and 45°, and the rest lay between 45° and TS0°. The actual angles

wre approximately» 20°, 15°, 85°. 20°, 85°) 40°, 180", 70°, 60", 40°, GO", 50", 140°,”

This statement is extraordinary, for an examination of the specimen shows that

these minor chippings are practically mieroscopie aud defy all attemipts to take

Measurements of their axes, The tests on whiell Tindale relied were not mtended

to be hard and ast rules or to be of mniversal application. Uf sueb metienlars

niethods were weuerally acopted hall the collections of Europe would have to be

thrown on the waste-hoap. The rewarity of the flaking depends Jareely on the

homoveneity of the stone operated upon, ancl flint is the wost reliable in this

respeet. Theaatervial from which the Central Australian implements were meant

factured is mostly desert sandstone. This is a hetevogencous, elastic voel. tine to

voarse in the erain, and is held together by a chaleedonie base. Flakiay ia this

Material cannot be relied upon tor exuet ane witform fracture.

With reference to the genuineness of the tableland tmplements, two of these

are specialized forms, while the rest show a definite and uniform style of mainu-

facture. OF the hwo specialized examples, one of these (ld on op. 214, pl xix) ts

a laree bal-ehopper of the coup de poing type, worked to a arob at one end for

erasping, and a sharp cuttine-edee at the opposite extremity. which is elupped an

both sides, as is usual with intplements of this class. The other (16 on p. 215,

pl. xxi) is a biconverx, quacdvate impleinent, that, at one extremity, has been

10 Recorps oF THE S.A. MUSEUM

shaped to an edge and @round toa smooth surface on both sides, corresponding

to the so-called “tomahawk? of the Australian aborigine, the chief difference

between the two implements being that while the latter is made from basalt, the

tableland implement is formed from desert sandstone, no basaltic roek being

available for this purpose.

The remainder of the implements comprise cutting tools, serapers of different

types, points, ete. They possess certain features in common. (é) The ventral or

under surface is invariably smooth, showing conchoidal fracture in one plane.

and frequently a ‘bulb of percussion. No secondary ¢hippings oceur on this

face. The particular specimen selected by Tindale for analysis is exceptional, in

that its sharp edge has sulfered abrasion ui one or two places. probably received

in the collector's bag. (b) The secondary chippines are on the dorsal or upper

surface, which forms the working edee of the tool; these vhippings are marginal,

follow the periphery, and are usually very numerous, Llow is one to recoucile

this uniformity in the flaking of over 40 exauples with a fortuitous cause?

but is generally a deep red, brown, or almost blaek, (2) With very few excep.

fious this cortical glaze is as deeply marked on the hipped portions as if is on

the natural surfaces, The example figured by Tindale shows the quost iarked

Variation, in this respect, of any in the group. This charaeteristie colouring of

the desert varies considerably in different stones, and often ine different portions

of {he same stone, arising from such cormtingencies as belong to position, partial

protection, varying texture of the stone, aud the yarving susceptibility of the

vrain for absorbing the ferrneiitons taint.

Ont of the 45 examples on exhibit Madale has coulined his atteition to one

only, but tuntil he has taker in the whole of the evidence bis areiuments are worth-

less. LE this particular specimen he challenwes tails ro stand the test, there ace

still 44 others to be considered. Wis a eroup exhibit and must be considered us

a whole.

To obtain an independent jndement on the genuineness of these Central

Australian implements, | sent a copy of ary paper to Mr. J. Reid Moir (an

authority recognized by Tindale) for his opinion, and asking permission to

publish his reply. He response LT received the following letter:

Ipswich, 26th September, 132.

Dear Professor LLowehin,

Please wecept my thanks tor vour letter ane the reprint of youn interestiny

paper on the Aboriginal Stone liiplements of Central Australia. -udging from

the photographs of the specimens you deseribe, | feel that several of them exhibit

IlowcHiIn—A REJOINDER TO SOME ETHNOLOGICAL PAPERS 11

hitman flaking, for example, 3 and 3a, pl. xii (*); 1 and 2, pl. xi; 1, pl. xv; ph

xviii; pl. xix. Ut is possible that the others you figure also show definite evidence

of man’s work, but it would be necessary to examine the aetual specimens before

arriving at a conclusion. Some of the implements appear to me to be of eolithic

(Ilarrisonian) types, while others are later, | am much interested in your yiews

as to the driving out of the Tasmanians from the centval tableland. You are

quite at liberty to make any use vou wish of the remarks [ have written about the

specimens thistrated in your paper.

With any kind regards,

Yours sincerely,

J. REID MO.

REFERENCES CID.

I. Tindale, N. Be and Maegraith, BL G. (1931). °° Praces of an Extinet Aborigi-

nal population on Kangaroo Island,’ Ree. S. Aust. Mus., iv, No. 8. pp.

275-289.

2. Tindale, N. BL (1982) 2° Notes on the Stupposed Primitive Stone Laplements

from the Tableland Regions of Central Australia,’ Ree. S. Aust, Mus.

iv, No. 4, pp. 488-488.

oO. Jones, KB. W. and Campbell. PT. D. (1925): ‘tA Contribution to the Study of

Holiths; Some Observations on the Natural Forees af work im the pro-

duction of Flaked Stones on the Central Australian Tablelands, * Jor:.

Roy. Authropol, Inst. of Gt. Britain and Treland, Iw., p. 115.

4.0 Tlowehin, W. (1908): °* Further Notes on the Geology of Kangaroo Islam.

Aboriginal Occupation of Kangaroo Tsland,’? Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Ast.

XXVL, p. 90.

®. Llowebin, W. (1921): °*On the Occurrence of Aboriginal Stone Luplements

of Vnusual Types in the Tableland Region of Central Australia,’ Trans.

Roy. Soe. S. Aust. xiv., pp. 206-230, pls. xi-xx1.

G. MaeCurdy, G.G. (1924) :°* What is an Holith??? Nat. istory Journ. of An,

Mus., xxiv, No. 6, pp. 656-658.

Nocthing, FL (1906-7) (1908): *t Notes on the ‘Pasmeanian Aimorpholithes,

Pap. and Proce. Roy. Soe. Tas., p. 30.

8. Speneer, Bo and Gillen, F.-J. (1904) :‘* Northern Tribes of Central Australia,”’

(*) This is the implement that Tindale has figured and condemned,

REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS

(LEPIDOPTERA HOMONEURA, FAMILY HEPIALIDAE)

PART IL(’)

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.SC., SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Oncopera Walker.

Oncopera Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus., vii, 1856, p. 1558.

Oncoptera Meyrick, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iv (2), 1889, p. 1124.

Oncopera Eyer and Turner, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1, 1925, p. 272.

Antennae of few segments, usually from fourteen to twenty, very short, less than one-

sixth length of forewing, almost cylindrical, either swelling gradually towards the apex to

form a club, or filamentous ; a tuft of hairs on the basal segment projects over the eyes.

The labial palpi only moderately developed, slender, projected straight forwards,

concealed in dense hairs, the maxillary palpi short, obsolete, and concealed. Males with

hind tibiae with large curved tuft of hairs arising from an expansion of the margin. Veins

R, and R; of forewings stalked either before, at, or after radio-median cross-vein. Vein

M, of hindwings forms a distinct Y-fork with radio-median cross-vein.

REVISION or tor AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS

(LEPIDOPTERA HOMONEURA, FAMILY

HEPIALIDAE)

PART 11,”

By NORMAN B.TINDALT, BoSe., Saunt Ausreanian Museum.

Fig, 1-92.

Oncoprrna Walker.

Oneapera Walker, List Lep. Tus. Brit. Mus, vil, 1840, p. 1958.

Oncoplera Meyriek, Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, iv (2), 1889, p. 1124.

Oncopera ver and Traner, Proe. Linn. Soe. NS. Wales, i, 1925, p. 272.

Antennae of few seements, usually from fourteen to twenty, very short, less

than one-sixth leneth of forewing, abnost eyvlindrieal, either swelling gradually

towards the apex to form a club, or filamentous; a tuft of hairs on the basal seg-

ment projects over the eyes, The labial palpi only moderately developed, slender,

projected straight forwards, concealed in dense hairs, the maxillary palpi short,

obsolete, and concealed. Males with hind tibiae with large eurved tuft of hairs

arising from an expansion of the margin. Veins Ry and R5 of forewings stalked

either before, at, or after radio-mecian eross-vein. Vein My of hindwings forms

a clistinet Y-fork with radio-median cross-vein.

Genotype: O. miricala Walker, 1896.

Meinbers of this genus are easily distinguishable from all other genera of the

family by the short subelavate or filamentous antennae and by the tibial hair-

tufts of the males. At least twelve species are known. They range from Tasmania

novthward to Kuranda in North Queensland and westward as far as Mount

tumbier in South Australia. Most of the species are grass feeders in the larval

state and are potentially harmful to pastures, At least two species, O. wufocera

Tableland and O. ¢nfrdeata in Tasmania are major fann pests.

on the Atherton

Other species have been recorded as injuring grazing lands in the wetter parts

af Vietoria.

The distribution of the members of the genus (fig. 1) Hes entirely within the

belt of (hirty-inch annual uniform rainfall, and each species appears to be re-

(1) Part L, published in Ree. S. Aust. Mus., iv, 1932, pp. 497-5386.

14 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

stricted within relatively narrow general limits of climate. That temperature is

an important factor seems to be confirmed by the study of the range of O. albo-

qauitata which oceurs near sea-level at Svdney at the southern end of its range,

again at some elevation in the Dorrigo distriet, about three hundred miles further

north, and at 38,000 feet in the National Park in southern Queensland.

wesewcees + OF parva ~po-o-- 0. alpina

. 0. rufobrunnes

- O. faseieutita

neers O. argentata

©. bracty phy ths

----— = O. mitocera O. intricoides

O. alboguttata O. intricata

mnen-u-n-e O. brunneata O. epariyra

Pig, 1. Distribution of the species of Oncopera,

Four species appear to be present on the Atherton Tableland; two of them

have been deseribed from unlocalized specimens labelled ‘‘ Cairns District,’ Jut

it appears probable that they were not collected on the lowlands.

The presence or absence of a saceulus in the male genitalia might be used to

divide the genus into two sections, (a) a northern one embracing O. witocera, O.

parva, Ov argentala and O. brachyphylla and (b) a southern one containing the

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 15

other seven species. O. parva, O. argentata, and O. brunneata are linked by the

conuMon possession of specialized white scales on the mundersides of the hindwings.

The form of the cighth sternite tends to link O. ntlocera and O. brunneata, species

Otherwise quite apart.

R, Re

S (A

1A Cum Cus

NRT

Vig. 2.) Oncopere fasciculata (Walker) Venation, male,

The form of the antennae proyides a natural subdivision of the gents.

Clavate antennae are characteristie of the tvpieal subgenus (with O. infricata as

type); this contains all of the southern species (Vietoria, Tasmania and alpine

New South Wales) O. fasciculata. O. alpina, O. intricoides, and O. rufobrunned.

The subgenus Paroncopera subgen. nov. (with O. nuifocera as type) contains

the other seven species, including O, albaguttata, O. brunneata, O. brachyphylla,

O. parva, O. argentata, and O. epargyra. They are characterized by possessing’

filamentous antennae, usually clothed with large fattened seales.

O. albofasciata, mm the sum of its characters probably stands as the most

16 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

eeneralized member of a specialized genus; it has links on the one hand with

O. brachyphylla and O. mitocera and also, somewhat less obviously, with the

typical subgenus.

Philpott (2) fioured as characteristic of the genus the venation of an example

of O. milucera in which Ry of forewing forks with R; distally fvom the radio-

median eross-vein. This must be exeeptional even within the species, for in

{wenty-two out of twenty-three examples examined for this character, if appears

to branch at the eross-vein. The character may be a variable oue for in O. alha-

quétate the fork may be either before, at, or well after the eross-vem. Tn all

members of the typieal subgenus and in O. branaenla, however, the forking is

well before that vein.

Kor the detailed study of the members of this genus wenitalia preparations

are useful. Owing to its lower refractive index choral hydrate is preferable to

balsain as a temporary mounting medinm. Type preparations should be sub-

sequently remoiunted in balsam for permanent storage. The eharaeters of the

vinenlin, harpe, teeumen and eighth sternite are of special naportance. The

juxta is offen not well chitinized aml is diffienlt to examine without dissection,

In O. jadricaides and O. rufobrunne it is folded dawn so as to appear transverse.

In O. alpine this does not appear to happen. When detached if is seen to he

broadly concave on the posterior margin in the last-awmed species, with an obseure

median noteh. In the two former species it is then longer than wide. shehtlhy

convex on posterior margin, which bears an acute median notch,

For material for the study of the members of this genus | am particularly

indebted to Messrs. G. FL TN and A, Tonnoir, of the Entomological Division,

C.S.0R.. and to Mr. CG. L. Goodie, of Moe, who made special collections.

Key to TH Srecies OF ONCOPERA.

(basecl on male genitalia)

a. Saeculus absent (a saccular lobe sometimes present).

hb, Vinenlum with heavily ehitinized portion wider

than lone be i, “3 us .. dntrteata

bh. Vineulum with heavily chitinized portion loneer

than wide,

e, Harpe with shaft neither dilated nor stronely

bent at one half,

d. Tegumen with mesal processes broadly tri-

angular, acutely temuinated, marginal

armature almost obsolete +b .. fasciculata

(2) Philpott, Trans, Hint. See, Lond., 1925, pl. ii,

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS

dd. Tegumen with mesal processes not broadly

triangular, but blunt -pointed and

armed with conspicuous mareinal den-

ticles.

« Denticles of tezumen acute.

f Juxta with ventral margin not broadly

concave.

e. Highth sternite with protuberance

obsolete... “. fs 2 rhfobrmenned

eo. Kiehth sternite with well-devel-

oped protuberance bs .. Mlricoides

Mf. Juxta with ventral margin broadly

concave ie as Pac .. alpina

ee. Denticles of tegument rounded. . .. Mboguttata

ee, Harpe dilated and stronely bent at one half .. branneata

aa. Saeculus present.

h. Saeculus short .. Le ie J. Le brdehyphylla

hh. Saeceulus lone.

1. Teoumen tunarmed,

j. Base of harpe slender... +4 L. parne

Jj. Base of harpe broad.

k. Cueullus dilated apically .. .. argentala

kk. Cueullus not dilated apieally Le CPAP Gyra

i. Peeumen armed with denticles —.. .. netocera

Kry To THE SPECIES OF ONCOPERA

(based on general characters).

a. Forewines with an inner marginal fascia.

bh. Forewines with dull white markings forming a sub-

reticulate pattern.

¢. Males.

d. TWindwines with ciliae not unieolorous.

«Abdomen and lees light fuseous , .. tnleteata

ee, Abdomen and lees dark brown .. .. alpine

dd. THlindwines with eiliae unieolorous .. .. dnlricaides

ce. Hemates.

f Wines broad .. be *, te .. intricoides

rf. Wines narrow.

eo, Markines obseure n- ns .. tntricata

{ faseteulata

‘) alpina

bh. Forewines without dull white markings; males .. fasciculata

aa. Korewines without inner mareinal fascia.

h. Antennae elubbed.

» Markings well defined

i. Korewings brown; male. . s- on 2 rufobrunnen

Hi. Korewines erey ; female L. 3 .. rufobriunnedt

hh. Antennae not elubbed.

18 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

j. Males.

k. Ilindwines beneath with dense silvery-

white seales on posterior half,

1. Forewings with oblique o¢hreous-brown

fascia from apex to two-thirds inner

margin ; .. brunneata

Hl, Forewings without oblique faseia.

m. Hindwines above with auluer yt

white seales .. . . argentala

min, THindwings above withotit silvery-

white scales... ' parva

kk. Tlindwings beneath without silvery white

seales.

: . albaguitata

n. Forewines pointed at apex J g

| eparquyrd

un. Rorewings not pointed at apex.

6. Forewines short and broad 2. brachyphylla

oo. Porewings not short and broad .. anitecera

jj. Females,

\ bracnneata

p. Expanse less than 45 mm, ,

| pared

pp. Expanse greater than 45 mm.

q. Forewings with numerous obsenre

ocellate markings of small size ¢lbogultate

qq. Forewines withont numerous ob-

seure ocellate markings 2 niitacert

ONCOPERA INTRICATA Walker.

Fie. 3-11.

Oncopera intricata Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus., vii, 1856, p. 1559.

Oncoplera intricata Meyrick, Proc. Linn, Soe., N.S. Wales, iv (2), 1889, p. 1124.

Oncopera intricate TAM, Australian Couneil for Sei. and Indust. Researeh, pam-

phlet 11, 1929, pp. 1-48, 1 plate (bionomies).

2 Antennae short, sunbelavate, usually of nineteen seements, elub apical.

twice as wide as shatt, vellowish-brown; palpi with median segment relatively

long and slender, more than twice as long as apical one; thorax dark Tuscous;

head, abdomen, and legs light fuscous; tuft of hairs on posterior tibiae yery dense,

light ochreous-brown in colour. Forewings hyaline, dark greyish-brown with a

conspicuous intricate pattern of greyish-white lines obscured by ochreous and

fnscous linear marks; beneath grey without pattern. Hindwings hyaline, dark

erey, basal two-thirds of costal margin pale ochreous; ciliae white with darker

todhibyakge line, veins dark grey. Beneath with apex of wings densely, elsewhere

more scantily pubescent. Expanse, 37 mm.

? Head, thorax, and abdomen slightly more fuscous than in male, ore-

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 19

wings narrow and elongate, markings as in male but somewhat obsenred. Tind-

wings rather uniformly dark grey, costa very narrowly ochreous, Expanse,

AG mm.

Loe, Tasmania: Scottsdale 1; Hobart 1; Snue River; Launeeston 2. 1)

males, 9 females.

Wig. 8-0. Oneopera intricata (Walker), Lett side; 8. male, Launceston; 4. type, a mate,

Tasmania (in British Museum), Right side: 5, female, Scottsdale; 6, female, Seattsdale.

The deserihbed male example (fig. 3) was taken at Lanneeston (Pebruary 7,

1902). It compares well with Walker's type example (fig. +) in the British

Museunt. The latter cane from Van Dieman’s Land, and is one of sixteen exam-

ined by him. The female (Scottsdale, January 31, 1927) deseribed and figured

is of normal form and size (fig. 5); the other example is a dwarfed one taken ai

the sume loeality a vear later (January 30, 1928).

The male genitalia have the vinenulium wider than lone, with the median pro-

eess distinetly transverse. ‘The teenmen has the eaudal margin produced into a

broad fold; the mesal processes are armed with sharp saw-lke teeth. The harpe

is without a sacentus, relatively broad, eurved and rounded at apex; it is well

clothed with specialized hairs, short at apex, stout at base. The Sth sternite is

rectangular and without a spine or protuberance,

20 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The genitalia figured by Eyer and Turner (Proc. Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales, |,

1925, pl. xxsii, fig, 1) may belong to this species, but the form of the tegumen and

{he spine-like anal process are not in elose agreement with any examples examined.

Dr. Traner has been unable to vive me details of the provenanee of thei specimen,

~~ labial Palp

antenna

Wig, T-11, Oneopers intiieata (Walker). Scottsdale, 7. male genitalia: 8 eighth sternite ;

antenna; T-11, palpi showing range of variation,

O.intricata is veadily distinguishable from all the other species of the wens

by the broad vinenhin of the male, with its ransverse median process, also by the

compactness of the tibial hair-tilts aud the short, broad wings. The females have

relatively lone, narrow wine's bearing marked traces of the male wine-pattern,

There is only one other known Tasmanian species, O. rufobrunnea, trom

whieh if is easily distinguished by its small size, short wings, and whitish reticu-

latecl maarkine's.

This speeies is a serious pest of the grasslands of Tasmania. Ou mixed Tari.

ing land it attaeks permanent sown pastures, which normally beeome avatlable in

the second year after planting, and remain profitable for from eight to twenty

years. Under the present conditions such pastures are depleted of their best

erasses in the second and third years and ave destroyed in the fourth,

The adult emerges between the last week of Jaunary and the middle of Keb-

ruary, The life-eyele and the habits of the adults have been deseribed by Lal,

who has also published an account of experiments on methods of control,

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MoTHS 2]

ONcOPERA wascToULArTA (Walker).

Wie. 12-19,

Hepialus faseieuata Walker, Char, Undese. Lep. Iet., 1869, p. Gs.

Oncoplera tiiricala Turner, Mem. Nat. Mtus. Melb. 4 1912, p. 1s.

é Antennae subclavate, widest before apex. usually of 14-15 seeinents,

apleal seoment slightly produced, palpi with median sewment stout, less thar twice

as lone as third, apical segment long, Llead, thorax, abdomen, and legs ochreous-

brown. Forewings bright opaque ochreous-brown with obseure darker infusea-

flows; a subinateinal white streak from near one-fifth inner margin bordered!

above with oehreous and below with black, forewing beneath ochreous-fuscous,

Hindwines opaqie, vrevish-brown, with costa tinged ochreous from base to apes,

beneath fiscous. Wxpanse, 44 man.

Wig, 12-15, Oneopera faseientata (Walker). 12. male, Moe: 13. male. Gishoriie: 14.

feniile, Moe; 14. female, Gishorne.

2 Lead and thorax grey, abdomen slightly paler. Forewings opaque,

obscurely browatish-black with a well-developed intricate pattern of ochreous

marks mareined with grevishawhite; a conspicuous streak at one-Afth inner mar-

gin, as deimale. Tlindwines grey. Expanse, 50 nim.

22 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Loc. Victoria: Moe 10; Gisborne 10; Leongatha 10; Caulfield ; Melbourne ;

Paekenham.

South Australia: Yahl Paddock near Mount Gambier 9, 50 males, 31 females.

Wig. 16-19. Oneopera fascienlata (Walker). 16. uiale weuttaliag U7. eighth sternite;

IS, Jabial palp; 19. antenna.

The male and female examples deseribed and figured are both from Moe

(October 9, 1929), and are typical of long series from the same logality. Walker's

(ype, in the National Museum, which isa inale (not a female as described), awrees

closely with the male deseribed above, The other pair figured are from Gishorne

(October 19, 1922, and October 11, 1895). The male is somewhat darker and

female lighter than usual.

The male eenitalia are characterized by the long, slender vinculim, somewhat

yariable, but often twice as long as wide; this bears a feebly convex median pro-

cuss. The iesal processes of the tewumen are broadly triangular and acutely

terminated, without or at most with obsolete armature; in lateral view the mesal

process is broad and strongly convex on posterior margin. The harpe is simple,

the apex slightly swollen, truncated, and sub-reetangular, a slight swelling or

carina may be present in the position of the saceulus of some other species of the

venus. The juxta. usually not well chitinized, is apparently transverse in ventral

view. The eighth sternite bears a small hollow protuberance. In two unlocalized

examples, typical in general appearance, the vineulum is as wide us in uormal

O. rufobrunned.

TINDALE AUSTRALIAN GITOST MOTHS 23

Mr. C. GL, Gooding made systematic collections of this moth at Moe in

October, 1929, and his results incievate that the first examples emerged on Oeto-

ber 4.) Males were then mueh more abundant than females. Males swarmed on

the Tth and 9th. On the former night females were abseut, or ware, bit on the 9th

they outnumbered the males. Tsolated female examples were eaptared om the

12th and 16th, and males on the 16th. Fron this it appears that the emergence

period is a limited one, Ad Gisborne, in 1895. Females emerged on Oetober 11, in

1922 inales were taken abnndantly on Ovtober 19 and sparsely on the 25rd,

One pair ol this species in the Lyell collection bears erroneous date labels,

indicating January 15, 1920, as the time of capture, Mr. Gooding, tn 1928, sus-

peeted that he had made an error in dating these, and by intensive collecting

proved that the January form from the same locality is a distinct species.

ONCOPERA RUFOBRUNNIEA Sp. LLOY,

Wie, 20-92,

6 Antennae weakly sabelavate, widest before apex, clothed with line, seat

tered, semi-ereet bairs. usually seventeenscemented, oehveous-browi; palpi with

second sezment stout, third segment ovate. Plead. thorax, and abdomen oehreous

fulyous, tibial phones somewhat lighter, Forewings hyaline, broad, dull reddish-

brown with obseurve darker infuscations, beneath rey. Llindwines grey, costal

margin rather broadly ochreous, Mxpanse., 47 aon.

9 Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous. Morewines broad, liyaline, vether

wiifomuly fiulvons, with numerous small, obscure, darker marks. Hindwines

hvaline, wuformmly erey. Expanse, o7 mm,

hoc. New South Wales: Lee Creck, ELC VT, 11, 12. Moe 1, 11, 12 (January

IS and 16, 1930, C. G. Gooding, type, a male, and alletype female, 1, 18670, ins.

Aust. Mus.) ; Healesyille 12; Leongatha 12; Hawthorn 11, 12; Dandenone Rane

12; Toora 12; Gisborne 12; Geclone; Caulfield; Meeuiyan 2. Tasmania: Tyenna

12; Hobart 123 Maria Ustiand 12. 129 males, 47 females,

The type pair were taken in company with many others. The second pai

figured are from Gisborne, captured on December 16, 1912, The wings of the

Gisborne male are more oehreous in colour, the infuscations are less conspicuous.

and the oehreous costal margin is broader. The female is lighter in colour, The

third pair figured are Tasmanian; the male from TLobart in December, 1927, the

female from Tvenna, Devember 8, 1920. The fourth pair showin ave a very dirk-

coloured inale from Moe (Jantary 11, 1980) and a female from Tawthorn

November 28, 1927). The latter emerged, before 7-45 pan,, from a bitfalo-grass

lawn.

Dy RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The male genitalia have the vinculum longer than wide and posterior margin

strongly and evenly convex. Tegnmen with mesal processes blunt-pointed, arnned

with couspicuous medially directed acute denticles (fig. 29); the ventral margin

Pig. 20-27. Oheopera rufobronica sp. muy, 20. Lype, a amide, Myey SL, nile, Gishorne

2) mule, Hobart; 23. male, grey form, Mee; 24. allotypu femme, Moe: 25. female, Gisborne:

wr.

“i. female, Lyemna; 27. temuile, Tawthorn,

is well chitinized, Llarpe in yontral view eventy curved, slightly swollen at apex,

in Jatteral view broadly flattened towards base; jrexta tramsverses not well ehitie

ized at lateral margins. The ciehth stermite has the margin without or at most

with an obsolete hollow protuberance.

One aberrant male exatiple bears a stall sacendis on one harpe; this is absent

on the other valve. The wenitalia figured are from an example from Lobart,

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 25

Mr. G. Lyell states that males of this species oevasionally come to lights at

wight, The species is probably the most common one in eastern Victoria, and its

range extends to Maria Island and Tasmania.

Wig, 2882. Oneopera rufobrimied sp. ov. 28. male genitalia, Lobart; 29, ablique view

af ferumeny al. cighth sternite, Moe; 1. antenna; 82. labial palp.

Mr. G. Ff, Lill reared both sexes of the species at Leongatha and Lawthorn.

Several pipal shells have been examined, but owing to the absence of adequate

comparative material have not yet been deseribed. Tho mask may eventually be

proved 10 @ive useful characters for the separation of the pupae of the different

specles.

ONCOPERA INTRIVOLDES Sp. nov.

Hie, 33-3).

@ Antennae with elub Jong contpared with shaft, a very sparse clothing of

sub-ereet hairs, a basal tuft of very long hairs: usually composed of sixteen sew

ments; apical segment twice as long as penultimate; palpi moderate, third sex

ment Jong, truncated at apex. densely clothed with long hairs; head, thorax,

abdomen, and legs dark-brown, tibial hair-tufts of posterior legs paler. Fore.

wings rather broad, opaque, dark-brown with black scales, with irregular patter

of ovhreous seales obscurely mareined with erevish-white; traces of an irregular

fascia near base of inner margin bordered posteriorly with black; beneath pale

erey without pattern. Tindwings rather uniformly dark-brown exeept near aper.

Expanse, 42 mm.

26 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

9 Worewings rather broad. opaque, the pattern similar to male; the faseia

near base of inner margin is somewhat less conspicuous. Llindwings greyish-

brown, ut costa narrowly yellowish; ciliae between veins tipped with dull white,

at veins dark brown, Expanse, 56 mm.

Wig. B8-86. Qaenpera inbricoides sp. wove Ba. hype, a mile, Moe; 34. male, Mov; 44.

allotype female, Moe; 36. female, Moe.

Loc. Vietoria: Moe 1,11. 12 (Deeember 28, 120, C. G. L, Gooding, type, a

male, and allotype female, 1. 16671, in S. Aust. Mus.) ; Leongatha 12; Navracan

11: Caulfield; Toora 12, 25 males, 5 females.

The amale genitalia have the vineulran longer than wide; the posterior margin

is conyex. The tegumen has the mesal processes murrow, long, and blunt-pointed,

the ventral margin armed with moderately conspicuous aeute dentic¢les ; the ven-

tral margin is well chitinized, The harpe in ventral yiew is long and narrow,

‘ather strongly curved and somewhat truncated at apex, a Feeble ridge indicated

by a line of hairs from base to two-thirds; juxta apparently transverse, posterior

matein with a median notch. The figure of the genitalia is drawn from an ex

ample from Leongatha (December 15, 1927), ti many examples the denticles of

(egumen are absent from the inargin for a short distance from the apex.

The type pair were taken together. Dates of capture of the series examined

suggest that this insect is most abundant between December 15 anc 30, and that

TINDALE— AUSTRALIAN GuHostT Motns 27

its emergence is limited to a few suitable nights during that period. Males con-

tinne to emerge in January, and at Moe in 1980 a series was taken on, the 20th,

In 1932 4 male was captured at Moe as early as November 29,

Viv, 37. 87-39, Oneopera titricoides sp. diov., inale genitalia, Leongatha, 38. juxta

ind trullewm; 8). cighth sternite, 40-41. 0. alpina sp. noy. 40. male genituling 21, juxta and

trulleum,

The status of this form has been diffieult to determine. Lts range extends

over part of that of O. rufebrunnea, it oeeurs at about the sane season of the year

and in the same veneral distriets. Tt is mueh rarer than that species, Mar, C. G.

Gooding considers that the larvae may be found to thrive wider different soil

conditions; he has noticed that some larvae oceur on well-drained hillsides in

sandy soil, others ou the stiffer soil of the valley bottoms. In general appearance

it is quite distinet from O. rufobrunnea. The abundantly marked wings, the sub-

marginal fascia on hind margin of forewings, and the similarity of the sexes are

well-marked characters, but the male evenitalia indicate rather close relationship.

The presence of amarked protuberance on the eighth sternite is a distinet dilfer-

ence: in O. rufobrunned (his is normally absent, but in a long series intererada-

tious may occur, for there is an example in the series with a small but distine!

process. An aberrant exaniple from Moe (November 29, 1932) has the vinenlum

divided by a rounded anterior note into two lobes,

ONUOPURA ALPINA Sp. Noy.

Wie, 40-47.

§ Antennae short, clubbed, usnally of fifteen se@ments, clubbed portion

long, one and a half times as wide as shatt, apical se@ment small, as wide as lone;

28 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MuseuM

ochreous, densely clothed with flattened seale-like hairs. Palpi stout, niodian

se@ment two and a half times as long as third, the latter sub-reetangular and aore

than twice as long as wide, Ilead, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark brown. Fore

wines opaque, dark brown with darker suffusions: a well-defined, irregular pat-

fern of pale ochreous marks bordered with darker ocheeous and creaniy-w lite

scales, sub-marginal fascia near base of inner margin well developed. Ciliae

ochreous, at veins dark brown; wings beneath clothed with uniform grey lair.

like seales. Elindwings greyish-brown, costa from base fo apex pale ovbreous;

villae pale ochreous, at veins greyish-brown, lxpamse, 35 ru,

@ Antennae similar to male, pale ochveous; bead, thorax, abdomen, aie lows

pale o¢hreous-grey. FBorewings dark grey with greyish-white patterm similis to

that of male. Tindwings vrey, paler near base. Hxpanse, 41 ait.

fo nebulose form noy. Shuilar to typieal form. Forewings dull oeltveotis-

brown with the markings obseured. Hlindwings as in typieal fori. Hxpaaiuse,

SO uu.

Loe. New South Wales: Mott Koseiuska 12 (Deeember 7, 1922. G. M. Gold-

fitch ; type, a male, in Goldfinch collection; allolype female, at 5,000 feet, Decem-

ber A-10, 1921, £18672, in S. Aust. Mus.). 8 amales, 1 femate.

fo nebulosa, Mount Kosciusko, 5,000 feet, 12 (lype, a male, Lo s673, ins.

Aust. Mus.), 3 males.

The series examined were all taken by Messrs. G. M. Goldfinch amd uA. -1,

Nicholson at 5,000 feet on Mout Kosemsko, between December 3 ane TO, 127,

and on December 7 of the following vear.

Associated with the typical examples were several males with (he forewing

markings obscured and suffused with o¢hreous-brown, (hus resembling im general

appearance chwarted examples of Oo rufobrwnned. tu the strietures of the weni-

talia they agree closely with typical O. afping, and Gan therefore be treated onty

asa form or variety.

Mr. Goldfinch writes with vegared to this species: *'E have no doubt thet the

vamous forms represent only one species, They were all taken at the lights ou the

verandab of the hotel, but T bave found examples hiding for shelter wader bark

iid logs in cold weather. Empty pupal cases whieh, | have little doubt, belony

to this species are not infrequently seen projecting from tufts of snow e@rags.”'

The wale eonitalia have the vineulum longer than wide; the posterior mare

is transverse or very shehtly rounded. The tegumen has the ventral marein wi-

folded and relatively lightly chitinized, the downward tilt of the posterior par-

lion, as viewed from the ventral aspeet, causes it Lo appear Like an anal spine or

proeess; (he mesal processes are blunt-pointed and armed with Conspicuous may

einal acutely-pointed denticles. The harpe is without a saeeulus ane is relatively

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 29

broad aud evenly enrved: fhe apex is shvltly inflated and triueated, The jraoxta

is as wide as lone; the lateral margins are coneave, The trnileune is rectangular,

Big, 42-47, 4244. Oneopera alpina sp. wove 42. males; 4a. type, a male; 44. allotype

female AAT. Goalping f webulosa form noy. 45. type, a male; 40-47, males, Mt. Mosciusia.

The eenitala figure is drawn from the type example. Ever and Turner’s

fiewre (fae eth, ploxxxil, fie 1), aserthed te O. dlricata, may have been based on

an example of this species. The posterior portion of the tegmmuen appears from

eertain aspects to be like a true anal process. Dr. Trrmer has been mwnable to

trace details as to the loeality of his cisseeted specimen, so that the matter is

invonelisive,

The species differs fram QO. ai/eieaia in the form of the yinewlium of the male

maudlin the colour of the body and wings. From O. rvfobrimnea it is distmeuished

by the presence of a marked submarginal fascia near base of inner margin, From

male O, pririeaides it differs in the smaller size, the varieoloured ciliae of hind

Wings, and the Form of the juxta and tesiunen., The female O. intiieaides is

larger and has broader wings,

30 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

ONCOPERA (PARONCOPERA) ALBOGUTTATA Sp. HOV.

Fig. 48-60.

Oneopera mitocera Turner, Proce, Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales, 1, 1925, p. 272, pl. xxxil,

fic. 2 (nee Turner, 1911),

a Antennae short, not markedly elubbed, brown, usually cighteen-seg-

mented, a long tuft of hairs at base. TTead, thorax, and logs brown, abdomen

ereyish-brown, Forewings pointed, almost subfaleate, pale brown with small

Fig, 48-55, Oncopera alboguttata ap. noy. AS. type, a male, Killara; 49. male, Killarn;

50. male, reddish ochreous form, Nillara; 41, male, National Park, Queensland; 452. allotype

female, Killara; 53. female, Killara; 54. female, Killara; 35. male, National Park, Queensland.

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 3)

irrewular spots of darker colonr; a gronp of three submarginal ereyish-white spots

near oue-third inner inarein partly surrounded Iny black scales, a vroup of two

similar discoidal spots near base of My; beneath grey. Tlindwings ervey, apex

broadly and costa narrowly brown as on forewings, base white. Expanse. 40 mm,

@ PRorewings less acute at apex than ti male, termen strongly rounded, pale

hrown with very scattered darker flecks, Traees of markings near one-third juner

marvin, also dications of subterminal and diseoidal dark brown marks. Ulind-

wings as in male, base of wings dull erevish-white. lExpanse, 48 moi.

Loc. New South Wales: Killara 2 (Febrnary 12. 1928, G. AL Waterhouse,

type, amale, mid allotype female, Bebruary 26, 1928, 1. 18674, in S. Aust. Mus.) ;

Ash Island; Deo Vale 1; Dorrigo 1.2. Queensland: National Park (2,000 feet)

1,172. 25 males, 7 females,

The pair deserihed above are very typieal, Both sexes are variable, Fie. 50

depicts a male example from Killara (Bebrnary 12, 1928), taken with the type,

in which the markings ave almost obsolete and the head, thorax, and forewines are

bright reddish-ochreous. Sueh ruddy oexiumples are common at Dorrigo, In other

male examples Cig. 51) the eround colotm remains as in the typieal form, but the

white marks become obsolete. Some fenales (fig, 48-54) are heavily infuseated ;

in such cases the tiny fleek-like spots may stand out as dark-centred brown oeelli-

form marks,

Male genitalia with yineuhun longer than wide; the mareinal and less heavily

chitinized portion sometimes broad ; posterior marein strongly and evenly convex,

Tegrimen with mesal processes blant-pointed, armed with conspicuous rounded

dentieles, which vontinne along ventral margins of teewmen te one-half: anal

portion strongly chitinized, appearing as a rounded prominenee. Larpe loug and

curved, outer margin somewhat irregular, saceulis absent: a well-ehitinized sae-

cular lobe at one-half. -fixta as wide as long, lateral mareins coneave. Biehth

sternite longer than wide, the posteriar exiremity narrowed and stronely ehitin-

ized asa blunt process,

The genitalia figure was drawn from an ¢xaniple taken in the National Park.

Queensland, in January, 1928, Disseetions show that the posterior imarein of

the yvinewhun in this species is evenly convex and that the ei@hth sternite is pro-

dieed tito a bhmt posterior process. This latter feainre was interpreted as a

“prominent median prowess’? of the yvinewkhon by Eyer and Turner (lee eft. p.

203).

The species was taken by Seott at Ash Tslind many years ago, but the speci

Inens remained undeseribed. Dr GQ. A. Waterhouse, who eapiured it in his

warden at Killara on Bebrnary 12, 1928, writes: ‘1 was out at the back of my

house just at dusk, and saw numbers of the Qneaperd flying at one spot. L canes

32 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

oneand. . . saw that it was not the common Mepialid, For the next week Twas

na at home or it was raining very hard. . . . After T had set the others jon

February 22 and 26) T caught two whieh [ think ave the females of the same

’

species.”’ In 1929 he wrote: ‘Last year on the day I collected the eight speci-

mens... they were exceedingly common, and | caught them all within a few

minutes... . This year they are almost absent. On 17th February, with Gold-

finch, we got fwo only, and may have seen another two. On the 19th February.

thongh | waited from just before dusk until dark, T saw none. On the 22nd 1

caught the only two examples seen. On the 24th | caught one and may have seen

another, They are not on the wing until 6.50 pau, and it hecomes too dark to see

”

them atter 7 p.m.

Wie, 56-68, S660, Oneapera athaguttata spo nove 36. male genitalia, National Park,

(uecnshuul; 57. juxta; 5S. eighth sternite; Of. antennas; GO. labink palp. G1-05. Oneoperd

hrinnedta sp. nov. Gl. male genitalia, Mt. Pomah 62. juxta; 65. cighth sternite.

Turner apparently sent Queensland National Park specimens of this species

to Eyer under the name O. mifocera. Examination of the type of the latter has

since shown that the present species is a distiuet one, and that true O. werloeera

has a well-defined sacenlus somewhat similar to that of O. epargyru.

In the form of the wings this species is related to O. epargyra, The white

base to the hindwings links it with O. brachyphylla, from which it differs inark-

edly in wing-form aud in the absenee of sa¢eulus in the male. By the latter

character it is allied te the southern O. 7ntricata eroup of species, but differs fron

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 33

all of them in the form of the genitalia, wines, and antennae. The life-history is

quite unknown.

Oxncopera (PARONCOPHRA) BRUNNEATA Sp. TOY.

Fig. 61-65.

@ Antennae short, not chibbed, relatively sinooth, a marked tuft of hairs

ao base. Tlead aud thorax greyish-brown; lees @reyish-brown, posterior pair

ornamented with tufts of lone bright oehreous hair. Forewings short, broad, Ry

and Rs branching well before radiozanedian cross-vein, brown with miumerous

black seales, an oblique ochreous-brown faseia from near apex to two-thirds inner

marein, obseure pale brown markings along costa, termen with obseure oelreous

Big. G45, Oneopera brinncate sp. nev. G4. paatype male, Mb. Tonuil; 65, atloty pe

female, Eber.

suffusion, traces of ochreous blotches near base of wing, beneath uniformly grey.

Hindwines rather uniformly grey, costa near apex rather narrowly barred with

paler grey; beneath with apical (hird grey, posterior part of wing clothed with

specialized silvery-white scales, Expanse, approx, 33 mm.

9 Antennae asinainale. ILead, thorax, and legs pale greyish-brown. Fore-

wines rather lone and narrow, grey with a few obscure darker scales. no definite

traces of pattern, Hindwines uniformly erey; hencath grey; no traces of silvery

seales of male, Kxpanse, 34 mm.

Loc. New South Wales; Mount Wilson 1 (ype, a male, January 11, 1929,

A.J. Nicholson, 1. 18675, in S. Anst. Mus.) ; Mount Tomah 12; bor 12 (Decem-

her 27. 1911, RT, Tillyard, allotvpe female, in Lyell coll). 2 males, 1 female.

The dates of captive ranee from Deeenther 27 to January 11. The female

from Khor is worn, and as it was aot taken with the male is associated with some

34 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

slight hesitation. In its diminutive size and in the form of the antennae it agrees

quite well with the other examples.

The male genitalia have the yinenhim wider than long, markedly V-shaped,

with the posterior margin somewhat concave. The tegumen has the ventral mar-

gin (shown in lateral view in the figure) undulate and produced into a large

rounded lobe, The harpe is long, dilated, especially near base, sharply angled at

one-half, and inflated at apex, The juxta is in the fomm of an inverted T, and is

Jouger than wide. The eighth sternite is as long as wide, and is armed with a

consplenous median process.

The possession of a process on (he eighth sternite links this speeies with 0.

mifocera, from which it is otherwise cistinet, The presence of specialized dense

silvery-white seales on the posterior half of the underside of the hindwings allies

itwith OL argentata and O. pared, from beth of which it is distinet in the presence

ofan oblique fascia from uear apex to two-thirds timer marein,

Ma. G. M. Goldfinch has taken an example of this species, and has forwarded

the following notes :*' Mounts Wilson and Tomah... are only a few miles apart,

and both are eapped with basalt. The country is a rain forest area. The males

fly ata ereat mate two or three inches abowe the eround in the serub elearings, al

late cask, and are most difficult to sce and catch, One is aware that something

dark is flying. . 2. T noticed that the specimen T finally ecanght hac a detinite

track past dhe base of a small tree, and after several cunsnecessful attempts

secured it.’?

ONCOPERA (PARONCOPERA) BRACHYPHYLLA Tuner.

Bie. 66-72.

Oneopera brachyphylla Turner, Proc. Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales. 1, 1925, p. 273, pl.

xxxul, fig. 3.

é Antennae not clubbed, dark brown, smooth, a conspienous tuft of hairs

from base, apex acute. TTead, thorax, and legs brown, posterior pair paler, with

moderately developed oehreous tibial hair-tuft; abdomen greyish-brown. Kore-

wings short, broad, with Ry and R; branchine just before radio-median eross-

vein, brown with some seattered black seales; an irregular white discal mark at

two-thirds, conneeted by an oblique white fascia with three-fourths inner marein ;

traces of a subterminal ¢rey line at one-half. internal to whieh there is an irregn-

Jar black bloteh; beneath uniformly dull brown, costa narrowly tinged oehreous.

Hindwings, except at base, uniformly brown above and below. base obscured dull

white. Hxpanse, 85 mm,

9 Wnknown.

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 35

Loe. WWerberton 1.2; Avelyn Serub 2; Kuranda; Cairns district, 12 males.

The desevibed male example (fig. 67) is one from Kyelyn Serub, February,

1911, A second example (fie. 66) bas the forewings uniformly ochreous-brown

with the white markings obsolete. In a third the white markings are alsa obso-

lete, but the apical half of the wing is obscurely and irregularly blotehed with

paler ochreous scales (ig. 68). Ina fourth the vround-colour is paler oehreous-

brown, with a broad irreeularly-defined silvery-white streak from base to near

one-half inner marvin aud a narrow cliseal streak from near base to three-fourths,

where if is expanded to form an irreeular blotehed mark (fig. 69). An example

of the type series from Evelyn Sevib hits also been examined, The wenitalia have

heen detached from this specimen, so that it is probably the one studied by Eyer,

Mig, G60. Oncopera brachuplhylla (Turner). G0. male, Herhertan; 67. male, Evelyn

Serub: G8. male, Terbertean; §9. wale, Kursiada.

The male eenitalia have the yineulun long and narrow, with the thinner

lateral parts poorly developed; the posterior margin is slightly convex, The

fewtmen has long, nmmarmncd inesal processes. The harpe is long and slender, has

a narrow base, a short blunt sacculus, and a long enrved eneullus. The juxta is

wider than lone, the anterior margin transverse, the other margins concave. The

ciehth sternite is about as wide as Joug, with the posterior margin strongly

CONCAVE,

The short, broad wings and compact form of this species is characteristic; in

this respeet i shows some relationship to large examples of OQ. pareve and to 0,

36 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskuUM

argentata, |talso resembles these two species in the wnarmed margin of the tegu-

nen with ifs long mesal process, but differs from them in possessing a reduced

sacetilus. Krom both of them i may also be distinguished by the uniformly brown

hindwings and the absenee of {he specialized white scales beneath.

The late Mr, A. M. Lea found this species flying in the twilight of the rain

forest before dusk. The type specimens were taken by Mr. K.P. Dodd in the

Evelyn Scrub. It seems possible that the larvae recorded hy Atherton as feeding

ou fallen leaves (see reference under O. mitocera) inay belony to this species, Te

SAV 5

“Larvae in the rain forest live in burrows with unprotected entrances. [ere

they feed on fallen leaves, in particular those of the strangling fig (probably Micus

Wathinsonit), These fallen leaves, though yellow to some extent, are usnally

sucentont for some tine after they fall to the round ; but dey leaves and ever soft

wood may be taker by the insect

ONCOVERA (PARONCOPERA) PARVA sp. nov.

Wie, 75-76, 79-81.

§ Antennae short, slender, smooth, not clubbed. a tutt of short hairs tron

base. TTead and thorax pale brown, legs paler, posterior pair with long, well.

developed tibial hair-tufts. Forewings shehtly pointed at apes, Ry and R-

branching at radio-median cross-vein, pale brown with o¢hreous and ereamy-white

seales forming an obseure sulfusion alone costal margin and on apieal third of

wing. Hindwings greyish-brown, costa and apex rather broadly ereamy-white

heneath with apieal third chill brown, posterior two-thirds and base elothed with

dull white seales, FExpanse. 30 tin.

9 Antennae short, dark brown; head. thorax, and abdomen dull fulvous.

Borewings relatively long and narrow, dull greyish-brown with some paler seales,

pattern obsolete. Tindwings pale brown, costa narrowly eream, beneath rmi-

formly pale brown. Expanse, $+ an.

Loe, Queensland: Cairns district (ALM. Lea, type, a male. and allotype

female, 1. 18676, in S. Aust. Mus.). 3 males. 7 female.

Two males and a female were taken tovether by the late Mr. A.M. Lea. The

female example is rather worn, A third inale (fig. 81). from the Lower eollee-

tion. is larger (35 mm.), and differs from the typical form in possessine a broad

ereamy-white mark parallel to hind maven and extendine to one-half, also a

trirrower discal stteak fron near base to three-fourths, and a rounded yellow spot

at twothirds inner margin, The posterior wines are similar to the typical form.

The male venitalia haye the vineulum somewhat broad and the posterior

TINDALE--AUSTRALIAN GHOST Mortirs 37

margin convex. The tegumen has the mesal processes relatively lony, slender.

and wnariued; in lateral yiew they are only slightly aneled at their juncture

with main body of texmmen, The harpe is lone and narrow at the base. the sae-

culus is long and aente, the eneullus strongly angled at two-thirds. The juxta is

subrectangtlar and longer than wide,

Wig. 70-78, 70-72 Oneopera brachyphylla (Turner), 70, male genitaling 71. juxta; 72.

vighth sternite. 74-76 0. parca sp. nov, 73. male genitalia; 74. bateral aspeet of portion of

legumen; 75. harpes 76. justi, 77-78. O. argentata sp. nov, 77. lateral aspect of portion of

teyumen; TS. arpe,

This species resembles O. braancela in the underside of the hindwings and

in the form of the wings of the female, but differs widely in (he form of the male

venitalia and in wing markings. From O. brachyphylla it is distinet in the lone.

slender mesal processes of tegiumen, the long sacculus, rectangular juxta, and in

the presence of specialized dull white scales on the underside of the hindwings.

From the next species (O. argentata) it differs in the proportions of the harpe and

in the absence of silvery-white seales on the base of the hindwings.

38 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The exact localities of the types of this and the following species were not

indicated by the late Mr. A. M. Lea, all the insect material he collected daring his

visit to North Queensland in the year 1912 being labelled simply ‘‘ Cairns Dis-

ivict.’? This obseures the relationship between the warm temperate fauna of the

highlands and the coastal tropical species which he then collected.

The following principal collecting dates and locations may serve ultimately

as chies to the real distribution of some of the species :

Cairos: February 12-18, 19-20; Mareh 16-17, melnding attempts to visit

Green Island; Mareh 29. Very little collecting was done.

Kuranda: February 14; Mareh 11-13; small collections only.

Nelson: February 15-19; Marel 14-15, 18-20, 28. Large collections.

Athertou: Pebrnary 21-26. Abundance of insects of all kinds,

Tolga: February 26. Brief visit.

Malanda: February 26 to March 1, Good collecting.

Yungaburra: Mareh 2.) Brief visit,

Chumbrumbra: March 3. Brief visit.

Peeramon: March 4-5, Brief visit,

Kulara: Mareh 6-7, 9-10, Extensive collections,

Sharp’s Siding (Yungaburra): Marek 7-8. Good collections,

llarvey Creek, at base of Belenden Ker: Mareh 20-27, Large collections.

Edge Hill, near Cairns: Mareh 50.) A brief visit only.

ONCOPERA (PARONCOPERA) ARGEN'TATA Sp. NOV.

Me.

77-78, 82.

¢ Head and thorax ocvhreous-brown. Forewines with Ry and Rs branebiny

just before radio-median cross-vein, dull brown, costa ear base pale oclreots

with traces of brown spots near apex, whole of diseal region from base to three-

fourths clothed with specialized cream-tinged silvery-white scales; beneath mni-

formly dull brown. Llindwings dull brown, apex broadly, fermen and vets

narrowly pale oehreous, discoidal region narrowly and base broadly elothed with

silvery-white seales; beneath with costal third dull brown, posterior portion dull

white, HExpanse, 36 mm.

Loe. Queensland: Cairns district (A, M. Lea, type, [. 18677, in S. Aust.

Mus.). 1 male.

The wale genitalia are somewhat similar to those af O. parva; the larpe lias

the base very broad, the sacenlis almost as long as cneullus; the enenllus short,

bent, and inflated at apex. The mesal processes of (egumen are unarmed; in

lateral view they are strongly angled at juneture with main body of tegumen.,

TINDALE—-AUSTRALIAN GuostT MoTHS 39

In the form of the male genitalia this species appears to be most nearly te

lated to O. epargurd, but it differs from the published figure and description in

possessing an apically dilated cueullis. The form of the median process of the

tevumen also appears to be different.

Mig, TU-S2. TO-81. Oncopera parca sp. noy, 7, type, a male, Cairns district: 80. allotype

femme, Coins distriet; SL male, Cains district. 82. 0. argentala sp.nov. type, a inae, unique,

Cairus district.

At first sight it is very close to O. parva, bit the different harpe, stout, bent

mnesal process of tegmmen, ane the silvery-wlite scales on hindwings are dis-

linctive.

ONCOPRERA (PARONCOMERA) HPARGYIA Tupier,

Oncopera cpargyra Turner, Prog. Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales, 1, 1925, p. 278, pl. xxxii.

fig. +b,

“Valves with sacentis narrow and acutely pointed, almost as lone as cucul

His, @ueuliis less broad than in breach yphaylla, not diated apieally ; eighth sternite

shuttlecock-shaped, upper angles projecting: vinculiu broad. not cniareinate,

without median process; aedeagus a somewhat oval plate.”

Loc. Queensland: National Park, 3,000 feet) 12.

This species was deseribed from two examples taken in tle National Park,

Queensland. The type has not been exantined, but Dr. Turner has kindly for-

warded the second specimen for study. This unfortunately proves to belong to a

different species (OQ. d/boguttafa), in which there is no sacentus. Eyer and Tur-

40 ReEcorRbDs oF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ner’s figure and the description of the genitalia iu their key (loe. eit., po 272)

should be sufficient to determine the species when further material is available.

OnoorbkA (PARONCOPERA) MITOCERA (‘Tuner ),

Fig. 83-92.

Oncoptera witucera Turner, Amn. Queensl Mas., 1911, p. 182.

Oncopera mitocera Armivillins, Arkiv, f. Zool., Stockholm, 18 (2), 1920, p. 45.

Oneopera uifocerd al. suffusa Aurivillius, doe. cif.

Oneopera inttocera ab. lineata Murivillius, lac, eth,

Oncopera mitocera ab. otlata Murivillius, foe. crf.

Oncopera aittocera Philpott, Trans, New Zeal. Tnst., 97, 1926, p. 725, fig. 15

(maxilla).

Oncopera cpargyra Philpott, Trans. Mat. Soe, Lond., 75, 1927, pl. 1, fig.) Ceeni-

talia).

Oncopera udlocera Atherton, Grass pests of the Atherton tableland, pamphlet,

8 pp., Dept. Avricultnre. Qieensland, Noy, 1931. p. 3d Cbionomies).

& Antemmae short, slender, not clibbed, elothed with flat seale-Like hairs, a

tult of long hairs at base, usually twenty segments. Lead, dhorax, and lows

ochreous-brown, abdomen darker, Forewines with Ry and Rs branching at

sadio-anedian cross-vein; brown with obsolete traces of a subterminal oblique

fascia from cise to two-thirds inner margin. Lindwings grey, apex paler, costa

narrowly ochreous, beneath grey near apex, base and portion of posterior halk of

wing with dill white specialized seales. Pxpanse, 44 mm,

9 Head, thorax. and lees dull ochreous brown. Forewines pale ochreous with

darker brown seales forming an obscure pattern, Tlindwines dull ereyish-brown,

at apex irregularly paler, giving a dappled effect; wings below uniformly dull

brown. Expanse, 55 min.

Loe. Queensland: Kuranda + (type, a male, April, L907, in Turner coll.) ;

Lerberton 2; Cairns. 25 males, 11 females.

Dr. Tarner’s type example has been deseribed anc figured, The second male

specimen differs in possessing a dull white subterminal fascia somewhat expanded

in diseoidal region, and an equally well-defined white streak nearly parallel to the

inner margin and extending from the base to the subterminal faseia. The female

deseribed was taken by Ma. F. P. Dodd at the same place as the type, in April,

110. The second female is an example from Cairns in the Macleay Museum. [1

is of a somewhat duller brown than the first one, and may possibly not belone to

the species; it differs in that Ry and Rs branches well after the vadio-median

cross-vein,

TINDALE. -AUSTRALIAN GHOST MotTHs 4]

The male vouitalia have the vineulim strongly V-shaped; the thinky ebitin

iged marginal parts are broad; the posterior margin shehtlhy concave. Teeren

with yentral margins inflated, strongly amned with denticles from mesal process

nearly to anal extremity. Llarpe stout at base, with lone, acutely-pointed sac-

eulus present ; cucullus slender. curved, slightly inflated at apex. -huxta about as

wide as long, anterior marein slightly econeave, posterior notehed, lateral mareius

deeply coneaye. Highth sternite armed with a stout median process.

Pip, RSS, Oneopera mitocera (Turner), S84. types i mele, Ruranday; $4. male, Nuraaila:

So. Comite, Kuranda; 86. female, Cairns.

Three forms or aberrations of the male of this species haye been deseriber

by Auvivillius but have not yet been recoenized amongst our material ;

f suffuso Aurivillius, ‘SAlae antiewe supra ochraceae fasens tribus irreen-

laribus fusco-briunneis, ad mareingin posticm ceonjunetis costam autem hand

alingentibus ornatae; fasciae duae primae latae, terlia submareinalis aneustior

ef prope medium excurvara, omnes eubtis parvis uiveis irrevularifer conspersac.”

I! fineata Avrivillos. Alae anticae supra subaequaliter fusco-brunneo-et

ochraceo-yarievatae, inter meareinen posticum et costam 7 linea postdiseali undu-

Jala pivea fusco mareinata ornatae.”?

fooitlata Avpivillins. ‘SAlae antieae supra brunneo-ochraeeae vitta median

fere a bast acl apieem cellnlae et deinde in plagam magnam apicen et aneulam

posticum versus dilatata ornatae.’?

42 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

These three male forms were taken at Malanda, Queensland, in association

with normal examples. In the absence of figures itis not possible to state whethe:

they are colour forms of O. neifocerda ov separate species,

Pig, 87-02. Oneopera mitoceva (Turner), ST. male genitalia; SS. juxtus 88. ciphth

sternite; 90, labial palp, showing rudimentary masxilkury qadps H4. antenna; 92, an antennal

seule.

This species is of considerable cvonomic importance, owing to tts depreda-

Tableland iu

jions, in the larval state, pon the pasture lands of the Atherton

North Queensland. Some details of the life-history ave known, Aceording 10

Atherton, who has made some interesting observations, Oncopera moths are on the

wing between January and April. Egys are distributed freely among the grass,

and larvae may be collected from July to December; when full grown they attain

a leneth of over Sem. ‘Pupation takes place in the larval burrow from Decem-

her to March at a depth of 4 to G inches... . The... vertical burrows excavated

by the grubs may be from less than 6 inches to more than 15 inches in depth, the

last 3 or 4 inches beine unlined with sill. The larvae may construct a chamber

in the burrow just below the surface of the ground, whieh possibly facilitates

turnine when excavations ave iu progress. ‘Che soil is apparently collected from

the base of the extending Murrow and held in the mouth parts as the larva hacks

into the chamber, in whieh it turns before carrving the bnrden ontside. . 2. [tis

commonly found that in pastures with a fairly long growth . . . the larva builds

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 43

a sort of anteroom over its burrow . . . brought to within } inch of the surface,

and there flared out like the top of a test tube. Built over the top of this is a

covering consisting of pieces of earth and dead erass. . . . The whole of the

cavity is lined with silk, and a passage-way of similar material leads away from

it ina horizontal direction. ’’

On general grounds it is tempting to disagree with Atherton’s conelusions

(not quoted here), which suggest that O. mitocera was originally a rain-forest

dweller, with a dead-leat-eating larva, and that its attacks on pasture grasses are

an induced habit brought about by the clearing of the jungle and the destruction

of its normal food. Tt seems possible that the observed differences of habit

between the grassteeding larvae which build an ante-room to their silk-lined

burrow, and the rain-forest-dwelling, dead-leaf-eating larvae with an unprotected

entrance to the burrows, are of a specific nature.

REMARKS ON THE NEW HARPID (MOLLUSCA)

GENERA OF FINLAY AND IREDALE

By BERNARD C. COTTON AND NELLY HOOPER Woops, M.A.

Summary

The two papers referred to in this article are:

Finlay : Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., 1xii, May 23, 1931, pp. 11-14.

Iredale : Rec. Aust. Mus., xviii, No. 4, June 29, 1931, pp. 230-231.

In these works, published within a month of each other, two leading Australasian

conchologists express their views on the generic location of some dozen species of the

family Harpidae.

As we have the type specimens of ten of these comparatively rare forms, we take this

opportunity of making clear some of the complications which have ensued. Finlay

proposes to use three genera, Iredale four, the latter all new and three without a

description. Finlay introduces Austroharpa, taking as type a species (Harpa pulligera

Tate) with an extreme form of large and bulbous proto-conch.

REMARKS on ror NEW HARPID (MOLLUSCA)

GENERA or FINLAY ann IREDALE

By BERNARD C. CO'T'TON ann NELLY HOOPER WOODS, M.A,

Big. 1-9,

The two papers referred to in this article are:

Wilay ; Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., bxii, May 23, 1931, pp. 11-14.

Iredale: Ree, Aust. Mus., xviii. No. 4, June 29, 1931, pp. 230-231.

In these works, published within a month of each other, two leading Australasian

conchologisis express their views on tlie generic location of some dozen species of

the family Marpidae.

As we have the type specimens of ten of these comparatively rare forms, we

fake this opportunity of making elem some of the complications which have

ensued. Minkiy proposes to ase three eenera, Iredale four, the latter all new aud

Hee without a deseription. inlay introduces slustroharpa, taking as twpe a

spectes (arpa pidligera Tate) with an extreme form of large and bulbous proto-

conch. The remaining members of the genus have a protoconeh of the same type,

Init smaller and more depressed. Ror the same group Lredale introduces Den

lipo withow a description, and this name beeomes a synonym. Similarly

Refluharpa was tniroduced withont diagnosis; he merely states: ‘* HL. lamelliferd

and T. suleas may be classed together wider the wenerie name Refluhanpa. . ¥

As Jar as the protoconeh is concerned Marpa lameltifera Tate is a typieal

Bocithara amd Harpo suleosa Tate is an Austroharpa. Therefore Refluharpa. is

aosvnonvin of Mecithara Wor Harpa spirata Tate, Iredale introduces Traue-

havpa, merely stating, “SH. spiral is separable with the eenerie name Teaie-

arpa’

But we agree with Finlay that arpa spirala Tate is an Anustraharpe,

so that Tramehinpa becomes a synonyvnr,

Austroharpa late’ Pinay, from an examination of Abattoir Bore specimens,

septs to be a loeal variety of sl, su/eosa Tate. the type of whieh is (he most

deeply suleate of our specimens, Tredale states: “Harpa pachycheila ean le

compared with dhbremata’’ in what respeet he does not say. Harpa abbreviatu

has the ctustraharpa type of protoconch, and so has arpa pachycheila Tate.

though in the latter species it is much smaller. We do not think H. pachycheila

Tate and IH, cassinoides Tate are cassis, as Finlay suggests. They haye not the

46 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

le jo °

yw vent

yw yn)"

spay teehee

Fig, 1-0, Protoconchs of Mollusca of the family Harpidue (all K 10). 1. Hoeithara

lamellifera; 2. Austroharpa suleosay 3. A. spirata; 4. A. cassinoides; 5. A. clathvata: @, A.

pachychetla; 7. A, abbreviata; 8. A. pulligera;: 9. A. tenuis,

COTTON AND \Woops—REMARKS ON NEW MOLLUSCA GENERA 47

widely reflected inner lip, the dentition of the outer lip, the plication on the

columella and the sharply recurved snout of Cassis.

On protoconch features they should be placed in Austroharpa, and also the

recent H. punctata Vereo. Iredale’s new species, P. exrquisita, the type of the new

genus Palamharpa, appears to be an Austroharpa, so that Palamharpa probably

becomes another synonym of Austroharpa.

Our classification then reads :

Austroharpa Finlay, May, 1931, type H. pulligera Tate = Deniharpa,

Trameharpa, and Palamharpa Iredale, June, 1931.

A, pulligera (Tate), spirata (Tate), sulcosa (Tate), fatei Finlay (? =

sulcosa var.), lenws (Tate), elathrata (Tate), punctata (Vereo), pachycheila

(Tate), cassrnoides (Tate), erguisita (Iredale), ubbrewmiata (Tate).

Kocitthara Fischer, 1883, type H. mutica Lamarek = Refluharpa lredale,

June, 1931, H. lamellifera (Tate).

NOTES ON THE TYPE SPECIMENS OF HESPERITDAE

(LEPIDOPTERA) IN THE MUSEUMS IN AUSTRALIA,

WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THOSE IN THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

By G. A. WATERHOUSE, D.Sc., B.E., F.E.S.

Summary

On a recent visit to Adelaide (April, 1932), Brigadier W. H. Evans and the writer were

granted facilities to study the Lower Collection of Hesperiidae, which had been

purchased by the South Australian Museum. In this examination we were ably assisted by

Mr. N. B. Tindale, of the Museum. As a number of doubtful points arose, it seemed

desirable that they should be recorded before General Evans leaves Australia, so that he

might concur in them ; Mr. Tindale has also seen this paper before publication.

NOTES ox turk TYPE SPECIMENS or HESPERIIDAE

(LEPIDOPTERA) weoruzr MUSEUMS ix AUSTRALIA,

wirH SPECIAL REFERENCE tro THOSE tx rune SOUTH

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

By G. A. WATE RAOUSE, D.Se., BAM. FILS.

On a recent visit to Adelaide (April, 1932), Brigadier W. H. Evans and the

writer were granted facilities to study the Lower Collection of ILesperiidae,

which had been purchased by the South Australian Museum. In this examination

we were ably assisted by Mr. N. 1B. Tindale, of the Museum. As a munber of

doubtful points arose, it seemed desirable that they should be recorded) before

General Evans leaves Australia, so that he might coneur in them: Mr. Tindale

has also seen this paper before publication.

As the South Australian Mnsenm authorities have purchased the collection

of the late Dr. T. P. Lueas, of Brisbane, whieh contains several types of Rosen-

stock and Miskin, and have had in their possession for many years types of

species deseribed by Tepper and Guest, these also are ineluded,

To make this review more comprehensive, some of the types of this family

inthe other Australian Musemus are treated as well,

The late Ma. O. B. Lower was the first Australian entomologist to study

indletail this interesting family, and all his papers on it have been published in

the Transaetions of the Royal Society of South Australia. The first paper ap-

peared in 1902, xvi, by Meyriek and Lower (quoted M. and t., 1902), and as

stated on page 39, Meyrick drew up the geuerie characters and identified the

species, whilst Lower was responsible for the deseriptions,

Lower in the same Transactions for 1907 and 1908 (quoted Low., 1907, and

Low., 1908) described further species, and in 1911 (quoted Low. 1911) published

his final revision, During the time Lower was prepariue this last revision Twas

in eonstant correspondence with him, and lent him aiumbers of specimens; 1

have still the correspondence in my possession, and it has been very useful in

elucidating several doubtful points. This correspondence will be deposited in

fhe Anstraliin Museum, Svdney. for future reference.

Lower, early in 1908, wrote saying he would give the type localities, but in

Most Cases he Failed to do so, and [ have, aided by my tive friends, endeavonred

fo vectify this. AIL specimens marked as types by Lower have been earetully

eheeked with his descriptions, and where no specimen was marked as type one

50 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

has been nominated as such, care being taken to see that it was one of the original

series and that it agreed with the description,

In 1914 The Butterflies of Australia, by Waterhouse and Lyell, was pub-

lished (quoted W. and L., 1914), when several changes were made in the elassi-

figation, some new species deseribed, and all the then known species figured.

Almost all the specimens used to illustrate this work are now in the Australian

Muse, Sydney.

The above works will be those that are chiefly quoted, and the species will he

listed imder the names given in Lower’s revision of 1911.

TRAPHZITES IeTEROMACULA Meyrick and Lower,

Trapezites heteromacula M. and L., 1902, p. 8+; We and I, 1914, p. 176, fi

623.

The holotype is a male from Cooktown (Endeayour River) in the Macleay

sient,

e, 622,

Museum, University of Sydney. Lower’s loeality, Cairns (low., 1911, p. 1746),

requires confirmation, as Lhave never seen a specimen from there,

Trapnarres Lures (Tepper)

TTesperila lulew Tepper, Trans. Roy. Soe, S. Aust., iv, 1881, p. 38, pl. ii, fig. 6.

Trapezites lutea Low. 1911, p. 187 (in part).

sic clan ia end W. and I, 1914, p. 177, fig. G60, 7-48,

Tepper’s holotype male is from Ardrossan, South Australia, and is now in

very poor condition. This species must be very rare in South Australia, as Lower

ouly had one male from Port Lineoln and one male from Stonytell, and | haye

another male from the latter locality, given me by Lower. Two specimens only

are known from Victoria, both caught at Castlemaine in February. Other spect

mens are known from New South Wales and South Queensland, Lower’s record

of Duaringa in 1902 (M. and L., p. 91), but omitted in 1911 (Low., p. 187) is ue

doubt correct, as there was an undoubted specimen with a Duaringa lahel in his

eollection mmonest his specimens of 7. petitia. T ne satay locality refers to the

race glimeus Wy and L., lc., 1914. p. 177. fig. 661, 739

TRAPEZIPES PHIGALLA (TLewitson).

Hesperia phigatia lew,, Dese. Hesp., 1868, p. 82.

Tropeziles phithyra Miskin; Proce. Roy. Soe. QUL, vi, 1889, p. 158.

The holotype male phillyra Miskin, which is a synonyin of phigalia, is m the

South Australian Musetun Colleetion from the Lucas Colleetion, In the Lower

Collection are two males and one female labelled Cairns, Lower Coll, but this

lovality requires confirmation.

WaATERHOUSE—NOTE ON TYPES OF HESPERIIDAE 51

ANISYN'TA POLYSEMA (Lower).

Hesperilla palysema Low., 1908, p. 311. female.

Anisynta palysema Low., 1911, p. 142, male; W. and L., 1914, p, 188, fig. 745, 754.

The holotype is a female from Petford, near Chillagoe, Queensland, Keb-

rary, 1908, and is now in the Australian Museum, The allotype male is in the

South Australian Museum, from Port Darwin, February, 1909, and there is also

a paratype male in the Australian Misewm from Port Darwin, February, 1909.

Ofher known specimens are from Port Darwin, males January and Mareh, female

April. A male from Flinders Island, Queensland, January, 1927, is in the South

Australian Museum, and f have seen a male trom Stanley Tshind. Queensland,

January, 1927,

ANISYNTA SPITENOSEMA (Meyrick and Lower),

Trapezites sphenosema M. and 1, 1902, p. 92.

Trapezites paraphaes M, and ., 1902. p. 93.

Anisynta sphenosema W. and T., 1914, p. 181, fie. 643-6,

Deseribed from a single specimen said to be a female, but the speeimen in the

Lower Collection, marked as type female, on examination proved to be a male.

No, 8775, from Perth, Western Australia, collected in November by FP. M. Aneel.

No specimen marked as the type of pavephacs could be found, but this name was

sunk tnder sphenosema by Lower in 1911, p. 143, and no separation under these

fwo names was nade in his collection,

ANiSYNTA CYNONE (Ilewitson),

Cyeclopides eynone Ilew., Exot. Butt., v. 1874, fie. 17.

Hesperilla gracilis Tepper, Trans. Roy, Soe. 8. Anst., iv, 1881, p. 34, pl. ii. fie. 7.

Anisyntn eynone W. and L., 1914, p, 182, fig. 761-3.

General Evans writes from London that he has examined Tlewitson’s type

of eynone in the British Museum. Tt was the only spechnen there, and is a male

labelled **Australia.”’ On comparing it with specimens from South Australia

(gracilis Tepper) and Victoria (grisea Waterhouse, Proce. Linn. Nov. N.S.

Wales, 1982, p. 220), which he had taken to London, he finds that the type is

smaller (25 im. against 28-30 wm.). with wines rather more pointed, on fore-

wing no spots in Ja, 4, and 5, only the cell spot. discals in 2 and 3, and three sub-

apical dots. The hindwing below is more ereenish-ochreous, as in grisea, but the

discal band is darkened, appearing as composed of darkish brown eontiguows

spots; the basal markings tend to be snnilar, ie. dark and maeular. Tt aimst be

regarded as a separate race from some other, perhaps intermediate, locality, and

if anything nearer grisea,

52 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Hewitson deseribed the underside of eynone as ‘Srnfous-brown with several

white spots separated by a band of blaek spots.’? The figure is of the inderside,

and is not very satisfactory. The type locality of eynone for the present is

unknown, and there will be two races, gracilis and grisea,

Mesopina AELUROPIS Meyrick.

Vesodina aeluropis Meyriek, Ent. Mo. Mag., xxxvii, 1901, p. 168; M. and L..

1902, p. 46; W. and L., 1914, p. 180, fig. 698-9.

The holotype male is in Meyrick’s collection from Katoomba, New South

Wales, in November. This species is confined to the Blhie Mountains, from Went-

worth Falls to Mount Victoria.

MersopinaA HALYZIA CYANOPIIRACTA Lower.

Vesodina halyzia cyanophracta Low., 1911, p, 119; W. and L., 1914, p. 180. fie.

774-5.

There were two males and two females in the Lower Collection, all from

Perth, Western Australia, but without type labels. A] male specimen was

nominated as holotype, and a female, canght in November, 1900, as allotype.

TinspertLbha MUNTONGA Olliff.

Hesperia manionga Olilt, Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, iv, 1889. p. 628; Low.

1911, p. 136,

Orcisplanus munionga W. and L., 1914, p. 184, fig. 670,

Holotype male and allotype female in) Australiana Museum, from Movit

Koseinsko, March, 1889.

Ifespertuta compacta (Butler).

Telesto compacta Putler, Ann, Mag. Nat. [ist (9) ix, 1882, p. 87.

Hesperilla compacta Low., 1911, p. 124.

Dispar compacta W. and L., 1914, p. 197, fig. 705-8.

Telesto sceplicalis Rosenstock, Ann. Mae. Nat. Hist., (5) xvi, 1885, p. 379, pl. x1,

fie, 2,

There is a female of seeplicaiis in the South Austvalian Musermn from the

Lucas Colleetion, from Healsville. Vietoria, which was no doubt seen by Rosen-

stoek, but the holotype so marked is in the British Museum,

Timsperin.a tymBorHORA (Meyrick and Lower).

Telesto tynbophora M, and L., 1902, p. 70.

Hesperia linbophara law., 1911, p. 124.

Signela tymbophora W. and L., 1914, p. 198, fig. 662-4.

WATERHOUSE —NOTE ON TYPES OF HESPERIIDAE 53

Holotype male from Mount Kembla, New South Wales, in the South Ades:

tralian Museimn, with allotype female and other males labelled lyuibaphara by

Lower in fhe Australian Musemmn from Mount Kembla.

Tlespekibta Leucostiama (Meyrick and Lower).

Telesto lencostiguua M, and i, 1902, p, 73.

Poawidia lewcostigavd fencostigiie W. and di. 14, p. 191, fie. 616-7.

The original description (1902, p. 73) inelades the northern race (parasenie |

as well as the southern race. The holotype is a male labelled Sydney, but this

showd be Mount Kembla, New South Wales. No female of the southern race

was fond in the Lower Colleetion. [na letter to me, dated Jrne 4, 1908, he

stated be had no females. tn the Australian Museum there are a anale and a

female from Mount Kembla labelled as /eacostiguia ly Lower.

TIeSPekILLA LEUCOSTIGMA PARASEMA Lower.

Hosperilla leweastigima parasema Low., 1908, p. 312; Low., W11, p. 125: W.

an di, 1914, p. 192, fie. 637-8,

The holotype male is the specimen from Kuranda, October, mentioned in

102, pp. 75. [owas caught by Dr AL. Turner in 1900. The allotype feniale is

from Kuranda, Dodd, December, 1904. Both are in the South Australian

Museu,

HesperiLbA MASTERS! Waterhouse.

Hesperilly mastersi Waterhouse, Proce, Linn, Soe, N. S. Wales, xxv, 1900, p. od,

pli, fig. aS; Low., 1911, p. 185; W. and L., 1914, p. 186, fig. 650-1.

Holotype male, Clifton, January, 1897, and allotype female from Mount

Kembla, New Sonth Wales. in Australian Museum. An additional locality is

Narrara, uear Gosford, in November and December (1H, lL. Moss-Robinson),

TDGsrPertnLA ORNATA MONOTHERMA (Lower).

Hesperitla arnata monotherma Low. 1907, p. 169: Low., 1911, p. 185; W. and L,,

114, p. 184, fie, 635-6.

The holotype is a female from Kuranda, October, 1906 (FL PL Dodd). The

inale is nach nearer the typieal southern race on the upperside.

TIESPERILLA CRYPSARGYRA CRYPSARGYRA (Meyrick ),

Telesto erypsargyra Meyrick, Proc. Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales, ii, 1887, p. 820.

Hesperia crypsargyra Wand L., 1914, p. 186, fig. 600-1.

The holotype is a male from Blackheath, New South Wales, in November or

February.

54 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

LIESPpERILLA CRYPSARGYRA HOLSONT Waterhouse.

Hesperilla erypsargyra hopsont Waterhouse, Proc, Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, Li,

1927, p. 282, pl, xxvi, fig. 11-12, 15-16.

The holotype male (bred in Sydney in October) and the allotype feniale,

February, are in the Australian Museum, from Barrington Tops, New South

Wales. A new locality is Deervale, near Dorrigo, New South Wales.

HESPERILLA IpoTURA (Miskin),

Trapeziles idothea Miskin, Proe. Roy, Soe. Qld., vi, 1889, p. 152.

Hesperilla idathea Low., 1911, p. 125; W. and L., 114, p. 187, Pe 716-8.

Trapezites dispar Kirby; Ann. May. Nat. Hist, (6) sil, 1898, p. 435.

The holotype is a female from Victoria, in the South Australian Muse.

from the Lucas Collection, It should be noted that Kirby described both sexes,

and not only the male, as Lower (1911, p. 123) has listed.

Tlespeeniuna cnaosroua (Meyrick).

Teleslo chaostolu Meyrick, Proe, Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales, U1, S87, p. 880; MM. anil

L., 1902, p. 65.

Hesperilla chuostola Low., 111, p. 182; W. and L., 1914. p. 167, fig. G90-1, 700,

The holotype is a inale from Blackheath, New South Wales, in November, in

Meyrick’s Collection. The species is very rare in New South Wales, but is more

common in Vietoria, and a very few specimens are kuown from Tasmania, The

allotype female is from Inonyille, Tasmania, in December, and is in the Lyell

Collection. and not in Lower's Collection, as stated (Low., 1911, p. 132).

TgseeRinba CRYPSIGRAMMA (Meyrick and Lower).

Telesto erypsigramma M, and L., 1902, p. si.

Hesperilla crypsigramma Low., 1911, p. 128,

Towidia crypsigramma W. and L., L14, p. 190, fie. 639-40.

The holotype male in the Lower Collection, from Herberton, is one of two

specimens caught by C. J. Wilde; the other is in the Queensland Musetun, Bris.

bane, Lower also had a male from Bunya Mountains, Queensland (Noveaber,

1801, IL. Tryon). There was also in the Lower Collection a female from Tfer-

herton, Queensland (January 31, 1911, F. P. Dodd), but if was placed under

sesgutlata, which was not represented in his collection.

HespERILLA MALINDEVA Lower.

Tlesperitla matindeva Low., 1911, p. 129.

Toridia malindeva W. and L., 1914, p. 190, fig. 740-1, 749.

WATERHOUSE —NOTE ON TYPES OF TIESPERILDAE 55

The holotype male is in the Lower Collection, the allotype female and a

paratype male in the Australian Museum, all from Herberton, Queensland, in

January, 1910, F. P. Dodd. Lower also had five males and three females frou

Herberton, January 31,1911, no doubt added after his description was written,

The species has been caught and bred by Mr. J. Macqueen, near Milnerran,

South Queensland, from October to January.

Lluspeninba sexcurrara (lferrich-Sehactter ).

Telesto sergullata Ulerrich-Schaelfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit.. 1869. p. S80, pl. ii, lig, 16.

Hesperilla secquttati Low., 11. p. 126.

Taridia secguilalu W. and di, 14, p. 1, fig. 641-2.

The holotype is a female, as shown by the figure, but its whereabouts is

unknown. The type locality is Rodkhainpton. Lt was not represented in Lower’s

Collection, Of bis localities Roekhanpton is from Terrich-Schaetfer. Bowen

refers to aanale aud female in the Queensland Museum, and Lerberton refers to

the female erypsigramud, which he thought to be sergultata. OF this rare species

there is a pair in the South Australian Museum from Grote [sland and a female

froin Winchelsea [sland.

ILespekinua Tyretivs (Mabille).

Tovulia tyrrhus Mab., Comp. Rend. Soe. Ent. Bele, xxxy. 1891, p. [Xxx,

Hesperitla tyrrhus Low., 1911, p. 126.

Towidia tyrrhus W. and L., 1914, p. 192, tiv. G18-9.

Velesto bathrophora M, and L., 1902, p. 82.

As stated by Lower (1911, p. 127) the holotype of fyrrius, now in the

Berlin Musein, and of whieh I have seen a eoloured drawing sent to Lower, is

a female From Cooktown, and not a male, as stated by Mabille. The holotype

male and the allotype female of bathrophora trom Mackay are in the South

Australian Museum. Miskin in his collection had this species under halyziu Hew.

THausrperinbA MBLANIA (Waterhouse ).

Telesto melanie Waterhouse, xx, Viet. Nat., 1908, p. a4.

Hesperitla melania Low., 1911, p. 126.

Towidia melunia W. and L., 1914, p. 193, fie, 667-9.

The holotype male and allotype female from Kuranda, Queensland, Mel

rary, 1902 (RR. E. Turner), Cairns district, are now in the Australian Museum,

Sydney,

56 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

LIesperRIDUA CHRYSOTRICHA ClitysoTRIciEA (Meyrick and Lower).

Telesto chrysolricha M. and L., 1902, p. 59.

Hespevilla chrysotricha Low. 1911, p. 121; W. and Lb. 1914, p. 18s, fie, 651,

776-7.

The holotype is a male in the South Austvalian Museum froin Wing George's

Sound (Albany), Western Australia, A anale with the same type of printed

lnhel is in the Australian Museum from the same locality. This suggests that i

was eau@ht by the late A. S. OL. L was not able to see the worn female specl-

men mentioned by Lower (1911, p. 122) from Goolwa, South Australia, taken in

March, The lovality and date snegest that if is a form of donnysa vather than

chrysolricha, whieh is only a spring insect in Western Australia,

TIeSPERILLA CLIRYSOTRICHA GYCLOSVILA (Meyriek and Lower).

Telesto eyelospila M. and G., 02, p. 63,

Hesperilla cyclospila Low., 1911, p. 121; W. and L., T814, p. 188 (in part; tol

fiw. 632),

Lesperilla lencospila Waterhouse, Proce. Linn. Soe, N.S. Wales, Hi, W927. p. 280,

pl. xxvi, fig, 25-28.

This race has caused some diffierdty. M. and L. deseribed it from ** Port

Lincoln, South Australia; Melbourne. Vietoria; two specimens in November.”

In 1911 this is repeated without the number of specimens and the addition of

“Types in Coll. Lower.’ In November, 1910, Lower lent me three specnnetis,

and his letter reads ‘'1 male, 1 female eyclospild. 1 male do., Melbourne”? The

Melbourne speeinen is undated. and the Port Lincoln specimens are dated

October, The Port Lincoln male bore his type male label, but it does not agree

with the 1902 deseription, in that it lacks the uppermost silver spot on the hind:

wing beneath, which is found in his Melbourne male and also rarely in other

Victorian specimens.

Although there is no doubt in my mind that the type locality of Port Lin-

voln was intended, General Evans, Mr. Tindale, and TP decided to remove the type

label from his Port Lincoln male and place it pom his Melborurne imale, as that

was the only specimen in the collection that agreed with the deseription, Tha

leucospila Waterhouse sinks as a diveet synonym and the type loeality of cycle

spila will be near Melbourne.

MOorASINGITA DIRPILLA TRIMACULATA (Tepper),

Hesperitla trimaculata Tepper, Traus. Roy, Soe. 8, Aust., iv, 1881, p. 32. pl. il.

fig. 1.

Hesperia quidrimetcuiata Tepper, Le, pl. i, 4

WaATERHOUSE—NOTE ON TyPEs OF HESPERIIDAE 57

Motasingha dirphia low., W911, p. 120 (in part); W. and L., 1914, p. 195 (in

part).

Haying seen Tepper’s types of feimueulata, a male fvon Monarto, and

quadrimdculdla, a female from Arciossan, and compared them with other South

Australian specimens at Adelaide. i am convineed that these vonstitute a race

distinet from the typical @irphie from Western Australia, Tt may be distin-

wished by having the wuniderside more reddish than grey and the silver spots

more distinct.

Movrastncua ATKALBA ATRALBA (Tepper),

Hesporila atpalha Tepper, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., iv, 1881, p. 38, pl. ii, fie. }.

Motasingha atvalba We and li, 114, p. 195, fie. 649.

The holotype is a female from Ardrossan, South Australia, and now consists

of only two forewmes. On a collecting trip to Port Noarlunga in Apvil, 1932, |

found larvae and a pupa on Guhime lanigera (R. Be.) Bentham. The larya is

somewhat like that of A. dirphia, and it pupates head downwards, but without

the silken pad, as in Mesodina.

Meyrick and Lower’s ceseription of a/rafba (1902, p. 71) applies to the race

from Western Austtailia, as amongst other elaacters the stigma is stated to be

strong and blackish, In typical afradba it is narrow and very difticull to see.

MOWASINGHA ATRALBA DACTYLIOTA (Meyrick),

Telesto ductyhiote Meyrick, Proc, Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales, ii, 1887, p. 831.

A varefy) comparison of the original description shows that although Mes

rick wave both South Australian aud Western Australian localities his deserip-

tion applies ouly to specimens Frou Western Australia. Type in Coll. Mevriek.

Morasingua bomMINnuLA (Plétz).

Telesto dominula Plotz, Stett. Wut. Zeit, Ss4, p. 379.

Previously | had never seen any specimens as large as Plitaz’s coloured figure

from Tasmania, and so doubted that loeality. Both the Australian and the South

Australian Museums live now specimens from low elevations in Tasmania agree

ing in size and markings with the figure, Typieal daminula will therefore apply

fo these specimens from Tasmania, whilst dreelhmophora Mevriek, trom Mount

Kosciusko, is the race frou Australia. The locality of Neweastle given by Lower

(1911, p. 155) is erroneous, as the rave in Australia has never been taken below

3,000 feet. Specimens frou high elevations in Tasmania are very much smaller,

TiesrerinuA XUPHIPHORA Lower.

Hesperitta viphiphara Gow., 1911, p. 180,

Neohesperila viphiphora W. and L., 1914, p. 194, fie. 656.

58 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The holotype male is from Darwin, Mareh, 1909, allotype female from Dar-

win, February, 1909, m the South Australian Museum, and paratypes in Ats-

tralian Musewn from Darwin,

LimspekinbA XANTHOMERA (Meyrick and Lower).

Telesto canthomera M. and L., 1902, p. 80.

IHesperilla croceus Miskin, Proe. Roy, Soc, Qld, vi, 1889, p. 150 (female, but not

male).

Neohesperilla canthomera W. and Li, W14, p. 104, fig. G7A-5,

The fixation of the type of this species has been attended with great diffi.

culty. The deseription is based on male 30 mim,, female 36 mun. ‘Brisbane anc

Cairns, Queensland, two specimens in March and September.’ Lower’s collec-

tion contained four specimens, all niunbered 8759, which agreed with his register,

The only male is from Townsville, of 35 mm, expanse, September, 1900, the dai

being in Dr. A. J. Turner’s handwriting. This agrees with the deseription,

except size and loeality, and has been considered as the holotype. A. female from

Townsville, whieh had 1 veins on the left forewing, ts mentioned in his note, bul

is over 36 nun. A female from Cooktown, 30 mm, in expanse, in which the fourth

spot is confluent with the third, is mentioned as sometimes occuring ia the

deseription; this specimen had a female type label, and was recorded in the

wrote (he deseription, as at least fwo females are indicated, The fourth specimen

was from Brisbane, and may possibly, though doubtfully, have been added after

the description was written,

Nevertheless, taking into account Lower’s carelessness in respeet of many of

his deseriptions, it seems obvious that the Townsville male must be considered as

ihe holotype. The species, as was well known to Lower, is much more common

in Brisbane than elsewhere in Queensland,

BinLA ANISOMORPHA Lower.

Bibla anisomorpha Low., 1911, p. 146; male.

Taructrocena wmsomorpha W. and L., 1914, p. 201, fig. 385-4,

Lower’s holotype is a male from Port Darwin, March, 1908; the specimen

he had labelled as the female is also from Port Darwin, but is the male of a very

distinet species, Taractroceru ina Waterhouse. This is a rare species; in the

South Australian Museum it is also from Roper River, Fortescue River, and

Gayndah, I have it also from Mackay aud Westwood, near Rockhampton.

WATERHOUSE--NOTE ON TYPES OF HESPERITDAE 59

TARACTROCERA INA Waterhouse.

Turaetrocera tna, Proc. Linu, Soc. N.S. Wales, Ivii, 1982, p, 228,

The holotype of this species is a imale in the South Australian Museum, ane

is the specimen which Lower marked as bis type female of Bibla unisomarpha,

OCYBADISTES LYPOMELOMA Lower,

Ocybhadisles hypomelomu Low., 1911, p. 152.

Padravne hypomeloma W. and 1, 1914, p. 204, tig. o84, 878—t.

Lower deseribed both sexes, but bis locality note is badly punetuated, and

should reac: Terberton and Kuranda, Queensland iu Mareb, one female (Dodd) ;

Roseville, near Sydney, two male specimens in April (Waterhouse), Lower

added that the types were in his collection, On examination it was found that he

had a female from Kuranda, March, 1907, with a label in his handwriting,

“hypomelame type female? Ile also had a amale front Terbertou, January 31,

111, but it was not marked as the type male, nor did it agree with his deserip-

tion, and was without doubt added to his collection after his deseription was

written, The difficulty regarding his type male was settled by a speeimen in ty

collection from Roseville, April 4, 1904, bearing in Lower’s handwriting a label,

“hupomelona type male Lower’? 1 had this specimen with me in Adelaide, and

it avreed with the deseription in having the upper two of the five spots of the

distal band of the forewing half the size of the remaining three and the small

somewhat ovoid spot lying ou vein 6 of hindwing well separated from the obliqie

band. If further proof were wanting it is supplied by a letter from Lower to me

dated April 20, L911, in which he says: ** Lam sending the lenale Jaspomelona,

| have no male. so that yoru male will be the type male, my female the other sex,

You will perceive that the female came from Dodd.’?

The holotype male is without doubt the specimen marked as type male by

Lower from Roseville, near Sydney, and is now in the Australian Museum,

Sydney, and the type loeality will he Sydney.

OCVBADISTES WALKERD HYPOCIILORA Lower.

Oeybadistes walkert hypochlura Low, 1911, p. 140.

Ocyhadistes flavavittata hypochtora W. aud li, 1914, pp. 204, fig, 860, 867,

The holotype male and the allotype female are from Parkside, Adelaide. 1

has been shown (W. and L., 1914, p, 208) that the name flevovitlata must be

applied to the common small orange and brown Iesperiid found at Sydney, and

not 10 ayrdulia ILewitson from Westem Australia, as Lower bas done. Mr.

N.D, Riley (Trans. Hut. Soe, Lond, 1926, p. 289) confirms this,

60 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

PADRAONA HETEROBATIURA (Lower).

Apoustus heterobathra Low., 1908, p. 816.

Pudraona hetervbathra Low,, 1911, p. 154: W. and L.. 1914, p. 202, fig. 872.

Lolotype male is from Kuranda, April, 1907, allotype female, Kuranda, Mareh,

1907, in South Australian Museum. General Evans has pointed out to me that

this species, though without a sex brand, las sex scales over vein 1, on either

side of vem 2, and below vein 3, and also that it must be placed as a race of ceded

Bethune-Baker, Ann. May. Nat. Hist. (7) 18. 1906, p. 348.

PADRAONA LASUIVLA ( Kosenstock ).

Pomphila lascivia Rosenstock, Ann. Mag. Nat. List. (5), xvi, TS8o, p. S78, pl. xt,

fi. 1.

clpaustus lascivia M. and L., 1902, p. 100.

Padraone lascivia, Low., 1911, p. 158; W. and L., 1914, p, 202, fig, o87-5.

The holotype is a male from Beaconsfield, Victoria, in the South Australian

Musetan, from the Lueas Collection. In the paper m which this species and

Telesto scepticalis are deseribed, Rosenstock states that the specimens were from

South Australia, receiyed from Dr. Lueas, of Melbourne. This is another mstance

of the confusion of South Australia with southern Aistralia.

TELICOTA AUGIAS MESOPTIS Lower.

Telicota augias mesoptis Low., 1911, p. 167.

The holotype male and allotype female are from Kuranda, April, 1907, A

discussion on the augius-like species must await further investigation, as there

are probably three or more different species passing under this name in Aus-

tralia, and deseriptions under at least five different names have been given of

Australian specimens,

TPELICOTA ANISODESMA Lower,

Telicola anisodesma Low., L911, p. 157.

The holotype is a male from Ballina, Richmond River, caught by miysell, and

is at Adelaide. L have sunilar specimens from the same locality and also fron

South Queensland.

TEnICOTA BURYCHLORA Lower,

Telicolu euryehtora Low., 1908, p. 314; W. and L., 11-4, p. 210, fig. 692-3, S61.

The holotype male and allotype Female from Ballina, Richmond River, Meb-

ruary, 1898, are in the Australian Museum, Sydney.

TELICOTA BRACLIYDESMA Lower.

Telicala brachydesma Low.. 1908, p. 312; Low., 1911, p. 159; W. and L., 1914,

p. 209, fig. 671-2, 878-9,

WATERHOUSE ~NOTE ON TYPES OF HESPERIIDAE 61

The holotype male and allotype female from Cooktown, labelled so in Lower’s

handwriting, are in the Australian Museum, Svdney, Lower’s note (1908, p. 314)

is correet that the types were in Coll, Waterhouse, and incorreet (1911, p. 159)

when he said that they were in Colls. Lower and Waterhouse.

CORONE TRICHOPEPLA (Lower),

Brynnis trichopepla Low., 1908, p. 315.

Erynnis palmarwn M. and 1, (vee Moore), 1902. p. 110.

Cephrenes trichape pla We and L., W914, p. 207. fig. 676-7.

The holotype is a amale from Mackay in the South Australian Museum,

General Hyans considers that this may have had a common origin with palaurruin

Moore, int is sufficiently distinet to rank as a species,

TLAsorA ALEXIS CoNTEMPTA (Plitz),

Jsmene contempla Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit, 1884, p. 56.

Parola chromus M, and L. (nee Cram), Low., 1911, p, 169.

Tsmene Iucescens Lineas, Proe. Roy. Soc. Qld, 1899, p. 138.

Parala chromus contempta W. and li, 1914, p. 217. fig. 729-30.

The holotype male and allotype female of Z. /ucescens are in the South Ats-

tralian Museum from South Queensland ex Lieas Collection. General Evans has

shown that aleris Fabr. is the name of the typical race of this species, and that

after examining the long series in the Lower Collection at Adelaide he is eon-

Vincved that they are all the same, and that Lower had no justification in makine

two. if not three, species from his series,

PRINCIPAL REFERENCES TO AUSTRALIAN TESPERIIDAR.

Anderson and Spry (1894): ‘ Vietorian Butterflies,’ pt. 2, 1894, pp. 79-129.

Butler, ALG. (1882): On a sinall collection of Lepidoptera from Melbourne.

Ann, May. Nal, Hist, (5), ix, 1882. pp. 84-87.

Hewitson, W. C. (1867-8): Deseriptions of one hundred new species of THes-

peridae, pl, 1, 1867, pp. 1-24: pt. 2, 1868, pp, 25-56,

Hoewitson, W. C. (1874): Exotie Bittertlies, vol. v.. plate Cyelopides and Hes-

perila, TA,

Kirhy, W. FB. (1898): Deseriptions of new Australian Iesperiidae. Ana. Mag.

Nat, Hist, (6), xvi, 18938, pp. 434-8.

Lower, O13, (1908) : Deseriptions of new Australian Hesperiadae. Trans. Roy.

Soe NS. clusl., xxxii, 1908, pp. 311-7,

Lower, O. Ti. (1911): Revision of the Australian Tesperiadae. Trans. Roy. Sov.

S, dust, xxxv, 1911, pp. 112-172.

62 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Mabille, P.: Genera Tuseetorum. Fasieule 17, Hesperiidae, 1908-4.

Meyrick, BE. (1887): Deseriptions of new Australian Rhopalocera, Proc. Lunn.

Soc, N.S. Wales, (2), ti, 1887. pp. 827-834.

Meyrick and Lower (1902); Revision of the Australian Hesperiadae, Trans.

Roy. Sov. 8. Aust., xxvi, 1902, pp. 38-129,

Miskin, W. II. (1889); Deseriptions of some new species of Australian TLos-

peridae. Proc. Roy. Soe. Qld., vi. 1889, pp. 146-194.

Miskin. W. Tf. (1891) : Synonymieal Catalogue, Butterflies of Aust ralia. slanels

Queensland Musewn, No. 1, 1891, pp. 1-82, and supplement.

Olliff, A. S. (1889): On Rhopalocera fron: Mount Kosciusko, N.S. Wales. Pree.

Linn, Sov. N.S. Wales, (2), ii, 1889, pp, 619-624.

Plitz, C, (1883): Die Hesperiinen-Gattung MWesperia Aut. und ihre Arten,

Ntett. Ent. Zeil., 1883, pp. 26-64, pp, 196-258.

Platz, C. (1884): Die Ilesperiinen-Gattumg Apuastus Tb, und. ihre Arten.

Stet. Ent. Zeit, 1884, pp. 151-166,

Plitz, C. (1884); Die Mesperiinen-Gattung Ismene Sw. und ihre Arten, Ste/f.

Bat. Zeit, WS84, pp. 91-66,

Plitz, C. (1884): Die Hesperiinen-Gattung Trlesto Bsd. und ihre Arten. Steff.

Bul. Zeil., W884, pp. 376-384,

Rosenstock, R. (1885): Notes on Australian Lepidoptera with descriptions of

new speeies. slain. May. Nal. Hist., (5), xvi, 1885. pp. 876-385,

Seitz, A, (1927): The Maerolepidoptera of the World, vol. ix, Hesperidae, by A.

Seitz, 1927, pp. 1027-1107, plates elxiii-elxxv. Huglish edition.

Tepper, J. G.O, (1882): The Papilionidae of South Australia, Tras. Roy. Soe.

NS. Aust., vol. iv. for 1880-1, pp. 25-36, plates ii, iii, published Jan., 1882.

Waterhouse, G A. (1927) + Australian MWesperiidac, pt. 1, Prac. Linn. Soc, N.S,

Wales, ii, 1927, pp. 275-283, plate xxvi.

Waterhouse, (A. (1982): Australian ILesperitdae, pt. 2. Prac. Linn, Soe, NS,

Wales, Wii, 1932, pp. 218-288, 2 text-figures.

Waterhouse, G. A. (1903): Deseriptions and notes of Anstralian Tesperidae,

chiefly Vietorian. Wiel, Nat., xx, 1908, pp. 42-7.

Waterhouse. G. A. (1982): New Genera of Australian Tlesperiidae and a new

subspecies. lust. Zoologist, vil, (3), pp. 198-201.

Waterhouse and Lyell (1912): Deseriptions of and notes on some Anstralian

Tlesperidae. Wet. Nat.. xxviii, 1912, pp. 228-8.

Waterhouse and Lyell (1914): The Butterflies of Australia, 1914. TLesperidae,

pp. 172-224. All Australian species figured, some in colour,

Waterhouse and Turner (1904); Notes on TLesperidae deseribed hy Mabille and

reputed to be Australian, Viel, Nat., xxi. 1904, pp. 109-110.

ABORIGINES OF PRINCESS CHARLOTTE BAY,

NORTH QUEENSLAND

By HERBERT M. HALE (DIRECTOR) AND NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.SC.

(ETHNOLOGIST)

Summary

In December, 1926, the Board of Governors of the South Australian Museum sent the

writers to Southern Cape York Peninsula, North Queensland, with the object of

elaborating the hitherto meagre Museum collections from this locality.

January and February, 1927, were spent at Flinders and Stanley Islands, Bathurst Head,

Stewart River and Silver Plains, and on the shores of Princess Charlotte Bay.

Our first station was on Flinders Island, where a small hut had been erected to

accommodate stores required by trepang and pearling fleets working on the Great Barrier

Reef. The fortnight set aside for marine work at this island was extended to five weeks,

owing to the detention of our cutter by cyclonic weather near Cooktown. Fortunately,

natives of several tribes visited the island, while the extended stay permitted visits to

many nearby places of interest. A shortage of food necessitated journeys to other islands

and to the adjoining mainland in order to obtain dugong, kangaroos, shell fish, and other

native delicacies to eke out our depleted supplies.

ABORIGINES or PRINCESS CHARLOTTE BAY,

NORTH QUEENSLAND

By HERBERT M. HALE (Dirreror) ann NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.Sc.

(ErHNoLoaisr).

CONTENTS.

Puge

I. Tntvoduetion +3 ote a wie ha Sx he 03

Il. Geographical Description of Princess Charlotte Bay District . se (4

IIT. Plaee Names na af . as fe oa fe 66

IV. Tribes ota a vs at a ws ot an G7

Vv, Tvpes of Natives a4 wa as - eo te ne 71

Vi. Mutilations .. oe ae A, ios és e+ Ap Thi

VIL. Population .. o os 83 ie es BE ai 77

VIII, Social Organizations and Totems r; :s rt ar % vit)

IX. Marringe Customs ., ote we +4 is ik 4% tt]

X. Initiation .. “f ok w 4. ot ote is SA

XI. Ceremonial Life Ey rt = ot 4 28 es S5

XII. Personal Names re Ly oe . “6 ee ts MN)

XIE, Magie aA 30 “3 re abs de te $e n0)

XIV, Dreams an a $3 ce bf Ape oe - 3

XV. Death, Mourning, and Burial .. sri ee ra “F "4

NVI. Fighting and Weapons ‘a os de a os of Ys

NVIT. Hunting and Fishing; Collecting and Preparation of Poods “ ri 107

INTRODUCTION.

Ix December, 1926, the Board of Governors of the South Australian Museum seut

the writers to Southern Cape York Peninsula, North Queensland, with the object

of elaborating the hitherto meagre Museum colleetions from this locality.

January and February, 1927, were spent at Flinders and Stanley Islands,

Bathurst Head, Stewart River and Silver Plams, and on the shores of Princess

Charlotte Bay.

Our first station was on Flinders Island, where a small hut had been ereeted

fo aecommodate stores required by trepane and pearline fleets working on the

Great Barrier Reef. The fortnight set aside for marine work at this island was

extended to five weeks, owing to the detention of our entter by eyclonie weather

near Cooktown. Fortunately, natives of several tribes visited the island, while

64 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

dhe extended stay permitted visits to many nearby places of interest. A shortage

of food necessitated journeys to other islands and to the adjoining maintand in

order to obtain dugong, kangaroos, shell fish, and other native delivacies to ele

out our depleted supplies.

When the entter returned we visited the Stewart River distmet, and speat

several weeks at the mouth of the Stewart and at Silver Plains, some five riles

inland. A few days were spent at Flinders Island on the return journey, anc,

after a protracted delay in Cairns, due to the passage of the Willis evelone, we

left North Queensland for Adelaide in April.

The following notes were vathered in the intervals of marine and general

yoolowival research. which faet serves as an exeuse for, and an explanation of,

their incompleteness,

GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION.

Prineess Charlotte Bay is a large, northwardly-directed indentation tt the

east coast of Southern Cape York Peninsula. It is everywhere shallow and

muddy and, except at its sandy western extremity, is lned with a dense fringe

of mangroves. Several large rivers flow into the Bay from the south and south-

west. and their delias form extensive aveas of swamplaud, lagoon, and nivileflat.

The country cast of Princess Charlotte Bay is a gently rising plain extending to

ihe Main Cape York Dividing Range; it is covered with open forest, swamps, and

in isolated places with dense riverine jungle and tropical rain forest.

The country east of the Bay between Bathurst Head and Cape Melville is a

dissected plateau of horizontally bedded sandstone of Triassic awe, resting on a

pavement of massive granite, and eulininating in the rather inaccessible Alfan-

mout Range, over 2,000 feet in height.

The Flinders Islands. to the north of Bathurst Ilead, ave outliers of this dis-

seeted platean; they rise in steep red sandstone cliffs on almost all sides, and

owing to the sterility of their scant soil vegetation is sparse, The lighest peak on

Flinders Island is 1,051 feet in height. There are several small depressions on

its hare sides which contain pockets of soil, wherein yams and other plants may

erow, otherwise the whole aspect is one of iufertility and aridity, The relative

dryness of the island climate may be judged by the fact that in the wettest montis

of the rainy season (January-Webruary) less than an ineh of ram fell, although

during the same period some thirty inches were reeorded at Stewart River. This

may be accounted for by the fact that during the northayest monsoon this grou)

ison the lee of the Cape York Peninsula. Flinders Tsland is skirted by number-

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND

Tribal names.....

ROK SMA LAMA

Local Group names.,., Varsall

Seale of miles ei

4 THURSDAY ISLAND

Margaret Byy

oF yal

Range

princess Chavtorr® tio

COOKTOWN

oy gNigne Lo

NOKMANTON

‘OWNSVILLE

Cape Sidmautth,

QUEENSLAND = -XQOCKHAMPTON

QUEENSLAND

COOKTOWN TO CAPE WEYMOUTH,

CAPE YORK PENINSULA.

bDhu Reef

(Yangal

mini)

Barrows

AF veint

(Wupkelal) © |

“He. 8G,

Mirrdoch

Point

cp Turtle Group

° ny

eTARME RIVER

Lookwut

Point

Cope Flattery

- . fe

ee “

JACK CREEK

iss

Cape

Bedford

Tadian

Head

KIRA ey

—-COPKTOW 8

“ Walker Buy

ANNAN &

Wa TAL TAS

66 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MuSEUM

less coral reefs and islets of the Great Barrier Reef, Hach affords a variety of

marine foods for the native inhabitants.

Drinkine-water is scarce, although a few permanent native wells exist, wud.

there is stated to be a submarine fresh-water spring off Denham Island,

The Flinders Groups and vicinity were first noticed by King (1), who mace

no fewer than three visits to Princess Charlotie Bay. TLis description is. stum-

mary: ‘Cape Flinders . . . is the extremity of a group of islands of high and

rugged character forming the western head of Bathurst Bay.’’ King saw evidence

of the presenee of natives on Stanley Island, and in several places meutious

having seen natives, or evidences of recent camps, there.

Remains of early shipwrecks oeeur on the coasts of the island, auc have pro-

vided the natives with a supply of iron For several generations. Therefore no

evidence of the use of stone tools remains,

Despite its stern appearances the Flinders Groip has been visited by several

exploring vessels. The ship #/y was there in 18435 the ship Bramble cruised for

ten days inthe Bay in August 1838, while waiting for the explorer iwennedy, who,

during his overland trip to Cape York, was apparently the first to examine the

interior of the country. Tlann explored the coast at Stewart River in 1872.

Roth visited Princess Charlotte Bay, but as far as ean be ascertained from bis

writings the greater part of his notes refer te the natives of the mainland tribes.

The ships sllert, Ratilesnahe, and Dart also engaged in zoologieal and other re-

searches along this coast.

European ocenpation was stimulated by the discovery of extensive goldfields

in the Coen district, but since the exhaustion of the viehest alluvial claims the

country has been largely abandoned. The natives were early alfected by Huro-

pean ¢ontacts, bit have in part reverted to their former state. his is especially

trne of the inhabitants of the less invitine Coastal areas.

PLACE NAMES.

Place names vary from tibe to tribe. Roth (2) has reeorded names for some

of the geographical features of the Princess Charlotte Bay area in the langue

Of! the Koko-warra, an inland tribe, This uomenclatiire is dissimilar to thal

employed by the coast tribes for places within their own bounds, The nines on the

accompanying maps (fie, 1-2) are in every case those applied by Jocul members

of the tribal group.

(1) King, Philip, Survey of Australian, i, 1827, p, 280.

(2) Roth, Ree, Aust. Mus,, viii, 1910, p. 94.

ITALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSI.AND 67

TRIBES.

Natives of six tribes were met with, and random notes relating to others

were eathered. Onur pringipal contacts were with natives of the Mutumui,

Wahubaria, Kokolamalama, anid Barunenan tribes. The accompanying sketch

map (fie. 1) indicates the veneral distribution of the tribes. Definite bound-

aries cannot be marked off by means of lines; if the map were coloured it would,

am we

¥ Neoroma Ty? Clack L

PMR a nth

QUEENSLAND

FLINDERS GROUP AND

%,,

BATHURST HEAD

IA .

nant i) a ‘Be

Blackwood T, AS ug anint

f Q me

= S OMANINI

a 2 s Denham I,

OI “nba, - g

4 =

oo, ae

° Bathurst Bay

Torpini

gq Titara

axBay Hill

Wi" (1415)

aityy

=e hy

Princess Charlotte Bay

my)

Scale of miles Lt _J

68 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum

as a rule, be necessary to run the colours one into another in-arder to indicate

svitbolically the definite divisions between the peoples.

The Mutunnti people, mi the south-eastern part of the area wader eonsidera-

fion, are shore-dwellers, frequenting the coastal plain bebween Murdoch Point andl

Bathurst Bay. Barrow Point and Periwinkle Creek are among their chief eimip-

ig places, The tribe is divided inte seyeral small local groups or clans, each of

which elaiis one ora pair of totems. Bach clan ar totem kin ay be referred to

either by the name of the ehiel locality or, nat so frequently, ly the naanwe of the

prineipal totem, Tach of these elas speaks a slivbthy diferent dialect of the

dame Laneawe, Gelled Eahole (Kbole or Mipoliny. This aaime is also applied in

{he form Nihoele ta one of the surviving elins.

The Ongwara clan camp is principally at Mack River, the Yinini at Cape

Melville, the Eibole at Barrow Point. Other groups, members of whom we did

not ineet, are stated to oceur at Noble Island. the Wurkuldi, and at Starke River,

where the langnage was said to change very auch.

The Yinini elan (Cape Melville) are known to the Kokolainalaina people as

Bantam (or, according to one old nen who had a peeuliay enunciation, Basthow |.

The Mutuniii are essentially a coastal people. and anky visit the sandstone table-

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 69

lanccountry to gather honey and hint opossrmams and rock wallabies, Thot native

tracks or pads extend everywhere along the coast, turning inland ouly wher

necessary to avoid rocky cliffs (fig. 3). Their water supplies are obtained chiefly

in little soaks alone the beaches.

The Onewara seetion of the Mutumii people, who live in the countyy nea

and behind Bathurst Bay. refer to the Yinini as ‘alei,” or saltwater, They apply

ihe same term to the Walubaria.

A Kokoyimidir wonuin, from near Cooktown, knew the term Kokonegodi (of

Roth) as one applied to the Mutiumui by the Cooktown people; it is not kuown

to the Murtuumit themselves.

The Flinders tslands and Bathurst ILead are occupied by the Waliubiaria

tribe, whieh is divided into two pringipal elas, the Warren, who live on the

islands, and the Tartali, of Bathurst Tlead. The southern borndary of the tribe

lies between Atimukin in Bathurst Bay and the eastern extremity of Princess

Charlotte Bay. Their language is called Yaleawara, and the uatives clistingish

a ‘Taviali dialect used only by the mainland seetion of the tribe. Naines applied

by others to this tribe are Wonkayi, Ketjringa, and Mba. The two. tast-nanul

are Kokolamalama terms, The Walnibaria are a fishing people, livin prinei pally

on shore-fishes, niolluses, erustaceans, and oveasional dugomes anid turtles, Verwo-

table foods are relatively searee, and the consequent carbohydeate Iiuiger leads

them to consider such food the ereatest of lixtries.

Denham [sland (Omani) was once inhabited by a special group of Walim-

baria natives who are now extiuet. There was au important eamping place at

Wokanoka beach, an dhe northern side. Water is found at Omenini Port; the

natives tol of a fresb-water spring below sea level. At high tide they dive down

und drinks at other times they lower shell buckets tito the sea to obtain supplies.

Glaekwood Island (Wakayi) was never permanently inhabited. but there os

a lire¢e camping place at the northern end, which is used when fishing exeursiots

are mace to the island.

The Kokolamalame ave inhabitants of the banks of the Normanby aud North

Kennedy Rivers, Their coastline is swampy anc manerove-linedk so that thes are

largely an inland people. but they do not extend beyond the tidal limits of the

rivers.

The term Nokolamatama is veally the name applied to them by a amore sort lie

ern tribe; they call themselves Bakanambia and Wanbara. Those who live near

Jane Table Hill, anc who are in close contact with Walmbaria people, sometimes

eall themselyes Wahunbana om Mbawalnbaria. To the south-west they are in

contact with the Koko-rarmul people deseribed by Roth.

The Kokoavarva tribe of Roth was known by contact to members of the Noke-

70 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

Jamalama, with whom we conversed at Bathurst Head. They were said to live

on the upper waters of the Normanby River and to extend as far as Laura. heir

main camp was at a place called ‘'Daidan,’’ which the authors have since recog

nizedas being the Deighton River. This is probably the *‘ Laura-Deiehton’? tribe,

whose brass ‘‘king plate’? was accidentally kieked vp out of the sand by one of

is ona beaeh at Flinders Tsland,

The Yettenern tribe live west of the Kokolamalnuna, alone the Saltwater

Creek and Annie River. They are called the ‘salt pan blaekfellows’’ by natives

speaking Enelish, and use a clislectic variation of Kokolamalama, They are nearly

extinel, only one old man and five women remaining alive in 1927. There were

two clans, one on the seashore and one inland, but little could be learned about

them.

The Barunenan tribe extends alone the coast fromm Running Creek in the

south nearly to Cape Direction. Kokolamalimes ames for the tribe are Baa and

Banjmgam. The Karnyn, an inland people, eall them Baka. There are at least

five local groups or clans who claim this tribal nane. The southernmost is the

Yuinbata, who frequent the country south of Stewart River, on the southern bank

of the month of which they make their northermmost camp. Their main eanps

ajreon Balelutha Creek.

The Bntjinga live alone the banks of the Stewart River, the mouth of which

is also known as Entjinea. Rormerly they ranged inland, in search of honey and

small game, for some thirty miles, but sinee the stocking of the main range with

eattle they have been compelled to confine themselves to the relatively infertile

sand beaches, coastal swamps, and mangreve-lined foreshores, At Entjinga they

camp only on the northern bank of the river,

The Apownna (also called Konaniuauma) clan have their main Gaps alone

Massey River. In recent years they have become greatly diminished in umubers,

and have linked themselves with the Entjinga simvivors, although they still keep

their camps about fifty vards apart.

The Ompeila range from Rocky River (Ompecinganama) northward to the

Nishet River, Some of their main camps are on the Rocky River, and a perma-

nent lagoon one mile north of the mouth of the river is also an important caniping

eround.

Dialectic variations oeeur in the languages ‘of these elans. Thus the Yuin-

hata word for water is ‘opola,’ the Entjinga is tipi.’ and the Ompeila is ‘pii.’

North of the Onpeila is the “Night Island” group, about which little was

learned, except that they Intermarry with the other clans of the Bartmgnuan and

speak practically the same dialect as the Ompeila, North of the Night Island

people were other tribes, the language of which was not known to the informant,

a Night Island woman named Oreji, who was married to an Entjinea mar.

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 71

The Karnyvu (Karnju, Karna, Karntjn) tribe is an inland group belonging

to the main dividing range country between Coen, the headwaters of the Archer

River, and the sources of {le Lockhart. They were formerly at enmity with the

coast tribes on both sides of the Peninsnla. Our acquaintance with them is slight

and basecl on brief conversations with a man at Stewart River. A few exaniples

of their vocabulary recorded in the word Usts, and some other facts, indicate the

possibility of a definite break im type of social sirueture and relationships between

these two groups,

TYPES OF PEOPLE.

The coastal natives of Princess Charlotte Bay and Flinders Island are of

mediun stature, seldom attaining 5 ft. 7 in. in height. Many of them are reta-

tively small, with statures of 5 ft. 1 in. to 5 ft. 2 in. No detailed measurements

were secured.

Theiv bodies are stout and nuwseular, but. as is usual in Australian tribes,

the thighs and legs are relatively thin, he body colour may be of two distinet

Shades of brown, either very dark or a lighter shade. Body hair varies from

scant (the usual condition) toa far rarer moderately hairy eondition.

The head hare varies from low waves (kymatotrich) to spiralled (wotrieh),

the inland and southerm people possessing on the average straighter hair than

those on the eoast. A dark skin and ulotrichous hair is very characteristic of the

Walhnbaria survivors, as well as some of the Princess Charlotte Bay peoples.

Among the thirty-four people with untrimmed hair at Flinders [slau

(coastal Wahubaria, Kokolamalama, and Mutmmui tribes) the estimated pro-

portion of hair types according to Martin’s scheme (*) was as follows:

Kymatotrich 2 6%

Q 3 I

f 13 38%

Vlotrich o WW 30%

h 6 18%

ie. 4-7 show full-face and profile views of two Walmbaria men. Wondal,

the Jast adult male snevivor of the Stanley Island @roup (fie. 4-4) dias nlotriehous

hair of the type h. His skin was of the darker shade and his body was relatively

hairy, Further north on Cape York an even @reater proportion of the natives

have frizay hair. Bie. 45 depicts four men of the upper Archer River whom we

met. Three of them have markedly ulotriehous hair.

(%) Martin, I., Lehrbuch der Anthropologie, 1928, vol, 1, p. 24, fig. 74,

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Kokolwmaliins men,

Stanley

Walubarin men, (4-5,

(s-$), Jai

g. 47.

Vis

HALE AND TINDALE

ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND

Poiut).

IS-19, Barrow

> 1-17, Cape Melville;

Maek Rive

)

(12-18,

Mutunii nen.

ig, 12-19.

74 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

Fie. 34-42 depiet Wabubaria women. Where the hair remains uneut it is

nsnally deeply waved on the borders of ulotvichy. bi later life, after continued

enlfing, dW appears to be less enrled.

Kokolmmationa den are depieted in fie, 811. Mitiwinui men are shown in

tiv. 12-39, wonen in fiw. 24-33, and children in 44. Bie, 20-23 show full-face said

Mie. 20-21. Barunguan man, sod fe. 22-24, Barnuguan woman (both Stewart River),

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND

Wig, 24-88. Motommi ween, (24-27, Cpe Melyille; 28-01, Cape Bowens 82-08, Barvayw

Point).

Pig. S45. Walnlaria women (34 39. Plinders [slands 34 48, Bathurst Head).

76 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

profile views of a Barunguan man and woman from Stewart River; the women

shown in fig. 46-47 and 50 and the children in fig, 49 are from the same locality.

Marked assymetry of the breasts was a noticeable feature among the women

of the Barunguan e¢roup; in all the cases observed the left breast was of small

dimensions as compared with the right. Fig. 50 depicts one of the less marked

Instances,

Me. 45. Men from Upper Areher River;

Pig. 44. Mutuwmni children, three have markedly ulotrichous iin.

MUTILATIONS.

Tooth evulsion is praetised among the Wabubaria aud Barnunenan, either the

rivht or Jett upper central incisor beige removed in all members of both sexes.

Biv. 47 depicts a Barunguan youne woman with the right upper cemteal missine,

A broad short transverse vieatrice is generally cut on the upper chest of

Walmbaria males; this may be followed by a second or third. tn recent years

the practice has tended to lapse.

Long, thin, transverse abdominal vicatriees were the fashiou at Stanley

Tsland, as well as numerous short vertical marks on the upper and outer part of

each arm: typical examples are shown in fie. 4-5,

The Barungnan of both sexes econimonly cut transverse sears on the lower

part of the chest, as well as one or more vows of vertical vicatriges on the upper

HALE AND TINDALE—ARORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 77

ams. Also they sometimes pierce the lobes of their ears, and keep them dis-

tended with pieces of wood. but the practice was never tiniversal, and has been

largely abunconed by the younger veneration.

Mutu, Walnibaria, and Darnunenan people pierce the nasal septum, and

conumonty wear short, transverse, wooden nose-plugs or longer earved shell orna-

mots through the bole. The effeet of this mutilation is seeu in fie. 46 aud 48,

Ciremmeision is not known or practised amoug any of the tribes met with at

Princess Charlotte Bay, and no operation is practised on adolescent oirls,

POPULATION.

In 1926 there were no diving childven of the Walmbaria tribe, the youngest

person then being a youth about ciehteen vears of age. Some ten males and

fifteen females survived, a few on the island and the others at Bathurst Head.

The total area of their countey was little more than 30 square miles (of whieh

10 tiles was included in the islands, the rest beine on the mainland).

Pig. 46, Barunenay owemsn, showing Fig. 47, Batinguan woman, with incisor

pierced masah suphums Et, Stewart, tooth removed; Pt. Stewart.

Genealowies show that in previous generations the average miumber of ehil-

dren per Family reaching (heir majority was 3-2 (average of seven families). tn

(wo families there were five surviving children,

Indications suggest that the tribal bonndary has remained constant within

the memory of the present natives, but that the population bas deereased. The

Family lists show that two generations ago there were between thirty and forty

78 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

people on the islands and about thirty at Bathurst Head, the larger nuniber on

the island being determined primarily by the greater available area of food-

providing coast and reef, Che population, two per square mile, was demse, con-

sidering the sterility of the sandstone tableland, which constitutes the major part

of the area,

Mip. 48. Walmbaria woman with wooden pose pegs liners [slanc.

The depletion of the iribe in the present gencration has heen partly observed

by a northward drift of adult Mutiumii people accompanied by two children, The

country of these people has been adversely affeeted by the advanee of cattle

stations in the south,

Tua Kokolamalama camp at Princess Charlotte Bay ouly few children were

seen,

Fig. 49. Barunguan children, Stewart Fig. 50, Barunguan woman, Stewart

Liver. tiver, :

HALE AND TINDALE—ARORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 79

At Stewart River few opportunities for study of the population occurred.

The Yettenerw tribe is almost extinet, and the survivors could give us little idea

of its former miumbers.

Several children were present in the Barunguan camp, but only one family

had more than two. At least eight women of child-bearing age had no surviving

children, although they had had numerous pregnancies. No estimate of the pre-

sent or former population can be eiven.

SOCIAL ORGANIZATION AND TOTEMS.

Walmbaria Tribe,

Brie! observations made on Flinders Island sug@eest that the basis of the social

organization in the Walubaria tribe is a two-class system, either degenerate or

puperfectiy developed, anc now falling into disuse.

The two classes are now always referred to by the names applied also to (he

principal totems, namely :

a, Owaimini.

bh. Uneawn.

One suspects that formerly other uames were known; in the Barunguan tribe

the terms Karpia and Koiana are still used. This dichotomous organization is

associated with patrilieal descent and patrilocal marriage.

As in some other areas where only moeities and totems occur, the reckoning

of descent is simple, the child (male or female) taking the moeity, the totem, and

the totem country of its father. The totem kins are strongly localized and are

exovamous.

The totems are comparatively few in number in each of the tribes under

consideration. and each tends to be strietly localized in some particular part of

the tribal area. The following oceur in the Walmbaria tribe :

Class A, Class B.

Owaimini (kangaroo) : Uneawu (native companion ) :

Stanley Esland and Minders Lsland. Bathurst ILead.

Arkeita (whale) : Rokali (ved kangaroo) <

Flinders Island, Denham Island,

The Rokalu people of Denham Island are extinct. Some of the people elaim

both kangaroo and whale totems; they regard Owaimini as being more important

to them than Arkeita. An emu totem also formerly existed on Flinders Island.

Dut details were not obtained.

80 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Flinders Island men and women talk freely of Owaimini as their totem, and

it is only on close questioning that the subsidiary totem ‘arkeita’ will be men.

timed, This subsidiary totem is possessed by all individuals, There is one

woman who claimed to be arkeita alone, but this was not supported by other

members of ber tribe, Strict prohibition of the eating of the kangaroo exists

among all these people, but does not extend to the whale totem; if one of these

giant manuals were stranded, everyone would eat of it. At Bathurst Mead the

native vompanion is not eaten.

In the Walmbavia tribe a man was permivted to marry his mother’s brother’s

danghter or i person who stood in the same relationship, and (he former normal

method of marriage was for two men suitably related to exehange sisters, These

notes disagree with Roth (4), who states that throughout North Queensland

mother’s brother’s daughter, aud father’s sister's danghter, are prohibited mar-

rigges, Since the breaking-up of the tribe organization, and {he decimation of

the tribe, this practice has been practi¢ally abandoned in fayour of more indis-

criminate unions with individuals of remote tribes. The wife of one Flinders

Island native is from Cooktown, another woman is from Night Island, a third

from Saltwater Creek,

The kinship system, unlike that of the Kokoyimidir recorded by Roth (*),

makes no distinetion between younger and older brothers and sisters aud between

mother’s younger and older brothers and sister, A brother and sister apply the

came terms, ‘ambui’ and ‘arwui,’ to a sister's children. There are four terms for

the second ascending generation, The same terms probably apply to the second

descending eeneration, but are not shown in any of the genealogies we obtained,

In the accompanying diagram the Walmbaria terms, so far as known, have been

set out on the framework first devised by Fry (°%) during an Anthrapolowieal

Expedition to Central Australia in 1929,

The list of kinship terms is not exhaustive, and one or two of them are open

jo eriticism. The term ‘kagai,’ obtained for both mother’s and father’s brother,

may de incorrect in so faras it applies to father’s brother, The latter has another

term, ‘oayi,’ which is probably the more correet one, One female informant

apparently gave us the terms ‘amin’? (son) and ‘arwi’ (daughter) with the

meanings trinisposed; this may be due to a misunderstanding or to a clerical

errov. The term ‘purne@ai’? was given to 1s once as being applied to brother’s

ehildren, but this usage was not confirmed,

(+) Roth, Ree. Aust, Mus,, viii, 110, p. 102.

(*) Roth, North Qld. Ethnography, ti, 1907, p. 10.

(%) Pry, Trans. Roy. Soe., 8. Arst., Iv, £991, p. 17,

QO 81

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND

fase

“PIOMUY

*P 8,.TO4STS TAMIW

‘pq’ y resnare suryeads

‘SA “sa Teyed (oTeutay) ODu

"VY pue B ale uotp[iya oy} “q sortrent ‘opeut ve ‘e isnyy, “smort}Ecoues

urol souty [BOLp1aA aq} ‘SaPRLLeUl o}Rorpu seq [ejWoZLoY oy, *asea aaddn ut ‘suryeods apeutos

Tomo, ur pojurd ‘Suryreds opeyy taqrag, vireqwuypey, eq} Fo Asopourtia} Arysuryp

TOS TONGAN V

TLOS S,.To]SIS THQ UL

OY TLV

UOS "q°TU

HOS 8,L0}8T8 FU TV OOCV

TOS S$, LO]STS “F “Q'M BILAL

‘Dp ANYTW tos ody

Vv R

TAISTS “YTV OOACV

IOJSTIS “M BILLY suryeads

P 8,doqsis fF “pq “Ma BUMALW — WOS “q"y “q'd “q'a TeBnae (o[BUL) Osny

q eB

‘SAUL “S*O UL TRORY

"UL TBR TY

ort reytlye J,

FU VUVITV

FA IQ

“QUE ROR yy

‘Fu reorlug

weet TV SICAL

“UA TUR TR TY “QF lesey j “q'} LXeo

THPSIS “Ff TBE J TRYBT AA

Vv RB

“UT TRSTQR I, ‘Py wsnMg

I v

82 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The obtaining of detailed genealogies was laborious, owing fo the marked

reluctance with which the natives spoke of the dead. This factor, and the rapid

deweneration of native custom which has occurred since Ewropean contact, incli-

cate that only a limited time remains for useful work in this field of study.

Other Tribes,

In the Mutumui tribe there appears to be a similar social organization to

that of the Flinders Island people. There are no less than six loealized totem

eroups, each of which may have a subsidiary totem, Our information. is insuffi-

cient to explain the details, but the following is a list of the totems obtained :

A. B.

Wivara (dugong) : Karnyen (frilled lizard) :

Cape Melville. Inland from Barrow Point.

Wivara (+Karuyen, frilled lizard) : Tokanba (blaek kangaroo) :

‘ape Melville. Mack River.

Wiyara (--Ngapoyi, leathery turtle) : Tokanba (--Arundi, white pigeon) :

Cape Bowen. Kast of Mack River,

Arayil (loggerhead turtle) - Yalnga (shell turtle) ;

Noble Island. Cape Melville.

Yerkunguru (emt) :

Mack River,

In addition there was one totem about which our informants were themselves

in doubt, namely, ‘alpongora’ (pelican), from Yokowara, cast of Bathurst Tead.

Marriage is patriloeal, and the children inherit the totem and totem place of the

father. The totem animal is never eaten.

The only Kokolamalama totems which we are able to record are;

A. B.

Alputa (dugong) : Kurkur (native companion) :

Jane Table Mill. Jane Table Hall.

There is a prohibition against cating the totem animal. The country of the

dugone people extends somewhat further inkind than that of the native eom-

panion people, so that their temptation fo indulge is lessened by their laek of

opportunity.

Our stay at Stewart River vielded few opportunities for enquiries into social

organization.

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 83

MARRIAGE CUSTOMS.

At Port Stewart the people of the Entjinga and Yuinbata local ereups were

found in mourning, for recently an old man of the latter group had been buried.

Their hair had remamed uncut for several months, anc they were wearing muner-

ous objects of mourning. including pendants and wooden tablets, Shorthy after

our arrival.a brief ceremony was held, at which the principal event was the cut-

ting off of the hair of all the individuals in mourning; this was followed by a

feast, for which food had heen aceumulatecd for several days. The objects of

mourning were then destroyed or discarded, except by the widow, who still wore

them when the writers left Port Stewart. During a period of general mowing

no marriages take place, but the ban is lifted after the bair-entting ceremony,

In the Mutumeg tribe a woman whose husband dies becomes the wife of her

former husband’s brother, and tf she proyes unsatistactory may be passed by him

toa father’s brother’s son, The wile leaves the tribe in whieh she was horn and

enters that of her busband; children always belone to the tribe of the father.

Ifa Yettenern man deserts his wife she may return to her tribe, and may

fmuporarily succeed in keeping the children; the sister of the former daisbaud,

however, nay become largely responsible for securing food for them.

Tooth evyulsion is practised by the Walnbaria and Barnnguan (fig. 47), and

it is considered proper that all men and women should have parted with an upper

incisor before marriage takes place.

In the Barnnguan tribe a man is compelled to provide frequent contributions

of animal food for his wife’s mother, with whom he is not permitted to have any

(lireet contaet ov conversation.

A Walinbaria qian paints the hody of his future mother-in-law with oehre as

a sign of betrothal to the daughter, Hyom this thne on he provides food for the

daughter, and after the aiarriage continues te contribute food to his wife's father

and mother as well.

Ifa child is bor after its mother has been travelling in the country of some

group or tribe other than that of the father, the child inay be recognized as belong

ine to that country, for the mother remembers the time when the child suddenly

entered her. Tt was assertecl too that it would also receive the totem ol that

country. tn the only conerete exainple provided the contrary was the ease, for a

Klinders Island hoy, whose country was Mack River, retained the owainini

totem,

INITIATION,

The first step in the initiation of the adolescent Walmbaria lad takes place

af the age of about eleven or twelve years. Up to this tine he has had mueh free-

84 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

dom of association with his sisters, his mother, and other madividuals of the oppe-

site sex, The advent of initiation is marked by a series of events of great dramatic

foree, which appear to impress on the child the beginning of a new life period,

The ceremony commences when he is suddenly secreted in a mangrove swamp, oF

ina hole in the reeks, by a eroup of women, who stand enard over the spot, and

try by various subterfuges, sueh as erasing bis footprints, to disguise iis hiding

place. A body of men then appear. They are decorated with pipe-clay sprinkled

in the hair, broad transverse bands of colour on the chest, and long evrved nose-

hones and feather plumes; armed with newly-painted fighting spears, they rosh

to the spot and foreibly remove the ehild, or children, amid the sereams and mock

heroies of the women-folk,

Pig. 51-54. Decornted turtle skulls; Widnibaria tribe, Stanley Tslaud.

Pig. 55-56. Wooden * rain-anakers*

’

> Mirtumui trihe, Barrow Point,

The eluld now becomes attached to an individual, usually a tather’s brother

(Coayi’), who instructs hin in the varions arts of manhood. Kor sone months

he is forbidden to speak to the women-folk of the camp, and is thus subject to a

series of rules of ceremonial avoidance. For instance, in walking in the bush he

must not follow the tracks of any women, even if they be old. Ilis ears may be

pierced, and one of his upper incisors is removed; as before mentioned, eireumn-

cision is not practised. When he is of age, he is given a wife, for whom he has

promised, or given in exchanee, a sister, ov a father's brother's sister. The girl

he obtains is usually about his own age, or somewhat younger. The understand-

ing whereby he has obtained her may be of old standing; at Stewart River the

Hate AND TINDALE—-ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 85

pareots may arrange a coucitional marriage for their infant son during (he

preguaney of a mother, on the chance that the mmborn infant is a giel,

The principal event in the life of the young Walmbaria initiate ocenss when

lie has so far profited by the instructions of his oayi that, unaided, he has killed

his first turtle or digoug with harpoon wid line. The animal so obtained is eaten

ata ceremonial feast next evening, the lad being waily painted and the centre of

attraction at the weeompanying danee, The skull of the turtle or lower jaw of

the dugong is painted hy the initiate, and it is then seereted in a hole or crevice

at the baek of a roek-shelter, where it rests in company with nwucrous similar

records,

Fi. 51 depiets the turtle skull decorated by Wondal (the last of the Stanley

Island males) when he was au initiate. [owas shown to the writers when exam-

ining a large shelter at Endaen, and was preserved in a narrow erevice. Lt was

associated with nine other painted (iutle skulls and seven dugone lower jaws, all

of which were bronght out and displayed for the purpose of a photograph,

Hig. 92-53 represent older skulls, the colour patterns of whieh were revived

by Wondal; fi. 54 shows an aneient example preserved in its natieal state.

CEREMONIAL LIFE.

Reference is made above to the hinting feast whieh is held when a youth

kills his first turtle, and various other phases of cercinonial life are deseribed

under the heading of trading customs, and death and burial rituals, Ui is here

possible to record only a few eeremonials and danees of the less serious type.

These performances. however, play au extraordinarily important part in the

everyday life of the natives, their frequence being an index of the physical and

mental well-being of the community.

The advent of the pearling and trepane fisheries on the Great Barrice Reef,

and the consequent employment of the majority of the younger men as divers aud

hands on the boats. struck a deep blow at the whole social fabric of the coastal

natives. The older people, deprived of their food-gatherers, and ravaged hy

introduced epidemic diseases, are dying out rapidly, while the prolonged absences

of the potential fathers of the coming generation has no cowbt assisted in recdue-

ing the birth rate almost to yanishing pot. Under sieh conditions the intensity

of their ceremonial Ute has naturally greatly diminished, aml many of the more

nnportaut phases will shortly entirely disappear.

In good seasons, when food is abundant, danees are held almost nightly, in

a cleared space within the preeinets of the camp. At Apa, on Flinders Tslancl,

this dancing area was so situated (fig. 57) that the wet-season huts of the various

fanulies were placed around it, each wroup on the side nearest to its home country,

86 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Owen Channel

Pig. 57, Plan of native camp at Apa, Flinders Island, during north-west monsoon season,

January, 1927. a, Camp of Stanley Islud natives. b, Plinders and Bathurst Head cuinps.

o, Kokolamalama camps. d, Dancing ground. e, Ares where ceremonial receptions of yisitors

were held. f, Pile of dugong bones. g@, Native well, sole water supply om island. h, Camo

lench. i, Apa mangroye swamp. jy Sinall area with wild yams. k, Camp of Museum expedition,

(Depths in fathonis; contours at 50 foot interyals).

On one oceasion when such a dance was held each man was decorated as

follows; The hair was combed out into a mop and dusted with pipeclay. White

rings were painted around cach eye, so that they joined upon the nose, and a

white streak ran across his forehead. The side of the neck and the arms were

decorated with vertical stripes, there was a white ring around the shoulders, two

broad stripes crossed the chest obliquely, and three bands of the same colour were

painted around each leg.

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 87

The women had their limbs decorated in a similar manner, bit thei faces

were marked in one of two ways. In the front there was a forehead band aud a

broad spot of white on each check; in the other a pyriform design was formed by

a stripe passing down between the eves and nose, across the cheeks, to meet its

fellow on the chin, An oblique forehead stripe completed the desivn.

The old men sat na group and sang in high-pitched voiues. Several of them

avconupanied the singing by beating pairs of tapping-sticks; the women sat to-

wether ina group at the opposite end of the cleaved space, and also beat tine by

striking thei enpped hands against the wpper and inner parts of their thighs.

From time to tine one of then rose and placed branches of trees and bundles of

grass upon the fire to provide added ibtoniiation to the sce,

Seagull Dance.

The ‘arwora,’ or seagnll dance of Ngoromo (Clack Tshimd) was perforined.

The refrain of this dauce was as follows :

“Wongal nvanjia unbarworoloi’’; repeat.

The performers were placed in three semieivenlar lines, with the eoueayve

side facing the old men. The two front rows consisted of men, the hindermest of

women. Themen stood with arms anc lees outstretched and rieid, and took three

shuffling hops, first to the right and then back to the left, bending their bodies

somewhat in the cireetion of progress. At the commencement of the danee the

men simultaneously uttered a series of loud oexelamations— jer! Ter !'—atter

which they continued to grunt loudly throughont the performance, whieh cor-

tuned, with pauses for breath. for about half an hour. The women performers

stood upright in the background, with their fect close together, and shuffled side-

ways by moving alternately on their heels and then an their toes, At first their

progress was towards the left, bat when the men changed direction they returned

towards the right.

Ancestral and Other Dances,

Another dance described the way in whieh ancesival beings cleared a track

through a big serub or jungle on the mainland. The ‘track’? appears to be

similar to those periodi¢ally ent through the forests of North Queensland by

evelones.

The older men sang: ‘* Alngeriiuga mangar matali mangala mangala.’’

The men knelt down ina long line in the foreground, while the women per-

formed the same evolution as in the preceding dance, grunting londly all the

time. The kneeling performers swept the wround before them with twigs held in

88 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the right hand, swaying from side to side, twitching their bodies, and grunting as

they did so,

No name was given to the following danee, in whieh the men stood in a line

wail stamped vigorously ; their lees were wide apart, and they held leafy (wigs in

their hands, whieh they first displayed high above their heads, and then suddenly

with a jerking movement withdrew behind their backs, only to raise them again

equally snildenly a few moments later. These alternating movements were kept

up for nearly an hour, during which the women shufiled as before, iu the back-

vromul, The old men sang the following song :

“Ac mangala mangala aa da la qdanwala meaneala’’; repeat.

At the conclusion of this performance the men simultaneously @ave an un-

usually lowd writ as they raised their vieht hands above the head and aaother

as they jerked then suddenly down.

In another danee (vaguely described as being the attempts of two ancestral

beings to cohabit) two men stood back to back, with their legs apart ancl their

hands linked together. They stamped Gu ihe ground, making a show of great

effort as they lifted their feet and brought them cdown. The right foot of the one

performer and the left foot of the other were lifted sunulaneously. The women

continued their usual shuffling dance and their grunting, while the old men sang

the same sone as in the previous dance.

Closely following on this dance was one in which both sexes performed like

rhovemuemts. The performers took their places im two semi-cireles, as in the

Arwora dance, the men in front, the women behind. THoldime a leafy buneh

rigidly before bimsell with ontstretehed arias, each performer moved sideways

with the shuffle practised by the wonten m previous dances. A sheht yariation

in the method of movement enabled each performer to eradually move forward

towards the centre (instead of sideways), so that the whole troupe of dancers

eventually came together in a closely-packed buneh. They then worked gradu-

ally bavkwards until they reached their former positions. The ‘Ae tanpale

mangala’? sone was sune throughout this danee, and the inteusification of execite-

ment throughout it was indicated by the vigour of the @runting and the strenuous,

though restrained, movements of the performers. The danee was continued for

perhaps half an how, and was conehided with two very loud @riunts, as before.

This performance was the climax of the evening, and at a signal from thie

oltinen the proceedings concluded, i being then midmieht, An oceasional sound

ol exeited langhter and brief snatches of various sones drifted over from the

diferent camp-fires for au howe or more before silence prevailed.

HALE AND TINDALE-—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND &9

Women’s Dances,

Some Walmbaria tribe dances are performed lareely by women, the men

being present ¢liefly as spectators or as sinwers and Lime-besaters,

The women are decorated with pipe-elay (from a deposit on the south side

of Winders Island) ov, more rarely, with yellow oelive. Usually a broad white

band is painted aeross the forehead, and a line runs down the middle of the nose:

one young inmarried girl had broad white marks painted on each temple, but

Was not otherwise ornamented, The bodies ave marked with broad trausverse

hands of pipe-clay, which are not contimied on the back.

In one such dance observed by us several men kept time by clappinie hands,

another beat time on a paper-bark bandle or eushion taken from a eanoe, while

yet avother struck a metal tin obtained from our camp. One man sane the whole

time the familiar, but apparently now largely meaningless, word recorded above

(Ae nungala,’ ete). The others joined in at intervals to relieye or assist him.

In the first dance the women took their positions in two transverse lines

facing the men. who were erouped together at the northern end of the daieiny-

ground, and shofiled sideways in the ustal manner, putting ereat efforts into the

dance andl eviunting loudby,

This preloninary movement was followed inancdiately by the “Topanpo,” or

eassowary dauee, in which a spear was driven upright info the gronnd, aud the

women performers vrouped themselyes around it in a balf-eirele at a distance of

perhaps five yards, One man took part in this dance, Ee took his position at

the right end of the semi-cirele, but only a couple of yards trom the spear, and

moved counter cloek-wise in a circle. The woien also moved very slowly ina

counter clock-wise direction as the dance proceeded, and slowly closed in on the

nan, so that eventually all were crowded closely together aeainst the spear,

Bach performer danced in # crouched position, with the right hand raised up to

sitinlate a bird’s head, and the left raised to the shoulder,

In a second movement of this danee the spear was removed, and the nian

stood upright in its plaee, with feet widely apart, and holding bunches of leaves

in his hands, which were held apart at arm's length, The man’s part m the pre-

vious danee was now taken by a small boy of some eleven years, who imitated the

man’s auctions of the ecassowary thronghout. Tach dance took ouly about owe

minute to perform, after whieh there was a pause of from ten to thirty seconds,

during whieh the performers returned to their former positions. After perhaps

fifteen minutes the first moyement was replaced by the seeond, whieh continued

for a sinuilar period. Excitement beeame intensified as ihe performers reached

the elinuix of the dance, after which they hurriedly departed for their respective

camp-fires.

90 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

PERSONAL NAMES,

No restrictions are placed on the use of personal names, but in ordinary con-

versation kinship terms are frequently employed in referring to tudividuals and

in addressing them individually. Nieknames are not common, but a person may

bear three or even more names, Two or more closely related adults may have the

same individnal name, and this tends to prove perplexing at first; as examples

it may be mentioned that two Mutumei hallsisters by the same mother (the

fathers were brothers) bear the name Atenmale, and that two Walmbaria full

brothers bear the name Wondal.

Frequently a sou is given the name of a father or father’s father, and ia

dangbter may be named after its father’s sister, Others are named after loeal-

ities, ee, Wondal is a morntain peal on Bathurst Iead, and Kkanjin (a

Woman's name) isa place name in the same district, KEndaen is the name of the

principal cave of the Stanley Island aborigines, us well as the name of a father

aud son belonging to that place.

Two Barunguan girls, about ten and twelve years of age, were both kaiown

by their mother’s name, Opoja or Oposi. They had a young married sister, prte-

viously also known as Opoja, who had been given a further uaime (Motjutowa )

just before marriage. This custom of naming a girl after its mother is in marked

contrast to that of the Luritja tribe of Central Australia, among whont it is the

wrayest of all insults to call a person either by his mother’s or bis father *s name,

Children ave frequently without names. Two Mutumui children at Flinders

Island (a boy and a girl aged about six and nine) were nameless at the time of

our visit, Our interested enquiries led the mother to send a message stick (with

a yerbal message) to the father, who was absent on the maiuland, His reply was

received about a wonth later, and the names of his choosing were immediately

adopted, In another ease the father’s brother bestowed the name borne by a boy.

MAGIC,

The writers were anxious to seeure as many hair samples as possible, but

were suceesstul in only a score of cases, The Walmbaria and Baringuan people

are averse to allowing another to obtain portion of their hair, beleving that the

‘

possession of this gives an enemy the power to ‘wish’? harm, or even death, to

the man from whow it was taken, a belief whieh. in vations forms, ts world-wide.

In all the Princess Charlotte Bay tribes, when a man trims his hair be is eareful,

therefore, that no one shall pick it up with vefarions purpose, and if near the

coast May even go on to a reef, so that the entiings will he carried away on the

tide.

HALE AND TINDATLE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 91

The Walmbaria people believe that, in certain cirenmstances, the death of a

iin nay be brought about by the painting of magical figures. Jf a aan steals a

woman, aud escapes with her to the mainland. the old men visit Clael [sland

and paint the figure of a man on the rocks; the seducer soon sickens, and eventu-

ally clies.

Fig. AS. Turtle Gnerease charm; Wala Big. SY. Disearded belongings of dead

bai tribe, Batdinest Tes. girl: Wahuharia tribe, Bathurst Head.

Some old beliefs are carried down in the form ot legends; apparently some

of the stories have been originated to explain natural features of their country.

Hor instance, Blackwood [sland (*Wakayvi’), when viewed from Bathurst Lead,

resembles a recumbent man; from this circumstance has arisen the story of a

bygone warrior who was buried there on lis baels.

When the Minders Islanders intend to visit the mainland the old men, by

lightiuy a tire and ‘‘singing,’? ¢an make fine wines come, aud this ensure a sate

passage for their canoes, The latter ave then paddled along the coast to near

Tilpanga (fig. 2), where a pointed cylindrical stone projects above a pile of rocks.

This is said to have been erected lone age, and marks the spot from which canoes

must leave the island (fie. 61).

The women, when searching for food, sing in order that abundant supplies

shall be fortheoming. The free translation of the song of a girl looking for

oysters ona veef at Bathurst Head is as follows: After finding an oyster she sang,

92 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

“7 have one, why have T not two!”’ (‘1 find him one, why no more | find him

two?'’); finding a second one, she said, ‘*T have two, why have L not three?”’;

this was repeated until a third was found, Apparently after the fourth oyster

was discovered the song began afresh.

Fig. 60. Dugong increase charm; Walmbaria tribe, llinders Island.

Fig. 61. Cylindrical stone marking point from which canoes must leave Flinders Island.

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 93

Of similar import was the Walmbaria injunction sung to the piece of yain

vine thrown back into the hole after recovery of the yam: ''Go baek, make a

hig one’?

Magical objects are sometimes associated: with invocations, When the water

holes are drying, and the men are ‘‘sineine’? rain, additional assistance is

afforded by hanging ‘‘vain-makers’’ in the trees, These cousist of flat reetaneular

pieces of wood, painted with red ochre and pipe-clay, whieh are shine by a lenoth

of Linistond-tibre twine, so that they will twist about in the breeze, (Pie, 55-96.)

When these objects rotate in the wind, vain is sure to eome within a short time.

If good cateh of turtles is made in a particular loeality the Walmbaria

people paimt the heads of their captures and place them in trees in the Vicinity

lo ensure further good supplies (fig. 58). Captain Phillip P. King (7), when

visiting the Flinders Islands in 1819, remarked on turtle heads treated in this

way. Tle stated: ‘*On the braneh of a tree near at hand were three turtles’

heads; and sinee they had been placed there the young branches had expanded,

using us to wonder at first how the heads could have passed over them 2... we

have since frequently noticed the same thine, whieh could only have heen left by

jhe natives’?

Mor the same reason the Walmbaria natives collect the bones of duvones after

Feasting (fig. 60) and pile them towether, We saw many of these heaps, of

various sizes, both on the islands and on the mainland of Princess Charlotte Bay ;

some inchided the bones of only one or two animals, but one we examined near

acamp at Bathurst Mead was six feet in leneth, three feet in width, and about

three feet in hei@ht. All the major bones of the mammals were present, bint dows

had chewed away all the thinner portions of the skulls.

DREAMS.

Some little difficulty was experienced in explaining to the Walmbaria and

Mutiunui natives just what we meant bv ‘‘dreaming,’? but ones they compre-

hended information was forthcoming. The natives often dream, and the follow-

ing experiences are typical,

One man several times dreamt that he saw dead people, or a dead person,

come ont of the ground and walk abouts on these oceasions he tried te rin, bud

his knees doubled wp, and he could only erawl very, very slowly.

A man sleeping with a friend during a hunting expedition dreamt that he

was dead; he awoke and told his companion. and they both laughed. Others

dream that they are chased by bie, savage fellows, and that they cannot run away,

(7) King, Survey Consts Aust., 7, 1927, qh 21,

94 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

because their legs refuse offiee; they commonly dreain of everyday occurrences,

hunting du@one, turtle, ete. of wallabies in the roeks and kangaroos in the serub.

The natives are afraid of the dark, and the women in particular hesitate to

inike even short journeys away from the light of the camp-fires.

DEATH, MOURNING, AND BURIAL.

Death among the Walmbaria natives is not attributed to natural causes, but

to magic, and in earlier times, before native troopers and white men had broken

down some of the old customs, tribal fights succeeded the decease of a man. Sone

time after the funeral ceremonies (apparently about two months after) the Walm-

haria people sallied forth and attacked one of the neighbouring tribes, They

foneht on open, sandy beaches for preference; spears were used, and sometimes

the combat lasted all nieht, considerable damage being inflicted. The Bathurst

Head and Flinders Islands groups of the tribe often combined with the Koko-

lamalama to attack the natives of Barrow Point, Cape Melville, Cape Boyne,

Starke River, and Maek River. At times, however, the Flinders Islands people

heeame unfriendly with the Jane Table Till people, and fights took place between

them, Some of the older men point with pride to the sears left by stingray spears

asa result of these combats.

Fig, 62-68 and 67-69. Wooden mourning tablets; (62068, Walmbaria trihe, Bathurst

Tlewd: 67-G8, Walmbaria tribe, Flinders Island, fashioned from spear smothers of the de-

conseds 60, Barunguan tribe, Pt. Stewart). Fig, 64-66. Mourning pendants of tum lie;

(64, Walmbaria tribe, Bathurst Head; 65-66, Barunguan tribe, Pr Stewart).

. Lee

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 95

When a man dies the body is wrapped im bark: a mourning ceremony is

performed, at which there is much ritual, wailine, and enttine of the hody with

shells, and the corpse is then buried. Usually the hones are disinterred later,

wrapped in painted bark, and the bundle is placed in a tree, Sometimes a lone

period vlapses before this lappens, sometimes only a few days, and in a few cases

the buried body is left andisturhed.

Wig. 70. Barungnan nian with mourning Fig. 71. Barunguin man with mourning

atrings; Stewart River. pendant of hyir eavered with beeswix

Stewart River,

Some special objects are nsed at the burial and during mourning, and special

iv, G2-07),

eustoms are observed. Rectangular tablets, known as ‘opamaka’ ((

painted with red ochre and white pipe-elay, are placed in branches of trees at

the place of the ceremony. These are usually made hy the men, and vary in

number aeeording to the importance of the deeensed: in some eases they are

fashioned from the spear-smoothers of a dead man (fie. 67-68). "he hai of the

corpse is ent off, and bound over with Linistoaa twine to form sansave-sha pec

or evlindrical bundles (fig. 64-65), which ave hine around the necks of mourners

asa sign of evief: often these pendants are covered with beeswax so Hs to wholly

conceal the nnderlying hair and string (fie. 66,71). Tf available, a ceremonial

net dress (Civawi’) and cap (akwama’), nade frou fishing nets used hy fhe

deceased are worn, the relatives taking tues tn the wearing of this eostame

96 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

during the wailing, erying, and daneing. The dresses and caps appear to he rare,

but we were able to secure two ancient examples (fig, 73). Painted wooden

stuves (fig, 74-75) or ‘‘wailine-sticks,"’ five to seven feet in length, and with a

limp of etm at one end, are nsed at the ceremony and elsewhere, and afterwards

are placed on the temporary erave of the departed, whose possessions are hung

upon then: in some eases two sueh stieks ave held, perpendicularly, one in each

Pie, 72, Demonstrations of Wahubaria Pip, 738. Metuming apparel made fram

methad of Tashing a corpse to aw pale for fishing nets of deeeased, Mlinders Tsland.

burial

hand, by a relative during wailing. If a good hunter dies the young mien sonte-

times ent out the ulna from both arms, and the bones are aftermyards msed for

making the heads of turtle spears. During the mourning period following the

burial a widow plasters herself with mud, both head aud body, and may also wear

a painted wooden pendant around the neek, plaited stvings wound around thee

‘rms and sometimes round the neck also, When these strings are removed from

the neeks of women they are rewound and worn by male mourners; in the latter

vase the loop of the chain-strites is passed ever the head and under one ari, so

that it extends diagonally across the chest and back; gencrally two sets of strings

are thus worn, as shown in fig. 70, Tair pendants are also worn by mourning

relatives, who do not trim their hair for months, and, in the case of men, allow

the beard to grow unchecked.

“I

HALE AND TINDALE—ABOKIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND g

The following is a description of a grave which we opened at Bathurst Head

for the purpose of securing the skeleton of Wapinarinji, one of the Walmbavia

natives, A semicircular hut of sticks and bark, about seven feet in diameter,

and similar to those used in temporary beach camps, had been erected over the

graye, which was situated among grass-erown sandhills near the beaeh. The

body was tied fo a stake in a erouched, sitting position, with the head fallen

forward ; in this posture it had been wrapped in a bark package and buried in

the semi-erect attitude. There was a large sheet of bark over the head, which

was no more than two feet below the surface of the eround. Ennan, son of Wapin-

arinji, posed, as shown in fig, 72, in the approximate position in which his father

had been interred.

Pig. 71-75. Mourning staves; Widiibaria tribe, Plinders Tsland. Wig. TO, Dingone harpoor

lewd; Mutumui tribe, Barrow Point. Fig. 17, Womnn’s digging stielk: Barunguan tribe, Pt.

Stewart. Wig. 78-79, Canes prepared for honey collecting; Barunguan tribe, Pt, Stewart.

Pig. 80-81. Miresticks with decorated showths; Barungunn tribe, Pt. Stewart.

In olden times the dead were sometimes buried in ihe extended position, flat

ou the back; others in the squatting posture, lashed toa stake, Sometimes, uspeci-

ally in the latter method, the face was turned up to the sky. but in other eases

the head was allowed to fall forward.

Ai Walacimini, on Bathurst Head, we aceidentally noticed a heap of dis-

carded uative materials beside the ruins of a temporary hut at a place where a

gs RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

wourning ceremony for a young girl (Yerkungar, eum totem, of Flinders [stant )

had been held (fig. 59). The objects, which were in a perished condition, cou-

sisted of dilly-bags, a small pubic tassel, wooden tablets (‘opamaka’) similar to

those already referred to, and a mourning pendant of human hav hung on a

forked stick, This girl, we were informed, had plenty of hair, enough fo make

any nourning pendants, one of whieh had been discarded by a passing relative,

who had considered his mourning complete. A ball of luman hair was also pre-

sent, but this had belonged to aman whe had died at about the same tine.

At Stewart River the mourning tablets are more clongate (fig. 69), but the

butial and mourning eustoms of the Barunguan tribe are apparently similar in

many respects to those of the Walnbaria. The body is buried for a variable

period, exhiuoed, and the flesh then pieked off the bones, whieh are carried about

for as long as two years; there is then a big ceremony, at which the persou

acensed of causing the death is punished, The bones are transported to aed

finally buried at, the birthplace of the deceased; mourners, who have been wear-

ing their hair long, trim it after this ‘‘finish-np’’ ceremony. The Barungnau

people also use the painted wailing-stieks, A Barunguan woman havine dive,

the husband obtained one of the objects, Tle held the stiek horizontally between

his upraised hands, and at intervals bent his body and arms to the eround, wail-

ine loudly the while, continning these avtions for several hours. Wheu a strange

native dies at Stewart Kiver, or in the neighbourhood, the Barunguan people

Iniry hint in a sand-bank in the bed of the river, in the hope that the next flood

will wash his bones away; then his spirit will not walk about unhappy in a strange

place and trouble the Barunguan people,

FIGHTING AND WEAPONS.

It has alveady been mentioned that tribal fights at oue time followed a death,

Although these were more or less in the nature of ceremonial affrays, they often

developed into serious battles. When the Bathurst Llead people anticipated

hostilities they kept wateh at Meltjelin, on Bathurst Head, from which place

they could see eastward along the coast, When their enemics appeared they

prepared for battle by freshly painting their spears and hastily splashing white

paint over their bodies, so as to nuke an impressive show (fig. 82).

The spear is the usual weapon of combat, and men’s fighting spears, hike

most other kinds, are almost always thrown with the aid of the throwiig-st 1ek,

The awriters witnessed a ceremonial fight on Flinders Island. One afternoon

a small party of Kokolamalama natives from the mainland reached the island.

The Barnnguan wife, Mini, of Awnda (Walinbaria tribe) was in the Flinders

HALE AND TINDALE—ARORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 99

Island eamp with her husband; she had been previously speared in the shoulder

by one of the new arrivals, and this was a rankling grievance, The men arra need

themselves into two parties, each man carrying spears and spear-thrower, They

fitted their spears into their spear-throwers. and made passes as they walked

towards each other, lowering their weapons when within strikine distance; the

Wig, SE. Method of holding spear and spear-thrower; Walmbaria tribe, Minders Island.

walk was a half shuffle, in whieh dust was kicked up in a elond. The woman

Mini also carried a spear, which she brandished; after a ereat deal of talk she

retveated some distance, and pretended to throw the spear at the mainland party.

During this affair the men shouted at each other in high-pitched voices, and others

sang a song, while women who were ot directly concerned talked exeitedhy,

Several men took no interest whatever in the happening, whieh was apparently

iu the nature of a threat to the delinquent.

The method of holding the spear and spearthrower (fig. 82) is very similar

to that iustrated by one of the writers in a previous paper dealing with Groote

Kylandt natives (%), The spear-throwers are ent from hardwood trees (fie. 84),

and are flat and usnally rather wide; a hardwood peg (with a nick to receive the

shehtly hollowed end of the butt of the spear) is fastened against one end with

sium and twine, while at the opposite end is a rather large baler shell ornament,

the making of whieh oceupies considerable time. Two pieces of shell are roughly

chipped to shape (fig. 90), and are then ground to an oval form on stones, Sarl

and water assisting the operation (fie. 91-93): next the convex outer face is

polished on a smooth rock (fig. 83), using finer sand as an abrasive, until it is

pnve white. The shells are then placed, one on each side and with the concave or

inside faces opposed, at the ‘Serip’’ end of the throwine-stick, and fastened with

heeswax, whieh fills the gap between them. A chart is frequently eoneealed

(4) Tindale, NL BL, Ree, S. Aust. Mus., iii, 1926, p. 154, fig. 65,

100 Recorps OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

’ portion near the

within the adhesive between the two shells. The thin ‘‘erip’

shell ornament is coated with bloodwood wum, and sometimes also bona with

string. The shell ornament may also be bound across with wallaby or kangaron

sinews (fig. 95.97), During combat the spear-thrower is used to divert, or parry

thrown spears. the fat of the implement guiding the spear fo one side or over the

shoulder.

Pig 88. Grinding baler shell armament for Fig, 84. Pelled tree, with spear-throwers

spedr-thrawer; Walmbiaria tribe, Flinders in the making: Walmbarin tribe, Bethurst

Island. Head.

This type of spearthrower (fig. 86) is made by all the Princess Charlotte

Bay tribes; those used at Jane Table Hill by the Kokolamaluna (fig. 87) are

wore slender than those of the Walubaria tribe (fig. 88). Some of the spear-

throwers of the eoastal tribe near Cairns are Similar (fig. 89), birt lack the baler

shell ornament and the eum and lashing at the grip end: these people, however,

use shields. The Princess Charlotte Bay people depend only on their throwing

sticks to protect themselves from spears, and the baler shell ornament is said to

prevent it from slipping ont of the hand when thus used.

The area within whieh these baler shell spear-thrower ornaments are made is

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 101

limited to Cape York, but the shell dises detached from the throwers are articles

of trade to southern mland peoples. By slow degrees they may pass south-east as

far as Cooper Creek in South Australia, where they are highly prized as neek

ornaments to be worn by young male initiates. The Yendrowunta of Cooper

Creek have no knowledge of their origin, save that they come from the north,

Fig. 85. Throwing stick in the course of manufacture; Walmbaria tribe, Bathurst Mend,

Fig. 86-89. Types of throwing sticks; (86, Barunguan tribe, Pt. Stewart: 87, Kekolamalama

frihe, Jane Table Hill; 88, Walmbaria tribe, Stanley Island: 89, UWileman tribe, Mong-moua,

Atherton). Fig. 90-93. Stages in making of baler-shell armament for throwing stick, Walmbrria

fribe, Minders Island, Fig. #4, Huealyptus gum for lafting speurs; Baruiguian tribe, Pt.

Stewart. Pig. 95, Sinews as drawn out from tail of Agile Wallaby, tail tip attached; Bavunguan

tribe, Pt. Stewart. Pig. 96. Wallaby sinews prepared tor use; Barunguan tribe, Pt. Stewart.

Mig. 27. Sinews of lavge grey kanguroor Walmbaria tribe, Bathurst Hear.

Spears with a bamboo shaft and a plain hardwood point were used at the

ceremoal fight noted above, but spears barbed or tipped with the spines of

stingrays and of the stone fish (Synaneeja) are the real fighting weapons of the

Walmbaria, Mitwumnui, and Barunguan. The authors obtained a couple of dozen

of these spears, which show some variation in the arrangement of the stingray

spines. In one Barunguan type a single large spine forms the point of the spear

(fig. 98); it has a spine fastened into a piece of paliwood twenty inches in

102 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

length, which is itself joined to a five-foot hardwood shaft, to the base of which is

spliced a further two-foot length of light, soft wood, forming the butt. Additions

of this sort (due either to the weapons having been damaged or to the desire to

haye the head of the spear heavier than the shaft) are quite common, and repre-

sent a distinet advance upon the single-piece spears met with further south.

Fic, 99-108 show spears with a cluster of small stingray spines at the apex, lashed

on in eroups with wallaby sinews. In another type (fig. 104-106) small spines

are tied on to a palmwood head so as to form barbs; often a dozen or more spines

are thus arranged.

Fig. 98-106. Stingray spear heads from Princess Charlotte Bay (98, Tipped with a single

spine; Barunguan tribe, Pt. Stewart, 99-108, Tipped with a cluster of small spines; Barunguan

tribe, Port Stewart-99-101; Mutumui tribe, Cape Melville-102—; and Walmbaria tribe, Stanley

Island—103-104—-106, With a series of spines arranged as barbs; Barunguan tribe, Pt. Stewart

—104-105-; and Walmbaria tribe, Flinders ITsland—106—).

Fighting spears are always painted with red ochre and white pipe-clay, the

spines being coloured as well as the head and butt. The Walmbaria people some-

{imes anoint the barbs with a vegetable poison obtained on the mainland, and say

that a man dies quickly when wounded by them; a native who gave us two prized

spears made at Bathurst Head warned us that the spines were thus poisoned.

One of the very few other records of poisoned weapons amongst Australian abor-

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 103

i@ines is that furnished by Chatfield ("), who, writing of the Natal Downs

(Queensland) natives, states that unbarbed spears of these people ‘are covered

with the gram of the eidyah-tree, which is sipposed to ageravate the wound,’

Fig, LO7-L08, Butt (top) and head portions of woman's fighting spears; Banunguan tribe,

Ii. Stewart. Fig, 109-110, Hardwood Tends of small hunting spears used by wonien avd

children; Barunguan tribe, Pt Stewart, Fig. 711-112. Three and four pronged fishing spoaes ;

Barungui tribe, Pe, Stewart. Pig. 119. four preonged (ishing spent, Mutumai tribe, Barrow.

Poiut,

Two women sometimes settle a quarrel by avtnal fighting. Their weapous

are either heavy yam stieks (with which severe sealp wounds are inflicted) or

hardwood javelius made in one piece, and used for women’s fights only, When

using the spears the women stand a short distanee apart, and jab at each other

with the pointed ends. Two of these women’s fighting javelins are shown (fie,

107-108), They are mueh thicker and heavier than the other types, one of those

illustrated weighing 52 ounces, the other 40 ounces. They are decorated with

bands of red ochre, whieh in the photograph are scareely visible on the ved hard-

wood, Alinost all other types of spears are made in from two to four pieces, a

shaft of bamboo, softwood, or hardwood, and a hardwood head, which is usually

about one-fourth as long as the shaft. Sometimes a spear is made from a single

piece of hardwood ten feet or so in length, and a short basal part of bamboo ouly

about a foot in length; in this type the hardwood is shaped so that the head is

thicker and heavier than the basal half. The gum chietly used for joining or

morticing lengths of wood to form the shaft, and for fastening the head to the

(*) Chatiiold, in Curr, The Anstralian Race, i, 1866, p. 473,

104 Reconps OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

shaft is the exudate of the bloodwood (Huculyptus), which the Walmbaria

people call ‘otara’; it is obtained from the mainland, the main supply (fig, 9+)

being secured through trade from Starke River, where the tree is common, The

joint is bound with twine or sinews, and is smoothed with a flat piece of wood

fix, 114-121), shaped for the purpose and hafted with gum. A perfectly fin-

ished splice exhibits a shellac-like gloss of glassy smoothness. During the work

aiman dexterously rotates the spear with one hand, at the same time applying the

Pig, 114-121. Spear smoothers; the example shown in lig, 120 is alsa a graver (114, 119,

nnd 720, Barunguan tribe, Pt, Stewart; 115-115, Walmbaria tribe, Flinders Islam; 117, 118,

wid 121, Mutumui tribe, Barrow Point, andl 118 only, Cape Melville),

splice to the flat of the smoother (whieb is held in the other had) with consider

able force; occasionally a hand is drawn across the forehead to collect sweat and

crease, which is applied to the splice, and assists in obtamig the desired result,

One of the spear-smoothers illustrated has a small spike at one end; to this pro

jection the incisor tooth of a wallaby is fixed, to be used as a graver, seraper, or

cutter (fie. 120). Two of the smoothers shown (fig. 118 aud 121) differ in having

the end opposite the gummed portion not thin-edged or pointed, but thiek and

plentifully smeared with eum. The end of this type is used to press melted gum

into or against a splice.

A form of scraper or chisel commonly used in the manufacture of spears and

throwing-sticks by the Barunguan natives, and less commonly by the Walmbaria,

HALE AND TINDALE-—-ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 105

consists simply of one of the lower jaws of an agile wallaby (fig. 122-123), From

time to time the tooth is broken across between the teeth of the operator, so that

it presents a fresh cutting edee of enamel,

Big, 122-123. Agile Wallaby jaw as graver; Barunguan. tribe, Pt, Stewart.

Wig, 124-127. Gouges fashioned from leg bones of birds; Barunguaw tribe, Pt. Stewart.

Mig, 128. Implement of luman bone used for stripping Pandanus fibre; Walmbaria tribe,

Bathurst THestd.

Both for trade purposes and for eonvenient use eum is often melted into

thick ‘‘paneakes’? around a short piece of wood, leaving one half of the latter

projecting as a handle (fig, 94).

Wooden speer-heads are sometimes anointed with an oily substanee, whieh

is obtained by heating a kind of candlenut (Alewrites moluccana), ealled ‘tor-

torwul’ by the Walmbaria, whieh drifts into the coast from the north or north-

106 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

cast: this fluid ‘fixes’? the pigments with whieh the spears are ormamented. The

men’s hunting spears, with hardwood head, usually have a barb at the tip, formed

by laying a slim piece of wallaby-bone, wood, or (in recent times) iron, poimted

at hoth ends, against the point of the spear, so that one end of the former forms

the aetual tip and the other the barb (fig. 129) ; (his is bonne and smoothed, as

are splices. There is no doubt that iron has been used to some extent by the

Walmbaria natives for more than a century. King (1), after deseribing the

wreel: of the Frederick on Stanley Island. says: ‘‘The natives appeared to have

taken notiee of the iron-work, for some spike nails were found about their fire-

places,”

Pig. 12H. Tip aud barb of hunting spear; Walmbaria tribe, Flinders: Tslutud.

Kishing spears are made in the same way as the others, but have three or

four hardwood prongs, cach from one foot six inches to fyo feet im length; the

tips of these are usually barbed, as deseribed, but sometimes terminate in plain

points (fig, 111-1178). Miniature spears of this sort are made for the children,

who, however, always throw them by hand; as a rule adults use the throwing:

stick with fishing spears, but sometimes throw them without. Numbers of small

spears, with a slender hardwood shaft and a plain hardwood head, are also made

(fig. 109-110); these are about six feet in length, and have the end of the butt

hollowed to fit the pew of the wommera. These little weapons are commonly used

by women and children to obtain crabs and small fishes in shallow water, and are

then utilized without the throwing-stick, Jlarpoon shatts for dugong and turtle

are similar to some of the North Australian types described by Roth and others,

and more recently by one of the writers (11); the detachable head here illus:

trated (fig. 76) is from Barrow Point, and was secured at Flinders Island; it is

thirteen inches in length, aud is made of heavy hardwood, and has a wooden peg

lashed to the tip, and coated with gum, to form a barb, A collar of string and

erm about two inches from the base forms a plig, which fits the hollow end of the

heavy shaft. Roth (12) states that this collar is absent on harpoons from Flin-

ders [sland examined by him.

(1) King, Survey Coasts Aust., i, 1827, y. 232.

(11) Tindale, Ree. S, Aust. Mus,, iii, 1925, pl, vii, fig. 25-26,

(12) Roth, North Qld. Ethnography, vi, 105, p. 32.

HALE AND TINDALE—ALORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 107

The highly decorative shields commonly used in the Cairns district. and

some of which are five feet tn leneth (fig. 130), are known to the Walmnbaria

natives by repute, but are never employed, as all spear-awardine is done by means

of the spear-thrower,

HUNTING AND FISHING: COLLECTING AND PREPARATION

OF FOODS,

The Nokolamalama and Barunguan tribes, and some of the Walmbaria

people, kill three species of wallabies with their spears; the most common is the

agile wallaby (Macropus agilis). A black species of kangaroo oveurs at Bathurst

Head and in the vicinity, but is apparently very shy. The laree red Kangaroo

Wig, 1a. Deeoratel shiell; Hilewian tribe, Mena mona, Atherton Tabtlelaud,

(Muerapus antilopiies) is also sometimes seen in the coastal distriets of Princess

Charlotte Bay. The inswlar Walmbaria people, who belong to a kangaroo totem.

refrain from killing and cating the red kanwaroo, even on the oveasions of their

visits to the mainland, and this prohibition will also prevent them from eating

the nailtailed wallaby. No amount of persuasion would tempt Wondal, a Stanley

Island native, to eat a portion of one of the latter animals, although he had hac

hittle food for two days,

The mainland Wahnbaria showed great aversion to hunting or molesting the

native companion, When foraging for food to augment dwindling stores they

persisted in remaining in camp, after enlisting the aid of Kokolamalama men of

other folems to assist one of the authors in a hunt for them, In like manner if

was dithenlt to persuade Ainbarabara (Mutumui tribe) to aecampany the writers

when shooting biz kangaroos, alfhoueh he vagerly assisted in stalking roek wal

108 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

labies. These inhibitions are caused by the desire not to molest the particular

totem animals with which the individual claims relationship. The same relation-

ship between the totemic object and the tribesmen exists in all the tribes under

consideration,

Eges of the sernb-turkey (Tolegalla lathami) and other large birds are coi-

lected and eaten, and the birds themselves are snared or speared, Goannas

(Varanus) are not uncommon on the maindand, and two species, Varanus gouldit

and V. punctales ocellulus, occur on the Klinders Islands; these and frogs (which

are ever abundant on the mainland during the wet season) are freely used as

food, and pictures of the batrachians aud reptiles are not tuneommon in raelk-

shelters, As is to be expected in the case of coastal natives, much food is

obtained frow the sea, and for securing most of the larger marine creatures the

spear serves well.

The natives throw their spears with great accnraey, whether by hand alone

or with the aid of a spear-thrower, although the weapon is, of comrse, projected

with much greater foree with the last-named. One day we watched a man, with

a fishing spear in each hand, walking along a low cli? overlooking the sea, A

mullet Hashed out from under the roeky ledge, and in a wink the man had thrown

his two spears, using each hand in tin; both spears transfixed the fish, When

conditions are favourable a man, working in shallow water with a single spear,

will, in an hour or less, capture as many fish (small sharks, mullet, and se on) as

he ean carry.

Just inside the eastern end of Princess Charlotte Bay is a large rock, jutting

ont into deep water. It is hollowed beneath, and the Walubaria men, spear in

hand, dive down and trausfix rock-cod, groper, and other fish sheltering in this

under-water Gavern.

The Flinders Island natives evince wreat fear of the stone-fishes (Synancejd

horrida and S. verrucosa), aud are well aware of the sometimes fatal results

averuing from the poisoned wounds occasioned by treading on the fish as they

lie partly buried in soft mud; the severe and prolonged effects of Synanceja

venom have been veeorded recently (13), When wading in shallow water both

men and women tread carefully, watching for sigus of this dreaded fish; if pos-

sible, they travel in single file, each stepping into the footmarks of the leader,

When a stone-fish is discovered it is invariably speared, and if the fishers are

near camp it is carried there on the points of a spear to be exhibited, and, as men-

tioned above, the spines may be used to tip spears,

Crocodiles are not abundaut at the Minders Islands, although we saw two in

EEE

(13) Dubig and Jones, Mem, Qld. Mus., ix, 1028, pp. 148-150; Aust. Journ, Exp, Biol. and

Med. Sci., vy 1928, p. 174, ete,

HALE AND TINDALE— ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 109

the mangrove swamps there. In the Stewart River, however, the reptiles are

fairly common, and the Barunguan natives kill them at every opportunity. If

they manage to ‘‘corner’’ a crocodile in some narrow reach or backwater, they

first prod out its eyes with their spears, with the object of placing it at the

greatest disadvantage before the coup-de-erace is administered.

Mig, 181, Child digging out Swift Crabs at Flinders Island,

ishing in deep water is usually earried out by hook and line, alt hough the

pearl-shell hook, and other hooks of native manufacture, are things of the past,

owing to the introduction of Huropean fish-hooks by trepangers. Swift-crabs

(Ocypode ceratophthalma) and hermit-erabs are commonly used as bait, The

first-named move so quickly that, to obtain a supply, the natives usually dig them

out from their burrows in the sand (fig. 131). The hermit-erabs are easily

obtained, for on Flinders Islands we noticed that, both during the day and at

night, these crustaceans collected themselves together into heaps at low tide, a

single heap sometimes consisting of two hundred or more individuals; a some-

what similar habit of hermit-crabs, when sheltering from the sun, has been noticed

in Roebuek Bay, Western Australia (14), and in Africa (1°). The hermit-crabs

(4) Knut Dahl, ‘Tm Savage Australia,’? 1926, p. 269,

(1) Schmitt, Bull, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., lili, 1926, pp. 54-55, pl. ix, fig. 1.

110 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

are prepared by deftly breaking the protective mollase shell with a stone; on

Stanley and Flinders Islands these broken shells oeenr in considerable wmubers

in places where bait is obtained thus. Apart from sometimes collecting runmniing-

erabs and hermit-crabs for bait, ehildren “*hnnt’’ sinall marine animals, whieh

are apparently not wtilized either as food or bait, and at low tide sometimes aniuse

themself by throwing small stieks and pebbles at the miid-skippers (Lireharista-

pus kalolo) vesting on the mangrove roots, rarely failing to knock them over.

They obtain the little mole-crab (Hippa advelyla) and the smaller sea-liee (/yrerr-

olane orientalis), both of which are common near the Flinders Islands, by se rately

ing rapidly in the sand at the water’s edge ; in fact, they early show a knowledye

of the habits of all animal life in their tribal avea, whether or not it be of econonue

import to them.

)

Pie. 182. Brush fish trap in a creek at Bathurst Lene,

Several old men at Bathurst Head told us that ‘ta long time ago’? whenever

a sucking-fish (Remora) was secured it was used to assist in spearing tirtle.

They stated that a line wis fastened around the caudal pedunele in such a way

that the fish was not injured; a turtle basking at the surfaee of the sea was

cautiously approached, and the remora was carefully thrown in the cirection of

the chelonian. to whieb it attached itself, The natives were then able to care-

fully haul the creature to within speariig distance.

We saw an old fence fish-trap at Walaeimini, on Bathurst Head. This was

built across a small mangrove creek, so that fishes passing over it at high tide

were caught behind it as the water ran out. It was mace of brush, and had been

about twenty-tive feet in length (fig. 132).

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 111

Vegetable poisons, as has been deseribed by Roth and others, are sometimes

used to stupefy fishes in large rock-pools, ete. Both the Walmbaria and Barun-

guan natives use bag-like, shallow fishing nets, which are fastened to oval frames,

formed by lashing together two or three pieces of cane or saplings. These nets

are made of wattle-bark fibre, or of Livistona fibre twine, and various meshes are

employed in different nets. They are operated in the sea, the fishermen wading

out until they are waist deep. Often two or more such nets are used at once, and

many persons participate. Each net is grasped by two men (one at each side

of the frame), who scoop it forwards through the water just below the surface,

and raise it at arm's length at frequent intervals for examination. Meanwhile a

wide semicircle of men splash the water in front of the operators, and so seare

fish towards them (fig, 133-134). Surprisingly large fish (mullet, snapper, and

so on, three or four pounds in weight), are captured by this method,

Mig. 133-134. Fish nets in use at Flinders Island.

The large Crustacea—the fresh-water ¢ ‘ayfish, the mangrove erab (Seylla),

the blue crab (Porlunus), the rock lobster (Panulirus), ete—are collected by

the women, although the men sometimes spear the last-named. Crustaceans are

often placed intact on hot coals to roast, but sometimes the Walmbaria women,

having obtained a large Seylla, take off the carapace, remove all the flesh from

the rest of the body and legs, and place it in the ‘‘shell,’’ which is then put on

the fire and the meat cooked therein. The Flinders Island people designate the

mangrove crab (their main edible erab), ‘apoyi,’ and most of the other smaller

crabs are either ‘apoyi-indilka’ (medium-sized ‘abs, such as Thalaniita), or

‘apoyi-anga’ (very little, or baby, crabs). Nevertheless, some of the small crabs,

either because of some noticeable peculiarity, of because of their plentitude or

economic importance (for instance, those used as bait), have special names,

112 REcorDs OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The Walmbaria and Barungnan natives apparently always roast their fish,

Jugong, and turtle. Tf two or three men are hunting some distance From a camp

they cook their fish before returning with them. Small sharks are relished, and

their livers in particular are considered a great delicacy; these fish are placed

on the embers for a few minutes, they are then taken out, opened with a finger,

and the livers extracted, after which the roasting is completed. If the cooking is

not undertaken in camp, the remoyed livers are cavefully wrapped in grass or

bark for transport.

Oysters are collected mainly by the women, but men also assist them oeca-

sionally. Oysters are smashed by hanunering with a stone, and the animals are

picked out from the broken shell and are boiled. This method of preparat int

did not commend itself to us during the time we were dependent on native food,

for we found that the cooked molluses were plentifully mixed with splinters of

shell.

A laree land shell (Thersifes bipartita) is found in abundanee after the first

‘ains of the ‘fwet?? season, and this also is boiled. Smaller molluses are some-

times collected in the mangrove swamps, and are mixed with other ‘dishes,’? svel

as those of green ants, deseribed below.

As usual, the grubs of large moths and beetles, the larvae of bees, and yarious

other inseeis are eaten. The Mutnnoai aud Walubaria tribes prepare a coneoc-

tion from the ever-abundant green ant (Qecophila simaragding), both on the

Flinders Islands and on the mainland. The women colleet great quantities of

these antsy from their nesis iv the trees into bark dishes; on reaching camp they

are tipped into baler-shells or other receptacles, and mashed. Plenty of water is

then added to the erushed mass: this water is drunk with relish, and the mashed

ants are then caten.

Of the Princess Charlotte Bay natives, at least those of the Barnnguan tribe

employ a length of lawyer cane (Calamua) for secure honey. One end of a

lone eane is frayed till it forms a brush (fig. 78-79); the brush-like end is in-

serted into the opening in a tree leading te a bees’ nest, and is twisted about util

amass of honey and eomb is colleeted on it. The Barunguans stated that some

of the bees (namely, the introduced species) are ‘plenty hot fellow.’’

Roth (1%) has published a long list of the vegetables and plants eaten by the

natives of Northern Qneensland, The tribes encountered by us made use of any

plant, root, fruit, or plant-exudation which their districts afford, and whieh by

any stretch of imagination can be termed edible, especially when they are lacking

meat or fish. Many of the small friits, such as that of Buchan, ave eaten raw,

without any preparation. Several kiuds of edible fruits drift into Princess Char-

(16) Roth, North Qld, Ethnography, iii, 1901, pp. 9-16.

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 113

lotte Bay during that part of the year when a current sets into the coast, and are

picked up on the shores, Tone spatulae (fig. 124-127) and small pieces of bone

(fig, 128) are used in the preparation and eating of some vegetable foods,

The yam (Dioseorea sativa) is, of course, mueh utilized during the wet

season, The roots are plentiful on parts of Flinders and Stanley Islands, where

the women dig them out with yam-stieks (fig. 77). At places on the rocky slopes

of Flinders Island the tubers are abundant, and are found in sueh places as far

as 1,000 feet above sea-level; io secure them the natives dig down between rock

crevices filled with earth, aud often overturn large stones in their efforts to obtain

the delieaey, Some of the holes exeayated in these crevices were only nine inches

Pig. 135, Munvroye fruits.

Fig. lat. Pandunus fruits prepared for eating,

or a foot in diameter, but were quite five feet in depth. Where the yam is

abundant hundreds of these deep holes are evident in a comparatively small area.

Women on Flinders Island elaim that they always throw back into the hole a

portion of the yam vine after removing the tuber, with the injunction to eo and

make more yams; we saw no evidenee of this practice when examining the holes,

The Walmbaria people grate the yam tubers against a stone, catehing the

resultant pulp in a baler-shell; this is washed in several changes of water, and

boiled to form a sort of gruel or sago-like mass, whieh is much relished,

114 RECORDS OF THE §.A. MUSEUM

The rhizomes of a small species of lily growing in fhe shallow waters af

lagoons are collected on the mainland by women, who use a short hardwood stick,

like a miniature yam-stick, to lever them out of the m ud.

During lean periods the fruits of the serew-pine (Pandanus) and of tye

species of inangroves are gathered. The pandanus fryits are thrown on to a fire

wuitil eharred, after which one end of the husk is ent off (fig. 136) with a sharp-

edyed stone or some other implement, The tiny elongate roasted ‘‘muts’’ are

then picked ont with a long splinter (fig, 137) of bone or woods when this food

alone is available mueh time is oecupied in thus tediously obtaming enoneh noivi-

ment {0 Satisfy the appetite.

Pig. 187, Picking the roasted ‘fnuts?! from prepared Fundanus fruits.

We witnessed the preparation of the fruit of one of the aforementioned man-

eroves, and were told that a more spherical fruit of a second species was also

used. The fruits (fig. 135) are collected at low tide, for the trees apparently

erow towards the middle of the swamps. When camp is reached a small, hot fire

is made, and for thirty or forty minutes stones are heated therein, The fire is

theu raked out, and the mangrove fruits are thrown in amongst the hot stones,

whieh are distributed eyenly amongst them with a stick. The heap is then

covered with a piece of paper-bark, and this in turn is covered with a laver of

sand an inch or so in depth. The mass is left mndisturbed for about an hour,

after which, the covering is taken off, anil the roasted fruits (now brownish-grey

instead of green) are removed. When they are cool enough to handle, the tops

ave pulled off and thrown away, after which the fruits are picked up, one or two at

atime, pounded between two stones, and thrown into a baler-shell. They are next

tipped into an open-work basket and taken to the beach, where a large container

HALE AND TINDALE—-ABORIGINES OF NORTH (QUEENSLAND 115

is filled with sea-water. With the basket standing in the salt water in this dish, the

woman vigorously kneads the erushed mass; the water beeomes yellow and then

milky as the foury contents of the fruits pass through the open meshes of the

hasket, After fifteen minutes or so of Kneading, the husks are thrown out of the

basket. and the floury sediment in the dish is allowed to settle, a rising seni on

the surface being skimmed off meanwhile. The water is then carefully poured

off. and the sediment similarly washed in a further change of sea-water, After

the second ** pouring off’? the thin, niushy sediment is tipped into a ¢losely-wovyen

illy-bag, whieh is squeezed to eet rid of excess water, and finally undergoes two

Washings in fresh water, with much kneading between each. This manerove fruit

wash resembles paper-pulp of a greyish eolour, but is eaten with evident eujoy-

ment when other food is searee.

Big, 18. Digging for fresh water now the Margin of the sen; and fig, 189, testing the

witer scoping tite the excavation; Barungian tribe, Pt. Stewart.

Fresh water is not available in nalimited quantities in the districts oceupied

hy the Walmbaria aud Kokolamalama. tribes, particularly during the dry season.

In the wet season small creeks are filled intermittently on the mainland, and at

other times various small soaks and wells provide a supply, although the old men

sometimes have to ‘sing’ for rain or enlist the aid of rain-makers (fig. 55-56),

The dry and barven Flinders Islands laye ve permanent streamlets—in faet,

water draining into any of the small courses runs only for an hour or two alter

‘ai—but several inconspicuous soaks provide water, while (as mentioned in the

116 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

introduction to this paper) H.M.S. Dart visited Flinders Island in 1899 and

cleared out a well, which furnishes murky but palatable water, which is used by

the natives and by the trepangers.

The Barunguan people have the Stewart River as a source of water supply.

At the mouth the water is salt or brackish at low tide, but at high tide the surface-

water is usually somewhat fresher.

On several occasions we noticed natives digging holes in the sand only a few

yards from the margin of the sea at Stewart River (fig. 138-139). These holes

rapidly fill with water, and the digger dips a finger in the fluid, and tastes it to

ascertain whether it is fresh or brackish; if it proves too salt he tries other places.

Tolerably sweet water is obtained in this way when the river water is quite unfit

for drinking.

The Walmbaria people stated that at one time they were in the habit of

eating human flesh. When food became very scarce at the end of the dry season,

and especially when dugong hunting had long proved ineffective owing to rough

weather, meat hunger led them to kill adults. Persons killed in quarrels were

sometimes disposed of in the same manner ; newly-born children were eaten,

especially if a second appeared before the first was weaned. In such cases the

child would be struck on the nape of the neck with a yam-stick, or its mouth would

be filled with beach sand.

PUBLIC LIBRARY, MUSEUM, AND ART GALLERY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

RECORDS

OF -THE

SOUTH: AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Vol--V; No? 2

Published by the Board of Governors, and edited By the Museum Directer

(Herbert ©. Fale)

Avenaipe,; Jey 3357, 934:

PRINTED AT-THE-HASSELL PRESS, 104 CURRIF STREET

ABORIGINES OF PRINCESS CHARLOTTE BAY,

NORTH QUEENSLAND

PART II

By HERBERT M. HALE (DIRECTOR) AND NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.SC..,

(ETHNOLOGIST)

Summary

Canoes

Wooden canoes of two types were seen in the Princess Charlotte Bay district, and as they

both belong to forms similar to those described by Roth ('’) our comments are brief.

At Flinders Island and Bathurst Head the type in favour (fig. 146-148) has a single

outrigger (‘appa’) placed on the right (starboard) side of the hull and supported by six

pairs of horizontal arms (‘aipar’) lashed to pairs of crossed sticks, usually of mangrove

wood, driven obliquely into the outrigger log (fig. 149). The outrigger booms are passed

through rectangular holes cut in side boards, which are lashed to the sides of the canoe

after the spaces between them and the hull have been packed with paper bark pads.

ABORIGINES or PRINCESS CHARLOTTE BAY

NORTH QUEENSLAND

PART TI.

By HERBERT M, HALE (Direcror) ann NORMAN B.‘TINDALE, B.Sc.,

(Erunotocisr).

CONTIENTS. Page

NVILL Cnnoes 4 ve = es ij +4 = 4 117

NIX. Trade Routes ts m 2 _ at a's ae) 122

XX. Cumps and Shelters. . ae 7 A 9 .- a 124

XXT, Camp Utensils +e = te ry a Lt Ag at)

XX. Clothing and Ornament Sa a eu 7 - 139

NAL. Roek-paintings o ce 7 “4 oe ote be 146

XXIV. Messayve Sticks sts 7 de 7 BF at a4 156

XXV, Langunge ., F As “ = ie fe “ 158

NXVL. Comparative Vocubularies of Four Tribes sa da we be 160

NXVL. Supplementury Notes ag ss a4 aa 4 ote 171

CANOES.

Wooden canoes of two types were seen in the Princess Charlotte Bay distriet, and

as they both belong to forms similar to those deseribed by Roth (17) owr comments

are brie.

At Flinders Island and Bathurst Head the type in favow: (fig. 146-148) has

a single outrigger (‘appa’) placed on the right (starboard) side of the hill and

supported by six pairs of horizontal arms (‘aipar’) lashed to pairs of crossed

sticks, usally of mangrove wood, driven obliquely into the outrigger log (fig.

149). The outrigger booms are passed through rectangular holes cut in side

boards, which are lashed to the sides of the canoe after the spaces between them

and the hull have been packed with paper bark pads.

A canoe of this type is made from a tree felled in one of the vain forest areas

near the mouths of the rivers enterime Prineess Charlotte Bay. It is ronghhy

trimmed on the spot with an axe and then carried to the nearest water, whence

it is floated to the beach for final dressing, the latter taking several weeks,

Formerly the axe used was of stone, as in the specimen shown (fig. 168) from

the country further south, Both at Flinders Island and at Stewart River metal

equivalents have been in use for at least two generations. Kokolamalama people

make canoes (‘tuppal’) of this character, and trade them to the Mutumui in

(17) Roth, Ree, Aust, Mus., viii, 1910, pp. 12-14, tig, 11-18.

118 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

return for shell ornaments (‘anir, omarern’) and spears (‘alka, awita’). The

Mutumui also give them bloodwood gnm (‘otara’) and ochre colours, obtained by

trade from people further to the south,

145 144

Fig. 140-142, Bows and (fig, 148) stern of single out rigger eanoes; Walmbaria Tribe,

Flinders Island. Pig. 144, Bow and (fig, 145) stern of double outrigger canoes; Barunguan

Tribe, Stewart Hiver.

The Walubaria also trade with the Kokolamalama for eanoes, offering spears

tipped with stingray spines and with metal obtained from a wreek on Stanley

Island. They eall the canoes ‘akaala’, Several types of prow (‘alpayi’) (fig.

140-142) are recognized, and are specially characteristic of different canoe

makers. Stern pieces (‘turiene’), in the form of a projecting flat counter (fig.

143) are a consistent feature. Propulsion is by means of paddles (wiriapu’)

and long poles. The paddles are some four feet long, with the flat extremity

abruptly differentiated from the handle, not tapered and merging into it, as is

the ease with some trom the Gulf of Carpentaria,

An example of the ‘akaala’ canoe from Flinders [sland (the one shown on

fiw, 148) is in the South Australian Museum collection. Its overall length is 16

feet 6 inches and it has a beam of 16 inches. The outrigger is 12 feet long and

6 inches in greatest diameter. It is lashed at a distance of 2 feet from the hull

of the canoe. It is made from a special type of light drift-vood which floats

ashore alone the coast, and is much sought after beeause of its special characters,

Canoes of this type were used by Mutumui and Walmbaria natives in travel-

ling as far south as Cape Flattery (to Cooktown in modern times), and oceasion-

ally to Stewart River,

HALE AND TINDALEABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 119

—_

Fig. 146-148. Sivgle outrigger canoes of Walobarin Tribe, Flinders Island; 146, canoes

drawit upon the beach at Apa; 147, poling a eainoe in the shallow water of Owen Channel,

Wilpianta Point in baekerounmd; 148, paddling a canoe, Owen Channel, Tautini camp in lott

background,

120 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 149. Method of mounting outrigger (lashings and bark pads omitted); Walmbaria

Tribe, Flinders Island.

The Baruneuan people use a double outrigger canoe called ‘tanju’ (fig.

150-151). This is hollowed out from a tree in the riverine jungle of the Stewart

or Rocky Rivers in the same manner as is the single outrigger further south. The

bows are not sharp, as in the Flinders Island canoes, being well rounded, with a

projecting lip-like prow (fie. 144 and 150). The stern is usually trumeated (fig.

145) ; oceasionally it may have the general form of the ‘turiene’ of the ‘tuppal’

Canoe.

Fig. 150. Double outrigger canoe; Barunguan Tribe, Stewart River.

Hate AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 121

The two outriggers of the ‘tanju’ canoe are supported by a pair of long,

exible booms, Tt will be noticed (fig, 150) that these booms are lashed directly

fo the outrizver poles and to the gunwales, one being nearly amidships and the

other near the stern. The outrigeers do not reach forward to the line of the bows,

as is usually the case in the ‘tuppal’ canoe, and, contrary to Roth’s experience,

the examples witnessed all had the booms lashed to the top and not piereine the

hull of the vessel, the lashings themselves being passed through ome or mere sinall

holes in the eunwale (fie, 151),

Fig. J). Baling double outrigger canoe with a shell dish: Barunguan Tribe, Stewart River.

Canoes of the double outrigger type are common to the Barnngnan people

and the natives near Cape Direction, They ave not made by natives south of

Running Creek.

The equipment of a Barunguan ‘tanju’ includes two or imore paddles, a

baler (usually a devo shell with the inner shell whorls removed, fig. 151 and 177),

a dugong harpoon and rope, a large stone tied to a rope fo serve as anchor,

pads of paperbark fo act as cushions for the paddlers, and various fishing lines,

bait, and other tneidental ohjeets.

We disagree with Roth’s theory that the single outrigger canoe of Flinders

Island is a local moditieation of the double outrigger, in which the outriggers of

one side have been suppressed, and the side boards and an extra number of booms

added in order to inerease stability. The local evidence is rather more in fayour

of the idea that they are both due to external cultural influences, different in time,

and that the double outrigger canoe is likely to be a later acquisition than the

single outrigger vessel.

122 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

TRADE ROUTES.

The Flinders Island natives trade with the mainland, obtaining heavy

wooden Spears and canoes in exchange for stingray-barb spears, throwing stielks,

und woven baws. The canoes are obtained from the Kokolamalama people in the

south-western corner of Princess Charlotte Bay, where suitable big softwood trees

vrow. ILardwood spearthrowers and their baler shell ornaments are mace at

Flinders [sland and on Bathurst Lead for trade to people further south and east,

as mentioned on p. 101.) Red oehre and bloocdwood gun are produced in the

Starke River distaict, and find thew way north either by eanoe or by an overlaid

route whieh crosses from Barrow Pomt to Maek River, and thence alone the coast

to Bathrrst Head. Pipe-clay is ‘ound on the south side of Flinders [sland and

is carried to the mainland. The natives of the Walmbaria and Mutumid tribes

are of a wandering disposition, and parties may travel in smele outriggercel

‘anoes as far south as Cooktown. They do not appear to vo further north than

Dhu Reef (Yangalwini) or Clack Island, and seldom venture further west thay

Saltwater Creek, The Barmuguan people. who wander north as far as Wey-

mouth Bay, use the smaller double-ontvigver canoes; they are less veuttutesome

suilors, possibly beeanse there are few islands (except Night [slaucd) of any size

which they are able to visit.

Natives who were engaging in a trading venture left Fluders Island at cay-

break when the sea was calm. seenred spears on the mainland by trading fron

Kokolamaluua wen, and returned at dusk when the wind had dropped. Mavour-

able light winds are mawieally induced by the old men, who light a special smoke

fire aud chant over it a phrase involying the use of the word ‘wind?’ A: saceess-

ful trading visit to Tartali is carried out with a certain degree of formality; on

the morning decided upon for the voyage no mention is made of the journey until

the canoe and its oecupants have arrived opposite a place called Tilpanga, where

there is a rouch evlindrical stone about eighteen inches in heiht standing upright

amonest the sandstone boulders on the point (p. 91 and fig. 61). This was erected

in the past by a legendary old man to mark the place from which canoes sould

leave for the maintand. One of the men will say : here is no wind, let us ¢o

to Tartali’’; or i! the wind springs up he will say: ‘SLet us eo back to Apa?’

Tlaving deeided to proceed with the joumey the ban of silenee is liftect and plans

may be discussed in detail as the natives paddle across froin Tilpanga to the east

coast of Wakayt. ‘They then pole their canoes in the shallow roek-strewn water

in the lee-of that island until opposite EKdaimbar. Here they restane paddling,

attempting to strike the mainland at Worei, but sometimes they are carried into

Wakarma by the powerful tidal current which races through the passage. The

HALE AND TINDALE—-ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 123

Kokolamalama people frequently camp on the second bay on the west side of Bath-

vest Lead, where there is a permanent fresh-water well and much shell-fish food

to be obtained on the rocks. The yovayers pole along the shore, stopping frequently

to gather oysters and to spear fish in the shallow waters of Walaeimini Bay. On

artiving near a camp of the Kokolamalama people they light a signal smoke, anid

moving forward still closer, sit down, fully armed, for perhaps half an how, An

individual of the mainland tribe, followed aid supported by a group of armed

fellow-tribesmen, then approaches with uplifted spear, and shouts out a series of

erievanves they bear agaimst the islanders. Ile then linrls the spear at them. Lf

they are welcome the spear will uot travel more than two-thirds of the distance

towards them, Another man may then come forward with a firestick. Barteriiy

does uot take place. A parcel of trade objects is simply placed in the miain-

landers’ canip, aul when they are about to depart a return offering is produced

and placed near tle eainp of the islanders, Open criticism of the return exchange

is seldom dade while the islaiders are away from them own country; any cefi-

Glencies ave remembered and are brought forward as grievances when the main-

landers repair to the islands on similar visits,

CAMPS AND SHELTERS.

The camps Cambawanga’) of the Walnibaria aatives may be classified as

lemporary and seni-perinanent. The former may be constructed by stuall partivs

daring hunting exenrsions away from the principal shore camps, or wheu the tribes-

people intend to remain in one place for a brief time only; iu sueh eireimstances

erected shelters differ considerably from those of eainps, which may be oeeupice

continnously for longer periods up to several weeks or months. A typieal tem-

porary raimy-seasou tut, bolt daring a short visit of some Klinders Island people

to Bathurst Head, is shown in fig, 152. These Walmbaria huts are semiciveular

in shape, and only four or five feet in diameter at the widest part; they are

formed of a framework (‘Siku’) of thin saplings or cates, ever whieh strips of

bark (*waltja?) are laid. Leafy boughs stuek in the evound around the huts, or

laid on the bark root, provide additional shelter from the heat of the sun; the

open side faces away from the prevailing wind, and thos most of ihe rain is

exeluded.

The huts are wueh larger and higher in the more enduring camps, whieh are

infencded for weeks of occupation during the progress of the rainy season. ‘The

supling framework is then built up int the form of a rounded deme with a

eireular base about ten feet in diameter (fie. 153). Bark is laid ever this, com-

pletely covering the tvame, excepting for a small doorway only twelve to sixteen

124 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

inches in height, The bark is then thickly covered with tissecks of erass (fie.

154). A hut of this type provides eftident shelter from all but the heaviest rains;

the thick grass thatehing renders if comparatively cool in the day and warm

at night; driving rain does not seriously inconvenience the oceupants, owing to

the small size of the euteance, anid this feature, and the ever-present smoke fire

within the hut also mitigates the ubiquitous mosquito nuisance. The term used

‘

aral-mininhala’.

for hut is ‘arrar’, and to build a lint is expressed by the tern

Fig. 152. Teniporary hue al Bathurst Head; Walmbaria Tribe, Pig. 158. Sapling franie:

work of large Int at Walkeiwt Stamey Island: Walmbaria Tribe. Fig. 154. Cimpleted larire

hot; Walmbaria Tribe, Worei, Bathurst Head. Fig, 155. Bark but at Stewart River; Baran.

guan Tribe; in front is m widow wearing mourning tablet (eqmpuure fie. G7, Gi),

Apert from these two kinds of sleeping-quarters. Shade-huts are ereeted in

the permanent camps. Four forked sticks, each about fonr feet in height, are

plaved upright in the ground; sticks are laid horizontally in the forks, and leafy

branches, bark, or grass ave laid over the stieks. When in eamp the natives stay

in the shadow of these covers all day, with their utensils and other perso

belongings seattered about on the ground, and their spears on top of the shelters,

During short visits to open beaches a shade is often provided for old men ane

children hy merely placing leaty honghs upright in the saud.

Places where camps are regularly established—sites whieh have been period-

HIALE AND TINDALE ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 12

ically occupied for years—are uumistakably apparent owing to the quantity of

food debris, Some of the kitehen middens on the Klinders Islands and on

Bathurst lead ave very exteusiye, and are marked by heaps of bones of turtle,

dugone (see p. 98 and fig. 60), and fish, portions of shells of the mangrove crab

(Seylla) and rockJobster (Paimulirus), as well as a vast quantity of mollase shells,

coekles, clams, various kinds of oysters, land shells, and so on, with the coekles

predominating. Although, as previously mentioned, the Stanley Island section

of the Walmbaria is to-day represented by ouly one surviving male, there is ample

evidence in support of his statement that the island was at one time the home of

many people, Kitchen middens on the shores and inland cover acres of the sniall

island and show that abundant food was available.

The Barunguan people at Port Stewart ereet dome-shaped huts ten to twelve

Feet in diameter, covered, with bark and shaded with boughs. In all seen by us

the doorway was much larger than in those made by the Walnbaria people, and

im some cases one side was completely open, as in the small temporary huts of the

last-named trihe (fie. 155-156),

Rock-Shelters.

The only type of shelter to which the term ‘‘permanent’’ ean be justly

applied is that afforded by caves and voek-shelters (‘edidana’), whieh, when

conmuodious, are occupied by large bodies of natives, sometimes for long periods,

aud particnarly during the wet season, Food debris is naturally abundant in

and around these ever-available retreats.

We examined several of the rock-shelters utilized by the Walmbaria people.

In addition to fen moderately or very extensive examples, many small shelters

were noted. In some cases the last-named consist merely of a leaning roek, which

offers protection front the prevailing wind (fig. 157), but even in sueh, aceumu-

lated food debris is often abundant. The main shelters include three large caves

at Endaen, on Stanley Island and seven on Bathurst Head. At Endaen there are

six caves within a half-mile radius which show signs of oeenpation ; only one cou-

tains rock-paintings, he last-named was the principal camp of the Stanley

Island group of the Walmbaria tribe within reeent times, and it is by far

the largest ane most imposing of all ihe roek-shelters examined: hereafter it

‘

is referred to as the ‘*Hudaen shelter’. Captain Phillip P. King (15) notes

that during one of his visits to the Flinders Islands, Mv. Allan Cunningham (the

botanist on board) visited a roek-shelter ou Stanley Island, apparently one of

those on the declivities of Castle Peaks, in which no paintings were apparent,

Cunninghain, in the notes quoted by King, says that **The general mass on the

(18) King, Survey Coasts Aust., i, S287, pp. 878-374,

126 ReEcoORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

slopes or declivities are deeply excavated, furnishing spacious retreats to the

natives. | entered one of these caverns... a laree natural chainber, capacious

enough to hold conveniently a large tribe of natives, who, front the mamerots fire-

places. broken turtle staffs. and other relies, bad not very long since dwelt there”?

;

156

= :

Wig, 150. Paper dairk duty Barunguan Wig. 157, Leaning rock formmg wind ani

Vrihe, Steyrrt Biver, rain sereen far stmalbeamips Walmbaria Tribe,

Flinders Tslatd.

The Kudaen shelter, which we examined in some detail, is formed by exten-

sive natural undermining of a cliff near the north coast of Stanley Island, aud

consists of two easily accessible chambers or caves. That at the eastern eric is the

main part of the shelter (fig. 158); here the elif is uaidermined to such an extent

that there ix an overhanging roek real twenty-five feet in width at its broadest

part and approximately one landed Jeet in leneth; the shelter is from eight to

ten feet in height, anc is rendered more effective owing to the faet that a huge

mass of fallen rock partly protects the opening, whieh faces north-west. Towards

the western end the floor rises at a rather steep slope, and leads into another

extensive cavern, the root of which is honeycombed with holes im whieh owls rest.

This chamber and a small and abnost iusceessible eave in the rock face above

show 10 signs of oceupation. The large eastern chamber exhibits many evidences

of prolonged habitation. The walls and roof are covered with hundreds of paimt-

HALE AND TINDALE—ARORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 127

ines (fie. 161), and we estimated that the talus of food remains, ashes, aad other

ocenpational debris situated near the fallen rocks to be at least eight feet (at most

twelve) in depths the food remains consist largely of bones of turtles, fish, aud

igongs, shells of coekles (principally Arce drapezia). oysters (Osfrea) and

ober shellfish, also birds’? eaves.

Wig. 158-16). Endaen rock shelter; Walmlscrina Tribe, Stanley Lslamd; 155, weneral vtew;

159, furthé beads aud iiivong hones of veremonial inports; 160, framework of an cleyater

sleeping racks V1, paintings oon wall, aul stone slit used for grimling colours.

Ona ledee, and in a ereyice nearby, at the castern end was a series of painted

hurtle-heads (fig, 159) and some digong skulls (see p. 85). A wooden frame-

work, relic of a sleeping rack or two-storied hut similar to those desertheel by

Roth, oceupied a portion of the oor (fig. 158, 160).

Away from the food-niennds and fire-places, the Heor is covered with fine

dust. and in this, pear the baek of the shelter and beneath the widest part of the

overhang, are the sleeping-places—soft and ilry throughomt ihe wet season, We

prepared a plan of this camping place (fiw. 162).

At Wakarna Beach, on the north-east coast of Dathnrst Plead, is a shelter

which consists of a somewhat fattened block of sandstone perched at an angle on

three other boulders. This has been used as a camp, and there are paintings on

the underside of the reofing bowder (fie, 227).

128 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

"tales slope. |

“talus slope

Fig. 162. Ground plan of Hnudean rock shelter; Walmbaria Tribe, Stanley Ishund.

About half a mile to the west of Wakarma is the Worei camp, which includes

two shelters worthy of mention. The first and largest is situated at the western

end of the little Worei Bay, facing the sea. The cave proper is wedge-shaped, and

has a floor area of about two hundred square feet; the smoke-blackened roof is

about six feet above the floor at the front, and only a foot or so at the back.

Large masses of rock have fallen from the cliff above, hiding the true entrance.

Fig. 163. Hast Worei shelter, with native staff of Mxpedition; Bathurst Heid.

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 129

but leaving an inverted V-shaped gap about five feet in height, through which one

passes to reach the cave proper (fig, 163). This shelter is thus closed in on three

sides; although rain drifts through various crevices near the front. During a visit

to the place we used this retreat for a time in order to keep our gear dry ; as shown

in the photograph the partly protected ante-chamber formed by the fallen rocks

is large enough to accommodate a tent, while the cave behind proved useful as a

store for perishable goods. The roof of this inner cave is covered with paintings,

Another shelter at Worei is sitnated a little further to the west; it consists of

a vertical rock-face, twenty feet in height, protected from the weather by a jutting

ledge.

Fig. 164. Walaeimini shelter; Walmbarin Trihe, Bathurst Head.

Following the coast a little further to the west one comes to the large

Walaeimini camp site, and striking inland for a short distance may find a laree

shelter adjoining the eamp (fig. 164). Here a long noteh has been weathered out

by former marine erosion at the base of a low hill of Triassi¢ sandstone (fig. 164).

The retreat is about forty feet in leneth and only four or five feet [rom floor to

root, so that nowhere in if can aman stand upright or walk with comfort. At its

widest part the shelter extends imwards about fifteen feet. The main part of the

cavity opens to the north and north-east, and faces open, marshy country with

black soil, in which tracks of game are plentiful, The smoke-blackened roof and

130 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the back wall present small rock faces due to the presence of joint planes in the

sandstone. The food debris on the floor is, on the average, only a foot in depth,

and consists largely of one species of cockle (lrea frapezin).

At the time of our examination there was a laree Hat erindine-stone, weigh-

ing maybe a hundvedweight, at the south-eastern end of the eave. Three deep,

(lish-like depressions had been ground into the surface as a consequence of gener.

ations of use as a nether millstone.

Af the Wobolni camping-place. on the most westerly point of the north coast

of Bathurst Head, are also three rock-shelters containing uative paintings.

CAMP UTENSILS.

Several of the domestic dnaplements in common use lave been referred to in

fhe accotnts of Ute preparation and collecting of foods; in addition the following

were seen, The Wabubaria, Kokolamalama, and Baruneuan tribes make fire by

iwitling between the palus of the hands a thin stiek (held in a perpendieular

167 Wika, *

——— =

Vig. 165, Large nether mill-stime; Barnnguan Tribe, Stewart River. Pig, 166. Siuall upper

millstone; Barungugan Trihy, Stewnrt Rives. Fig. 167. Repaired Neudifis shell used as aleink

jig vessel> Mutunini ‘Tribe, Cape Melville, Fig. 168, Iafted stiune axe; Hileman Tribe,

Mona-mona,

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 131

position), which has ifs lower extremity pressed (rinly tate a noteh in the side of

asiinilar wail laid on the ground aoe held in place with the foot, The tywirhig

sticks are at first offen five or six feet ii length, but of econrse gradually becom

redieed with use, When not in vise the ends of the sticks are protected iu a

sheath or ease (as deseribed by Roth) ; sometimes this case is enthellishedt wilh a

Mig 16. Crndo hamid chopper nosed for opening serew palo fruits, Bowen, Queenatanel.

(4) tl. awe.)

knob of wax, tate whieh jequirity seeds (Abrus preealarms) ave fised. More

rarely the sfieks themselves have a seratehed or Garyved pattern (fie. SO-81). A

an rotating the upright stiek places his hands near the top of it, and as i ts

tWirled dis pablus travel down the shalt. With a quieék movement he then brings

them up again, During wet weather the process of firemaking is offen tector,

dnd wo persons tay assist, one quickly continuing the twirlme when the other

tires. The firesticks are not resorted to amless absolutely necessary, and parties

carry smouldering Hucatypilis beinehes with them, even taking then from the

islands to the mainland in their canoes, rather than be put te the necessity of

genorating fresh fire, Crude hand-choppers of stone, really only broker pebbles

are inonse for eutting such fruits as that of Pandanius: the example shown (fix,

169) was found near Bowen lying in a recently vaeated eamp, together with a

heap oof Pandanus fruits and seme shells whieh) had been used for load. The

Charlotte Bay exminples are similar. and have heen made by breaking a snitable

pebble af quartzite so as to seenve a cutting edve, The Walmbaria natives use

flat grinding-stones for preparing foods, powdering oehre, ete. As mentioned

above. @ large and very heavy grinding-stone, with deep depressions ino the

siurface. was seen in the Walaeimini roelk-sheller at Bathiyst Llewd. At Stewart

River the Barunguan people valiie their stones hivhly, for there is no available

rock in the viernity—the specimens dlustrated were stated to have been obtained

132 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

by trade from the Coen, distriet, forty miles away: these mills (fig. 165-166) are

used for preparine food and also for evinding ochre for paints. Baler shell is

utilized for makine dishes as well as for spearthrower ornaments, Nautilus,

trochus, and oyster shell are formed into neck-pendants and other objects of

adornment,

Le ae

173 Paes hr

Fip, 170-171, Wooden mallets from Barnnguan Tribe, Stewart River, qa Walmbaria Tribe,

Wlinders Islind. Wig. 174-174. Wooden implements used by women tor digging up wuter-lily

roots; Kakolamalama Tribe, Princess Charlotte Bay. Pig. 174-170. Pads used when carrying

heavy objects on the head; 174, puperbark pad, Mokolimplionna Trihe, Prineess Charlotte Bay;

I75-17, paperbark- and grass-pads, Mutumui Tribe, Barrow Point aid Cape Melville,

Polished stone axes were formerly im use, but no exwmuples were obtained

locally; the large example shown (fig. 168) is from Mona-mona. Queensland, and

has a cane handle, but the wax cementing sobstance is missing fron it

Mallets (‘otun’), used by women for pulping various foods and for breaking

oysters, ave qoade of ironavood and other hard timbers. The Walnbaria, Barun

euan, and Mutumni tribes conimonly use the form shown in fig. 170. This js

eylindric¢al in shape, with one end abruptly narrowed to form the handle, and is

very similar in form to the @wone-heaters of Melanesian peoples. On Flinders

Island and Bathurst Tlead a much thieker, shorter, aud heavier mallet is also

made; this may be employed as an anyil as well as a pounder; the example illus-

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 133

trated in fig. 171, origmally eylindrical, has become suboyal in section owine to

continued use as a chopping-block. Both types are cui from a single piece of

wood, A similar mallet is known also to the Kokowarra people, who eall it

‘neawal’.

Short pointed sticks of hardwood for grubbing ont water-lily roots (fig.

172-1793) and the longer yam stick (of which the sharpened extremity is Shown in

fig. 77) have already been referred to (pp. 113-114).

Thick rimg-pads, which are placed on top of the head wheu leavy weights are

carried are too well-known to need description. We saw them used only by

women, who quickly fashion them from either Welalewea bark (fig. 174-175)

or grass (fig. 176); they were made by all the Princess Charlotte Bay people

encountered,

Mig. 177. Baler-sholl dish (repaired with resin) which bas been used as a ecouking pot;

Mutumui Tribe, Cape Melville,

Wines of large birds provide fans with which flies and mosquitoes are warded

off, and also Form brushes with which the tidier members of a camp occasionally

sweep out their huts; the wing of a wild woose illustrated (fie. 178) was secured

from a Barunguan man who was suffering from large open sores, aud was there-

fore particularly worried by the multitudinous flies and mosquitoes, Smoke fires

provide move efficient protection against the hordes of mosquitoes and sand fties,

aud on a still night many natives were seen carrying a smouldering root or stick

134 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

with whieh to repel the little pests, These insects worry the natives far more than

flies, and at times prevent them from sleeping; their abundance may be appreei-

ated when it is stated that in some of the riverine jungle areas the writers experi-

enced difficulty in aiming their euns owme to the obscuring of the sights by the

hovering clouds of mosquitoes, which were also attacking all exposed parts of the

hody.

Vig. 178. Wing feathers of goose, used as fly whisk and broom; Barunguan Trike, Stewart

River. Fig, 179. Bark dish; Iokolummlama Tribe, Princess Charlotte Bay, Fig. 1X0, Palin

spathe basket; Baronguan Tribe, Stewart Riyer. Fig. IS. Grass as used for making baskets;

from a cave stove; Walmbavia Tribe, Stanley tstand.

Large baler shells (Welo dimdlema) are used as water vessels, containers for

various kinds of foods, ete., and for baling canoes; they are simply prepared by

breaking away the ventral surface, the remainder forming an efficient if some-

what fragile basin. These vessels are placed on the fire to boil liquids, and con-

sequently all we saw had the outer surface jet black (fig. 177); if they become

eracked with the heat they are repaired with gum. Portions of coconnt shells and

the shells of the true nautilus (Nautilus pompilius) ave usecl as drinking vessels,

The lasi-named are not prepared in any way, but after continued use become

HALE AND TINDALE—ARORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 135

worn and blackened around the lip where soiled by the mouth; when aecidentally

eracked or perforated they are repaired with gum (fig, 167). Other shells may be

used for mixing piement—for instance, on Bathurst Tead we saw one valve of

a blacklip oyster being utilized as a ‘‘palette’? by a man painting on the walls of

a roek-shelter.

The Baruneuan people make spatulas from the thicker bones of birds and

large mammals; these are formed by cutting or erinding the bone to the desired

shape (fig, 124-127), The end is smooth, rounded, and spoon-like, and we were

told that these implements are utilized to gouge the meat from a species of ur

(not the coconut) found at Stewart River and other places, We cid not see the

bone awls mentioned by Roth (1),

‘

Bark vessels of the ‘pleat-type’’ were seen in a camp of the Kokolamalamia

people; they are mace of stiff bark, the ends of whieh are bent wp and pleated so

as to forme a troneh. A spike of palmwood is thrust through the pleats to told

them im position (fig, 179). The Walmbaria natives manufacture paper-bark

vessels by neatly pleating the ends and tying them around with twine. Palm-

spathe baskets are extensively used by the Barineguan people, They are made

Vig. 182. Palm spathe basket used as Fig, 183. Method of carrying palm spathe

trade; Bavanguan tribe, Stewart River. cradle; Darungusn Tribe, Stewart River,

from a single large piece of leaf. The sides and ends are bent up, and then the

outer portions of the latter are folded in and stitehed throneh at the top (fig.

180).

Some of the baskets of this type ave relegated to the ecarrvyme of babies, and

are not used for food (fig. 182); in this ease the handle is not usec and the basket

containing the baby is supported on one shoulder, where it is held in position with

(4) Roth, North Qld, Ethnography, Bull. vi, 1908, p. 25,

136 Recorps OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

one ot both hands (fig. 183), Around the camp women carry their children

straddled across the hip, or, in the ease of youne babies, held against the side, with

the hand beneath the ehild’s buttocks and the forearm behind its back; the basket

is used when they are travelling lone distances.

We selected about 70 dilly bags from amongst those in use by the Princess

Charlotte peoples met with, and photovraphs of a few of these are reproduced in

Fig. 184-192, Typos of dilly-hags from Princess Charlotte Bae; 145 and IST, gre nine

with knatted technique, the others hourglass; 184-185, Mutamui Tribe, Cape Melville and Darraw

Point; 186-188, Baruiguan Tribe, Stewart River; TS-190, Wahnhuaria Tribe, Stanley sland;

191, Walmbarin Tribe, Bathurst Wend; 192, Kokulamiulaisa Tribe, Table Hill, Prineess Char

lotte Bay.

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 137

fig. 184-192; the mesh of the nets obtained is mostly the hour-glass or double-loop

pattern, although the knotted netting stitch pattern is rather common. The bags

are of all sizes, from three inches to two feet in diameter; some are of fine mesh,

and used (like certain baskets) as strainers (see p. 115); larger ones are utilized

‘

for collecting screw palm nuts and similar foods; others are employed as ‘‘ecarry-

alls’’ for desirable odds and ends. In this last connection it may be interesting to

note that the contents of a dilly-bag examined in a Baranguan natives’ camp

were; three spear-smoothers of hardwood; a sheath studded with jequirity seeds,

for the ends of firestieks; prepared wattle-bark and grass for string; wallaby

sinews ; beeswax and gum; fragments of red ochre; and a small quantity of string

made from grass.

Fig. 198, Method of making dilly-bag with hourglass feehnique; Walnbaria Tribe, Flinders

Island,

Much of the twine for dilly-bags and many other purposes is prepared from

the fibres of Livistona, as described by Roth (2°), and the barks of wattles

(Acacia) are also used. Acacta bark is soaked in salt water, and when thus pre-

pared is reddish-brown in colour, String from Acacta and Livistona are used

alternately in some dilly-bags, so that a transverse striped pattern of brown and

white is produeed. Various other barks are used in the preparation of thicker

string, such as that used for large fishing nets and for the mooring ropes of

canoes.

(20) Roth, North Qld. Ethnography, Bull. i, 1901, pp. 9-10, pL ii, figs. 8-11.

138 RECORDS OF THE $A. MUSEUM

Bie 198% shows a Hlinders Island bag in the makine, stretched between the

Lwo sticks sloping away from the operator, who is invariably a woman. The bavk

fibre is kept soaking in water, ancl about six feet of the two-stranded twine is

prepared at a tome, the excess being wound loosely around the two sticks during

the preparation.

Wallaby tendons, wentioned above, are obtained in the usual way; a simul

transverse cut is wade near the end of the tail, and the portion beluind the cut is

pulled off. the tendons stripping out with it; when required they are rendered

supple by damping and chewing.

198

Pig, 144-190. Grass baskets (fwined technique); 194-195, Walmbaria Tribe, Flinders

Islvnd; 196-198, Barunguan Trihe, Stewart Rivers 199, Hileman Tribe, Mona-mona.

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTILT QURENSLAND 139

In the same tribes baskets are made by the twining technique. Two von-

tintious strands of grass fibres are twisted about vertical rigid or flexible bundles

of fibre, An elonwate evlindrical form with rounded bottom (fig. 194, 196, 197) 1s

wanufachured in great numbers, but a type with a very wide imouth is also made ;

that shown in fiy. 195 was obtained from a Walmbaria native. As with the dilly-

baws, some of the baskets have handles of string, split cane, or pandannus. The

small type (fie. 199), with a forehead strap, both ends of which are fixed to one

side of the rin of the basket, is conumon in the Mona-moua district, on the coast

east of Cains. Th ix carried on the back, and the louver strap is supported on the

forehead,

As pointed out by Davidson (21) twined baskets ave the most primitive form

recognizable, and were mace by the extinet Tasmanians.

Amoug the Walmbaria the raw materials for the manmitfaeture of camp uten-

sils, weapons, ete, and even prized weapons. are stowed away and tuedden in

erevicees of voek-shelters and other suitable situations. A bundle of grass fibre

(fiv. 181). for baskets. was taken from a store of this material ina small cave on

Stanley Island,

CLOTHING AND ORNAMENT,

Contact with Asiaties and Europeans has naturally influeneed the clress of

the Princess Charlotte Bay people, and when first in the eoupany of strangers

some Kuropean clothine is worn by most of the younger men and women. Youn

virls, when not otherwise covered, wear pubic tassels of string, but uo clothing is

considered necessary for young boys. Old men wear at least a strip of paper-bark

or Other material depending from a waist-cirelet, and covering the genitals.

Apart from this many of the old methods of personal adormmeut are continued.

As mentioned elsewhere in this paper, decoration of the body with paint,

searring, and the knoekine out of a front incisor have special significance. These

practices and decorative objects, like the bean lee-ratiles (whieh ave similar to

the yoannt rattles figured by Haddon (27) ). used by women diving dancing (fig.

200), certainly increase the personal vanity of the individnal. and may all be

recorded therefore as ‘ornaments’. Certain objects, such as uct dresses, hair

pendants, compound ¢hain—or rolled—strines, and wooden pendants, worn cra

ing mourning and funeral ceremonies, have already been referred to; with such

associations the articles are not altogether to be considered ornamental. in facet,

they haye a rather depressing influence on the wearer, and he discards them after

atime so that he will not continue to feel mournful,

(21) Davidson, Journ. Polynesian Sov., 42, 1988, pp. 247-299.

(#2) Haddon, Anthrop. Exped. to Torres Straits, yi, 1908, p, 812, fiz, TU.

140 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The hair (and in men the beard also) is generally kept close-cropped ; during

mourning periods it is allowed to grow unchecked,

Most of the men and many of the women have the septum of the nose pierced,

and wear various kinds of ‘‘nose-pegs’’; these often consist of a smooth eylin-

drical piece of wood or bamboo (fig. 46 and 48). and if a pee of this type be at

all large it considerably alters the appearance of the face as seen in profile.

Several Bartiunguan men were scen wearing euryed nose-pins cut from ribs of the

whorls of the Megalatractus shell (fig, 201 and 207); some of these were large,

seven or cieht inches in length, and at a little distance the persons wearing them

200

hig. 200. Woman’s Jeg rattle of halved goanut shells; Walmbariy Tribe, Flinders Island.

Hig, 201. Barunguan men wearing nose ornament made from earina of a shell (Megalotractus

wruanis), Stewart River (compare fig. 207).

appeared to have long nioustaches of the ‘walrus’? type, As far as could be ascer

tained nose ornaments have no ceremonial significance amongst the Princess

Charlotte Bay people, and are worn simply as decorations.

A few of the men had the lobes of the ears piereed anc artificially distended,

and on oceasion thrust through these holes objects similar to those worn in the

nose, Small implements and utensils are also occasionally fastened in the ear-

lobe, which thus becomes a convenient temporary repository.

Necklaces, particularly those made fron. Nowtius shell, are plentiful Those

secu in the Princess Charlotte Bay districts consisted of small rectangular picers

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 141

of the shell, each piece pierced with a single hole. The shell is strung on two

strings of Linistona fibre, which are made to pass through the hole from opposite

sides, so that the pieces of shell closely overlap. That shown in fig. 202 was made

by the Walmbaria, 208 by the Kokolamalama, 204 by the Barunguan, and 205 by

the Mutumui tribesmen. These necklaces are worn by women and children, ocea-

sionally also by men, but are apparently rarely used as fillets. The example in

fir, 203 has a larger ovate piece of Nautilus shell at one end of the double string ;

this pendant hangs at the back of the neck.

Fig. 202-206. Shell ornaments; 202, Walnmbaria Tribe, Flinders Island; 203, Kokolamelams

Tribe, Table Hill, Princess Charlotte Bay; 204, Bronnguan Tribe, Stewart River; 205, Mutumnui

Tribe, Barrow Point; 206, Lileman Tribe, Mona-mona,

A necklace formed of rather large, suboval pieces of Nawlilus shell, each

pierced with two holes and strung on a single string, was obtamed from Mona-

mona (Hileman tribe). This type (fig. 206), according to Roth, may have been

bartered from the Carpentaria coast.

Hillets of string or other material are sometimes wound tightly on the head—

not as an ornament, but to cure headache.

Grass and reed necklaces (fig. 208-209), whieh consist of scores of shart

pieces of the stem strung on a string, are often made. They may be of consider-

able length, but are not so highly valued as the shell ones.

142 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEuM

Portions of Newlilus and peari-ovster shell, eround to an oval or blade-liké

shape, are pierced at one end, threaded on a string, and hung around the neck;

the shell rests on the breast (fig. 210-214). At fig. 215 is an unpierced pearl-shell

ornament, while fig, 212 shows a pendant of two pieces of the shell. This last

Fig, 207. Shell (Megalotractus) nose-pin. Fig. 208-209, Reed necklaces; Walmbaria

Tribe, Stanley and Wlinders Islands. Fig. 210-15, Shell pendants; 210, Nautilus shell, the

mMhers pearl shell; 210-211, Walmbaria Tribe, Flinders Island; 212, Walmburta Tribe, Mlinders

[Sand and Bathurst Head; 213, Walmbaria Tribe, Stanley Island; 214, Kokolamalamu Tribe,

Table Hill, Prineess Charlotte Bay; 215, Barungnan Tribe, Stewart River,

example is of interest in that one of the shells was ground on Flinders Islaud and

the other was made at Bathurst Tlead, on the mainland, and eventually obtained

by barter by the Barunguan native who was wearing if. Pearl-shell pendants are

more plentiful than any other kind on the coast and are more sought after.

Pandanus armlets (fig, 216-217) are quickly made. A strip of screw palin

leaf, twenty inches or so in Jeneth and from one to two inches in width, is used:

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 143

the method of manutaeture is similar to that deseribed by Roth (7#) for other

tribes, namely, one end of the strip is split into tags, and a corresponding number

of slits made near the other end. The leaf is first rolled to the desired diameter,

and the tags are passed through the slits and knotted inside the armlet. The

Fig, 216-217, Paoidaius leaf armlets; Walntiaria bribe, Stanley Tshiul Big. 218, Por

tions of a waist belt; Barunguan Tribe, Stewart River,

veatness of the tay auc slit join varies considerably. Some of the Walmbaria

natives cut one end into from ten to twelye tags, and ria a sharp tool across the

outer surface of the leaf at the base of the tags, ensuring that ihe latter casily

bend down through the slits na straieht line; others ave not so particular, and

form an irregular seam with only a few tags pushed through aud knotted.

Fig. 218 shows a type of waist-belt, or waist-cirelet, which is now apparently

rather rare in the tribes encountered; it is only one-cighth of an inch to three-

sixteenths of an inch in diameter at the widest part, and is from four to six feet

in leneth, This kind of ornament was seenred from the Mutamui and Barunguan

(28) Roth, Novth Qld. Ethnography, Bull, 1, 190), p. 1, ploy.

144 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

people. It is made from a strip of yellow fibre or bark, wound closely around two

lengths of two-ply Livistona string, aud bound with a single ply of the saine fibre;

the latter is passed over one side of a turn of the cane-strip, then drawn down

between the two strings and across the opposite side of the turn, Thus the con-

pleted article is yellow with a longitudinal median blackish line of the fibre on

each side. Inthe Mafulu district of Papua a similar yellow fibre. obtainable from

a species of orchid found only in the mountains, is an important article of trade

with the coastal people.

A single string may be used as a deeorative waist belt (and is also used as a

ligature to relieve abdominal pains). The natives obtain a certain amount of

Kuropean cotton material, and in sonte eases this is adapted to form armlets, belts,

ete. A flour-bar may be picked to pieces and the material mace into twine for

chain mourning-strings, waist-cirelets, or armlets, Ai Flinclers Island we dis-

carded a length of cinematograph film; the natives eagerly secured this, and

wound pieces of it around the waist as a cirelet, The black and red paper baek-

ings of our Kodak roll-films were similarly nsed.

NARCOTICS.

When ample tobacco is available smoking is indulged in fo excess until the

supply is exhausted or considerably depleted. Eyen small children smoke, often

to such an extent that they become drugged and sick. The praetice seems to be a

newly acquired one, and appears to have entirely supplanted any earlier forms

of narcotics that may have been indulged in,

Tubular smoking-pipes—evlinders with one end closed and with a small

lateral hole near the closed end—are still quite conimon. Bamboo is the usual and

preferred material; all the coastal tribes of Princess Charlotte Bay depend upon

drift-bamboo for their supply, and as the current which earries this to their

shores operates only for a limited period each year these pipes are prized, are

used for long periods, and, if necessary, are repaired with wax or gum.

Photographs of a selection of the pipes secured in Prineess Charlotte Bay are

reproduced in fig. 219-225. At fig. 219 is a large example which belonged to a

Walmbaria man; this is three feet six inches in length, and is decorated with

alternate bands of red ochre and pipe clay, leaving an unpainted space in the

middle. The second and smaller pipe (220) was also the property of a Walmbaria

man; this is decorated with a few lozenge-shaped and triangular markings, pro-

dneed hy scraping away the cortex of the bamboo. At 221 is a much-tused pipe

marked with eight or nine nes cut or scored around its circumference at itervals

of about three to five inches; these are not apparent in the figure. The pipe

ITALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 145

helonged to Ambatalmini, who was the dominant oldl man of the Mutumui tribe

in 1907. The example ai 222 came from the Mack River; it is wmusually slender,

heing two feet two inches in length and only half an inch in diameter inside; and

Big. 219-224. Bamboo tobacco-pipes; 219-221, Walmbaria Tribe, Flinders Islami; 222,

Mutumui Tribe, Cape Melvillo; 228, Barunguan Tribe, Stewart River; 224, Mutumui Trihe,

Mack River, Fig. 228. Wooden pipe; Kokolimatana Tribe, Table TAIT, Princess Charlotte Bay,

shows how bamboo not particularly suited for pipes may be used when no other

is available. The old pipe at 223 is from a Barunguan camp; the surface has

been worked by skinning off the cortex for one and a half inches from the open

end: it is coated with wax to support the mouth, which has split, owing to

removal of the outer laver of the bamboo. A Flinders Island pipe, similarly

skinned and extensively repaired with gum, is shown at 224. The last exainple

(fix, 285) is an old pipe made from a length of hollow bough; if is only one foot

four inches in length, with an inside diameter of one and a quarter mehes, One

end is blocked with em, and the small lateral apertare is bored further from the

elosed end than in any the bamboo pipes examined. This was used by a Koko-

lanalama num. UH has become eracked, and has heen repaired with gun,

The manner of using these pipes has been well described; the tube is filled

with smoke by a man smoking a European pipe, or a pipe manufactured on those

lines, and the smoke is then inhaled by him or his friends, usually through the

small lateral hole. With the aid of one of these eylinders a man can inhale bis

smoke more than once, or Gan share it with others.

146 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEuM

ROCK-PAINTINGS.

The surfaces of large and easily accessible roek-shelters usually bear paint-

ings. Those which it is intended to discuss were selected from large series present

in the huge Endaen cave, in the shelter at the Wakarma camp, in the two Worei

retreats, and in the Walacimini shelter. These probably offer a fair sample of the

variety and types of designs which oeeur on the walls and roots of the wet-aveather

retreats of the Walnbaria natives. As the pigments are usually dull red, yellow,

and black against a brown rock background, and do not lend themselves for good

photographie reproduction, our illustrations in the main are sketches of the

originals, almost all drawn to seale, Other sketches than the series here pre-

sented were made, but have been omitted because we were unable to obtain definite

and confirmatory evidence from the natives as to the objects whieh they are

tended to represent.

The Walmbaria natives readily furnished details regarding each of the

drawings represented. Some of the figures obviously represent the animals and

objects they are intended to depict, but in certain eases the subject is far less

evident. Doubtless nuch depends upon the skill of the individual artist, and

doubtless also continual copying and reeopying of particular designs by different

artists has led to the development of conventional forms.

The native purposely exaggerates certain features in his pictures, partien-

larly those of a phallie nature, The genitalia ave often given great prominence in

drawings of human figures. The abdomens of moths and butterflies are shown

(sproportionately large, possibly because the bodies (as distinet from the wings

of the inseets) are edible, and thus make a stronger impression on the aboriginal

nund,

It is doubtful whether (except in a few of the series mentioned below) indi-

vidual drawings bear any direet relationship to one or more of the adjoining

figures—that is to say, in the main cach seems to haye been an entity ; no ‘“pieture

story’’ has been attempted. No appreciation of relative size was noted; a por-

poise five inches in length was shown alongside a moth covering seven and a halt

inches by six inches of wall-space, and rubbing shoulders with a man only four

inches from head to heel. The pictures may be compared with the drawing of a

child, which often bears little resemblance to the actual subject, but which never-

theless conveys to the artist a vivid impression of the object depicted, fn many

cases the artists have made no attempt to orient their pietiures, and on an upright

wall space, or on a roof, the figures are drawn in just where they will fit. All

drawings on a small portion of the Endaen shelter are shown in the top part of

fig. 226 to illustrate this. .A few definite series of figures do exist, however, and

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 147

a connected set of markings interspersed and overlaid with other drawings is

reproduced in fig. 232, showing part of the Walaemini shelter. In most of the

shelters the picture are of different ages, some are almost obliterated, and partly

erased examples are commonly overlaid by newer pictures. A few are decorative,

like the designs on weapons, implements, turtle heads, ete., but unlike the last-

named apparently have no utilitarian or symbolical purpose. Walmbaria men

deseribed rock-paintings of special and magical significance on Clack Island (see

p. 91). Cunningham and another member of one of King’s expeditions visited

this island in 1821. After describing the geological features, he notes (7+) that

on the south-east part ‘‘there is a horizontal stratum of black schistose rock,

which was of so soft a consistence that the weather had excavated several tiers of

ealleries; upon the roof and sides of which some curious drawings were observed :

.... they were executed upon a ground of red ochre .... and were delineated by

dots of a white argillaceous earth, which had been worked up into a paste. They

represented tolerable figures of sharks, porpoises, turtles, lizards, ... . trepang,

starfish, clubs, canoes, water-gourds, and some quadrupeds. .... The figures,

besides beine outlined by the dots, were decorated all over with the same pigment

in dotted transverse belts. Tracing a gallery round to windward, it brought me

to a commodious cave... . sufficiently large to shelter twenty natives. Many

turtles’ heads were placed on the shelfs or niches of the excavation. The roof and

sides of this snug retreat were also covered with the uncouth figures... .’’. Roth

saw these paintings on Clack Island and illustrated some of them (7”).

As is to be expeeted in coastal shelters, a vast number of the drawings exam-

ined by us represent marine creatures. Animals living in the serub-lands, human

figures, and native implements have also reeeived due attention. A few designs

are admittedly only decorative, and a number are meaningless to the present-day

representatives of the Walmbaria people.

Throughout the reproduced sketches the colours are indicated as follows:

White—outline only; red

cross-line shading ; yellow—dotted shading; reddish-

yellow—dot and line shading combined; black—solid black. In the main the

general colour scheme is thus made moderately elear in the line illustrations,

although the method has some disadvantages; a few clear interspaces, for in-

stance, may possibly be construed as representing white instead of bare rock.

The Walmbaria people collect pipe-clay for preparing these drawings from

a deposit on the southern side of Flinders Island. At least some of their red

ochre comes trom Starke River, whence it is obtained by trading.

(24) King, Survey Coast Aust., ii, 1827, pp. 26-27.

(25) Roth, Aust. Assoc, Adv. Science, ix, 1902, pp. 498-495, pl. xiv.

148 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Endaen Shelter,

All drawings on a five-foot strip of the wall of this shelter are shown above

the dotted line in fig. 226; the remaining sketches are selected from our notes, and

occur on different parts of the shelter.

The paintings in this retreat are the work of the Stanley Island group of

the Wahubaria tribe; some of them have been executed during the last twenty

years, but the origin of others is not known to any of the present inhabitants (see

d), As usual, they are of two general types; in one an object is simply out-

lined in colour or filled in solidly with one eolonr, but in the other a more ornate

effect is produced by mareining or banding the figure with different colour.

hoie dy Py ge 8, and w may be taken as examples of monochrome figures, while

more ambition has been evidenced in the execution of most of the others, two

colours having been used.

Some of the figures (for instance, the turtles, dugone, cassowary, frog, and

most of the fish) are fairly obvious representations of the animals ecancerned. One

of the most simply drawn, or conventionalized, of the paintings is that of a flying-

fish (p); this consists of seven yellow strokes each the width of a finger,

When questioned about the figure e (whieh appears with variations in several

coastal shelters) the natives brought us a smooth, pink Tolothiian whieh this

drawing is supposed to represent. The common blackfish, another Ilolothurian

which was abundant, was shown to them, but they stated that this was not the

subjeet—tandi’, the paler sea-shig, was the one depicted, The amorphons mass

at one end represents the filamentous Cuyierian organs which a few species eject

when alarmed.

The human figure at a has the head pointing to the right; the legs are shown

in a squatting position, and between them is a large pair of testicles. A grotesque

dancing man (7) is drawn around a eavity in the rock: other cavities (see 4 and

uv) have colour patterns around them, in some eases merely a decorative effect

being aimed at. The small fish ealled ‘mornn’, shown in g, lives in the MATIZTOVE-

swamps, but we were unable to ascertain the species; it is not the abundant mud-

skipper (EBuchoristopus kalolo) of the vicinity. Other designs consist of the

familar cirele-patterns, double-headed figures, men, ete. Photographs of part of

the roof and a small portion of the lower part of one wall are reproduced in fig.

161. The last-named shows a mother with her newly born baby, with the nmbil-

ical cord conneeted ; in this picture may be seew a large square block of stone on

which pigments are ground. Other drawings, including a recently executed one

of a trepang entier, are indistinetly shown on the wall above some turtle-heads

(fig. 159),

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 149

RED......., QS

YELLOW... . aed

Qos e

QS SESS SSS

Pig. 226, Roek paintings in Endaen shelter; Wrlmbaria Tribe, Stanley Island; a, man

(heangai); b, goanay ¢, fresh-water turtle; /, partly obliterated old paintings; e, holethurian

(fimdid; f, devil ray or dinmond fish (foal); og, eurlew Curnituenl) > fi, eassewary track; 7, 9

lish—Cantherines—(wongani) ; 7, frog (tarai); ky shovelaosed ray (atiwnl) 3 1, female dugone

(rauntowera) ; 1a, dog puppy with wobilival cord; 2, advineed hunian foetus; a, turtle; p, flying

fish (vindwerta); q, smadl fish Guerun); 7, jelly fish Colel)y 4. coasowary; ¢, daneing man;

wot, deeorative patterns; uw, carpet snake: av, long-tailed stingray (fombiembiu). a, s, and we

are not drawn to the seale indicated,

150 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Wakarma Shelter.

The pictographs in this small retreat are chiefly depieted in red, and the

artists seem to have had a predilection for ‘double-headed’? human figures, de-

seribed to us simply as ‘Smen’’; their double heads may possibly be intended to

Wie, 227. Rock printings in Wakarma shelter; Wahobaria Tribe, Bathurst Heads a, by a, ft,

human figures; ¢, turtles ¢, aetapms; c, moth; f, voek Tizard.

represent ceremonial head-dresses ; there are about ten of these figures in different

paris of the shelter. A few selected illnstrations are shown in fie, 227. The

painting at is that of a walking man with a very large penis.

East Worei Shelter.

There ave a number of paintings on the smoke-blackened roof of this retreat,

most of them being under a foot in leneth; they are drawn in white pipe-clay and

ved ochre. A few representative designs are shown in fie. 228.

Pig. 228, Rock paintings in East Worei shelter; Walmbaria Tribe, Bathurst Heads a,

turtle; b. eroeodile; ¢ f, 7, emu tracks; dd. stingray; e, dugeng,

The emu-tracks, ¢, f, and gy, are of yery different sizes. The drawing of ihe

stinvray (7) has a stranee appearance, and differs a great deal from one of the

other drawings of this fish on Stanley Island (fie. 226, 2). Several other draw-

ings are fairly well defined, and there are traces of many almost obliterated

figures. One of the most recent represents a irepang entier, a type of vesscl

which has only become common along the coast within the last three decades.

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 151

West Worei Shelter.

On the high wall face of this shelter are many very old and faded outlines of

large size. The pietographs which are clearly traceable are shown in fig. 224,

These desigus econyey no special meaning to the present-day natives; the five

on the left appears to be that of a quadruped.

Uy,

‘iy

FEET L

Pig. 229. Ancient paintings in West Worei shelter; Walmbania Tribe, Bathurst Tend,

Walaeimini Shelter.

Owing to the rugged nature of the roek-surface, few smooth spaces of large

area are available in this shelter, and consequently most of the hundreds of

drawings on the walls and roof are of a foot or less in length (fig. 250-251). As

in the Endaen shelter red ochre and pipe-clay are the main pigments used; an

oveasional figure is depicted in yellow ochre. In the inain the figures are solid

red, or ave broadly outlined in red; in many the red designs are margined with

white lines or with a series of approximated white dots applied with a finger tip;

some of the figures are stippled all over the solid eround-colour with white dots,

Some of the drawmes appear to be rather older than the others, but no definite

break in technique or design could be discernect.

A ten-foot strip of the baek and roof near the northern end of the low eave

is shown in fig, 282. Owing to the length it has heen necessary to divide this into

two parts, placing the right-hand portion below the Jeft part. On the lower part

of this wall is a lone line of upright markings (some of whieh are enclosed in a

semi-circle) and a trident-like fieure, obviously forming a connected series; the

natives did not know the meaning of these old designs, some of which are shown

also in fie, 231. Above and around them are paintings of more recent origin and

remains of even older figures. On the roof are two butterflies, not distinguished

152 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

by the natives from woths (@) and a flvine-fish ()); much more effort has been

expended in the last-named than in the simpler delineation of the same subjeet in

the Kndaen shelter (compare fig, 226, p).

Pig, 240-251. Paintings in the Walueimini shelter; Walubaria Tribe, Bathurst Head,

A well-drawn honey-bee appears on the back of the cave (¢) ; this is exeented

in vellow ochre, outlined and banded with red. Ationest other designs are repre-

sentations of a devil ray or diamonil-fish (ed), a dugong (e), a spear-thrower (/),

and two human hands (g and 4); the hands are not of the usual steneil type, but

are ‘free-hand”’ drawings. The drawing of the devil ray is of imterest when

compared with the figure of the same fish in the Endaen shelter (fig, 226, /), for

it Shows how variable may be the rendering of similar subjeets by different artists,

The sketches reprodueed in fig, 238 represent paintings whieh oeenr on

different parts of the roof and back, near and at the south-eastern end of the

shelter.

HALE AND TINDALE—ARBORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 153

Several kinds of pietures are very common in this part of the shelter, par-

fienlarly small homean figtiires, lizards, stencitled hands, and moths. The lizard (1)

is blocked in with red ochre, ts surrounded with a margin of white finver-stipple

dots, and has several bars of similar dots across the tail, In three of the human

figures the genitals are given great prominence. The testicles of one man (b) are

NI >

sry

Nats

NaN

wens oh" to =.3 ‘

a i= Nan :

SESSA — ae

a 4 5

SSSR S >

. S832 =

> SEPES 8 SOO NS

g gst STFS § Sey PSs 5

sezgy Fss yerse Ss 3 F B =

SsePSF gsi Ss Sig 8s Ss = = = 3

FP PY Tse ySrse 8 S$ SFE Ss dX:

= . TSPTS SF sy FTP EEE

a t sz 8s s

SSeS FTES SREY

~§sy se_ FS RS

Sg > = =

NNN Lae

~y s£8 SF 8

er Ml ia

“PooHFl

& =

& & Ns

‘ S Ne N Saas

aR i NE CaS: N wx sg

Ly ot LLL: : N Sa

Ye Sy pee sees ; SS Ss.

‘ ys SX gi SINS egy oad) 888

as © YX _ x “ga dl Sse ee gear & § SS SNL

ie sey f HANAN FSS

\..), NN: go eR EESLE SS PSST EY SS SF egsisss

stas 3s SX & § ¥S$ 8 N S$ Fs EF SE RS SES ESS

28s sg = x = NN SY = NaS $3

HAESL SL SEES ESS SS ETERS

Fig, 242. Two portions of wall of Walneimini shelters; Walmbarin Tribe, Bathurst Herds

a, moths; b, flying fish; ce, lee; a, devil ray or dinmond fish; ©, dugong; /, spearthrowers

g and hy human hands, :

154 RECORDS OF TIE S.A. Museum

disproportionately large, while the piefure at (vt) was said to represent a Tittle

woman with a big vulva; aloneside the last is a man with an enormous penis.

The frigate-bird is as sinyply dvawn as the flyine-fish previously mentioned (fie.

226, p), and consists practically of three broad finger-strokes: nevertheless, the

Big, 233. Selected paintings in Walaeimini shelter; Walmbaria Tribe, Bathurst [Terel;

a, ligard; bye, anid vu, men Cheangal); d, tragate bird Coreti); 6 and fy star fishes; ¢. Cephalopod:

fool b, turtles; Gaon oe, Wuman handle; ifr, anid, butterties and moths (mot jala) 3; 2, spenr

throwers dd, wornan (ngumbul); py, fresh-water cravlish; a, vam; x, frog (harai); f, wneecog

nized; 4, porpoise; 27, kingaroo, partly obliterated; iy (vdanant).

long body and tail, and the spreading wines are rather well sug@ested. A lone

line emuates from one of the star-fishes on the roof (e), and this is supposed to

indicate the track. We bave already mentioned that in drawings of butterflies

nd moths the size of the abdomen is wreathy exaggerated, A marked feature of

pictures of invertebrates having autemnae is that the cephalon and its appendages

ave drawn vither as a Yo or as a short stalk carrving a crescent, the arms of the

last-named. or the fork of the Y, representing the antennae, This is evidenced in

d/. ip, aud w, showing fresh-water erayfish and moths. Lt is interesting to note

IIALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 155

that the body somites of the craytish ave sugeesied—iaccurately, i is true—by

narrow white bars, but the less obvious segmentation of the abdomen of the Lepi-

doptera is rarely indi¢ated. *Motjala? Gmoths and butterflies) are depicted again

and avai in this shelter, white, yellow, and red beiue used in various eombina-

lions,

We did not learn with certainty what object is represented by the figure at y,

Dut were consistently told that it was *toanam’, Curiously enough this is the

name of the food-pounder on Korsyth aud Mornington Islands.

Que is naturally somewhat surprised to see a spear-thrower drawit in such a

crude inanner us in the painting at #&. While the artist who made this drawing

was probably quite competent to produce a smooth, shapely weapon, he appar-

ently tool little pains to record his handiwork pictorially. The pee agaiust which

the spear fits is grossly disproportionate and the baler-shell erip is lLdrawn. We

watched a inan painting a red hand similar to those at 7 and o, and the laborious

maaner of the task astonished us. The wative obtained a palm frond, and elewed

one end until it frayed sufficiently to form a crude brush (fig, 235). After mixiue

pipe-clay and water to a paste (with an oyster shell as palette) he spread his hail

flat against a rock-face, and carefully drew ait outline around the hand anc digits,

and then, removing his hana, filled in the outline solidly with red.

Mauy of the patntings are executed with a forefinger dipped in the pigment,

while, as mentioned, sttppling is produecd with the tip of this digit, The natives

areas absorbed as children during this recreation.

Other Forms of Decorative Art.

Pigment is of course applied to decoratively colour objects other than the

walls of rock-shelters, but usually for different reasons. Occasionally a paintine

depicting some definite object or other is drawn on a piece of turtle bone, or some

other convenient “‘eanyas’’, but amore usually the decoration ii uo manner

resembles the cave pictures. Fig. 234 shows portion of a turtle bone on whiel is

drawn, in red, white, aud black, the fignve of a man. This was discovered in a

crevice of the Endaen shelter. [f is reminiscent af some styles of drawings made

by natives of Torres Straits and Papua.

Apart from decorations pure and simple the desigus painted ou implements

and other objects are in the main (a#) marks of ownership or tradesnanslip, (b)

symbolical, in couneetion with ceremony and magie. Mention of such forms of

art are scattered through the pages of this report in the deseriptions of the various

aboriginal objects, but as examples of the two mein types may be mentioned (a)

the patterns on spears and other weapons, (lb) the painting of the turtletieads by

the young initiate at Stanley Island, and for magieal reasons at Clack Island, the

156 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

decoration of ‘‘ram-makers’’, mourning tablets and staves, and the ornamenta-

tion of the body with ochres and pipe-clay for various ceremonies and dances.

235

Wig. 234. Painting of human figure on turtle bone; Walmbaria Tribe, Stanley Island.

Fig. 235. Palm-frond paint brush; Barunguan Tribe, Stewart River.

MESSAGE STICKS.

While trading for old bags and baskets at Stewart River numbers of message

sticks were noted among the contents of some baskets which were being emptied

for our inspection. This led to our being able to secure a series of these interest-

ing objects; some of them were of recent date, others were old, In no case was

there any attempt made to indicate a message by symbols on the stick; the com-

munication passed verbally with the piece of wood.

The makers of the various sticks were known by peculiarities in style of

workmanship; thus these objects were evidences of good faith, giving authority

to the verbal communication. They may also have had some slight mnemonic

value.

Mention has already been made of the message stick forwarded by a Mutumui

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 157

244 | 245

ip, 286-250. Message Sticks; 286-257, Walmbaria Tribe, Flinders Tslumd; 258-248, Bar-

unguan Tribe, Stewart Riyer; 249, Mutanni Tribe, Barrow Point. Pig. 250. Hardwood peg for

spuarthrower; Barunguan Tribe, Stewart River.

158 REecoRDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

woman af Hlinders Island to her former husband, who was camped inland from

Stewart River, This stick was passed on wilh a verbal message asking that their

two children should receive names. Kie. 249 is an exaniple which had passed

between then on a former occasion and had been retained by her.

After messages have been delivered the stieks are usually retained for a long

period, being either stowed in string bags or tneked away amony the leafy eoyer-

ings of the huts.

When interest was expressecl by us, more than a hundred old ones were pro-

duced for inspection within a few moments; only ina proportion of the eases could

the message be recalled. The verbal messages related to the sending of parcels

of spears; arrangements regarding the entting of canoe trees on the Normanby

Ktiver in exchange for spears; promises to meet at specified places, either after

the elapse of so many moons, at the time when some fruit was ripe, or when eer-

lain flowers of seasonal nature were blooming, Fie, 236 and 237 show message

sticks which were in the possession of Walmbaria people, Fig, 238-248 have been

selected from a long series of old ones without associated messages which were

obtained at Stewart River (Barungman tribe).

Big. 250 represents an uncarved picee of hardwood sueh as is frequently

carried among a man’s personal effects. Lt can be adapted either as the peg of a

spearthrower or as a message stick.

LANGUAGE,

Opportunity was takew to record comparative yoeabularies of several of the

principal languages and dialeets, but tle general nature of our observations

unfortunately prevented the recording of texts whieh would have given data as to

the structure of the languages.

The vocabularies were recorded in conformation with the Royal Geographical

Society’s seheme as detailed in Notes and Queries (26), and it has been thought

wudesirable after this lapse of time to transeribe then: into any other phonetic

system. Unless otherwise indicated the ng sound is bari as in finger, not soft as

in singer, A stress accent is placed at the beginning of the enphasized syllable.

An approximation to the normal pronunciation of the word has been aimed

at. There is considerable variation even in simple words, Thus one would not

he incorrect in transeribing Enijinga, the name for the month of the Stewart

River, as enjongu, enjunga, yinjingd, yenjinga, yenijinga, ye wijunga, or yiue-

jinga, for variations which approximate to these renderings may occur amon® the

natives of the district.

Many of the Kokolamalama people talk rather indistinetly, with markedly

(26) Notes and Queries on Anthropolugy, Loudon, 4th. ed, 1912, p. 186 et seq.

HALE AND ‘TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND 159

aberrant aspirated ‘d? and ‘w’, strongly voiced ‘th’ and ‘s’ and *£? sounds which

are absent in their neighbours’ speech. 11 was noticeable that several individuals

of this tribe suffered from palatal abnormalities, and the aboye-mentioned modifi-

cations may be due to this factor, the manner of speech of the abnormal indi-

viduals having become the norm for others of the group,

In the following vocabulary there are approximately 2,000 native equivalents

for some 570 English words. The Mutumui and Walmbaria words were written

down by direct translation into English with an interpreter. The great majority

of the others were obtained as direct equivalents of these words without the use

of English.

Our notebooks suggest that the detads viven for points of the compass may

be confused.

Most of the Enelish words used in compiling the original lisis were selected

from Roth’s vocabulary of the Kokoyvimidir, in order that they might facilitate

the future comparative study of the northern languages.

The Flinders Island natives have a collective word, ngyalnlhin, for many

animal foods. Sueh terms are vate in some southern languages. In this term

they entbrace land mammals, the whale, lizards, fish, snails, shellfish, and wreen

tree ants.

The importance to the coustal and island natives of the shallow-water lishes

asa perennial food supply, such as can be speared by walking in the surf at low

water, Is shown by the extensive series of names for species of stingrays. sharks,

and other shore fish detailed in the vocabulary. In addition to those listed, many

other species whieh we were not able to recognize were made known to us by name.

A few recently introduced words are recorded in their places in the yorahu-

laries.

The origins of the native terms for some foreign articles, eg., ‘‘bottle’’.

“ou? ete, have not been recognized. Lathe Gulf of Carpentaria many of them

are of Malay origin. One word, *kalako’, for pubie tassel, is obviously Hnglish

(¢alico). The influence of visiting pearlers may be refleeted in the general Muti-

miu word for bird, ‘tori-teri’, whieh is a duplication of the Japanese word ‘tori’.

A similar origin inay be postulated for the term *kani’ for trade tobaveo. whieh

compares well with the Japanese word ‘kane’, meaning ‘money’?

The acconpanying vocabularies are placed in four colmus; in each case

there ave cialectie variations, which are shown in brackets. The few words by

Curr, ou the authority of Todgkiuson (27), from Prineess Charlotte Bay are the

only ones recorded from the district. They have been placed in tbe Enelish column

for comparison and reference, They appear to agree best with those recorded in

our voeabulary for the Baruneuan tribe.

(27) Hodgkinson, in Cure, Australian Raee, i, 1886, p. 389-391,

160

English.

above, high up .. o4

uuross, pver T. rrr

adder, death (Aemithophis

mnfarchious)

alive nie at a6

avimals oe ie

animal food; general term . .

wukle oo. aa +

ereen tree (Oeraphylha

wm,

suweeragdinin )

wt, eteen tree, female of

ant, green tree, nest of ay

urn oe ee hep

armlet ., "ary aa

urmipit .,

ushes .- te a

Jnekbone Are, ate

buek of neck “is ae

bad: wicked persen £5

log, dilly- Ds we

lag, string dilly: .. ale

Tner-shell (Mela diademe) .

bamboo (for spears und pipes)

bandicout (Leoodon imacrure)

burramundi (Srleropages

leiehardti)

bark, of tree @ oe

hasket (folded putin leaf)

lasket (twined grass) a

leach ..

heard (watta fide Curr) ..

leckon, to 2 “y

lee, nitive (T'vigaena) =

hee, honey of nutive aa

hheo, wax of native

lnewtles (Cetoniid,

Longicorn,

ete.)

behind —. _ x

helly iid os be

bird ~; ,

hitter, salty oo ="

black oo. an ie

bliekfellaw oe Le

blood Cof tan, animal or fish)

Dlow, to aw ve

blow tiy im +:

blunt oo. 24

hout (foreign ) a“

hoat, foreign two-masted

bone ote ts: Ue

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

Mutumui Tribe.

The language called

Mibole Cibele, Kipo-

lin), together with the

Ongwara (Banlatmn )

diulect (in brackets).

Walmbaria Tribe.

(Retiringa, Mba,

Woukayi).

The language called

Yalgawarra, together

with the Tartali dia-

leet (in lrackets),

utendowalo

walan'gar

Thecth ret bent asa

‘vorlpun

‘arm

wundn

aral

inta

inguin Comborir)

opuel

awul' war

*wurkun

oLwail

junku

wart

(onyin) (warnings)

wongoral (wanl)

imuar

aluvoinoboar

whew (alti)

ngandeal (ngunideal)

ariwala

wamar

olkal

winnar Owiarmaruka )

yawal

ambul

tori tori

‘inna (aetna)

tambila (wundyurd)

womol

alpu

ngakulkin

edaimbal

wundu

walela

aral

inta

mangal Cartta)

upapul (walwa)

teide

aruga (Iho, Ibon' gar)

wurungy (relia)

waraki, warawi

okotomo, olcatome

okutomo

adaala, adola

antamu

wiltia

wultyi

wiltii

iwala

pal (talalpar)

onguye

ngamo

fubayi, bord

tu piala

wawi (aimbul)

nguyulpu, ulwara

wolpii

abba (arwun)

mendayt

waruwi

Kokolamalama Tribe.

(Wunbura, Bukuba-

nambia),

The langiage, together

Barunguan Tribe.

(Ba, Baka, Banji-

ngum).

The language, together

with the YVetteneru| with the Ompeila dia-

dialect (in hraekets).] lect (in brackets),

kalwive (Giyaranmu )

Wobar —

(inalikul)

yuwar (omar)

timbatl, arcduw

(thejer)

orupun (ol warn)

nejir

armiar

tapout

warm (iwi)

rufun

erbour

arija (oppa)

{jan

debwati

mibyipor

wonum

luppie

urke bar Cigapar)

lean

(ipa)

‘ar mul

koin pampan

(ethal)

minya

woruko (ota)

Ponta

lek

wattu Cwatha)

porikit

owtntji

deilimba, tilumba

(inimpa )

fate

(Icolpa)

attinyu Cuttimyy )

oll

kawa (wiriki)

Inaynpu (imayupu)

wirki

poya, tulyl (poy)

farrat

tonga tong

paromis

kami

liril

kawitha

yuro-pahau

——

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND

161

English.

Mutumui Tribe.

(in brackets,

Ongwara)

Walmbaria Tribe.

(in brackets, Tartali)

Kokolamalama Tribe.

(in brackets,

Yetteneru)

Barunguan Tribe,

(in brackets, Ompeila)

hoomerang (witthe fide Cner)

bottle (lotsam)

hoy

hoy, small me wT

break a '

breast (chacha fide Curr) ..

hreast, nipple :

breath .. os _

hroken

brother, ete. :

bueket, or drinking vessel ..

build, (a hut) too. as

bury A sia fs

bustard, Australian (Mw poe

dotis australis)

huttertly as as

Iattoelk

ealt

etl, to. Ze

camp Owippe fide Cure)

sundlenut (flotsam from e@lse-

where)

abnor, outrigger dugout (tandi

fide Curr)

eanoe, outrigger, booms of

canoe, Outrigger of en

eanoe, paddle of

eanoe, prow of,

eatae, stern of |, a

eassowiry (Crsvarins cage

rT Hs )

eal, native

catus)

channelill (Segthraps noarde

hollanidiae)

cheek

chest

child on

child, newly born.

ehin ue ¢

chiton ., .

(Dasyurus halle

eieatrix (on chest and shoul-

ders)

elean noke hy blowing, to

clear sky aa

climh (trees), to. .

cloud He ape

eoekatoo, bhiek (Calyptorhin-

hus bankst)

eockatoo, white (Nahkatoe gals

erita) Cwattalda fide Curr)

cockle 4

coconut (flotsam). . a

cold) (pitja, in) Karnyn lan

fuage)

come, to te

kapinio

“ainjir

olngata

oy em par

oy tit

aTpoinio

yembar

talmbayopal

urpili Cowure)

awur

wondundu (wen-

dundu)

alemia, agale (alemin)

takkal

tpi

werapa

forinji

tongal

teleul

warkeal (woke)

murukaul

wakka (yawn)

eitja (eitja)

ngandear

wallu

eiti

arumbual

wowunha

arwandula

walngo

waruka

eital, ikarla

oyongi (ayumi )

worumba (lin)

wiawt (mbom)

eital

urugad

uraltoininbala

wahayala

motjala

moyu

yulpaa

Damanjal

smbawsngern

tortorwul

acai ltt

nipar

APTN

wiriapu

ulpiayi

turiene

fopanjp

wanindil

murkul (retalnga)

werta (nariti)

thitjange

warpar

takkal dul (taradn )

ambu

mateatla

tabwara

matayi

alulu

manjar

farumbu

yalyanimnai

dopal

yum

(oyanigt)

(ngaalal)

holpam

ngalutagan

phur wongal

‘ar whar

phukaneimy

urir

tuppal

dapanpo

(olowen)

‘dor liam

yalnatdiiwsa

‘arbuar (wap par)

boar

otothir

dhor-thratal

tenyungy

reikviru

tjial

mokiun

tjoitio

tyotjo, nyuwanye

fjotjo

natia Gmantapa)

kkalla (lealli)

tanju

katjabunko, lampi

(nami)

(ampoyu)

wing

awan, ping Cowan)

kuhi, wopoyi

kattu, ngeke (ngeke)

fudtala

(keila)

(paips)

162

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

English.

Mutumui Tribe.

(in brackets,

Ongwara )

Walmbaria Tribe.

(in brackets, Tartali)

Kokolamalama Tribe.

(in brackets,

Yetteneru )

Barunguan Tribe.

(in brackets, Ompeila)

tome (imperative)

come (to many) ..

complain, to _ a

cook, to, . = os

corpse .. . 23

cough, to “me ole

crab a ew =

erahb, hermit De

erab, mangrove (Vhalamita) .

erab, running (Ocypode)

eral (Seylla) 24 oe

eral (Xanthiag) .. me

eral (Uea) ae bt

erayfish or rock lobster (Panu-

lirus ornatus)

ereek, or river ., a

eracodile (Crecodilus porasus)

erocodile, nest of .-

crocodile, young .. dot

crooked, , ba a3

crow (Corvus cecilae) (telpee

fide Curr)

ery, to .. fay x

eut, to .. L a:

daytime : a

daughter (male speaking)

daughter (female speaking) .

deep down

die, to

dig, to 2. zi

lish (bark (rough )

dish (Melo shell)...

dive, to -. i.

dog, native eump

fide Curr)

(queanrga.

dug, wild (Canis faniliaris

dingo)

dream, to rf oe

drink, to

drinking vessel

dry we

duel =. -<

duck, white-headed Shelduek

(Tadorna vradjah)

duck, black (Anes supereili-

Osa)

dack, plumed whistling (Den-

droeugui eytoniy

dugonge (Mualicare dugong)..

engle (Urodaetus audax)

eur (yimpa fide Curr)

eur, pierced

(or south-east)

ent, to

eust

arwalai (arwala)

nokotakka

wiandun

waandun

ikenji

wore

ekenji

anear

enta

ogunn

arkinges

yelpal

oltamolu

anlcown

undiyi

akala

oruma

olen

fombaya

elear

yatine, yetangor

otunga

alpangear

wiyirs

tepul

oven, oyul

akkane

yatalia

onguye, ippara

tuyu

apoyi

taramba

upoyi indulka

anjai

apoyi

ambiertia

apoyi

mokowala

aya

wurungnr

watt

ogo

undala

wondeiwa

aller

urwii

wakku

tuyu

wahave

waltji

adolit

witarumbaala

ikare

adultjala

mandi

montawara

otella (rukuta)

walin

akaimo

atala

delwai

batjwandema

pipiyi

mulin

a’tur

thrimin

arfiar (ebewu)

koparing (otjorawon-

won)

ndar

angeul-anveal

wawabalo

ijun

polpol

(o'bu war)

buturhama

retal

arija (oppa)

HruMan ga

towarpanwm

towar

thredala

holpam

thderno

liu, nirula

korli

tjibivu

ulputa

Timbawiard Gtna)

mollir

i’moyu

ETE T TTT |

paku

munlen

ngapi (ngapu)

(tieta)

bungako (tawaya)

oll

tilumba Qvanam)

kouga, okokoyi

iurkamu

tumpi (tampi)

Waitai (Wataa)

yempa (yampa)

HALE AND TINDALE—-ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND

163

Mutumni Tribe.

Walmbaria Tribe.

Kokolamalama Tribe.

Barunguan Tribe.

Bpgiiel: {in brnekets, (in hawekets, Tartuli) Gn brackets, (in brackets, Ompeila)

Ongwara ) Yutteneru )

eel undal, yawnlam (ang — — kuttong-tjoir

Krila)

egy Comil fide Curr) .. | anir ara udian Wwilipu

elbow - - _- — tungu (devambar) _—— kunkol, kangula

emu (Dromaivs novae-hol-| yerkonguru (orukun- thrimuy ui

landiae) (hoonwil file Curr)

evening: a \e

excrement -

aye (toontree fide Curr) we

eye, to open a fo

eye, to shut als

eyebrow

eyelash an

fall down, to

fan, to

far away a

fat, or grease

fat, solid ae a.

father .. .

father, adopted _-

father’s brother .,

father's father. , ete

father's mother

father's sister out of

fibre, red wattle-bark

fibre, palm (Liviytona) as

fig tree, nmutive (Fiews) ;

finger _. “1 .“

finger, little

finish =. -

fire (yuma, fide Curr, yuma,

Karyn ‘'ribe)

firelight (metal, Karnyu Tr, )

firesticks, (A),

(B)

firewood oe ve

fish (yunpoo fide Curr) yala,

Karnyu Tribe)

fish, — musl-

kalolo)

fish, rock ead .

fish, stone (Synaneeja)

fish, trumpeter (Lelates)

fish, dorsal spines of

fishhook, pearl-shell

fishing net, oval frame

fishing net, big meshed oval, .

fish, seules of ‘ae

fish, tail of an .

fish, diamond ray (Manta), .

fish, stingray adc *

Thuse twirler

(Buchoristapis

fish, stingray (another apec-

ies)

guru)

éelanitu, elarnniatiy

(ungulutu)

slatowangapola

ngarimaul

gugutjil

larumingu

oli

wotte

ngonti

nearta, vinba

wepal

tunul

wand

mikur

wong

motumarayi

tomimur

oda

wonha (ulin)

ermal po

ngandu

wonhbsida (redier)

wonhatakku (lirawu )

monjela

wayalgala

onkara

apayala

ngonda

wiakai

kagai

kagai, oayi

pariugai

tubigad

pakai

tumbiara

ugaral

yikuwaruka

winds

windi (andindi)

wisngul

ngawu

ngawu (uwala)

oradula (A), toroko

(B)

NewAWiL

eidi

murayi

weipal

mutyunmal

tandeina

alnji

abi, wanda

woriri

wotoal

oboi

talal

ngovie

tumbeimer

WOranL

buddan (eratjar)

(erotana)

nyirwhiril

thruma

(outjar)

(yiai)

(yeter)

(ouyi)

eifjelwuni

rembarin

(hran, kein (athi)

thrantowha, weuman

(yuwai, ewan)

awar

ardan

(ureida)

thoarwiti

(nampi)

tonftoyu (fhumtui)

milmoya, yuanko

(yankoe)

watje

miata

kaikera

okr, uunge, tumma

tomongi; wudni (A),

tadni (BH)

minya, bangana (pon

gan)

tatila

toitu, piita (pita)

yua, (jalke, wonka

luntitha, Waalki

(banlki)

piukura

164

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

English.

Mutumui Tribe.

(in brackets,

Ongwara)

Walmbaria Tribe-

(in brackets, Tartali)

fish, stingray (Dasvatis kuhlit)

fish, stingray, cxudul spine of.

five (also many) .. ef’

flat. v4 +4 te

fly (Musea) ye ect

food a ia rar

foot (lakke fide Curr) .

forearm oo wy

forehead wh de

four ee oe we

fresh. a i

frigute bird (Mregata ap.) . -

frog (Tyla enerulen) wie

vhost shy oo

virl 23 rr

vive me _ i

voann (Vuranug gouldi) pd

go away, to Py WF

go away, (a great distance) to

go away, (a short distance) to

gu away, (for good) to x

fo away, you (imperative), .

good :4 - +

grandmother (indefinite) ,.

grasshopper ae res

green. , - we

round, earth, country

grow, to 4 &

gullet .. be zy

gum (month tissue) rn

gum, black (for spears)

gum, bloodwood .. ty

gum, mass on stick, for trad

fon a ia 7 oe

hair (men fide Curr) ar

hair, pnbie (both sexes)...

hair, under arm .. oe

half-oaste a oon

hand (hoolam fide Onrr) ..

head (mea fille Our) a4

heart .. we S

henvy .. fe oe

heel a —_ a4

here os et o-

here, very close to Bt

heron, reef (Demtedvrella

saera)

hip oe 9 is

hit, ta ., we rhs

hold, te. . an bs

hole 7 A Ma

hot (wuln, Karnyu Tribe) ,.

yerendi

Web

neawunds (orobwol)

onndnl, wundur

tetal

imbimbusl

talmal (ulman )

ngomber, onbur

takai (orerwin)

atendulia

wereanguhowale

atlenu

atten

wilnbul

anbugr

(otare)

otara (otare)

olangs

yawul

kavuwakka

marra

ekaurowakal, mellur

wiere

werekungundu

alkun (okanambai)

moyu

ambata

engoar

mali

tati

waruka

talpul

witiaala, Adamo (rolhji)

ngakulkin (animal

food only)

yedu (opeara)

mangal

(albir)

imbara

yubuyapal

oroti

(ured

nugoroyi

wartks

Waretei

wakaiyn, wokiuye

oteanga

weeri

menni

yilnjerta, woppan

'wuluyur

(adealbu

yertal

yulpal (relnbapoan)

otara

wokka (towar)

wakka tjitjal, enkel-

wakkt

wakka (atuwar’ )

mangal (kumanar)

fagen Ckolari)

wukella (rarunge)

ongul

akko

wiyeri

wilt

allcala

attenla

abitjal

Kokolamalama Tribe.

(in brackets,

Yettenern )

Barunguan Tribe.

(in bruckets, Ompeila)

komin

piaro

almbar

tim, ka‘lay mal

ruwurin

ranganu (malakappear)

twimbiar (ohonl)

nwa

theremin

yelala

Hobart Cerurwar)

nalts

nrapuila

leiwa

khiyi

(epmei)

arama

“par

putyol

ru'war

tiin Gwarepal)

(nerepelu )

etjildoa (alam)

arpaan (war)

ngenhukwan

kowam

nyil

loloyi

alkona

yali, konto

wullu (pulpnl)

tao

miftja

own, yantiln (ou)

atu, manke

palwu (palwu)

tiotjolka, wannemok-

kan

yeta Cyeta)

nearuke (ngaruke)

yalnmiai, matali

paruta

yungana (yangan )

warta

Jnilmenjima

mitt, yopoke

paanna (paan)

moti

tingkingi

(moaki!)

pil

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND

English,

Mutumui Tribe,

(in brackets,

Ongwara)

165

Walmbaria 'lribe,

(in brackets, artali)

Kokolamalama Tribe.

(in brackets,

Yetteneru )

Barunguan Tribe.

(in brackets, Ompeila )

hunt, colleet, gather, to

hushand oe oe

husband's brother

lhusband’s sister, . fs

hint ef * ih

hut, framework of

hut, bark covering af ata

in front a. it

inside :

intoxieating spirits (intro

duced)

jahiru CYenorhynchus asiati-

cus)

jelly fish - a

jequirity seeds (Abrus preea-

torius)

jump over, eross .. je

kangaroo wigan:

tes) (yearpee fide Curr)

kangaroo, big red (Macropus

robustus yar.)

kangaroo, tall black, literally

“tall

kangaroo, trea (Dendrolagus )

kaolin, white

kiek, to

knee

(Macropus

knee, hollow ut baelk of

knife, shell

enife, ston

vnguage, mame of

large

aree rimbhers

wugh, to

lead, to

eave . aye ee

level, fat

ick, to 2.

lie dawn, to abe &.,

lift, to ite ar

light (weight) |e oh,

lightning

lip ~

liver

lizard os

lizard (Lugosome)

inte

yviku

owalmun

alpina

muntuwur

ftauwu

tokanba

wongu

mangar

undundarila (tapila)

oppar

atjingi (werrer)

eibole, eipslin

mimbual

ultulwi Cutul)

talinba

oltala

undayi

kalmbtiar

leppa

nndandal

wopai

adogai

atji

adogai

arrar

iiku

waltju

waleana

aduwulu

olel

yenbun

abowarala

owaimini

rokalu

tokanhar

ingowata

teindi

aralit

tungu (ng asin

“sing” )

wakku

atwonji

yalgawara

waruka

oppi

wagaala

talvonbi

talpal

wataka

wandayi

wiambalie

tangul

tater

ngelngapepil Ceara.

whl)

warra (dir)

wonjir

monularaba, nyvaniara-

hal

(oragai)

atjra

noungathalla

tror

kouwan

rokalum

khar-inai reiangomar-

ala

arg

Marne pan

lil

almbar

tarukiedaalta

noal

manil

kolkol

whunaka OQvatanar)

(anna)

kuripeinu (sgn)

(a'gar)

kutjinityi Ckatjinatji)

polpo Gnorupo )

pung-en, ponko

waneini

neanta

onatali, wounamnba

faiweinan

kaama (saammian )

ankat (ankai)

166

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

English.

frilled

SHLUYUS )

lobster, spiny roek (Panulirus

lizard, (Chlaniuydo-

Or iiahus )

long ee 66 t+

lose, to ., a we

make, to os as

mullet, womun's inumwood- ..

man, adult 4

minn, bigs ioe —-

man, dead (eorpse)

mun, dying

mon, married

mean, old Ae aa

man, single Fs ai

man, trade of (takko fide

Chie)

man, youre its =?

Imingrave :

mangrove (edible speetes) .,

mantis (Rhodomantis sp.) —,

many oo.

mareh fly (Pabanies) <j

message stiek os 2

inidday aa

mill e; Ve =

noon Carpe fide Curr) oa

morning be -

mosquito (hulbul fle Curr),

moth Hin ie os

mother .. a4 or

mother’s mother i.

inother’s sister (elder and

younger )

movntadn ws

TMOUSE, Tative

moustiehy ag tan

mouth Okami fle Cure) “

mud en = 4

mullet. $4 -

mil Celow ) : éé

nitive companion (Gris rebe

eundus) — Cbundeelha file

Curr)

neck - a6 x:

neckliee, grass bugle aa

necklaee, pearl shell ne

necklet, pearl shell we

nice (good looking) e+

night ., st a

ny rary ae +.

Mutumui Tribe.

(in brackets,

Ongwara )

Walmbaria Tribe.

(in brackets, Tartali)

Kokolamalama Tribe,

(in brackets,

Yetteneru)

Barunguan Tribe,

(in brackets, Ompeila)

milkarian, karuyen

ekenji

yangar

eiryale Ceiryule)

wulpu (wulpu)

wandul

vinjin (ainjin)

artan

warmbrur

warnka

enti

eiku

oyuwa.

wondal (wontal)

wongwal

wondal

wular

‘arkar

marallsi

orupal

Manne

atea

anir

omurera (omen)

annenhai

mariyan (urukan)

to-otal

yaTan ban

menenbala

otun

heangai

hawaruka

tuyu

{aolpin

olpo

(tuba)

winmbur

workenlil

wendi

maka

tela’ rai pan

tujiwuin

ubo

mutpala

maid

tatjileai

kagai

wondal

ALN

wakka (lalalpar)

witati Clkearukatia)

alptr

windi

ungawn (ungiwu )

‘targir

morko

ngorupal

ngotowo

wivangai

kothul (otnaruga)

(otjorowonwon )

dia barwal

heur-ngan

mulum (anekurtin )

Kharoamai

wor

baumbuyi

arburi

fuhuri

whitjinu

thuri

mohayitha (th as im

“the )

wharmai

rein, eriet

wunares

kokal (ebar war)

tintin

neul

(amayi)

arminan

(wapar)

kalumbuar, banambda

akethoeur

(malnethal)

kurkur

nabithal Canathal)

mboyayi

heimi (woeppengeme )

awa (tawa)

jilbo

wunti wantia

(wonga wonga)

THU eV

konto, yali

mala

pungu kaya

toutu

piiti, tanyaha!

wunen (ponyi)

yoiko (yoiko)

watti (otti)

pujuna, yangan (yan

gan)

kama

wonka (wanka)

dolga (pondeila)

mania (mannu)

patja

pata

patpi

HALE

AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND

167

English,

Mutumui Tribe,

(in brackets,

Ongwara )

Walmbaria Tribe.

(in brackets, Tartali)

Kokolamalama Trihe.

(in brackets,

Yetteneru )

north (or north-east) bea

nese (muntyin fide Curr) ..

nose, pierced ve ci

nose, ornamental pin for. .

nostril ,. oO ot

old 3 ote aa

one ae ne oe

opossum, ringtail. . 2

Opossum (Trichosurus) (koo-

lin fide Oury)

order, or command, te

outside ,, we

aver 2 Le aa

oyster, mungrove, .

oyster, rock 1 +:

pad (native track or round), .

puddle ,, ne

paddle, to a4 bee

palm tree (Lirtatonen) the

palm tree, wood of a4

palm vine (“hiuwyer) 1 f

pandanns, “serewepadin

pandanus, fruit of i

pandanus, nut meat of fruit of

pearl shell by _

pelican (Pelecanus eanspicil

latius)

penis... a a

phosphorescence (in the sea)

pigeon, white 2s

plain Gevel country)

pointed, sharp in a

porcupine, native (Behidua)

porpoise (Delphinus)

prawn, snapping (Orangon)

prickly ,. > obo

pubie hair (both sexes) 7

pubic tassel (ealieo) ese

pull (up), to ibe a3

pull (along), to .. 4

push, ty 3

put down, to 33

quail (Turnix sp.) 14

qnick .. = o

ain *,° 9 =

rainbow 3 6

raincloud, black .. A

red fe age ty

red ochre oF

ongwara

oyenba

oyunba

onguar

upon (upon)

tungoro (worungal)

oyenbi, oyanumbir

ngande

atendowalo

wamman

untiec

tambal

winl (when low and

serubby), opuel

(when mature tree)

waruwa

alpongoro

worukoi, wurukui

moitoni (arayil)

karuwakkna, enkel-

wakka

lake

yetengar

tapar

watin

ngoungun

orungur (otjir)

ongare

ngolma (weku)

onmawialin (alkuti)

warawi

wodume

alpi, olnbi

olle

walpuars

makul

mital

(ngarulkea }

reiwu

warnkeala

andi

tokoyi

wiangar

weiupa

wonda

irimar

yelpai

argingili

elpal

agualda

atjal atjal

wakka tyitjal

angeala

wagranls

yagala

ambatn

apin, embal

adi, adi waruka

morda

adda

orungul

wurmin (ngarata)

pul

duun (mareti)

nein

hana’ whar

kutal

lowan

miawnr Citjrin)

reiwu

potiyol

pandun

poljor

sthiumtan

whombirinu

whumbia

rukai (otjthran)

halhadw

antjada

(nerepelu )

mega)

amgan

ftouwarin

Barunguan Tribe,

(in brackets, Onipeila)

niyi (niyi)

tununge, nila

umpayu, kolann

(kolans)

umute, kamaka

(makoyi)

walanga

miatuya (matuys)

Wilnga, wong

pultn, owaran

pulki? (mangili)

kanuina (kanmi)

witju

APO

yungkui, jimpi

koppa (po-otn)

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Mutumui Tribe.

Walmbaria Tribe,

Kokolamalama Tribe.

Barunguan Tribe,

English. (Gin brackets, : me . (in brackets ,

Ongwara) (in brackets, Tartali) Yottenern). (in brackets, Ompeila)

reef, coral — moruku — kulla, tjayuka

refuse, to af ars —— weyankni neartyin —

rib 72 .. | warnun' gear wangeanit (avtjar) wiumo

riee, will (Oryza sativa) .. ae —— ‘ur mama —

3 wyit loaka kopoka, manksa Cat-

river oe *

roeksheller (wet season eamp )

rope ae $2 ao

rough

run +

run wway with, to cH

sund, sandy country =

sandfly ..

serateh, to ms ce

serub towl (Mepyepodins rein

anil )

serub turkey Clleetura lath

mul)

set 4 = c

songull (Larres wovde-lollan-

dine)

sen louse (aveirolana optent

«lis )

seawater

shadow oe a

shike, fo

shallow . .

shark (general) — -

sharp 4 26

shell, baler (Afelo dindewma)..

shell, cockle .

shell, cockle (Area trapezia)

shell, giant clam (Tridaenia

Wha )

shell, pearl ((eleagrina anar

aveliferay

shell, pearly nautilus (Nii

tis pom pilius)

shell, periwinkle (Natiem sy.)

edible

shell, snail, (Thersites

hipartita)

shell, trochis (Troehus ilo

liens)

shield, alsa wood (cheege file

Curr)

shin 2 = oe

shorf oo. . a8 ee

shoulder es

shritnp (generie) ..

sister. - zy 19

sister’s daughter (mile speak-

ing)

sister’s son (male speaking).

sit down, to

wnidear

foweir Gawur)

indi

yenhba

toki

loka

talon

tulon

‘neorwan

wongaral (wil)

warttwa

(ani)

wongarwtl, wongar

‘wer

tale Candin)

apinga,

yikeu

wundul

tampal

wakal

ong ta.

edidana

atjal

aboaralia

eiwala

odugo

Viner pila

wilu

vewort

meljeri

ogu

walle

oyungala

warpal

wutayi

yelpai

adola, adaala

matayi

otoltol

viramal

welapa

fombolmne

yapal

wai hile

opinga

neulnani

hoambar

worupa (arenga)

mokowala

warnwi

padkad

uewui

mubui

inalie

dadarumo

piarkaril

karilao

nar

tortor

aeiam

Whrodtan

(kudom)

dojindangal

reharuka

pbalbada

wanam (awanam)

Cede)

arpumiin

hboyungan

mangear

relnyal

tipa)

mualkana (mankan )

ko-ontu (ko-ontu)

tuutu, (wonta)

junta, nii-tin

ohvnd Colanda)

koitu

weipa

mawara (mawara)

tilumba (mimpa)

wailing

kunnin

tio, tale, ali

panta, temman (tem

mun)

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND

English.

skin Pag

skull «(3 -

sky

sleep, Lo 9 w+

slow oe “3 es

sinall, ulso thin, ete.

sear, or grense, 60

smoke (tumpa fide Curr)

smooth .. a

snake (yeerum fide Curr)

snake, carpet (2ythow)

snuke, vigaitie poisonous

(Oxyuranus scutellatus )

snake, poisonous (not deter

mined)

snake, sea- (J2ydrus) it

sole of foot A, 7,

son (male speaking) a

son, female speaking)

BOre o. “4 oe

south (or south-west)

speak ot

(kulka file Curr) os

spearguin (blaadwoad )

spear-smoothor Chuardwood),

spear

spider

spittle. . os

stand mp, to be ;

star (fumpe fide Creer) v4

starfish in 7

stuy away one night, to rah

stiy away two nights, fa.

stuy aiway three nights, to

stuy away altogether, to -

steal, to De

slick-inseet (Phasiidde)

stomaeh (toolka fide Gurr),

stone (koola fide Curr) i

stone, large 23

stop, ta, oa

straight wi =

string, two stranded tative-. .

strong

subar, or sweet substaneas —-

sun (wooteha fide Gurr)

SUNTISG .. wi A

sunset. on

swallow, a ‘

swued oe on

swim =. ae ts

tea (the trade article)

fears (weeping), .

tormite tt

termite mound es. =

Mutumui Tribe.

(in brackets,

Ongw iri)

worniol

andayt

wummnn (worpar)

alkeui

wuld,

eitjann

inarur

ippene

alla, awita

obama Cotare)

(oruwur )

ford kil

mmarkangan, amarikan

(mera)

oruburipomt apil

orupotenla apil

orupulundi

atten

arpila

ambul

olpai (tunil)

andeir

awur

wokear, wokkar

vyewarta

yvokel

elirwornmoer

Walmbaria Tribe,

Gn brackets, Tartali)

takkur

takku Gikkiw)

“neartjin

wandayi

mangayi

tjifjanga, wiruheal

mola

wopal

ngorupal

farupayi

takkur

wpo

anil

eppare

erukaala

alki

ota re

obamangal

marae

neundy

amarakanga

yeralji, warar

fokanban

neural

wmurkanga

inala

ngoru' par

totianga

waippal

woga (tela)

worarilige

wogarumbale

ngorparn, yagiali

yoppa

wondala

mola

ngakul

otum

Kokolamalania 'lrile.

(in brackets,

Yetteneru )

Cethal)

thainel, sainel

wrung) Congolar)

‘a

Menakayi, aliwili

Chortuga )

mumbarudi

fovi

(ozo)

1 "Let

(ruwal)

nwortial

thridinam (erepe)

orulfimwal

bulinam

“ar pungar

Vein (oeracan )

“nar Cet)

(eirathalnema)

(errongoiyan )

phongalaa

udunadan

169

Baruugnan Tribe.

(in brackets, Ouipeila)

kolkol

nen tit

Wwtninbu, onateli

nwok kat

(pan)

(kappa)

taipian

pow, Kang Cpowa dy

Kalle, arden

katti

tunpi, timbi

Hatyaeing Cnatjacrie)

Kol-i (kul)

ofp

punga, kampala

Pa Wat Why

piungatieakea

alin

170

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Mutumui Tribe.

Walmbaria Tribe.

Kokolamalama Tribe.

English. (in brackets, (in brackets, Tartali) (in brackets,

Ongwara ) Yetteneru )

testicle .. me nt --— odul udoul

there oo. . ee +. | oltfteungandu akkaiya —

thigh (puhn fide Ourr) ++ | marantal, umn aruga aurar

three oo. oan vuntua (ountua) erungo barubuilyin

throat... aed e+ | tain oko (nutalnga ) =

throw, (spear, ete) to is adealu =

throw away, to ., adeala =]

throw down, ta.) x ambaradeule lavumurinyal

throwing stick, slender type

(hooteha fide Curr)

throwing stick, flat type oa

thumb .. :¢ b+

thunder Hs oe

lie up, to it a

tired, to become . . aa

ti-tree (Melaleuvea) _

tubuceo (trade article) vr

toe ne 2 a

toe, little ake le

toe, under the cat

tomahawk (wakko fide Curr)

tomahawk, stone head of

tongue (darhi fide Curr)

tooth (kKummun fide Curr) ..

tooth, knocking out of is

tooth, falling out of

tortoise, freshwater

track (or footprints)

fide. Gurr)

(takko

trade parcel (tnere recently

money )

turn, (the head) te AA

turtle .. af

turtle, green (Chelonia mydeas )

turtle, leathery (Dermochelys

coriacem)

turtle, loggerhead = (Carethen

earetta)

turtle, shell or hawksbill

(Hretnochelys imbricata)

turtle, egy of nae

turtle, flippers of. .

turtle, nest of oh - f

turtle, shell of <¥

furtle, snout of 2. be

live oe

umbilical cord. , 2

ninbilieus , an

untie, to age aah

urine =... = + #3

vegetable food (yams, routs,

flour)

vomit, to ~, te

vulva ,, os te

tauppir

athawatha, wathatha

Tigarwar, arwen

tokol (aruyel)

wundul

yetal

ngapoyi

arayil Cokolopod

noreimba (yalnga)

anir

torumbal

tala

omual

okol

ofeara Coteara)

wundu, ambulwnanur

akeruman

akerumah

windi

inondalit

alge yertjin

ont

matja, warai

windi

windi (deambni)

olor

nitan

idital

wolkel (alala)

wanda (relnba)

gulwanda.

monyin

amba

Wearala

ngapoyi

aratal

takayi

uteara

ngaka

widu (ambulayur)

algaala

ombo

abba

en-gul

enam, eimam

fhungalni

real turia

arngan

ran iwini

dundenw

Iathnambda

erierman (wagiu )

woar

oratal

toangat

sho'war

Cottal }

(omman )

ngowaram

kun

Barunguan Tribe,

Gin brackets, Ompeila)

wokana, wakkial

nyanta, kantane

untu, kukuti

wika (mainina)

MAApaApAa, aap

malundiji

keini, ani

tjolio

‘inula (aimala)

tanpi

kumuna, kammatn

yanpangi

tokla (fukul)

eira

wapuna, luppu

(luppu )

karkara (karkara)

koinungaya

pauhamo, kouti

kapamo (kapame)

ngotjore

rouwyl

pukunoa, pinyu

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF NORTH QUEENSLAND

17]

English,

Mutumni Tribe,

(in brackets,

Ongwiura)

walk, to

wallaby,

mili)

wallaby

fera)

wallaby,

amas iMedlis )

agile (Mavrapus

(Onyeliogile Mngt

rock

wash, to

wasp

water,

Tribe)

waterlily (Nyncliaea spp.) ..

Wattle-bark fibre ..

wittle tree Cleneia sp.)

was

fresh (pli, eanyu

weak za

(or north-west)

west

wet

whitle

what is it?

where is it!

wherein

white .. of =

white man (parra fide Curr)

wife

wife's father

wife's mother

wife's sister

wind |

wind, north-easti , .

wind, south-east tride

wing

woman

woman, single

woman, old

woman, young —,,

wood (yoompa fide Curr)

wurley or hut

yam (Dioseored sativa)

yam, some other ..

yarustiek, women's

yellow

yellow ochre

yes e

you go first!

(Tetrogale ef.

wrndul (atin)

oruyu

fokumbar

Olja

(wuru)

uwere, temuna,

oware Citar)

arura (otami)

watmar (wamaruki)

wwanidn

yvalimburiinda

nzailo ?

ombomo

aningir, alingir

yiku

enta Centa)

ambiayil (tapal)

wilpiar

anni Carni)

akokol

Walmbaria Tribe,

(in brackets, Tartali)

olkayi

) fakun

wbpavadn

tiwul

apna

worun ber

adi

nygundii

tambiara

mnarpi

tabayi, tori

toalpin

ownle

muni

arkeita

ngane?

anda?

undalo

waindil

vabayi (muro )

awuna

abibi

maiani

arua

waya

wayaongare

wayakaimin

ngambul (tama)

wurupali

anjul

wirupali

walkar

warpar

wo'lir

alnkuruki

Kokolamalama Tribe.

(in brackets,

Yetteneru )

Barunguan Tribe,

(in brackets, Ompeila)

aebimburwie

kunyur

[HCL wea nga

(lirida Carete)

loppia

ngunkilkir

(hdedu

korlawari

anilai?

ngar

po-om

dappa, dabuliayii

wrarar

valyumalhin

duun

warkayi

arunguin

rebur

(e@bar)

tus

wirki

matty

pare

wohda, wuntu

antayu

antea, wopoikanyu

wentjiewentja, winga-

winga

wopoikanyu

soko

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES.

Bnqniries among the people mentioned in this paper did not bring to light

any knowledge of the bow and, arrow.

On an earlier visit to Cape York Penin-

sula one of us (T.) saw children ising small bows and arrows at Batavia River

172 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

on the west coast. They stood in the breaking surf and aimed small arvows at

fish whieh were momentarily visible as the combers curled. They also shot at

garfish from small outrigger canoes which they paddled about in the weedy shal-

lows. The bow was comparable with that figured in the English edition of Ratzel

(75) as probably from Cape York, and was made from a simple unsplit piece of

mangrove wood from two to three feet in length. The arrows were from twelve

1o fifteen inches in length and composite, an unbarbed palm or other heavy wood

point being fixed into a reed shaft,

In the Princess Charlotte Bay area boomeranes are not used. Only the

Kokolamalama have a name (*tarumbu’) for boomerang. Tt is a weapon which

is known to them by repute through contaet with natives to the south and south-

west of the coastal area under ciscussion. Our enquiries lead us to believe that

the boomerang is not in use anywhere on the Cape York Peninsula.

Thomson (*") has deseribed fire and mourning ceremonies of the *Ompeli’

and *Yintjingea’ eroups of the Barunguan Tribe. Our accounts (anteu, p. 94,

ete.) may therefore be regarded as supplementary. The ‘mola’ strings mentioned

by him are shown in our fig. 70, and are described as ‘mourning strings’.

Janfield (*°) deseribes a native companion dance by men from Princess

Charlotte Bay; the performers painted themselves with streaks of white and

“pink”? elay, Wearing hair and feather decorations, they formed a cirele, and,

bowing to the centre, threw their hands ont behind their backs and whirled about,

imitating the noise of the birds, They flapped with their arms and came suddenly

fo a dead pause in unison. Hollow logs and hoomerangs (the latter perhaps being

acquired cultural objects) were employed to beat time.

The same writer also describes a dog dance in which the performers imitated

the behaviour of two angry canines, progressing in spasmodie jerks and working

up toa snarling, snapping climax.

(28) Ratzel, History of Mankind, i, 1896, p. 854,

(29) Thomson, Man, 32, 1982, No. 108.

(40) Banfield, Confessions of a Beachcomber, L908, p. 273,

PELECYPODA OF THE FLINDERSIAN REGION,

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA

By BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

This has proved one of the most difficult families to classify. Probably the list of South

Australian species should be as follows:

Dosinia crocea Deshayes ( = circinaria Deshayes), D. victoriae Gatliff and Gabriel (not

D. histrio var.), D. sculpta Hanley. Sunemeroe aliciae Adams and Angas (type from

Encounter Bay). The last is very closely allied to S. vaginalis Menke, but apparently

different. If it is the same species, S. vaginalis has priority by twenty years. Gouldiopia

(') australis Angas, Circe weedingi sp. nov. described below. Notocallista kingi Gray, N.

planatella Lamarck. Tawera (*) gallinula Lamarck, T. lagopus Lamarck. Chioneryx

cardioides Lamarck (= Venus stiatissima Sowerby). Placamen placidum Philippi, P. tiara

Dillwyn. Bassina disjecta Perry, B. pachyphylla Jonas, Gomphina undulosa Lamarck.

Eumarcia fumigata Sowerby. Katelysia corrugata Lamarck (= scalarina Lamarck) K.

peroni Lamarck. [K. corrugata and K. peroni are the sand and mud cockles respectively.

These two common bait cockles are extremely variable, and although one is disposed at

first sight to divide them into innumerable species, after careful examination of many

specimens not more than two species can be recognized. Although both may be found

living together, K. corrugata predominates on sandy beaches and K. peroni on muddy

beaches.] Venerupis exotica Lamarck, V. mitis Deshayes, V. diemenensis Quoy and

Gaimard, V. crebrelamellata Tate, and V. crenata Lamarck.

PELECYPODA or rut FLINDERSIAN REGION,

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA

No. 3.

By BERNARD C. COTTON, Concno.oaisr, Sour AusrraniAN Mustum,

Fig, 1-7.

Pamitry VENERIDAE.

Tits has proved one of the most difficult families to classify. Probably the list of

South Australian species should be as follows:

Dosiina crocea Deshayes (= eiremmuria Deshayes), D. victortiue Gatlill and

Gabriel (not PD. histrio var.), D. sculpta Ianley. Sunemerve alictae Adams and

Aneas (type from Encounter Bay). The last is very closely allied to 8S. vagindlis

Menke, but apparently different. Lf it is the same species, S. vaginalis has

priority by twenty years, Gowldiopia (1) australis Anewas, Circe weeding? sp.

noy. described below. Notacallisla kingi Gray, N. planatella Lamarek. Tawerd

(7) gallinula Lamarek, 7, lugopus Lamarek. Chionerye cardioides Lamarck

(= Venus stiatissima Sowerby). Placamen plactdwin Philippi, ?. tiara Dillwyn.

Bassina disjecta Perry, Bo pachyphylla Jonas, Gomphina wndulosa Lamarek.

Kumarcia fumigata Sowerby. Kalelysia corrugala Lamarek (= sedlariid

Lamarek), A. peront Lamarck. (Kk. corrugala and K. peront are the sand anil

mud co¢ekles respectively, These two conunon bait cockles are extremely variable,

and although one is disposed at first sight to divide them into innumerable species,

after careful examination of many specimens not more than two species can

be recognized. Although both may be found Lving together, A. corrugala pre-

dominates on sandy beaches and A. peroni on muddy beaches.| Venerupis exalicu

Lamarek, WV. mites Deshayes, Ve diemenensis Quoy and Gaimard, V. crebrelanel-

latu Tate, and V. crenatu Lamarck.

The remaining three species of Venerupis may be allotted to two subgenera,

as follows: Subvenus Pullasira (8) Ve gdluetites Lamarek and VW. flabagella

Deshayes. Subgenus Claudicancha Fischer 1887, V. camming? Deshayes.

From Western Australia Vereo dredged Venerupis ecolicu, V. flabagella, V.

galactites, V. erebrelametlata, and V, tridescens at localities between Albany and

Premantle,

174 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

CIRCE WEEDING! Sp. noy.

Kie. 3 and 4.

Shell subtrigonal, rounded, truncate posteriorly, about as high as long, very

depressed; cream or very light fawn coloured, usually without a vestive of radials

though sometimes with one narrow, indistinet reddish-brown vacdial stripe; tinged

with light fawn or violet within; hinge deep. middle cardinal teeth strongly

developed; concentrically, irregularly, rugosely senlptured; obsoletely divari-

cately sculptured about the wubonal area; inner margin of shells smooth,

Holotype. ITeight 56 mm., length 56 mm., and breadth of joined valves

BCC,

Mig. Joan 2. Gastruchacnn frondlosa sp.nov. Vig, & and 4, Cirec weelingi spo nov.

Mig. 3, G, and 7. Bankia gabricli sp. woy.

18 mm. Minlaeowie, West Coast of Yorke Peninsula, In Sonth Australian

Museum (D. 10957).

Conunon in Speueer Gulf on the beach to 14 fath.; good heach specimens

being taken at Wallaroo, It is very rare in Gulf St. Vineent on the beach, but

is nore commonly dredged down to 20 fath,

At Murat Bay a shehtly more obese form occurs as a subfossil, Flincdersian

specimens are somewhat like Reeve’s illustration (4+), which, however, is not the

shell deseribed in the corresponding text as C. rimidlims Manke, the red-striped

smaller shell shown at fig. 5 b in the same publication,

COTTON—PELECYPODA FROM SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA 175

C. weeding? is separable from other Australian species of Circe by its irregu-

lar concentric sculpture, lack of colouration, the weakly developed divaricate

secuptire found only in the imainediate vieinity of the mmbo., and the conipara-

tively greater heiebt. The ratio of the antero-posterior diameter to the wibo-

ventral is seven to six jaa juvenile, and one to one in an adult.

None of the numerous cdeseribed forms allied to the Peronian C. quay agrees

with this Flindersian species. is named after the Rey. J. B. Weeding, of

Hallett, whose discriminate collecting of shells from the western coasts of South

Australia is providing valuable data.

Faminy PETRICOLIDAF.

In the Mlindersian region there are three representatives of this family.

Naranio (Velargila) rubigrnosa Adams and Angas oe¢urs in both e@ulfs alive

from 5 to 20 fath. The type from Port Jackson + fath. 18 mm. x 10 mm.

Tasmanian specimens attain to 19 mm, x 14 mm., but in southern Australia

1] mm. x Simm, seems to be the maxuntin size. Verco dredged this alive at Albany

m 20-28 fath. Specimens in this Museum from South Australia bearing the name

Choristodan dinaricatus Chemnitz ave merely variants of the above. Naranio

lugucida Chemnitz we have fron Port Willunga, Port Lincoln, St. Francis Island

Beach to 30 fath., also Albany, Gunbury, Yallingup, Ellensbrook, and Fremantle

Beach to 54 fath. Tate compared Port Lincoln specimeus with the type and

pronounced them identical,

Pamiry TE LLINIDAR.

The following species oceur in South Australia :

Telling albimella Lamarek, T, aldingensis Tate, T. cnsiformis Sowerby.

Semelangulus subditulus Tate, S. vincentianas Tate, S. tenniliratus Sowerby.

Macoma (Salmacoma) (°) deltoidalts Lamarck, WM. modestina Tate, MM. semi-

Jossilis Sowerby, Pseudarcopagiu victariue Gath and Gabriel. The following

species have been erroneously recorded from South Australia, and have never

heen taken there to our knowledge; Telling wvirgula, To slawrella, and Melis

withonella. Between Albany and Mremantle Verco took Telling uldingensts, T.

moadestind, Semelangulus subditulus, S. fenuilivatus, S&S, vincentianus, Macoma

semmfossilis, Psendarcopagia victoriac, and some four or five as yet anidentified

species.

Pamiry SEMELIDAE.

South Australian species are: Semele ertqua Adams, S. uda Adams. ,

montis Adams and Angas, The last has also been taken at Bunbury beach,

Western Australia, in 15 fath.

176 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Famiry GARIDAE.

From South Australia we have Gari livida Lamarek, G. alba Lamarek, G,

modesta Deshaves, G. brazier? Tate, Soletellina biradiata Wood, 8, donacioides

Reeve (= floridu Gould preoce.). G. livida was taken at Albany and Rottnest

down to 28 fath., and 8. braziert at Albany and Bunbury down to 35 ath,

amity SOLENIDAE,

Solen vuginoides may be added to the Western Australian list, as it was

dredged at Albany in 22 to 35 fath.

Famity DONACIDAE.

From South Australia we have: Donax (Deltachion) clectilis Iredale, Donde

(Hlemidonax) chapmant Gathit® and Gabriel, Donax (Plebidonar) deltoides

Lamarek, Donan (Tentidanar) veriunus Hedley (St. Francis Island, 35 ath.

typical), identified by Hedley. D. chapman? was taken at Albany, Bunbury, and

Rottnest down to 28 fath. Donas delloides is plentiful from Encounter Bay

southwards. Ht is fairly plentiful at Sellick’s Beach, and is actually said to be

found alive as far north as Port Noarlunga. Being a favourite bait cockle it may

have established itself in these places through being transported there by fisher-

men. The empty shells are found wherever fishing is carried on.

Famity MACTRIDAR.

South Australian species are: Maclra (Austromactra) rufescens, WM. australis

Lamarek, WM. (Nannomactra) jacksonensis Smith, MW. (Diaphoromactra) versi-

calor Tate (= corrugata Tate), M. (Blectramacira) ovalina Lamarek, W. (T'ele-

mactra) abbreviata Lamarek, Spisula (Notospisula) trigonella Lamarek (no living

specimens seen from South Australia), Anapella eycladea Lamarek (= Muetra

pinguis Crosse and Fischer), Labiosa meridionalis Tate. Mactra murygdata

Crosse and Fischer, described from Spencer Gulf, appears to be merely the

juvenile of M. pura Reeve. Mactra adelaidae Angas,

To the Western Australian list may be added: M7, jacksonensis Smith, Albany

to Bunbury, down to 35 fath. WM. ovaling Lamarck, Albany to Bunbury, to 22

fath.

Pamiry AMPHIDESMATIDAE.

Only three species are taken in South Australia: cLinphidesma (= Aimesu-

desma Iredale 1930) angustata Reeve, A. cuneata Lamarck, A. nitida Reeve.

COTTON-—-PELECYPODA FROM SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA 177

A, erycinaea Lamarek has been erroncously listed from South Australia, bit does

not ocean here.

Faminy HIATELLIDAE.,

South Australian speeies are: Hiatella australis Lamarek, angus: Angas,

Panape australis Sowerby. IL. subalafa Gatliff and Gabriel was taken at the fol-

lowing localities: Corny Point, 8 miles south of Tunk Mead, 16° fath., meid-

channel between Cape Borda and Wedge Island, 60 fath. As pointed out by

Iredale, this is apparently more nearly related to the Bximiothracia-Phiugmar-

ismu series than to Hiatella. IL. austratis Lamarek was taken in Western Aus-

tralia at Albany, Yallingup, Ellensbrook, Bunbury, and Fremanile.

Pamity GASTROCHAENIDAE.

Two speeies oeenr in South Australia, Gastrochaena lasmaniea 'Tenison-

Woods and G. frondosa sp. nov., recorded by previous authors as G. lamellosa

Deshayes, a Philippine Island species different m shape from ours.

GASTROCIAENA FRONDOSA Sp). OV.

Hie. 1 and 2.

Fairly solid, inflated, leat-like in shape. very widely gaping, wmbos but

slightly prominent, rounded behind, sharply rounded in front; ventral margin

convex throughont its length; yellowish-white (cotype is darker, brown), blaish

within; seulpture of numerous delicate concentric Lanellac, erowded in front,

spaced behind; hinge with the yestige of a cardinal tooth and corresponding

socket, and an obsolete posterior lateral; hgament external, posterior, small,

Holotype. Heivht 15-5 mm., length 383 mm., breadth across joined valves 14:4

min. Baekstairs Passage, 35 fath,, burrowing in a sponge. D. T0968, Also Inyes-

tivator Strait, 10 miles of Troubridge, Hardwicke Bay, 8 fath.; Port Adelaide

Creek, borrowing in limestone; and Point Marsden, 17 fath.

The nearest described species seems to be G. gigantea Deshayes from ie-

kuown locality. Ov shell differs from this in the general shape of the shell. par-

ticularly the ventral mare.

Faminy TRREDIDAE.

Species recorded from South Australia are: Teredo pocilliformis Molt and

Roch, 7. eahauent Moll and Roch, 7. (Pingotercda) fragilis Tate, T. (Nolotercda)

edie Uedloy. Barkin gabvieli sp. nev. A seientifie investigation of this family

178 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

has yet to be made in South Australia, when probably more species will be found

to oeeur.

BANKIA GABRIELLE Sp. noy,

Fig. 5, 6, and 7.

Shell of medium size, white; anterior auricle large, seulptured with very

numerous riblets; posterior auricle small, elongate, smooth, except for aceroe-

mental striae; median area medium in size: anterior median fairly broad,

extremely closely marked with fine riblets; middle median narrow; posterior

median narrow, smooth but for fine accremental striae; interior ivory-white ;

knob small, circular, detached; blade thin, arising from behind the umbones:

shelf elevated as a ridge runnine towards the umbones, not meeting the blade;

hinge thick, wmbones fairly large. Pallets (fig. 6) consisting of cone-in-cone

elements, well separated, numbering six, edges smooth; sinuate on one side, not

sinnate on the other. Stalk long and thin, slightly longer than the cone-in-cone

portion.

Holotype. Shell, height 7 mm., length 6-8 mm. Pallet, leneth 10-5 mm.,

length of stalk only 5 mm., width of cone-in-cone section 1-9 mm. Dennekin

Slip, Port Adelaide. In South Australian Museum (D. 10970),

The pallets of the holotype have a small fragment broken from each end, so

that the measurements of a complete paratype pallet is given here, Paratype pal-

let (largest specimen) : Length 20-5 mm., length of stalk only, 11 mm., width of

cone-in-cone seetion 2-1 mm,

The specimen described as holotype was handed to me by Mr. C. J. Gabriel,

atter whom it is named, According to our investigations it would seem that

Cobra or Shipwormis are searce in the Port Adelaide River.

REFERENCES.

1. Iredale: Proce, Linn, Soe. N.S.W., xlix, pt. 3, p. 209 (1924),

2. Marwick: Trans. N.Z. Inst., 57, p, 618 (1927),

Sowerby : Sowerby’s Genera of Shells, pl. 72 (1826).

t. Reeve: Conch. leon., xiv, Circe (1864), pl. 1, fig. 3a.

9. Iredale: Mem, Qld. Mus., ix, pt. iii, p. 267 (June 29, 1929),

A REVISION OF THE TROMBID AND ERYTHRAEID

MITES OF AUSTRALIA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES

By H. WoMERSLEY, F.R.E.S., A.L.S., ENTOMOLOGIST,

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The two families of Acarina dealt with in this paper are very closely related ; both belong

to the suborder Prostigmata, characterized by the position of the stigmata, which open at

the base of the mandibles in the adults.

In general appearance the members of both families are similar, but in the Erythraeidae

the mouth-parts are more or less retractile, while in the Trombidiidae they are not so. In

the larval forms the Trombidiidae have a stigmal opening between the first and second

coxae.

A REVISION or rut TROMBID ann ERYTHRAEID

MITES or AUSTRALIA wirnh DESCRIPTIONS orf

NEW GENERA anp SPECIES

By H. WOMERSLEY, F.R.E.S., A.L.S., Enromotocisr, Sourn Ausrrarian Museum.

Fie. 1-235.

Tre two families of Acarina dealt with in this paper are very closely related;

both belone to the suborder Prostigmata, characterized by the position of the

stigmata, which open at the base of the mandibles in the adults.

In general appearance the members of both families are similar, but in the

Erythraeidae the mouth-parts are more or less retractile, while in the Trom-

hidiidae they are not so. In the larval forms the Trombidiidae have a stigmal

opening between the first and second coxae.

Several species of Trombidiidae are of economic importance, for their larvae

are not only of great annoyance to man, but transmit disease. In Japan the

Kedani or river fever is caused by the bite of the Akamushi (Microtrombidium

akamushi Brumpt.), while in Queensland and the Coorong district of South

Australia the ti-ttree itech mite (Trombicula hirsti Sambon) is a source of irrita-

tion to campers. The harvest mites of Europe comprise the larval forms of

several species; similarly in Ameriea other species are regarded as pests. Other

larval Trombids, while not attacking man, are pests of various animals, such as

cats, rodents, and marsupials, and are generally to be found in the ears, on the

serotum, ete. Adult Trombids, as far as is known, feed upon insects and their

eeos,

As far as is known none of the Erythraeidae attacks man or animals, but all

species are essentially parasites of the early stages of insects. The adults prob-

ably have similar habits to the adults of the Trombidiidae.

In studying these creatures one is faced with the difficulty that only im one

or two cases have the life-histories been to any extent worked out, and is foreed

to give both generie and specific names to larval forms without any correlation

with the adults.

Comparatively little work on this section of the fauna has been carried out

in Australia, only four workers having written on them, namely, W. J. Rainbow,

N. Banks, 8S. Hirst, and L. W. Sambon. Most of our knowledge is due to the

work of Ma. 8. Hirst, who was in South Australia during the years 1927-1928.

180 RECORDS OF THE $.A. MUSEUM

In 1906 W. J. Rainbow (14) listed two species of Trombidiidae, Trombidiun

sericaluim sp, noy, and Trombidium papnanwn Canestrini, Li this paper the first-

named is referred to the genus Cvenothrombiunt of Oudemans, and is shown to be

synonymous with two of Hitst’s later species. [ have not been able ta see the

original description of the second species, but as Derlese, in his monograph of the

group (*), does met mention it, probably it is not veeogmizable now and can be

dropped. In addition Rainbow records three ocenrrences of *' Lep/us spp.”? on

various insects. It is possible that these do belone to the @enus Leptits

(Erythracidae) as now understood, especially considering their hosts: almost

certainly they should not be placed in the Trombidiidae, Amongst the Erythrae-

idae Rainbow lists Smeridia ertranea Koch from Queensland, Rhyncholophis

montane sp. nov. trom Mount Kosciusko, and Rhynchalophus celeripes sp. nov.

from Enfield, NSW. L have not seeu the original deseription of the first, and do

not discuss it in this paper. The second is shown herein to be a species of

Caceulisoma, and the third a species of Brythraeus.

The next paper was by Banks (2). who described a number of Acarina taken

in association with ants by the late Mr. A.M, Lea in Vietoria and Tasmania.

Amongst the Trombidiidae he described Trombidiim dequilis, which is referable

to Mierotrambidvim, as are alse Rhynchalophus attolus and BR. vetentus, whieh

he refers to the Erythracidae. Pessania prominens Banks is a terme member of the

Hrythraeidae, but the genus wrst be changed to Calyplostoua.

The first of Hirst’s papers dealing with the Australian species was that in the

Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist, for 1926 (%), when be described the following

species; Aolhrombinum lerraereginae, Allothrambiion (Mesothrombiumn) anti-

podiannm, AS (M.) a. var. olurinum, all belongine to the Trombidiidae. Tn the

same journal for 1928 (8) he added the following species: Chyzerin australiense

sp. nov., Nealrambidium barringunense sp. nov. Diplothrombium vustralionse

sp. noy., Microlrombidian barringuncuse sp. nov., Micretrombidiiw (EB neno-

thrombium) collinnm sp. nov., Mo (8) wyondrac sp. noy., Dinathrombium

nuyniganense sp. nov., D. splendidion, sp. nov., D. forridvm sp. nov. De erassiwn

sp. nov., and othroaubrum wyindrae sp, wov. auonest the Trombidiidae; and

Caceulisona nasutiun sp. nov., Leplis pilosus sp. nov., L. reginge sp. nov., Lb,

antipodianus sp, noy., L. dmperator sp. nov., Wieranaris gounuae sp. mav., end

EBeloustium worregense sp. nov. amongst the Erythraeidae, Of the above all his

species of Dinothrombinm are placed herein in the venus Caenothrombium, and

D, splendidum is regarded asa svnonym of C. serieutum (Rainbow). The species

of Leptis are now placed under Brythraces, and L. tieperater and L. antipodi-

‘aus ave Inchided in the synonymy of other species, Relawsiinn warregense is a

member of the genus Leplius as now defined.

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 181

In the Proe. Zool. Soe. London for 1928 (') Tirst listed the following:

Chyzeriu montane sp. nov., Co neasgraci sp. now, Mterolrambidinin parang

sp. nov., Jf. affine sp. nov., We montivagquin sp. nov., J. (Rnemathraubiun)

lroordanmn sp. nov. M. (2.) simile sp. nov. Allothrombianne guilalium sp. nov.,

AL ornaliuin sp. nov, A. insigne sp. nov., al. antipodinwn var. kondiniun var.

nov. Dinolhrombiaun rainbows sp. noy., D. ventricasim sp. noy., D. nobile sp. nov..

Do auguslac sp. nov., and D. faylori sp. nov. belonging to the Trombidiidae. Of

these C. musgraver is reduced in this paper to varietal rank; MW. montivegain is

placed in the genus Caenothrombnun, and D. rainbows is considered synonymous

with it. AVothrombinmn ornatum is treated as a synonym of A. gultalum, D.

ventricosum of C. sericatwm (Rainbow), and D. taylort of C. tarridum. Allo-

fhrombiwm insigne is placed in the uew genus Auslrofhrombinm, as is also A,

aniipodiamn var. kondintum, whieh is shown not to be velated to A. qui

podianum.

In the same journal for 1929 (1) Tirst added to the list Chyzerta arnmigeru

sp. nov, C. insulana sp, noy., C. occidentalis sp. nov., Trambella warreqensis sp.

nov., Allothrombium (Mesathrombium) australiense sp. noy., AL parvulwn

amongst the adult Trombidiidac., and Trombicula novae-hollandive sp. nov.

Sehangasha dasyeere) sp. noy,, and S. anfipodianwut sp. nov. amonest the larval

forms. Ile suggested that C. occidentalis might be only a variety of (. auslral-

Tense, aud | agree with this view,

In the Arnals anc) Mag, Nat. Hist (49), 1927, Dr. L. W. Sambon deseribed

larval Trombid from Queensland as Trombienda lars), while in the same publi-

vation for 1929 Lirst recorded this species for South Australia, and described

another larval form under the name of Sehongasha coorongense.

The previous known act species of Trombid and Hryihraeid Mites from

Australia, therefore, omitting one or two doubtful forms, as well ax those herein

regarded as synonyms or reduced to varietal rank, are as Follows:

Adult Trombiciidae, 82 species and 2 varieties.

Larval Trombidiidae, 4 species,

Adult Krythraeidae, 9 species.

Larval Krythraeidae, nil.

fn the present paper 46 species and 4 varieties of adult Trombidiidae are

listed, of which 2 wenera, 14 species, and 1 variety are new. Of the larval Troim-

hidtidae 2 new species are added. In the Erythraeidae 24 adult forms are listed.

of whieh 14 species and 1 gents are new. No larval Erythraeids have been pre-

viously recorded from Australia, bat no fewer than 9 species are now ceseribed.

The writer is grateful to the Authorities of the Australian Museum, Sydney,

182 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

for the loan of type material, while his gratitude can hardly be expressed to

Professor Harvey Johnston, to whom the material collected by Ifirst while im

Australia had been given by Mrs. [lirst. This material contains a large namber

of Tlirst’s types, the location of which may not have been made known otherwise.

These types and many other of Hirst’s specimens have been deposited by Professor

Johnston in the South Australian Museum, Thanks are also due to many other

friends who haye collected specimens whieh have assisted in the preparation of

this paper.

Paminry TROMBIDITDAE.

Cryzerta Canestrini, 1897.

CHYZERTA AUSTRALIENSE [lirst, 1928.

The type of this species, from ‘‘Swan River, West Australia’? is in the South

Australian Mnseum. 1H is labelled as from the nest of the ant Ponera lutea. A

second specimen from the same locality is a paratype.

Through the kindness of the Authorities of the Australian Museum, Sydney,

T have been able to examine all the types of Hirst’s Australian species, with the

exception of C. occidentalis, and to compare them with a number of additional

specimens recently taken in Sonth Australia.

C. occidentalis was described in 1929 (1%) by Tlirst from a specimen col-

lected on Rottnest Island, West Australia. [In his remarks he expressed the

opinion that it might only be a variety of C. austratiense, differing mainly in the

shorter and stumpier palpal claws and in the rather more developed lateral body

processes. From an examination of all the material before me 1 quite agree with

this view, and in this paper treat it as such,

Further, Tirst’s (. musyrived must also be considered as a variety differing

in that the median anterior plate is developed into a comparatively long process.

One specimen amongst the Hirst material in Professor Ilarvey Johnston's keep-

inv, and now in the South Australian Museum, is clearly intermediate between the

two forms in respect of this character, the process being shorter and triangular,

This specimen was labelled in peneil by Hirst as C. musgraver. All the specimens

collected recently by Mr. M. W. Mules and myself in the Adelaide Distrier agree

with this intermediate form, for which the name CL australiense var. liesti var.

nov. is proposed.

Loc. Type: Willunea, West. Aust.; paratypes: Woodside, S. Aust., July,

1938 (W.M,); Mt. Osmond, S, Aust., Sept. 17. 1983) (1E.W.); Glen Osmond. 3.

Aust., Oet. 1, 1983( FLW.).

WoOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 183

Wig, Id. Chaeeria australiense UWirsts 1, dorsal views 2. pulpy i, fromt tursts sand merit

forsus; 4. anterior lateral and qnedial dorsal prominenees af var. deusyrnee’ Tirst,

Key ro ctie AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZeALAND Species of CryZERLA,

Second aud third pais of dorsal lateral proeesses poorly developed and

almost obsolete. No distinet metian anterior dorsal process. only a plate

with rewnded posterior edge. A «istinet and comparatively lone median

pracess posteriorly and ventrally. Front tarsus rather more than 3 times as

Jone as hieh and one-fourth as long awain as the metatarsus. Palp with

comb anc long aeeessory claw. . fr ~. Constralionse Tirst fap.

Second and third pairs of dorsal lateral processes distinetly developed .. 2

A trianeular or elongate median anterior process present 0 LA,

No such process, only a posteriorly-rounded plate ., ze a 2

With a comparatively long media anterior process.

C1 australionse van, neusgravel Tirst.

With a short trisnenlar process auteroauedially,

CL austrabiense var, hirsii var, nov.

184 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

4+. Terminal elaw and accessory claw of palp short and stumpy .. r4 <b!

Terminal and accessory claws of palp lone .. rs nj we «5

4, Unpaired medio-posterior ventral process minute .. Co insulanea Uinst.

This process comparatively long and slender.

C. australiense var. occidentalis Tlivst.

(, Medio-posterior ventral process minute. Large species. Lateral processes

long and with the long ciliated hairs numerous iM Co armigera Hirst.

Medio-posterior ventral process long and slender — .. - «tf.

Anterior lateral pair of dorsal proeesses long and slender, longer than the

next pair. Large species < ae as C. montana Hirst.

Anterior pair of lateral dorsal processes little longer than the next pair.

C, novae-hollandiae Hirst (New Zealand).

Fig. 5-8. Trombclla warregensis Hirst: 5, outline of body showing shape and dorsal

pits; 6. front tarsus and metataursus; 7, one of the lateral dorsal pits much enlarged showing

setac; $, one of the setae much magnified.

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 185

TROMBELLA Berlese, 1887.

TROMBELLA WARREGENSIS Hirst, 1929,

The type of this species was amonest the Hirst material left in Adelaide, and

is now in the South Australian Museum,

The description given by Hirst (1°) is very full and adequate, but only the

front tarsus and the tip of the palp were figured. A drawing showing the shape

of the animal and the general arrangement of the dorsal pits and the spines of the

same, together with another figure of the front tarsus and metatarsus, are mow

civen.

The type locality was the River Warrego, New South Wales, August, 1928.

NerorrompBiptum Leonardi, 1901.

NEOTROMBIDIUM BARRINGUNENSE Ilirst, 1928,

The type of this species is now in the South Australian Museum. It was

found amongst the Hirst material in Adelaide.

There is nothing to add to the original description (‘), and the author’s

Rig, 9-12, Diplothrombium australiense Hirst: 9, evista and eyes; 10, palp; 11, front

farsus and metatarsus; 12, one of the dorsal setae.

186 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

figures of the palp, front tarsus and metatarsus and dorsal setae (1) are

adequate.

DirLornkoMpBiuM Berlese, 1910.

DiphotiromMbiom AUSTRALIENSE Hirst, 1928,

This interesting species was deseribed fromm specimens collected by Lirst at

Charlesville, Queensland, in June, 1927 (*). Other specimens were from Gawler,

South Australia, in March, 1927, The original description was not aecompanicd

with any fivures, but Hirst later (19) figured the front tarsus and metatarsus and

the palp.

The syntypes from Charlesville, as well as the Gawler specimen and another

from Dubbo, Queensland, were in the Hirst material, and are now in the South

Australian Museum.

There is little to add te the omiginal deseription, but one or two additional

details are figured, Hirst’s statement that the sensillary area of the erista has

three pairs of sensillae is erroneous. The median pair of hairs are not of a

sensory nature and do not arise from pits like true sensillae. They are in evers

respect similar to the ordinary body setae.

MYRMICOTROMEIUM gen. oy.

Diagnosis of Genus: Crista short with two sensillary areas at anterior anel

posterior ends. One eye on each side, in front of the auterior end of crista. Bods

as in Wieroltrombidion. Tarsi at end truneate with one or two small raised

prominences from which arise plain setae.

Remarks: In haying two sensillary areas to the erista this genus comes near

to the preceding aud also to the genus Rohaultia of Oudemans. Diplothrombinm

has the two seusillary areas adjacent and in the middle of the evista. Rohaullia

has them separated, one being anterior and the other median on a transverse

plate. This new genus differs from both in haying only a single eye on eaeh side,

in this respeet resembling Trombicula.

Genotype: Myrnvicotrambiin brevicristatian sp, nov,

MykMICOTROMBIUM BREVICRISTATUM Sp. LOY.

Descriptions Length 0-55 mim. Colour iv life pinkish-white. Crista well

developed but short, 160 4, with anterior and posterior sensillary areas cach with

a per of sensory hairs about 60 long. Eyes, one on cach side, large, and placed

distinetly in front of the anterior end of erista, Palpi long, with the usual tibial

¢law, but without accessory claws or spines, palpal tarsus lone, not elnbbed and

well overreaching the tip of claw. Legs shorter than body, I] and [TT shorter than

WoOMERSLEY--AUSTRALIAN MITES 187

land LV, tarsi | and I with two small tubercles on the truneated end, from cach

of which arises a plain seta, [11 and TV with one tubercle only, claws strony and

simple. Front tarsus 120» long and 50 » high, subelliptical, metatarsus narrower

but as long as tarsus. Clothing of numerous densely feathered hairs, the longer

ones 35 p and decidedly bushy, the shorter ones only 15 p.

Locality: A single specimen collected with ants at Glen Osmond, South Aus-

tralia, September 11, 1933.

Type: In the South Australian Museum,

oe,

Fig. 18-17, Myrmicotrombinm brevicrishahom ng, wsp.r 18, crista and eyes; I. palp;

15, front tarsus and metatarsus; 16, dorsal setae of two sizes; 17, tip of tarsus and claw.

Microrromeipium Haller, 1882,

This genus as it is represented in Australia is composed of the two subgenera

Enemothrombium aud Microtrombidian s. str. Tt is partienlarly vich in species,

no fewer than 19 being now listed for this continent.

Microrrompiprum Haller, 1882, s. str.

Micro?PROMBIDIUM BARRINGUNENSH [irst, 1928,

The type of this species was amongst the material left by Hirst, and is now

deposited in the South Australian Museum. There is nothing further to add to

188 ReEcoRDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the original description (*), and the species may be identified by the key given in

this paper.

MickoOTROMBIDINM WESTRALIENSE sp. noy.

Descriplion: Closely allied to the preceding species. Size 1-2 im. Bory

shape normal. Eyes two ou each side, almost sessile (when first mounted the eyes

were easily observed, but owing to displacement of the specimen they cannot now

be seen, being hidden by the legs). Sensillary area of crista posterior in position.

Nasal process wanting. Dorsal hairs uniform, long, 60 ,, and feathered as in,

barringunense Hirst. Ventral hairs similar but shorter and sliehtly stouter. 25 p.

Palpal tibia with the usual terminal claw and its base on inside with two smaller

aceessory claws or spines much as in preceeding species. Palpal tarsus not clubbed,

barely reaching tip of claw, Tarsus of front legs elongate, sides slightly tapering

towards apex, 200 » long by 90 » high, one-third as long again as metatarsus,

Colour of animal in life red.

Wig. IS-20, Microtrombidiune westratiense asp. 18, palps 19, front tarsus und meta-

tarsus; 20, long and short dorsal setae,

Locality: Under stones at Mundaring, West Australia, August 9, 1931

(U.W.).

Type: In the South Australian Museum,

Remarks: This species differs from the preeeding species in the presence of

eyes and in the dimensions of the front tarsus.

WoOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 189

MicrorromMniptum MYRMICUM sp. nov.

Description: Size 0-8 mm. Body of normal shape, broadest across the shorl-

ders. Kyes two on each side, sessile. Crista with posterior sensillary area. Dorsal

hairs all of one type, leaf-like with short lateral hairlets, almost as broad as lone,

length 20 p. Palpal tibia with terminal and one accessory claw followed by four

Vig, 21-28. Mierotrombidin myrnicum wsp.: 21, palp; 22, front tarsus and metatarsus:

2a, one of the dorsal setae.

or five spies. Palpal tarsus small, not clubbed, and not reaching tip of claw.

Tarsus of front leg short, elliptical, more than half as high as long, 110 p by

180 « respectively, twice as long as metatarsus. Colour in life light red.

Locality: With ants, Mundaring, West Australia, May 25. 1931 (H.W.).

Syntypes: In the South Australian Museum,

Microtrompiptum arrouus (Banks, 1916).

Syn. Rhyncholophus attolus Banks. 1916,

The speeies deseribed by Banks (2) as Rhyncolophus altolus is, like his

species fh. relentus, a member of the genus Microlrombidium sl. The syutypes

are in the South Australian Museum. Although Banks states that the eyes are

two on cach side it is not possible to see any in the remounted specimens. In the

South Australian Museum collections were found two other specimens mounted

dry on ecards from the same loeality, and although these have been cleared and

mounted still no eyes are to be seen, As Banks was also wrong in his determina-

190 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

tion of the eyes in his other species it seems possible that he was also in error in

this ease. Microtrombidiwm attolus can be separated from all other species by

the key. It comes closest to M. barringunense Hirst, in the absence of eyes, but

Big. 24-27. Microtrombidium attolus (Banks) :

24, entire animal in outline; 25, palp;

26, anterior tarsus and metatarsus; 27, dorsal seta.

differs from it in the proportions of the front tarsi and the number and structure

of the dorsal body hairs.

The mandibles are of the normal Trombid type, and

not of the Erythaeid.

An outline of the entire animal, and details of the palp,

front tarsi, and dorsal hairs are given.

WoMERSLEY— AUSTRALIAN MITES 191

MicrorroMBipbltumM ABQUALIS (Banks, 1916).

Syn. Trombidiwm acqualis Banks, 1916.

The type of this species does not appear to be in the South Anstralian

Musewn, and wis possibly not returned after determination. The original de-

scription and figures given by Banks (*) are extremely good, but the species is

obviously a Iierolrombidae and not a Trombidium, A single speciuen taken

by myseH! at Greenbushes, Western Australia, on August 28, 1951, is referred to

this species.

Mtcrorrompiprum PARANCM Ilirst, 1928,

The type was amongst the Hirst material left in Adelaide, and is now in the

South Australian Murseam.

Mickorrom BibluM AFPINE Lirst, 1928.

Hirst ’s type is in the South Australian Museum, together with two specimens

collected by wnyself at Adelaide in 1933.

In his deseription (") Lirst refers to a small comb of teeth behind the apical

and aceessory claws of the palp. As the palp was mounted in a bad position for

observing this comb, it has been reniounted, and if can now be seen that the comb

consists of a graduated series of teeth. In the presence of this comb and the

shape of the Front tarsus it differs markedly from J, barringunense Hirst, with

which the author contrasts it. From MW. pura Hirst it can be separated by

the characteristic hairs of the dorstun.

MICROTROMBIDIUM KARRIMNSIS Sp. NOV.

Deseriplion: Size 1O mm, Colour reddish. Body of normal shape. Eyes

two on cach side, sessile. Crista with posterior sensillary area. Dorsal hairs

uniform, short, 55 p, with long accessory hairlets, which are very much longer

than those in the nearest species, MW. affine Tirst. Palpal tibia with large claw.

smaller accessory claw, and a series of 6-7 strong spines. Palpal tarsus not

clubbed, long, and reaching tip of claw. Tarsus of front lee elliptical, less than

twice as long as high, 270 » by 195 p respectively, metatarsus short, as long as

farsus is high. Front lees as lone as body.

Locality: Denmark, West Australia, July 6, 1982 (11.W.).

Type: lu the South Australian Museum.

192 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuseuM

“As

Rig. 28-30. Microtrombidium karriensis nsp.: 28, palp; 29, front tarsus and metatarsus;

30, dorsal seta.

MicroTroMBIDIUM SPINATUM Sp. Tov.

Description: Length 1:4 mm. Colour reddish, Crista in the type specimen

indeterminate owing to displacement. Eyes similarly indeterminate. Palpi as

figured, with one large accessory tooth after the claw, followed by two large spine-

like setae. Palpal tarsus clubbed but not reaching tip of claw. Legs all shorter

than the body, front tarsus 270 » long by 135 p high, metatarsus 190 » long. Body

hairs very numerous, spine- or rod-like, with only small, fine, and indistinet

adjacent hairlets, length of spines somewhat variable in length, from 50 p to 150 p,

but mostly the latter, and all of the same type.

Fig. 31-83. Microtrombidiwm spinatum usp: 81, palp; 32, front tarsus and metatarsus;

43, dorsal seta.

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 193

Locality: Gleu Osmond, South Australia, October 1, 1953 (HLW.).

Type: lithe South Australian Museum.

Remarks: This species comes very close to MW. (Mnemothrombion) victoriense

sp. noy., but differs in that the dorsal hairs are of nniforn type.

EnemornromBium Berlese, 1912.

Microtrompipium (ENEMTIROMBITM) RETENTUS (Banks, 1916).

The syntypes of this species are in the South Australian Museiwm, Hirst in

1928 (") pointed out that this species belonged to the Trombidiidie, and uot to the

Erythraeidae, in whieh it was placed by Banks, As the specimens have been

}

Vig. 84-87, Mirvotrombidhiim (Biemollvombiim) retentus (Banks): 84. erista and eves;

45, palp; 36, front tarsus and metatarsus; 87, larger and smaller dorsal setae,

remounted for further examination it eam now be definitely placed in the sub-

cenus Bnemothrombinn of Microtrombidium. The following additional details

can be given, Eyes two on cach side (not one, as stated by Banks), sessile. The

dorsal body hairs are of two kinds, a longer type 50 » long, fairly thick, and

somewhat clavate distally (in many the distal portion is bi- or even tri-fureate).

The smaller hairs are short, fairly thiek, not distinetly pointed apieally, and with

long hairlets. The palpal tibia has the usnal claw and three or four stout spines

behind (ef. fig.). he palpal tarsus is large, tapering distally, and overreaching

tip of claw, The tarsus of front legs is elongate, parallel-sided, and four times as

lone as hieh, 860 p and 90 » respectively, metatarsus 315 p long.

194 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Microrromeipiem (ENEMOTHROMPIUM) ADELAIDICUM Sp. nov.

Description: Size 1-0 mm. Colour red, Body of normal shape, broadest

across shoulders. Eyes two on each side, sessile, Crista with sensillary area at

about one-third from posterior end, Dorsal hairs of two kinds, a larger type

50 » long, scattered evenly over the whole surface. with long hairlets, and

although with parallel sides rather pointed at the apex, The shorter hairs are

only 20 p long and pointed, with long hairlets. Palpal tibia with usual claw

Big, 38-39. Microtrombidium (Enemothrombinn) adclaidicum nsp.s 38, front tarsus aud

metatarsus; 80, long corsal hair, Pig. 40-42, Microtrombidium (Knenothrombinn) newman

nmap.: 40, palp; 41, long and short dorsal hairs; 42, front tarsus and metatarsus,

followed by accessory claw, then a series of 10-13 strong spines. Palpal tarsus

not clubbed. Tarsus of front leg elliptical, more than twice as lone as high,

180 p and 75 w respectively, shehtly more than half as lone again as wetatarsus.

Locality: In ants’ nest, Glen Osmond, South Australia, September 10, 1933

(1L.W.).

Synlypes: In the South Australian Museum.

Microrromuiptum (ENEMOTHROMBIUM) NEWMANI sp. noy.

Description: Size 1-0 mm. Colour red. Body of normal shape. Eyes two

on tach side, sessile, Crista with posterior sensillary area, Dorsal body hairs of

two types. the louger ones clavate, with numerons hairlets, 70 » long, the shorter

ones 20 » long, with fairly long hairlets. Palpal tibia with normal claw followed

by a graduated series of spines. Palpal tarsus elubbed, much longer than and

overreaching tip of claw. Front tarsus elliptical, 225 p long by 120 p high, twice

as long as inetatarsus, Front lees shorter than body,

Locality: Bedford-dale, West Australia, November 29, 1932 (IT.W.).

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 195

Type: In the South Australian Museum.

This species is named in honour of Mr. L. J. Newman, Government Ento-

mologist of West Australia.

Microrrompipium (ENEMOTHROMBIUM) KOORDANUM Hirst, 1928.

The type of this species was found amongst the Hirst material in Adelaide.

and is now in the South Australian Museum.

Microrrompipium (KNEMOTHROMBIUM) SIMILE Ilirst, 1928.

The type material of this species, taken by Llirst in the National Park,

3elair, South Australia, was amongst the material left in Adelaide, and is now

in the South Australian Museum. In the National Museum, Sydney, are three

specimens in spirit, and a slide of the chelicerae and palpi, the locality for which

is Myall Lakes, New South Wales (A. Musgrave, 1922).

MicrorrompipiuM (HNEMOTHROMBIUM) COLLINUM Hirst, 1928.

Tlirst’s type was also amongst the material left in Adelaide, and is now in

the collections of the South Australian Musewn.

MicrorromBipiumM (HNEMOTHROMBIUM) WYANDRAE Tirst, 1928.

The type, found amongst his Adelaide material, is now in the South Aus-

tralian Museum.

MicrorroMBIDIUM (ENEMOTHROMBIUM ) VICTORIENSE Sp. Noy,

Description: Length 2-6 mm. Colour red. Eyes two on each side, sessile.

‘rista with posterior sensillary area and with a row of strong setae on, each side

of anterior portion. Front tarsus two and a half times as long as high and one-

fourth as long again as metatarsus. Palpal tibia with strong terminal claw, an

outer claw at base of this, and another claw inside. There are also two distinet

series of spine-like setae on the outside of the palpal tibia. Palpal tarsus shehtly

overreaching tip of claw, not clubbed. Dorsal body hairs of two forms; some

very long and spine-like, 200 », with very faint indications of small lateral hair-

lets; others very small and stout, pointed apically, and with hairlets as long as

hairs are wide, 20-25 » long, with bare apex.

Remarks: The type of this species, originally in my collection, and now in

the South Australian Museum, was collected by Mr. H. G. Andrewartha at Sassa-

fras, Victoria, in 1931. Amonest the Hirst material left i Adelaide an un-

196 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

named preparation, labelled ‘‘Mount Gambier, S.A.’’, without date, can be

referred to this species. This preparation is now in the South Australian

Museum.

Hig, 43-45, Mierotrombidium (Knemothrombium) victoriense msp.: 45, palp; 44, front

tarsus and metatarsus; 45, long and short dorsal hairs,

MicrorrombBipium (ENEMOTNROMBIUM) THIRST Sp. nov.

Description: Length 1-2 mm. Colour ?. Eyes two on each side, sessile.

Crista normal for the genus. Palpi ? (missing in preparation). Front tarsus

half as long again aS metatarsus and less than three times as long as high.

Longer dorsal hairs somewhat enp-shaped, but widening gradually from the base

to apex, not sharply expanded as in M. (12.) simile Uirst, 60 » lone; smaller hates

cup-shaped, with longer hairlets than in MW. (#.) simile Hirst, 15-20 »: lone,

Fig. 46-47, Microtrombidium (Bnemothrombinm) hirsti mesp.: 46, frout tarsus and meta

tarsus; 47, dorsal hairs,

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 197

Remarks: This species is closely related to M. (.) simile Tlirst, but differs

mainly in the shape of the lonwer body hairs and in the dimensions of the front

tarsus and metatarsus, The type specimen is one found amongst the Tlirst

material left in Adelaide, and now in the South Australian Museum, Tt had

been labelled Allothrombiwn imsiqne VWirst in Tlirst’s writing, but this had been

later crossed out in pencil. The locality was Myall Lakes, New South Wales,

September, 1922 (A, Muserave).

Microrromeinium (ENEMOTHROMBIUM) SOUTILCOTTT Sp, nov,

Description: Length 1-4 mm. Colour in life red, Crista well developed and

characteristic of the genus, 245 » long, with large posterior avea which is fur-

Fig. 48-50. Mierotrombidium (Bnemothrombiun) southeotl? wasps 48, evista sand right

wves; 49, palp; 50, front tarsus anid metatirsns,

nished with the usual two sensillary hairs 100 » long. Eyes, two on each side,

sessile, posterior eyes somewhat smaller than the anterior, Palpi as figured, with

a fairly strong apical tibial claw followed by a series of teeth on the outer edge

which are graduated, gradually becoming spine-like. Legs shorter than body, I]

and IT] shorter than I and TV, tront tarsus elliptical, 200 » long by 100 j high,

metatarsus 125 » long. Clothing of long spines, which are slightly ciliated and

80-82 p lone, and many short ciliated seales 25 p long. These are parallel-sided,

blunt at the tip, and with rather long hairlets, Leg hairs fine, pointed, and

ciliated.

198 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Type: A single specimen collected by Mr. R. V. Southeott at Belair. South

Australia, January, 1934.

Remarks: This species is very closely related to MW. (i) weloriense sp. nov.,

bit differs markedly in the smaller dorsal hairs and in the dimensions of the front

Tarsus.

Ky vo rie AvstraniaAN Species ov Mierovromemirunm.

1. Dorsal body hairs of only one type, unmoclified es xe Gay

Subgenus Wier atrombiditim Haller: Ss. at.

Dorsal body hairs generally of two types, often strongly modified, eup-

shaped, bulbate. spine-like or otherwise a em $4

Subgenus Raeniothrombium B tens.

2. Eves wanting .. at — - “aD

Byes present, two on e: ach aide, sessile

4. Front tarsi four times as long as high, Palpal tarsns clubbed, Dorsal body

hairs relatively fewer and stovter and not so lone (ef. fig,), Palpal tibia

with 3 accessory claws, Lees TV much longer than body. W. attelns (Banks).

Front tarsus four times as lone as hieh. Dorsal body hairs more numerous

(ef, fig.), longer, and more slender, Palpal tibia with 2 or 3 accessory elaws.

Legs [V ouly slightly longer than the body .. M. barringunense TTirst,

4, Froni tarsus elongate, almost parallel-sided, slighily more than twiee as lone

as high. Palpal tarsus not clubbed, Crista with posterior area.

M. westraliense sp. uo)v.

Front tarsus elliptical, not et r ti se ie Ms

Body hairs short and broad, leaflike, with lateral hairlets. Front tarsus

dwice as lone as metatarsnus, dchtls more than half as lone again as high.

Accessory claw of palpal tibia as laree as elaw and followed by 4 or 4 spine-

like setae - i ot wt Mmayrncicin sp. nov.

(i, Hairs on dorsum short, stont, oval and pointed, with short hairlets. Front

tarsus twice as long as high. Palpal tibia with one accessory claw followed

hy a more or less inregnlar group of strone setae. Palpal tarsus elubbed

M. paranum Virst,

Body hairs not as above

Dorsal body hairs not as above ae 3, Hs be a “E,

T, Dorsal body hairs rod- or spine-like, nimevous, with only indistinct, close-

lying hairlets. Front tarsus twice as lone as high. Mu. spinalum sp. nov.

Dorsal hairs not as above ie 6.3 Ji = se 8

&. Front tarsus slightly more than 3 times as lone as high and much longer than

nietatarsus. airs of dorsum as figured by Banks. Palpal tarsus not clubbed,

M. vequalis (Banks).

Front tarsus 24 times as ee as high, metatarsus nearly as lone, Palpal

tibia with one accessory claw followed by a series of eraduated spine-like

setae. Body hairs slender and delieate i. ' M, affine Hirst.

10,

11,

WoOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 199

Front tarsus less than twiee as long as high, metatarsus as long as tarsus is

high. Palpal tibia with accessory claw and a series of six stont setae. Palpal

farsus not elnubbed et fe Ys J. MW, karriensis sp. noy,

Larger dorsal hairs eup-shaped — .. “4 } 4 is 2. TWO.

Larger dorsal hairs not ¢np-shaped . a . as 1

Smaller dorsal hairs enp-shaped, with minute denticles ie yi 1s

Smaller dorsal hairs not cup-shaped ha A. a". ra 12;

Larger dorsal hairs with stem suddenly expanding to form the eup. Front

tarsus 34 times as long as high = .. st .. M.(E.) simile Hirst.

Larger dorsal hairs with stem gradually expanding from base to eup. Front

favsus less than 3 times as long as high ra M. CB.) hirsti sp. nov.

Sinaller body hairs very irregular, usually with small lateral proeesses. Front

tarsus more than 4 timex as lon@ as high — .. M.(B.) wyandrae inst,

Smaller body hairs more reeular, rod-like, Front tarsus more than 3 times

as lone as high .. ; a ir W. (FB .) collinan Wirst.

Longer dorsal hairs either branched distally, bushy, or ending in two seale-

like or leat-like halves. Front tarsus twice as lone as high.

M. (B.) hoardanum Wrst.

Longer dorsal hairs otherwise ve os f be tz oue Let

Longer dorsal hairs very lone and spine-like * ae 2 Ts:

Not so .. is 3, ih 1 a oF .. 16,

Smaller dorsal hairs tapering to a pomt with comparatively short hairlets.

Long hairs with only indistinet eiliations, 200 » lone. Front tarsus two and

a half times as lone as hieh and one-fourth as lone again as metatarsus.

M, (4.) vielariense sp. nov.

Small dorsal hairs not tapering, blunt at apex, and with relatively long hair-

lets. Longer dorsal hairs only 80-82 » in length. Front tarsus twice as lone

as high and almost twice as lone as metatarsus M(B.) southeatti sp. nov.

Front tarsus elongate, parallel-sided, 4 times as long as high. Body hairs

relatively short, dhe longer ones bi- or iri-fureate apieally.

M. (BL) relentus (Banks).

Front tarsus elliptical .. +. 4% , : is «TY:

Longer dorsal hairs clavate with long hairlets. Front tarsus less than twice

as lone as high and twice as lone as metatarsus 2. VW. (FL) newonani sp. nov.

Longer body hairs, not clavate although parallel-sided, with short hairlets.

Mront tarsus more than dwice as long as high, and about half as long again as

metatarsus 4 2. 2 LOW CB.) adeluidiewmn sp. nev,

TromprcuLa Berlese, 1905.

TROMBICTILA SIGNATA Sp. TOV.

Deseviplion: Length 1-2 mm, Colour in life probably red. Crista and sen-

sillary area as in wenus (ef. fies). Byes one on each side, large. and placed close

200 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

to but slightly posterior of the sensillary area. Front tarsus two and a half times

as long as high and one-third as lone again as metatarsus. Palpal tibia with the

usual apieal claw and two accessory claws as well as a number of strong setae.

Palpal tarsus stout. hardly clubbed, and not quite reaching tip of claw. Body

hairs of one type as figured and 40 » in length.

Fig. 51-54. Trombicula signata msp.: 51, sensory hairs and eyes; 52, palp; 58, front

tarsus and metatarsus; 54, dorsal hair,

Type: A single specimen colleeted by myself in Western Australia in 1931,

preeise locality uneertain, but probably Perth district. The preparation is in the

South Australian Museum.

CARNOTHROMBIUM Oudemans, 1928.

In this genus the crista is entire, with a medial sensillary area, a thick pos-

terior stem, and a broad, somewhat Y-shaped anterior plate much wider than the

sensillary area. The anterior margin of this frontal plate is straight or only

slightly sinnate. In Oudemans’ drawings the centre of this plate is shown as

unehitinized, the arms of the Y being joimed by an anterior transverse band or

rod, Inthe Australian species which I refer to this genus the whole of the plate

is more or less chitinized and the anterior margin a little more sinuate. The tarsi

are without pulvilli or pseudopulvillar hairs. The eyes are two on each side and

peduneulate as in Adlothrombiune.

WoMERSLEY--AUSTRALIAN MITES 201

To this genus T would refer all those species placed by Uirvst in Dinelhrom-

bin Oudemans (= Trombidiwn Berlese, 1912, nee. Rabe, 1893). du all speei-

jnen’s available of Dlirst's types the erista has been disseeted ancl examined.

They have all been found to conform to that described’ by Oudemaais for Caeio-

fhrombinm. The name Dinolhrombrune is now used for Trambidtion (Baby, 1593

nee. 1775) Berlese, 1912, and Sericuthrombinm Berlese, 1910, has been replaced

by Trombidowm Kabr., 1775.

In his paper (18) Oudemans on page 81 conrpares tis genus Venot/rombiion

to Dinothrombiun as follows: ‘*Die Crista ist nicht in clvei Teile veteilt. Dino-

thrambiwm wird also beiseite geschoben’’. Yet, in his key to the genera ol Trom-

bidiidae in the same paper (page 90) he places Dinolhrombium in the section G1.

Crista ungeteilt?’, This is obviously an error, for Dewolhrombiuu (Lrombidinn

Berlese) has three distinct parts to the erista, as is distinctly shown by Berlese’s

figure (Trombidiidae, Recia, 1912). In Cuenothronbiua the evista is ecutive,

except in so far as the anterior plate can be considered a cistinet part. La Drng-

thrombium the anterior portion is also plate-like, but of an entively different

shape. Furthermore, the tarsi in Dinothrombinm are turnished with a small

cluster of hairs at the tip, forming a kind of pseudopulvillus, as is described later

for the genus slustrothrombrun gen. noy.

CABNOTHROMBIUM SBRICATUM (Rainbow, 1906),

Syn. Trombidivm sericatune Rainbow, 1906.

Dinothrombium splendidum UWirst, 1928.

Dinothrombium ventricosum TTirst, 1928,

Of this species [ have been able to examine Rainbow’s type material in the

Australian Museum. This consists of 8 specimens of rather varying sizes, the

largest being a ¢ravid female of about 4°5 mm. in lene th, the others much smaller.

The type of Hirst’s D. splendidwm is in the South Ausiralian Musevn, and con-

sists of three microscopic slides of various parts. There is also a mount of the

front leg of another example from Mullewa, West Adstralia, in the same col-

lection; while a mount of the palp of this specimen was found amonest the [lest

material left in Adelaide. The type material of D. venticosum Ilivst, consisting

of three slides of the palp, first leg and cephalie area, ix in the Australian

Museum,

A careful study of the above material reveals no essential differences between

the three speeies, aud they are therefore regarded as synonymous. In Rainhow’s

deseription there ave distinet errors, the most important being his statement that

202 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

the eyes, two on each side, are sessile. Actually they are placed on distinet elon-

vated peduneles, as in other members of the genus.

The following additional characters are taken from one of his specimens :

front tarsus parallel-sided, 4-8 times as long as high, 670 4 by 140 », metatarsns

O00 long. Eyes two on each side, peduneulate. Dorsal body hairs unitorn,

90 p long, with parallel sides, stout and blunt at tip. Palpi as in genus. Crista

as figured.

Wig. 50-58, Cacnothrombium sericatum (Rainbow): 55, eristas 56, palp; 57, front tarsus

wud metatarsus; 58, posterior dorsal setae.

In the above details it will be noticed that the tarsus is somewhat longer in

proportion to its height than given by Ilirst for D. splendidum, but the use of

this character must not be pressed too far. The body hairs are also rather longer

than in D, splendiduim, 60 p, but are otherwise similar.

CAENOTHROMBIUM AUGUSTAE (Hirst, 1928).

Syn. Dinolhrombium augustae Hirst, 1928.

The type is in

This is one of the more easily distinguished species (ef. Key)

the South Austvalian Museum.

WoOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 203

CAENOTHROMBIUM TORRIDUM (Ilirst, 1928).

Syn. Dinothrombiumn lorridwm Hirst, 1928,

Dinthrombinm taylort Hirst, 1928,

The type of D. forridwn is in the South Australian Museum, while among the

Hirst material left in Professor arvey Johnston’s possession were two mounts

of the eutiele and chelicerae of D. taylor? The remainder of the latter species |

have not been able to obtain, but from a study of what is available there appears

to be no essential differences between the two forms, Hour other specimens from

Adelaide, South Australia, in May, 1988, and two from Waroona, West Avs-

tralia, in November, 1931, all colleeted by inyself, can be referred to this species.

CAMNOTHROMBIUM MONTIVAGUM (Hirst, 1928).

Syn. Microtrombidimm montioaguae Tirst, 1928,

Dinolhrombrwn montivayun Tivst, 1929.

Dinothrombium rainbour Uirst, 1928.

This species was originally placed in the genus Mrerolrambidimn (8), but

later Hirst removed it to Dinethrombuem (1°), The type specimen, minus one

of its front lews, is in the Australian Museum. The missme lee was found as a

mount amonest the material left by Hirst in Adelaide, The type of D. rambort

is also in the Australian Mnusemm. [Ht is undoubtedly synonymous with utenti

vagwin, Which has slight page priority.

A single specimen collected by myself at Mullewa, West Australia, in 1957,

and another from Buckland Park, South Australia, in Anueust, 1933. are to be

referred to this species. These specimens are now in the South Australian

Museum.

CARNOTHROMBIUM CRASSUM (Hirst, 1928).

Syn. Dinothrombiuin. crasswin ULivst, 1928,

The type is in the South Australian Museum collections, while a mount of a

piece of the cuticle was amongst the Llirst material.

CAENOTUROMBIUM Nope (Lirst, 128),

Syn. Dinothrombinm nobile Lirst, 1928.

The type is in the South Australian Musenm, and a piece of the cuticle was

amonest the [lirst material.

204 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

JAENOTOROMBIUM ALBUM sp. moy.

Descriplion: Size small, 1-65 mum. in leneth, 1-2 mm. wide at widest point.

Anterior legs longer than body, 38-0 mm., posterior legs 2-25 mm. Colour bright

red, with a large white patch on each side of the posterior portion of the broad part

of the body, and another, less defined, at apex of body. Legs yellowish. Palpal

tibia with strong but comparatively short claw. palpal tarsus elongate and

Fig, 59-62. Caenothrombinm atlbwn wep. 59, entire animal; GO, palp; G1, dorsal seta

G2, front tarsus und metatarsus.

clubbed and very much overreaching claw. Front tarsus elongate, four and a

half times as lone as high, metatarsus three-fourths the leneth of tarsus. Front

tarsus 780 « by 175 p», netatarsus 530 2 long. Hairs of uniform type, slender and

tapering, slightly curved, with long hairlets, 60 4 long. Eyes two on each side,

pedunculate. Crista normal for this genus.

Syntypes: Adelaide, 1933, in the South Australian Museum, Other specimens

from Denmark, West Australia, in July, 1932 (JLW.), and Riverton, South

Australia, 1933 (11.W.).

WoOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 205

CAENOTHROMBIUM NYNGANENSE (Hirst, 1928).

Syn, Dinothronbiwm nynganense Hirst, 1928,

The syntype material of this species was amongst the Hirst preparations left

with Professor Harvey Johnston, and is now in the South Australian Muse.

- 64

y :

Fig. 63. Caenothrombinm nynganense (YLirst): crista. Fig. 64-66. Caenothrombinm

miniatum wsp.t 64, palp; 65, front tarsus und metatarsus; 66, dorsal seta,

In life this species has the white dorsal patches as in the preceding, but they

are not so well defined.

It is apparently a fairly common and widely distributed species, and in the

South Australian Museum are examples from the following localities :

Two, Adelaide, 1933 (H.W.); a nymph, Mullewa, West Australia, Sep-

tember, 1931 (11.W.) ; five, Dyne Swamp, Narracoorte, South Australia, Septem-

ber, 1933 (D.C.8.) ; one, Glen Osmond, South Australia, 1988 (I.W.). There is

206 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

also a specimen in the Australian Museum collection eolleeted in the National

Park, New South Wales, October, 1933 (A. Musgrave).

CAENOTHROMBIUM MINIATUM Sp. TOV,

Deseriplion: Length 1-5 mm. Colour in life red. Crista present ancl of the

Cacnothrombium type, 200 1 long. Eyes two on each side, pedunculate. Legs I

and LV 1,575 p long, Il and ILL 1,225 p long. Palpi normal, as figured, with

slightly clubbed tarsus overreaching the tip of elaw. Front tarsus long and

rather parallel-sided, 470 p» long by 120 » high, metatarsus 235 » long. Clothing

dorsally of uniform stout and blunt setae which are strongly ciliated ; these setae

are much stouter than in C. nynganense and not so numerous. Length of setae

BD pw.

Type: From moss, Belair, South Australia, May 18, 1933 (R.V.8.) 5 in the

South Australian Museum.

Remarks: This species is closely related to C. torridwm (Hirst) and

nynganense (Hirst). From the former it differs in size and in the dorsal body

hairs, from the latter in size, in the dimensions of the front tarsi, and in the

dorsal body hairs.

Key ro Tug AustTRALIAN SpPECTES OF CAENOTHROMBIUM.

1. Dorsal body hans of two distinet sizes. Front tarsus 3 times as lone as

high, 4245p lone 2. Comontivagum (Hirst), syn. D. rainbow? lirst.

Dorsal body hairs uniform ay 4, a 4 as <2,

2. Front tarsus very elongate, about 7 times as lone as high. Leneth of animal

2-4 mim. 4, ‘4 39 >. .. Co augustae (Hirst).

Front tarsus much shorter, not exceeding about 44 times as long as high 3.

>. Front and hind legs much longer than body, Front tarsus 44 times as

long as high, 780 » by 175 ». A large, well-defined white pateh on cach

side of broadest portion of body and another at apex Co albwin sp, nov.

Front and hind lees scarcely longer than body Pe a wo A

4, Smaller species not exceeding 4-0 mm, in length “f re o> FS;

Larger species inore than 4-0 im, in leneth + L.. 2 Se

>. HKront tarsus 4-43 times as long as high. Dorsal body hairs 60-90 , long,

slender, tapering, with long hairlets.

C. lorridum (Ilivst), syn. D. taylord Lirst.

Front tarsus almost + times as long as high. Dorsal body hairs stout, blunt,

and strongly ciliated, 35 plone... te .. CL miniatum sp. nov.

Front tarsus 24 times as long as high, Body hairs fairly stout and reaching

65 win length .. oe Se = C. nynganense (1irst).

WoOMERSILEY ~AUSTRALTIAN MITES 207

G, Posterior dorsal hairs short and stout. parallelsided, with short hairlets,

often slightly swollen distally, 50-60 p long, and shehtly curved. Front

tarsus 44 times as long as high.

C. sericatum (Rainbow), svn. D. splendidum Lirst, D. ventricosuim Tirst,

Posterior dorsal hairs longer and straighter, 75 » long, more tapering, and

never swollen distally, Front tarsus 3 times as long as high. C. erasswin ULlirst.

Posterior body hairs longer still, 150 p, slightly euryed, more tapering and

delicate. Front tarsus 34 times as lone as high om Co nobile (Hirst).

AUSTRO'THROM BIUM gen, TOV,

This new genus is characterized by the peculiar shape of the anterior plate

of the erista. his plate is very much broader than the median sensillary area,

and has its anterior margin very deeply excised and the lateral margins sloping

strongly inwards and backwards, so that the plate appears to consist largely of

two forwardly direeted prones. The erista is entire, with a moderately thick-

ened posterior stem. The tarsi are without a true pulvillus, but have a number

of hairs, some 5 or 6, which form a kind of pseudopulvillus. This is similar to

that figured by Berlese (Redia, 1912, p. 6, fig. 1h) for Dinolhrombinne (Tron-

bidium). In Dinothrombium the anterior plate is straight-sided and the anterior

marein is only sinuate; the crista also is divided behind the sensillary area, so

that if the anterior plate is regarded as a separate part it ean be said to be

divided into three parts.

In this genus [ place Wirst’s Allothrombium (Mesolhrombin) austrationse,

AL (MM) insigne, and A. (WL) hkondiniwn. One might have kept Uirst’s name

Mesothrombium for this genus but that the genotype of Wesothrombiwur is A.

(M.) antipodianwn Hirst, which is a true Allolhrombium, and not congencrie

with the other three species.

AUSTROTHROMBIUM AUSTRALIENSE (Hirst, 1929).

Syn. Allalhrombiune (Mesothrombiwmn) austratiense UWirst, 129.

The two syntypes of this species are in the Australian Museum. Tn actclition

to the spirit inaterial two preparations of the front leg and the palp exist, and |

have made further mounts of the erista and a portion of the cittiele.

Hirst (1°) states that this species is closely related to Aflofhrambium cnli-

podium ILivst, but a study of the generic characters will show that this is not

the ease.

208 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

AUSTROTHROMBIUM INSIGNE (Hirst, 1928).

Syn. Allothrombiain (Mesothrombinon) insigne Wirst, 1928.

The type is in the Australian Museum. This species is very closely related

to the above, and although a study of the available material confirnis all Hirst’s

minute differences it seems to me doubtfully more than a variety. The palpal

tarsus is slightly Jonger in proportion to its height than in A. auslraliense and

there are small differenees in the structure of the dorsal hairs.

AUSTROTHROMBIUM KONDINIUM (Ilirst, 1928).

Syn. Allothrombiwm (Mesolhrambium) antipodianwen v. kondiniumn VWirst, 1928.

Allothrombium (Mesolhrombium) kondtntum Llirst, 1929.

The type, which | have not been able to see, is in the Perth Museum, West

Austraha. Other examples, however, which [ refer to this species have beer

Fig. 67. dAustrol(hrombiwn australiense (Hirst): crista. Pig. 68-60. Austrothrombinm

hondinium (Hirst): 68, erista; 69, tip of second tarsus.

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 209

collected by myself from the following localities: Armadale, West Australia,

July, 1931; Mullewa, West Australia, September, 1931, and in the Porongorups,

West Australia, in September, 1982.

The following details are taken from the Mullewa specimens: Large, 6-8 mm.

Entirely red. Crista entire, with medial stigmal area and broad anteriorly

pronged front plate (ef. fig.). Tarsus of front leg three times as long as hieh and

a little longer than metatarsus. All tarsi with pseudopulvillar hairs. Palpal

tibia with only the apical claw; palpal tarsus long, reaching tip of elaw and

slightly clubbed. Dorsal body hairs of two forms, a long type in which the hair-

lets are longer distally, giving the hair a clavate appearance, about 60 » long, and

a smaller type, which is stouter, pointed with a bare apex and smaller hairlets.

The above specimens are now in the South Australian Museum.

AuuorHrompBium Berlese, 1903.

ALLOTHROMBIUM GuTTATUM Hirst, 1928.

Syn. Allothrombium ornatum Hirst, 1928.

In 1929 Hirst (19) gave a key separating these two species on slight differ-

ences in colour and strueture of the longer body hairs. I have been able to

examine his type material in the Australian Museum, which consists in the case of

A, guttatum of three slides of the erista, first leg, and the palpi, with the remainder

of the specimen in spirit. From the portion in spirit I have made a mount ot a

part of the cuticle. Of A. ornatwin there are three slides of the first leg, palp, and

the remainder of the specimen.

A careful examination of this material fails to show any good differences

between the two species. At the best A. ornafum cannot be regarded as more

than a slight variety of A. gutfatum. The minor differences in the structure of

the longer body hairs are of little value. In support of this view we find a speci-

men in spirit in the Australian Museum material, No. K. 58215, collected by

Messrs. A. Musgrave and T. G. Campbell near Cutler’s Pass, Williams River,

New South Wales, 23/30/26, which was referred to by Hirst (1°, p. 172) as

A, ornalum. The actual specimen, however is labelled as A. guttatwn, T have

mounted a portion of the cuticle of this specimen, and find that it agrees with

A. gutlatwn.

ALLOTHROMBIUM ANTIPODTANUM Hirst, 1926.

Syn. Allothrombium antipodianum var, olorinwm Hirst, 1926.

Allothrombium parvulum Hirst, 1929.

The type of A. antipodianum vy. olorinum, and also a nymph labelled a

antipodianum var. ?’’ by Hirst, are in the South Australian Museum. They are

210 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

both from the Swan River distriet of West Australia and marked as found ‘with

ants’? From the original deseriptions I ean find no valid differences between

these and A. parnulun Hirst. Although T have not seen the type of the Last

species I have specimens from Pinjarra, West Australia, collected on October 1,

1931 (D.C.8.), whieh I had provisionally determined as A. parvulwm, but

which equally well agree with A. antipodianwm.

It is possible that Hirst’s A. ferraereginae may also be synonymous but [ have

no material available.

ALLOTHROMBIUM WYANDRAB Ilirst, 1928.

The first leg and palp of the type of this species were found amongst the

preparations in Professor Johnston’s possession. They are now in the collection

of the South Australian Museum.

To this species | refer specimens collected by Dr. R. J. Tillyard on Mount

Kosciusko, #.C.T., in Deeember, 1929.

ALLOTHROMBIUM DELICATULUM sp, nov.

Description: Length 1-0 mm., elongate oval in shape. Colour reddish. Eyes

two on each side, pedunculate. Crista of typical form (ef. fig.), Front tarsus a

little more than twice as long as high and rather longer than metatarsus, Palpal

tibia with apical claw, palpal tarsus slightly clubbed, hardly reaching tip of

claw. Body hairs of one type resembling those figured by Berlese for A. meri-

dionale.

Fig. 70-74, Allothrombinm delicatulum nsp.: 70, outline of animal; 71, eristas 72 palp;

73, front tarsus and metatursus; 74, dorsal seta,

\OMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 211

Syntypes: Two specimens colleeted by Mr. D, C. Swan at Bridgewater, South

Australia, Juue 6, 1982; in the South Australian Museu.

Remarks: Very close to meridianale Berlese, but differs im size and in the

dimensions of the front tarsi,

Key ro rie Ausprrattan Speecres or ALLOTHROMBTUM,

1. Very small species, 1+0 im., sparsely haired. Hairs uniform and with few

lon secondary hairs as fi a . A, delicatulum sp. nov.

Much larger species es be 4 a Lf sy Dj

2. Dorsunt with a distinet pattern of red and white. Some of the body hairs

very much cloneated 4 A. gutta Hirst, syn. A. ornatim Hirst.

Colour entirely red ar ae bbe * e. wey Eke

3. Body hairs of two cistinet types .. ae any 4,7 2. A;

Body hairs uutform, short, pliamose. Front tarsus fwice as long as high,

A. wyandrae Hirst.

4. Longer body hairs more clavate apically, axial thread thicker. Shorter hairs

more tapering apically .. A. antipodianum WWirst, syn. A. pariulum Hirst.

Longer body hairs less clavate. the hairlets longer near the base, stalk appar-

ently shorter. Short hairs not tapering apically .. A, ferraereginae Hirst.

Kry ro trae Avsrrantan Grenrra or Apu TROMBIDITDAR.

1. Body with lateral prominences — ., 4 Chyzeria Canestrini, 1897.

Body without these 5 A b xf i, 2.

2. Without a erista be de 12k Trombella Berlese, 1887.

With a erista; sensillary hairs not clavate .. ar a opal tet

3, Crista with fwo sensillary areas and four sensory hairs “3 o

Crista with only one sensillary area and two sensory hairs — .. DO

4. The seusillary areas separated, one at each end of evista. One eye on each

side and placed in front of anterior end of crista.

Myrmicolvombinm gen, nov.

The sensillary areas adjacent, behind one another. Two eyes on each side (7).

Diplathvombium Berlese, 1910.

5. Eyes one or none on each side ha a Trombicula Berlese, 1905,

Eyes two or none on each side aan ye afte *. 2. #6.

6. Hives two on each side, peduneulate A ai ot sO

Eves, if present, then sessile and two on each side. . J, ye IP:

; } ;

7. With a distinet nasus.. ~ .. Neotrombinm Leonardi, 1901.

Without anasus. Lees | and 1V shorter than the body Pol pe 8.

Without I | 1 1V shorter than the bod; 8

(1) In the genus Pohaultiad Oudemans 1911, the posterior sensillary area is separated from

the anterior, but placed in the middle of the erista and on a broad transyerse plate, There

are

two eyes on each side.

212 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

8. Hairs feather-like and unmodified .. Microtrombidiwn s.str. Haller.

Hairs of varying form with minute ciliations.

Microtrombidium, subgen. Enemolhrombiwm Berlese, 1910.

9. Tarsi with distinet pulvilli or a group of pulvilla-like hairs —. .. 10.

Tarsi without these. Crista with broader anterior plate with straighi or

sinuate anterior margin. Crista entire with median sensillary area.

Caenothronbiian Oudemans, 1928.

10. Tarsi with distinet and true pulvilli.. Crista in three parts, the median sen-

sillary area broader and more characteristi¢ Allothrombium Berlese, 1905.

Tarsi with 5-6 pulvillatike hairs. Crista entire with medium sensillary area

and much broader anterior plate with forwardly directed arms or prongs.

Auslrothrombium een, nov.

LARVAL FORMS OF TROMBIDIIDAE.

TrompicuLua Berlese,

TROMBICULA HIrsTt Sambon, 1927.

Of this species, the ‘‘ti-tree itch mite’’ of Queensland and South Australia,

there were two slides each of two specimens in the Hirst material left in Adelaide.

The specimens were collected at Robe, South Australia, by Ma. Stanley Tirst m

Fig. 75-77. Tromhbienla hirsti Sambon: 75, ventral yiew; 76, dorsal yiew; 77, dorsal

shield (all after Sambon).

1928. One slide is now in the South Anstralian Museum, Another slide contain-

ing a number of specimens has also been presented to the Museum by Mr. D.C.

Swan. These were collected in the same locality in 1934. To facilitate deter-

mination of these mites Sambon’s figures are reproduced,

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 213

TROMBICULA NOVAB-HOLLANDIAE LLirst, 1929.

There were many slides of this species amongst the Hirst material, all taken

from the ears of Rattus greyi from D’Estree Bay, Kangaroo Island, South Ans-

tralia. These should probably all be regarded as syntypes. Some of them have

been presented to the South Australian Museum by Professor Harvey Johnston.

Fig, 78-80, Trombieula novac-hollandiae Hirst: 78, dorsal view; 79, ventral view; 80, dorsal

shield (all after Hirst),

Other specimens in the South Australian Musetun were obtamed from the

ears of Potarus (ridactylus, collected at Bothwell, Tasmania, by Mr, H. HH. Kin-

layson in August, 1931. Tlirst’s figures are reproduced.

SCHONGASTIA Oudemans, 1910.

SCHONGASTIA ANTIPODIANUM Hirst, 1929.

This speeies was obtained by Hirst from the ears of Rallus greyt from

D’Bstree Bay, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, Many of his syntypes were

Fig. 81-88. Sehongastia antipodianum Hirst: 81, dorsal view; 82, ventral view; $3, dorsal

shield (after Hirst).

214 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

amongst the material left in Adelaide, and some have been presented to the South

Australian Museum, For comparison Hirst’s figures are reprodueed.

SCHONGASTIA COORONGENSE Ilirst, 1929,

Hirst described this species from specimens taken from the ears of a rodent

at Robe, South Australia, in December, 1926. Tlis syntypes were amonest the

material left in Adelaide, and some have been presented to the South Australian

Museum.

Fig. 84-86, Sehongastia eoorongense VHirst: 84, dorsal view; 85, ventral view; 86, dorsal

shield (after Hirst).

SCHONGASTIA DASYCERCT Hirst, 1929.

From the ears of Dasycercus cristicauda, from Ooldea, South Australia. The

syntypes were amongst the material left in Adelaide, and some of the slides are

now in the collection of the South Australian Musemn.

Rig. 87-89, Sehongastia dasycerci UWirst: 87, dorsal view; 88, ventral view; 89, dorsal

shield (after ILirst).

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 215

SCHONGASTIA WESTRALIENSE Sp. HOY.

Description: Sensory hairs of dorsal seutum elongate, clavate, with numerous

fine ciliae, resembling those of NS. dasyeere’ Tlirst. Anterior lateral hairs of

seutum shorter than the median anterior hair. Posterior lateral hairs of seutun

very long, about three-fourths the width of seutum, Posterior margin of seutium

sinuate and medially emareinate; anterior edge lightly concave. Eyes paired

but indistinet. Dorsal body setae about 50, short, slehthy curved and feathered,

Fig. 90-91, Schongastia westraliense nsp.+ 90, dorsal shicld and eyes; M1, tip of palp.

about 8 p long. Hairs of palpi as in Trombicula, but those of the palpal tarsus

are long and overreach the claw. Palpal claw with two accessory claws. ILairs

of legs long and strongly eiliated, but there is no unfeathered hair as is deseribed

for 8. dasyecerei Tirst. Leneth of body 525 ».; first leg (exeluding coxae) 210 p,

second 210 yx; third 250 »; dorsal sentume in middle 55 2 long, width 105° jp;

sensory hairs of seutum 88, anterior medial hair 0 p, posterior lateral hair

76 ps.

Localily: Kars of a eat from Greenbushes, West Australia, August, 1937.

Suyntypes: In the South Australian Museum.

SCHONGASTIA PRTROGALE Sp. TLoY.

Deseriplion: Dorsal scutium trapezoidal. the anterior margin straight anc

shorter than the posterior marein, which is shghtly sinuate medially. Sensory

hairs vlobular with very fine ciliae. Other hairs of scutum comparatively short

and strongly feathered, little longer than the sensory hairs; the posterior lateral

hairs are a little behind the sensory hairs. Myesx paired and equal. Dorsal body

hairs very numerous, pointed, slightly curved, and with long secondary hairs (ef.

216 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

fig.). Palpi as figured, the longest feathered hair of tarsus overreaching tip of

elaw, which claw is trifureate, Legs without any unfeathered hairs.

Fig, 92-95, Schongastia petrogale nsp.: 92, dorsal view of animal; 93, dorsal shield; 94,

palp; 95, dorsal hair.

Length 420 p, breadth 270 p, slightly constricted just behind the lees; front

legs (exelnding coxae) 220 », middle legs 180 p, hind legs 280 », Leneth of

scutum 58, width posteriorly 92 p», anteriorly 74p.; length of sensory hairs of

scutum 20 p, of posterior hairs 387 », dorsal body hairs 35 yp.

Locality: Musgrave Ranges, South Australia, July, 1933, on scrotum of a

wallaby, collected by Dr. CG. J. Hackett.

Syntypes: In the South Australian Museum.

BS)

Fig. 96-98. Lenwenhoekia austraticnse Wirst: 96, dorsal shield and eyes; 97, palp; 98

tip) of tarsus.

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 217

Remarks: This species differs from all hitherto deseribed forms in the shape

of the dorsal seutim and in the number and structure of the dorsal body setae.

LaUWENHORKIA Oudemans, 1911,

LEUWENILOERTA AUSTRALIENSE Hirsi, 1929.

[ have not been able to locate the types of this species, but in the South

Australian Museum are specimens from the ears of a eat, collected at Glen

Osmond, South Australia, by Mr, D, C. Swan in November, 1931.

Key ro rere LArvAn TROMBIDUDAR KNOWN FROM AUSTRALIA,

With only one antero-medial hair on seutum . s. -p 2:

With two antero-medial hairs on scutum .. Gen. Lewmenhoekia Ouds.

qustraliense Hirst.

Sensory hairs of seutum long and fine with secondary hairlets . . ee th

Gen. Trambicua Berl.

Sensory hairs of seutum clayate or globose . . o4 rm J 4

Gen. Schongaslia Ouds.

Dorsal seutim about one-third wider than long. The sensory and posterior

hairs approximately in the aiddle line of seutum. Dorsal body setae

2-6-6-1-2. Posterior angles of seutum truncate. Smaller species.

1. hivsti Sambon.

Dorsal seutum at least twice as wide as long. The sensory and posterior

hairs of sentum ina line well behind the muddle, Dorsal body setae

2.6-6-6-6-6-4. Posterior angles of seutum rounded. Larger species,

T. novae-hallandiae UWirst,

Sensory hairs of seutma clavate not globose ss - ju J

Sensory hairs of seutum elobose not elayate = = eae

Front margin of seutum produced slightly medially; lateral and posterior

mareins evenly rounded .. oa a .. S, dasyverci Mirst.

Front margin of seutum sliehthy coneave, lateral margins divergent pos-

teriorly, posterior margin slightly sinuate medially. 8. weslruliense sp, nov,

Body hairs very numerous, comparatively short, and with long secondary

hairs, Ordinary hairs of sentum comparatively short. Posterior edge of

seutium longer than anterior and straight or slightly sinnate.

S. pelrogale sp. nov.

Body hairs not so numerous, longer, and with only short secondary hairs — 7.

Dorsal seutun widest behind the middle, Posterior edge of seutum slightly

sinnate medially. Sensory and posterior seutal hairs on line of greatest

width. Lateral edges of seutiim produeed outwardly on line of greatest

width .. Ly 14 - oy .. S. eoorongense Hirst.

Dorsal scutim widest on posterior edge, posterior hairs at postero-lateral

corners and well behind the sensory hairs whieh are submedial. Lateral

cdoes of seutum straight. . abs ibe S. antipodionwm Hirst,

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Famity ERYTHRAEIDAE.,

Bryturagus Latreille, 1806,

ERYTHRAEUS CELERIPES (Rainbow, 1906).

Syn. Rhyncholophus celeripes Rainbow, 1906.

Leptus imperator Hirst, 1928,

This species was described and the entire animal figured by Rainbow in

1906 (44), The type material consisting of about a dozen specimens is in the

Australian Museum. Lepfus tmperator was deseribed by Hirst in 1928 without

any figures. His type is in the collection of the South Australian Museum. 1

101

100

Big. 99-108. Brythraeus eeleripes (Rainbow); 99, crista and eyes; 100, palp; 101, front

tarsus and metatarsus; 102, second tarsus and metatarsus; 103, dorsal setae.

have been able to compare this material, and without any doubt the two species

must be regarded as synonymous. Both descriptions, however, are not satisfac-

tory, and I have therefore drawn up the following fresh description fron

mounted specimens of Rainbow’s material, The figures are also from the same

specimens.

Redescription: Length to 3-8 mm, Crista distinet, linear, 1480 p long to

tip of nasus, with two pairs of sensory hairs on enlarged areas at the extremities.

WOMERSLEY—-AUSTRALIAN MITES 219

The anterior avea of erista is produced into a conieal nasus furnished with a

number of long setae. The shield of the evista is indistinet. Eyes for, two on

each side, sessile, slightly behind the middle of the crista, the anterior eye of each

pair is slightly the smaller, Legs Land TV very much longer than the body, 1 6°7

mim, lone, TE +S mim., 1 4-2 mm, TV 5-9 man; front farsus 890 » long by

270 pe high, metatarsts 1,500 p, second tarsus 410 p by 110 p. tarsal scopnlae fairly

distinct except on front tarsi. Palpi as figured, with apieal claw and short tarsus

which is scarcely longer than wide. Dorsal body hairs short, eurved, spiniforiu,

40 p long, not ciliated; ventral hairs longer, reaching 120 ». Long setae on nasits

indistinetly ciated.

Localities: In addition to the localities given by Rainbow and Ilirst the

writer has found this species under Huecalyptus bark at Armadale, West Aus-

tralia, August 6, 1982, while Professor W. M. Wheeler has collected specimens in

King’s Park, Perth, West Australia, in September, 1931, In the Australian

Museum are two specimens collected by Mr. A, Musgrave in, ihe National Park,

New South Wales, ou October 2, 1933.

Remarks: Tv life this species is often of a dark shining metallic-green colour

with a livht dorsal stripe.

ERYTHRARUS REGINAE (ITirst, 1925).

Syn. Leplus reyinae Lrst, 1928.

Leptus antipadianus Ulirst, 1928.

The syntypes of L. reginde and the type of L. autipadianus were amongst the

Hirst material m Adelaide, and are now in the South Australian Mirsenm. A

eritieal study of this material fails to show any signifieant differences between

the two species. They were both described in the same paper in which L. reginae

has page priority.

The syutypes of L. reginae ave from the Parklands, Adelaide, on Deeember 2,

1927, but wnongst Hirst’s material were also specimens from Barringun, New

South Wales. in Jane, 1927; Bourke, New South Wales, in August, 1927; and

from Orange, Queensland, for which no date is given. The type of 1. anlipodi

anus is from Tamuida, South Australia. on Mareh 24, 1927. la addition the

writer has four specimens collected by himself on Rottnest Island, West Aus-

tralia, in January, 1981,

As both descriptions are inadequate and without figures, a redeseription aid

fignves drawn from the syntypes of L, reginae are given.

Redeseriplion: Length to 2-9 nun, Crista long and linear, with two enlarged

220 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

areas each bearine a pair of sensory hairs, one area at each end of evista. Crista

without a distinet sheath. The anterior area of erista is produced into an elongate

nasus furnished with a number of long strongly ciliated setae; length of erista to

Pig. 104-107. Hrythracus regina (tirst): 104, evista and eyes; 105, palp; 106, fromt

tarsus and metatarsus; 107, dorsal seta.

tip of nasus 1,200 ». Eyes two on each side, sessile, on a distinct plate. Palpi

normal, as figured, Legs Land LV longer than the body, [4-3 mm. long, [1 2-9

min., TIE 3+Smm., PV 5-4mm,; front tarsus 540 «lone by 165 p high, metatarsus

$30 p, tarsal scopulae fairly well developed. Dorsal hairs seale- or leaf-lile,

pointed, and broad with minute ciliations, 30-35 p lone.

ERYTHRAEUS PrLosus (Llirst, 1928).

Syn. Leplus pilosus Hirst, 1928.

The type, from Dubbo, New South Wales, colleeted by Tirst on August 7,

1927, was found amongst the material left in Adelaide. [1 has now been pre-

sented to the South Australian Museum by Professor Harvey Johnston. A. fur-

ther specimen was found by myself under emmn-iree bark in the grounds of the

Waite Institute, Adelaide, South Australia, in September, 1933, and in the

South Australian Musemn are also three specimens collected at Belair, South

Australia, in January, 1934 (R.V.S.).

Asin the preeeding species it is necessary to redeseribe this form, and fives

drawn from the type are given.

WoOMERST.EY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 221

Redeseription: Length 2-2 mm. Crista linear, 650 » long, with enlarged

stigmal areas at each end. The anterior area is bulbous and not produced into a

nasus; it is furnished with a mumber of lone pointed strongly ciliated setae.

Eyes two on cach side, sessile, on a distinet shicld and placed fairly close to the

110

ig. 108-111, Hrythracus pilosus (Uirst): 108, evista and cyes; 109, palp; 110, front

tarsus sid metatarsus; 111, dorsal seta.

evista but behind its middle, Palpi normal as figured. Lees I and TV longer

than the body, 13-35 mm. long, 11 2-5 mm,, LIT 2-5 mm., LV 4-2 mm., front

tarsus 450 p» long by 120 » high, metatarsus 665 . Clothing of long, pointed.

strongly ciliated setae 200 » long.

ERYTHRAEUS URRBRAE Sp. noy.

Deseriplion: Length 2-6 mm. Colour dark, sh@htly reddish. Crista well

chitinized. 750 « long, with anterior and posterior sensory areas, the anterior of

which is bulbous and not produced into a nasus, fiamished with a niouber of

long, finely cihated, blunt setae. Eyes two on each side, slightly behind the

middle of evista, sessile, ocular shield not distinet. Palpi normal, as figured, with

fairly strong claw and long, elubbed tarsus reaching to or slightly beyond tip of

claw. Lees Land LV longer than body, [3-75 mim., I] 2-4 mm., II} 3-0 in.,

TV 4-5 mim., fromt tarsus 590 p long by 150 p high, metatarsus 825 p. Clothing

222 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

of numerous dark, strong setae, which are strongly ciliated and blunt apically,

variable in leneth up to 200 », more numerous than in preceding species.

Syntypes: Two specimens in the South Australian Museum, collected by

myself under Euealyptus bark in the grounds of the Waite Institute, Urrbrae,

South Australia, in September, 1933,

i113

Fig. 112-114. Erythraeus urrbrue nsp.: 112, palp; 118, front tarsus and metatarsus; 114,

dorsal seta.

Remarks: Closely related to the preceding but distinct in the nature of the

clothing.

Kry To THE AUSTRALIAN Spectres or EPRyTHRABUS.

1. Hairs of dorsum short and leaf- or scale-like, pointed, with short ciliations.

Ee reginae (Hirst).

Hairs on dorsum not as above if =f he $7 *,2 MZ.

2. Anterior end of erista with a long nasus. Dorsal hairs long and spiniform,

pointed, and only indistinetly ciliated, Tarsus of palp short, not longer than

wide .. = = Pe i, EL. celeripes (Rainbow).

Anterior end of crista without nasus. Palpal tarsus long and clubbed .. 3.

3. Dorsal hairs fine and tapering to a point, of more uniform size,

FE, pilosus (Uist).

Dorsal hairs stouter and blunt, not tapering to a point, of variable leneth.

E. urrbrae sp. nov.

WoOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 223

Leprus Latreille, 1795.

This venus differs from Belaustiiwn in the eyes being placed before the

middle of the crista, the erista. being without any shield, the absence of a nasus,

and in the structure of the dorsal body hairs.

LEPTUS WARREGENSH (Llirst, 1928).

Syn. Belauslium warregense Hirst, 1928.

The syntypes of this species were found amongst the Hirst material in

Adelaide, and are now in the South Australian Museum. The following rede-

seription and figures are drawn from the syntypes:

Wig. 115-118, Leplus warregense (Hirst): 115, erista and eyes; 116, palps; 117, front

farsus and metatarsus; 118, dorsal seta,

Redeseriplion: Length 1-575 mm. Crista well developed, linear, 440 jp lone,

without shield, anterior and posterior sensillary areas each with the usual pair

of sensory hairs. Hyes one on each side, placed shehtly behind the anterior

sensillary area. VPalpi as figured, with small tibial claw and long, clubbed tarsus

overreaching tip of claw. Lees not longer than body, 1 1,660 4, IL 1,050 », IV]

1.225 p, IV 1450 p; front tarsus 300 long by 110 » high, metatarsus

275 p lone, all tarsi without seopulae. Hfaivs on legs long, pointed, and strongly

ciliated: on dorsum 85-10 » lone, stronely feathered, rather blunt, and not as

bushy as in the following species,

224 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

LEPTUS ORNATUS Sp. nov.

Description: Small, length 1-35 mm., width 0-9 mm. Colour in life reddish.

Crista distinet and well developed, 420 p, long, with anterior and posterior sen-

sillary areas each with the usual pair of sensory hairs, anterior area of crista

SSSSSSS

S—— »

122

Fig. 119-122. Leplus ornatus u.sp.: 119, cristu and eyes; 120, palp; 121, front tarsus

and palp; 122, dorsal seta,

elliptical but without nasus. Eyes one on each side, placed just behind the

anterior sensillary area. Palpi as figured, with strong but small tibial claw and

long and stout tarsus seareely clubbed but overreaching tip of claw. Lees | and

IV slightly longer than the body, [I 1,500 p» long, IT 900 p, ITT 1,200 p, LV 1,650,

front tarsus short and elliptical, 260 » long by 120 » high, metatarsus rather

longer, all tarsi without scopulae. Dorsal body hairs short and thick, 27 » long,

slightly curved, strongly feathered so as to appear bushy, mainly very dark, but

there appears to be a medial pateh where these hairs are light.

Type: From Rottnest Island, West Australia, January 31, 1131, colleeted by

inyself.

The above specimens are now in the South Australian Museum. This species

can be distinguished from the preceding by the structure and dimensions of the

front tarsus and the nature of the dorsal clothing.

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 225

Betaustium v. Heyden, 1826.

BELAUSTIUM NEWMANI Sp. nov.

Description: Length 1°65 mm., width 1-3 mm. Colour in life reddish,

Crista distinet and well developed on a narrow elongate shield, with anterior and

posterior sensillary areas, the front area produced into a blunt nasal process,

sensory hairs short, about 40 long, erista 430 » long. Eyes one on each side,

126

Fig, 128-126, Belaustium newmani wsp.: 128 evista and eyes; 124, palp; 125, front tarsus

andl metatarsus; 126, dorsal seta.

sessile, placed slightly in front of the posterior and sensillary area, Palpi as

figured, with strong, short tibial claw aud short, stout tarsus. Legs 1 and IV

scarcely longer than the body, | 1,700 », 11 1,200 », TIT 1,200 p, TV 1,860 p, front

tarsus 230 » long by 95 pw high, metatarsus 360 p, all tarsi without scopulae.

Dorsal setae ciliated as in B. littorale sp. nov., but stouter and straighter and

apically blint, sparser and more seattered,

Type and paratype: Perth, West Australia, collected by myself in 1931, now

in the South Australian Museum. This species is named after Mr. L. J. Newman,

Government Entomologist to West Australia as a slight mark of esteem.

226 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

BrLAUSTIUM GLAUERTI sp. nov.

Description: Length 1:16 mm., width 1-75 mm. Crista distinet and well

developed on an elongate shield, with anterior and posterior sensillary areas,

each with the usual pair of sensory hairs. Length of erista 330 p, of shield 430 p,

the anterior sensillary area produced in a blunt nasus, from the tip of which the

Fig. 127-150. Belaustium glauerti wsp.: 127, crista and eyes; 128, palp; 129, front tarsus

anc metatarsus; 130, dorsal setae.

length of the crista is taken. Sensory hairs 115 » lone. Eyes one on each side,

sessile, on a level with the posterior sensillary area. Palpi as figured. All legs

longer than the body, I 2,820 », I 1,600 », TIT 1,760 », TV 2,820 p, front tarsus

420 » long by 110 « high, metatarsus 490 » long, all tarsi without secopulae. Dorsal

hairs sparse and short, 30 » long, not tapering, and more blunt than in previous

species, indistinetly ciliated.

Type: A single specimen from Perth, West Australia. colleeted in 1932 by

myself. The specimen is now in the South Australian Museum. It is named in

honour of Mr. L. J. Glauert, Curator of the Perth Museum.

BELAUSTIUM LITTORALE sp. nov.

Description: Small, reddish, Leneth 2-4 mm., width 1°35 mun. Crista well

developed, linear but thick, on a narrow clongate shield, with anterior and pos-

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 227

terior sensillary areas cach with the usual pair of sensory hairs. The anterior area

of evista is produced into a blunt nasus, and the leneth of the erista from its tip

js 650 ». Palpi as figured, with small, strone tibial claw and short, stumpy tarsus

Hyes one on each side, placed shehtly in front of posterior area of erista. Lees

not longer than body, 1 2,400 p, 11 1,800 p, THE 1,850 4, PV 2,500 «, front tarsus

elliptical, 800 long by 150 » high, metatarsus 420 » long, all tarsi without

scopulae. Dorsal body hairs long, 60 », curved, slender and pointed, with cilia-

tions on one side only, fairly numerous ‘in good specimens.

132

Wig. I-34. Belaustium litfovale wsp.s 181, evista anid eyes: 182, palp; 138, front tarsus

and metatursus; Ld, dorsal seta,

Type and paratypes in the South Australian Museum, and collected under

seaweed on shore at Point Perron, West Australia, April 6.1931, by the writer.

Remarks: This species is very close to the European speeies B. quisquiliarwn

(Ilerman), as ascertained by comparison with an KEnelish specimen of that

species. [lerman’s species has slightly shorter and perfectly plain setae on the

dorsum,

SHLAUSTIUM BREYUM Sp. nov.

Deseriplion: Length 1-245 mm., width 0-83 mim. Crista distinet but shield

rather obscure, Anterior and posterior sensillary areas present, anterior with a

slight nasus. The sensory hairs of the erista are 115 p» long, the evista itself

320 ». Hyes one on each side, sessile, and placed behind the middle of the crista.

Lees | and TV rather longer than the body, [1 1,500 p, 11 1,060 », ILL 1,245 My

228 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

IV 1,660 », front tarsus 260 » long by 130 » high, metatarsus 290 » long, all tarsi

without scopulae. Dorsal body hairs sparse, 75 » lone, fairly thick and bluntly

pointed, shghtly ciliated.

Type: A single specimen from Riverton, South Australia, September, 19333,

collected by Mr. W. G. Johnston; in the South Australian Museum.

135

138

Fig. 185-188, Belaustium brevum nap: 145, evista and eyes; 186, palp; 137, front tarsus

wud metatarsus; 138, dorsal seta.

BELAUSTIUM RIPICOLA Sp. noy.

Description: Length 700 p, width 350 ». Colour in life bright red, Crista

distinct with anterior and posterior areas, but with hardly any indication of a

shield. Eaeh area of the crista has the usual pair of sensory hairs, which are

very finely ciated. Length of crista 150 » and of sensory hairs 45 p. The front

area of erista forms a small nasus furnished with a few lone setae. Eyes one on

each side in a line with the posterior sensillary area, There is a very distinet

suture behind the cephalothorax. Palpi long and straight, as figured. Legs

I 610 » long, I] 400 p, TIT 485 «, IV 570 uw, front tarsus elliptical, 110 » long by

43 « high, metatarsus 90 » long. Clothing of moderately numerous pointed,

curved setae, 20 p in length, and under a high power slightly ciliated,

Locality: Amongst herbage on banks of Tlindmarsh River, Vietor Harbour,

South Australia, in January, 1984 (T.W.).

Syntypes: In the South Australian Museum,

is)

WoOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES

Mig. 139-142. Belaustium ripicola usp.: 139, dorsal entire view; 140, erista; 141, palp:

142, front tarsus and metatarsus.

BELAUSTIUM INSULARUM Sp. Nov.

Description: Length 810 ». Colour in life reddish, Crista well developed

but shield indistinct, with anterior and posterior sensillary areas each with the

‘A

r vo x

‘ty

yy y

\. |

iis : 146

Fig. 148-147. Belaustium insularum nsp.: 148, crista; 144, palp; 145, front tarsus and

metatarsus; 146, second tarsus and metatarsus; 147, dorsal seta.

230

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

usual pair of sensory setae, Length of evista 380 2, between sensillae 130 p,

Legs 1 800 » long, TL 725 a. PEL 750 pw, TV 1,010 ». front tarsus elliptieal, 130

long by 82 p high, metatarsuy 180 » lone. Dorsal setae fairly nimerons, stont,

a little wider at some distance from base, strongly ciliated, and 85-40 p», lone,

Type: A single specimen collected on Rottnest Island, West Australia, Janu-

ary 31,1951 (FTW.).

Remarks: This speeies is very closely related io Bo brevwm sp. noy., but

differs in the strueture of the dorsal setae and the proportions of the front tarsi.

—_

Kry ro tie AustraniaANn Sprecirs of BreLausriua,

Front tarsus elongate, almost parallel-sided, nearly 4 times as lone as high,

rather more than 4/5 ihe leneth of metatarsus. Dorsal hairs fairly lene,

indistinetly ciliated, blunt ended. Lees T and TY more than twice as lone

as body bt a 4 * .. B.ylanertisp. nov.

Front tarsus short and elliptical .. a i a ty wie,

Front tarsus at least 24 times as lone as hieh i, u, a =D;

Front tarsus not more than twice as long as high me nes a 2

Front tarsus 25 times as lone as high, metatarsus more than twice as lone

again. Dorsal hairs stout, tapering, indistinetly ciliated, almost straight and

sparse. Lees T and LV only slightly longer than body. 2B. néwinani sp. noy.

Front tarsus shehtly more than 24 times as long as hieh, metatarsus shorter

than tarsus. Clothing of moderately numerous pointed setae, 20 » lone, and

indistinetly ciliated, Lees T and TV shorter than body — B. ripieola sp. nov.

Front metatarsus only very slightly longer than tarsus. Body hairs stout.

not tapering, but parallel-sided, blunt at apex and slightly ciliated, Small

species 1+25 mm, oe 3 ‘ PB. brewvin sp. noy.

Front metatarsus quite half as long again as the tarsus a J.

Body hairs slender. eurved, and pointed, only indistinetly ciliated. Lareer

species up to2-5 mm... is af .. Blittorale sp. nov.

tody hairs stout, stronely ciliated, and broadest at some distance from base.

small species 0-8 nim... a ne .. Boinsulorian sp. nov,

SpuAeronopuus Berlese, 1910.

This genus is very close to Belaustione v. Heyden, 1826, from whieh it citfers

chiefly in the almost spherical and large tarsus of the palp. The evista is linear

on a narrow shield, and has the nsnal two pairs of swollen areas at the extremities,

each with two sensory hairs. The eyes are one on each side, placed behind the

middle of the erista, The dorsal hairs are somewhat spiniform and only indis-

tinetly ciliated.

No species has previously been recorded from Australia,

WoOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 231

SPHAEROLOPHUS WESTRALIENSE Sp. HOV.

Description: Length 1-425 win, width 0-83 mm. Colour im life red. Crista

well developed on a narrow shield with anterior and posterior sensillary areds,

without nasus. Length of erista 330 4, of sensory hairs 135 p. Hves one on cach

‘

Fig, 148-152. Sphaevoloplius westrationse v.sp.: 148, dorsal entire view; 149, erista;

150, pulp; 151, front tarsus and metatarsus; 152, dorsal seta.

side behind middle of evista and at a considerable distance from tt, Legs longer

than body in first and fourth pairs, [1,875 » long, TE 1,000 p, TEL 1.080 py, TV

1,660 p, front tarsus 180 p lone by 75 » high, metatarsus 800 » long. All tarsi

with indistinet seopulae. Palpi as figured. Body hairs long, finely potted,

slightly curved, and indistinetly ciliated, variable in length to 110 yp, fairly

rlumerons,

Type and paratype trom Bridgetown, West Australia, December 3, 1930,

collected ly the writer, and now in the South Australian Museum,

Microsmankis Eirst, 1926,

This genus was ereeted in 1926 by Hirst, when he deseribed Mierosmaris

mirandus (%) from Christehurch, New Zealand. In 1928 (5) he added a second

species, M. qgoannae, from Adelaide, South Australia, but unfortimately without

. 3 7 .

figures and with a very poor and inadequate deseription, The genotype was,

however, well deseribed and figured.

232 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

The syntypes of J7. goannade were found amongst the Hirst material in

Professor Harvey Johnston's possession, and have now heen placed in the South

Australian Museu. Amonest the material collected by the writer while in West

Australia, and now in the South Australian Mnsevm, are a mumnber of specimens

which belong to this genus. Four of these avree with ILirst’s deseription of VW,

nivandus, while the remaining two are a new species, to which the name J/ieros-

maris hirsti is given,

A study of this material enables us to more definitely define the characters

of the genus and alse to redeseribe JZ. gounnae.

ReEDEFINITION OF GENUS MicrosMARIs.

Of comparatively small size. Mouth-parts styliform and but little retractile.

Integument only lightly chitinized, devoid of ormamentation, but clothed with

small simple spine-like setae, Crista obsolete, but two pairs of sensory hairs pre-

sent, widely separated, One eye on each side behind the middle of where the erista

would be, Legs generally not mueh longer than the body. unmodified. with simple

hairs, tarsi with only indistinet scopulae. Dorsum with two pairs of large sensory

pits edged with seale-like setae; one pair of pits situated medially and sublater-

ally, the other pair closer together and subapical,

MrerosMARIS MIRANDUS Hirst, 1926,

Four specimens collected by the writer at Mullewa, West Australia, in Sep-

tember, 1931, and new in the collections of the South Australian Musenm, agree

in detail with this species.

MicrosMARIS GOANNAE [irst, 1928.

This species was desertbed from speeimens collected by Miss Joan Cleland

and Mr. 8S. Tiirst under Kucalyptus bark ina garden at Adelaide. Lt is named

after Miss Cleland, ancl the specific name has no relation to the Australian species

of Vurdnus. The syntypes were amonest the Hirst material in Adelaide, and are

now in the South Australian Museum. In the same material was also a single

specimen collected by Hirst at Belair, South Australia, in January, 1928.

Numerous examples were also taken from under Enealypt bark on Monnt

Osmond, South Australia. February 38. 19384. by the writer.

The following redeseription is drawn from the syntypes: Length 1-43 non.

Orista obsolete, but two pairs of sensory hairs present, 152 apart, the hairs

70-80 p long. Eyes one on each side behind the middle of where the erista would

WOMERSILEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 233

be. Palpi as figured. Legs short, [ 1,580 » long, IL 1,080 p, EI 1,180 p, IV

1,330 p, front tarsus 170 p long by 75 p high, metatarsus 300 p long. Clothing

of numerous short, curved, spine-like setae, 20 » long and interspersed, especially

Fig, 198-155. Microsmaris goannae Ilirst: 158, front farsus and metitirsus ; 1h4, palp;

155, posterior dorsal setae.

posteriorly, with much longer setae, which reach 70 jin length. Dorsum with

the usual two pairs of sensory pits.

The essential differences of this species fron the other two are give in the

key.

MiIcROSMARIS THIRSTI Sp. Noy.

Deseriplion; Length 1-0 mm, Colour in life red. Crista obsolete, but two

pairs of sensory hairs present, 112 » apart and the hairs 70 » long, Eyes one on

each side, behind the middle of where the evista would be, Legs not longer than

body, [ 1,000 » long, IT and LiL 880 p, TV 920 p, front tarsus 135 lone by

65 » high, metatarsus 164 » long. Palpi as figured, Clothing of numerous short,

curved, spine-like setae, 30 p long, posteriorly the dorsum has some shghtly

longer but similar setae which reach 40 pin length. Dorsim with the usual fwo

pairs of sensory pits 35 p» in diameter.

Type: Freshwater Bay, Swan River, Perth, West Australia, November 15,

1930 (IL.W.).

Paratype: King’s Park, Perth, West Australia, September 5, 1981 (11.W.),

234 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig, 156-158. Mierosmaris hirsti sp.: 156, palp; 157, front tarsus und metatarsus; 158,

posterior dorsal setae,

MicROSMARIS MINUTUS sp. nov.

Description: Very small species 0°825 mm. lone. In life reddish with a

distinct green shimmer. Legs I and IV distinetly longer than body, [ 1,820 p,

ad Fag

yoy J, ie

[

Af Ae

cerns

Fig. 159-164, Microsmaris minutus n.sp.; 159, anterior portion of dorsum showing sensory

hairs; 160, palp; 161, front tarsus and metatarsus; 162, second tarsus and metatarsus; 163,

one of the dorsal pits, posterior dorsal setae,

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 235

II 660 p, TEL 740 p, TV 1,050 p, front tarsus more than twice as long as high,

120 p by 55 p, metatarsus 260 » long. Eyes on each side placed medially to the

two pairs of sensory hairs. Crista obsolete, but with two pairs of sensory hairs

120 p apart, anterior hairs 50 » long, posterior 80 » long. Dorsum, well clothed

with two kinds of setae, mostly short, 30 » long, but interspersed with long ones

reaching 55 » in length. Dorsum with the usual two pairs of pits lined with

seale-like setae, but these setae are not so broad as in other species.

Locality: A large number of specimens taken by sweeping herbage on Mount

Lofty, South Australia, January 1, 1934 (H.W.).

Syntypes: In the South Australian Museum.

Ky To THE Species or MicrosMArRIs.

1. Legs I and IV much longer than the body. Small species 0-825 mm.

M. minutus sp. nov.

Lees I and IV shorter or not much longer than the body an mg 2,

2. Dorsal setae sparse, of uniform size, small, about 15 » long. Front tarsus

three times as long as high 4 arp .. MM. mirandus Hirst.

Dorsum posteriorly with some longer setae .. tn a AF Bt

3. Longer dorsal setae only a little longer than the others. Front tarsus as

long as high. The pairs of sensory hairs closer together M. hirsti sp. nov.

Longer dorsal setae about three and a half times as long as the others. Front

tarsus slightly more than twice as long as high. The pairs of sensory hairs

wider apart 4 me St ph vt M. goannae Hirst.

CatyprostomMa Cambridge, 1875.

Syn. Smaridia Latreille, 1817.

Fessonia (v. Heyden) Banks, 1916.

CALYPTOSTOMA PROMINENS (Banks, 1916).

Syn. Messonia prominens Banks, 1916.

The type from Ocean Grove, Victoria, taken by the late Mr. A. M. Lea in

association with the ant Iridomyrmex nitidus, is in the South Australian Museum

collections. Amongst the Hirst material left in Adelaide were four other speci-

mens collected by Hirst at Menindie, South Australia, and labelled in peneil by

Hirst as ‘‘Banks’ genus’’. A further specimen was found by the writer under

bark in the grounds of the Waite Institute, Urrbrae, South Australia, on Sep-

tember 3, 1933. From these additional localities the association of the type

specimen with ants would appear to be accidental.

236 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Exeellent figures of the cephalothorax and dorsal hairs are given by Banks,

but no other details. Drawings of the palp and front tarsus and metatarsus are

now added, while certain morphological features are deseribed which are not

mentioned in the original description. These details, however, are not taken

from the type. which is in poor condition, but from the specimen from the Waite

Institute. Another example of this species was collected by myself at Vietor

Harbour, South Australia, in January, 1934.

165

Fig. 165-166. Calyplostoma prominens (Banks) + 165, pulp; 166, front tarsus and metiutarsius.

Length 0-65 mm. Palpi as figured, with long, slender claw and shorter but

elongate tarsus which ix not clubbed. Leg I 670 » long, I] 330 p, TIT 330 p, IV

000 mw, front tarsus (missing in type) 105 p» long by 38 » high, metatarsus 135 nu.

Dorsal hairs 20 » long.

Genus CancuniIsomA Berlese, 1888,

CAmCULISOMA NASUTUM Hirst, 1928.

The type of this species, collected by Mr. A. M. Lea in the Cairns District of

Queensland, is in the collections of the South Australian Munsewun,

The original description is very good, and little needs to be added. As in all

species of the genus, however, the crista is continued behind the posterior sensil-

lary area for some distance as a kind of dorsal groove. As no figures accom-

panied the original deseription, drawings of the important details are now given.

These drawings are all from the type specimen. The front tarsi are missing, bit

WoMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 237

are probably longer than those of the other legs, The tarsus and metatarstts

shown are those of lee TV,

Wig, 167-171. Caeculisoma nasutum Hirst: 167, crista and eyes; 168, palp; 169, front leg

without tarsus; 170, tarsus and metatarsus of leg TV; 171, two of the dorsal setae.

The species appears to be very closely related to Cacceulisoma (uberculatun

Berlese from Buenos Ayres, but I have not been able to see the original deserip-

tion and figures of this species.

CABCULISOMA MONTANA (Rainbow, 1906),

Syn. Rhyncholophus montana Rainbow, 1906.

T am indebted to the authorities of the Australian Musetwn, Sydney, for

the opportunity of mounting and examining the type of this species, which was

from Mount Kosciusko, F.C.T. The original description, which was accompanicd

by a figure of the entire animal only, is quite inadequate, so that it is here re-

deseribed and figured in detail.

Length 3-0 mm.,, width 1-8 mm. Colour searlet. Crista long and linear,

with a swollen stigmal area at cach end; the posterior area is, however, continued

backwards for some distanee as a dorsal groove. Eyes, said to be two on each

side, but in the mount [ ean see only one, as in other species of the gents, sessile.

Palpi long, as figured, with elongate tarsus placed terminally on the tibia and

subequal to tibia, tibia with a very small outer claw. Legs shorter than body, all

238 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

tibia with tubercles or dises on the middle of the outer edge, the third segment

of legs IL and TIT with a distinet constrietion, tarsi elliptical, front tarsus twice

as long as others. Clothing consists of fairly numerous curved spiniforim setae

Fig. 172-176, Cacculisoma montana (Rainbow): 172, erista; 173, palp; 174, leg 1; 175,

leg 11; 176, dorsal setae.

which taper to a point, but are surrounded by a narrow bluint-ended but delicate

sheath. Legs very hairy with long hairs, tarsi with light scopulae.

CABCULISOMA ARGUS Vitzthum, 1926.

Dr. Vitzthum described this species (17) from a single example collected by

Dr. Dammerman in Sumatra. In the South Australian Museum is a single speei-

men collected by Mr. R. V, Southeott at Glen Osmond, South Australia, in

January, 1934.

This species is easily distinguished by the key.

CAECULISOMA RIPICOLA Sp. Nov.

Description of Adull; Length 1-17 mm., width 0-875 mm. Colour in life

reddish-brown. Crista distinet, with anterior and posterior sensillary areas, the

posterior area only a little prolonged backwards. Each area has two sensory

hairs, which are comparatively short and simple. The anterior area of the erista

has 8-9 long, serrated, scale-like setae. The erista is 350 p long

, sensory hairs

WoOMERSLEY —AUSTRALIAN MITES 239

30 p, and the seale-like setae on anterior area 40 » long. Byes one on each side,

sinall, and placed behind the middle line of the erista. Legs Land TV about as

long as body, Il and IL shorter, [1,180 p long, 11 780 p, IIL 875 pw, LV 1,225 p,

front tarsus elliptical, slightly longer than metatarsus, 165 » long by 96 p high,

metatarsus 152 » long, second and others much shorter than front and than their

respective metatarsi, 1-1 V with distinet scopulae, all metatarsi with the charac-

teristic dises. Palpi as figured, with small tibial claw, whieh is much shorter

than the tarsus. Clothing of uniform scale-like setae which have longitudinal

series of serrations; these scales are very mumerous, and are not interspersed with

simple spines, their length is 80 ; the seales are also present on, legs LI-LV on

the outside, beginning at the metatarsi.

Fig, 177-186. Caeeulisoma ripicola nsp.: 177-18i adult: 177, entire dorsal views; 178,

pulp; 179, front tarsus and metatarsus from above; 180, tarsus and metatarsus of lug IL;

I81, crista, I8Y-186 nymph: 182, entire dorsal view; 183, crista; P84, front tarsus and meta

tirsus; I85; second tarsus and metataursus; 186, fip of palp.

Description of Nymph: Length 0-875 mm., width 0-560 mm, Colour in life

bright ved. Crista present and distinet as in adult, but differs in that the sensory

hairs are short, finely ciliated and distinetly swollen apically; the anterior

sensilary avea has fewer seale-like setae which are equal in leneth to those of the

dorsum; length of erista 192 p, of sensory hairs 35 u. Byes one on each side,

small, and somewhat behind the median line of the crista. Palpi as figured.

Legs very thin, | and LV about as lone as body, LL and ILE shorter; front tarsus

240 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

92 p» long by 46 » high, metatarsus 110 ,.; all metatarsi are without the dises and

there are uo tarsal scopulae. Clothing of scale-like setae with longitudinal rows

of serrations; these setae, however, are not so munerous as in the adult but of the

same type; they are 15 w long. The relative abundance of these setae ou the

dorsum of the adult and nympl: is shown in the drawines of the erista, Seale-

like setae are also present on the legs, but graduate into ciliated pointed setae on

the tarsi. Legs I 610 » long, LL 435 p, ITT 470 pw, TV 570 p.

Localities: Only one specimen of the adult was found amongst larewe numbers

of nymphs by sweeping the ti-tree shrubs alone the banks of the Hindmarsh

River, Vietor Harbour, South Australia, in January, 1934 (11.W.).

Remarks: If one is correct in associating the nymphal forms with the single

adult specimen, then the character of the metatarsal dises is only to be found in

the adult stage of species of this genus. The difference in the sensory hairs of

the crista in the two stages is also somewhat remarkable.

The type of the adult and the syntypes of the nymphs are in the South

Australian Musewn.

4 rs,

SESS) 189

191 OU SOOO

192 One Ed

Vig. 187-192. Carculisoma jalnstoni masp.: TS7, entive avimal from above; 188, palp; 18),

front tarsus and metatarsus; 190, second tarsus aud metatarsus; 191, dorsal seta; 192, ventral

seta.

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 241

CAECULISOMA JOHNSTONI Sp. nov.

Description: Length 1-38 mm. Colour red. 30dy widest in the hinder por-

tion, 0-812 mm. Crista distinct, 800 » long, with anterior and posterior sensil-

lary area, the posterior area continued for a long distance as a dorsal groove; the

distance between the sensory hairs is 415 p, length of these hairs 50 ; the

anterior area produced into a blunt nasus with about ten long, stout, serrated

setae, which are slightly thickened apically. Eyes one on each side, placed in front

of posterior sensillary area. Palpi long and thin, 520 p, tibia with a short outer

claw, tarsus longer than tibia. Legs I 2,110 » long, I 1,300 p, ITT 1,460 p, TV

1,950 p, front tarsus 290 p long by 110 high, metatarsus 400 » long; all meta-

tarsi with the usual dises and tarsi IT-IV with distinct scopulae. The peculiar

dises are also present on the other segments of the legs, as deseribed by Vitzthum

for C. argus. Clothing dorsally of fairly numerous stout rod-like setae, which

are strongly serrated and thickened apically, about 50 p long; ventrally of plain

curved setae of the same length. The stout serrated setae extend on the outside

of the legs as far as the basal portion of the tibia.

Type: A single specimen from under bark at Mount Osmond, South Aus-

tralia, February 3, 19384 (H.W.).

Remarks: This species is named after Professor Harvey Johnston, to whose

valued help much of this paper is due.

Kry To tue AUSTRALASIAN SPECIES OF CAECULISOMA.

1. Dorsal hairs feathered with long secondary hairlets, and interspersed with

long, simple, slender spines. Large species 2-5 mm.

C. sulcatum (Vitzthum, 1926).

Dorsal hairs not feathered i é Pe ss ia Ds

2 Dorsal hairs as elongate clubbed papillae with short ciliae.

C. claviger Canestrini.

Dorsal hairs not as above Ba a nt Aye an oie

3. Dorsal hairs seale- or leaf-like a - rs a .. «6.

Dorsal hairs not so os oe su We 3 woe

4. Dorsal hairs stout rod-like with strong short serrations; ventral hairs simple.

C. johnstoni sp. nov.

Dorsal hairs short and curved, spiniform with narrow sheath, of uniform

size, not serrated a. 4 _. C. montana (Rainbow, 1906).

Dorsal hairs of varying leneth and not as above sys fin oe Sa

Hairs of two distinet sizes, 35 » and 190 p, long, eylindrieal, uniformly thick

with short serrations Ne of 2; C.argus Vitzthum, 1926.

Entire animal with long, strong spines, all smooth above but strongly spined

on outside “ Fa oe .. C.infernale Vitzthum, 1926.

242 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MuskuM

6. Dorsal hairs seale- or leaf-like, with strongly chitinized mid-rib and a broad,

less chitinized, smooth-edged lamella me C. nasulwm Uirst, 1928.

Dorsal hairs seale- or leaf-like, with longitudinal rows of serrations. Mid-

rib not unduly chitinized, . = “le -. €. ripicola sp. noy.

Genus Hirstiosoma gen. nov.

This genus is somewhat related to Calyptostema and Caceulisoma, The body

is widest anteriorly, Crista present, with anterior and posterior sensillary areas,

each with two sensory hairs. Eyes one on each side on the medial line of the

erista. Legs long and fairly thin. All tarsi above the elaws with a pair of

strong, slightly curved, simple spines arisine from distinet papillae. No meta-

tarsal dises. The dorsum is covered with peculiar three-winged short setae.

Hiksriosoma SCALARIS Sp. Noy.

Description: Length 1-015 mm, Colour red. Body with a constriction

inedially, 570 « wide in front of constriction, rather narrower below. Crista

distinet, 325 » long, with anterior and posterior sensillary areas, each with a pair

197

Fig, 193-199. Hirstiosoma seataris 1g. Tsp. 195, entire animal from ahove; 194, front

tarsus and metatarsus; 195, second tarsus and metatarsus; 196, tip of tarsus from above: 197,

lip of tarsus from side; 198, side and top view of dorsal setae; 199, seta from logs,

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 243

of sensory hairs about 40 p Jong and simple. Eyes one on each side ahout the

middle of erista. Palpi short, tibia with claw which overreaches the thumb-like

tarsus, 160 p long. Apical area of crista with a mumber of serrated scaletike

setae. Legs 11,100 «long, 11500 p, TIT 500 p, TV 995 p, all segments except the

tarsi with serrated seale-like setae; all tarsi above the claws with a pair of strong

spines arising from distinet papillae, as well as one or two other simple spines, all

other hairs feathered. Front tarsus 180 p lone by 54 » high, metatarsus 210 jp

long. Body hairs dorsally and ventrally short, broad, and three-winged, with

serrated edges, apically blunt (ef. fig.).

Type: A sinele specimen taken by sweeping ti-tree bushes on hanks of Tlind-

marsh River. Vietor Harbour, South Australia, in Jannary, 1954 (H.W.).

Kev roteme AvsreauiaAn Genera or Apurr ERYTHRARIDAR,

1. Eyes two on each side ., % ses ty a ae

Hyves only one on each side de th a ‘. ws OH

2. Without erista, only one stigmal area, Guathosoma drawn out. Lees

shorter than body b fs .. Calyplostoma Cambridae, 1874.

With erista and two sensillary areas. Cnathosoma not unduly drawn ont.

Lees Tand TY often longer than body Pa Brylthyaeus Latreille, 1806,

3. All metatarsi in adult with a pair of raised dises on outside, Lees short.

Crista produced beyond the posterior sensillary area, Palpi elongate, with

long terminal tarsus and minute tibial claw . . Caceutisoma Berlese, 1888,

Metatarsi simple, but tarsi with a pair of stout spines on distinet papillae

ahove claws. Dorsal hairs three-winged — .. .. Hirstiosama wen, wv.

Tarsi and metatarsi simple 4 Ps roa) af at 4

t. Clothing rather sparse. Dorsum with two pars of rather large sensory pits.

Mirerosmaris Hirst, 1926.

Clothing more abundant. No dorsal sensory pits .. 23 oO

5. Eves placed in front of middle of crista — ., .. Leptus Latreille, 1795,

Hyves placed behind the middle of the erista Le Jt sa)

6. Tarsus of palp large and almost spherical = .. Sphacrolaphus Berlese, 1910.

Tarsus of palp more clongate, elubbed or not Reliusthum v. Hevden, 1826.

LARVAL FORMS OF ERYTHRAEIDAL.

Ervyriearus Latreille, 1506,

Dorsal shield as a rule broader than long and without a erista, in addition

1o the sensory hairs with 4-10 thickly ciliated setae; five-sided to round. One eye

on each side, Claw of palp more or less forked, without yentral tooth. Mandible

with strone enrved claw. Galea dorsally with one pair of hairs, Coxae I and UT

244 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

separated, each coxa with one hair, between the second pair of coxae with a pair

of hairs, and between the third pair another pair of hairs.

ERYTHRAEUS PERTHENSE sp. nov.

Description: Dorsal seutum with anterior margin depressed from the anterior

corners, slightly sinuate, with three pairs of thickly ciliated hairs of equal length,

the most anterior pair at the extreme lateral corners, the others equally spaced

therefrom and close together. Remaining portion of seutum round. Posterior

pair of sensory hairs on the posterior edge of seutium, anterior pair only just

nee

Fig, 200-203, Erythracus perthense usp.t 200, dorsal seutum; 201, palp; 202, front tarsus

and metatarsus; 208, hair of dorsal scutum.

within the anterior edge, Eyes one on each side. Dorsum with about 10 rows of

10 short, slightly curved setae in each, These setae appear to be simple, but

under high magnification are delicately ciliated, Palpi typical of the genus, as

figured, basal segment with a long, eurved, feathered seta, next segment with a

shorter and straight feathered seta, tibia and tarsus with apparently simple hairs.

Palpal claw strong and bifid. Front tarsus and metatarsus subequal, with lone,

simple setae, Tarsal claws three, the hinder one ciliated, pulvilliform, Leneth

of animal 750 p», of scutum 66 p, width of seutum 92 vw, leneth of sensory hairs

80 p, of ciliated seutal hairs 35-5 p, of dorsal hairs 27 p. Length of front legs

415 p, middle legs 415 p, hind lews 415 p, coxae with one seta,

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 245

Habitat: King’s Park, Perth, West Australia, September 6, 1931.

Type: In the South Australian Museum.

VRYTHRABUS BUFORANTUS sp. nov.

Deseriplion: Dorsal seutum almost round with but slight anterior angles,

with three pairs of fairly long, heavily ciliated haivs. Anterior pair of sensory

hairs placed at some distance behind the anterior margin of seutium, posterior

Tig, 204-208. Erythracus buforains nsp.t 204, dorsal sentum; 200, palpy 206, claw of

mandibles 207, front tarsus and metatarsus; 208, dorsal body seta.

pair subposterior. The hind pair of the ciliated hairs is quite twice as far behind

the second that these are behind the first. Eyes one on cach side. Dorsal hody

setae long, shehtly eurved, pointed, and strongly ciliated, in about 10 rows of

10 each. Palpi typieal of the genns, as figured, with a feathered hair on each of

the first three segments, tarsus with apparently siniple hairs, elaw bifid apically.

Front tarsus slightly shorter than metatarsus, long and thin, with long simple

setae, tarsal claws 3, the hind one pulvilliform. Length of animal 585 p, width

330 p. length of sentum 95 n, width 95 p, length of sensory hairs 66 p, of ciliated

sental hairs 42 p, of dorsal body hairs 30 4. Front lees 620 4, middle 620 jp, hind

lees 620 p, front tarsus 135 p. metatarsus 162 ph, coxae with one hair.

Habitat: On an Aeridid (Buforania sp.), fron’ Mullewa, West Australia, in

September, 1931.

Syntypes: Tithe South Australian Museam,

HryTHRAEUS DASYPODIAL sp. noy.

Descriptions Dorsal sentim longer than broad, 150 4 by 115 p, with 3 pairs

s BP, I

of moderately ciliated hairs 74 p long, anterior sensory hairs 47 » long, posterior

115 p. The posterior sensory hairs are right on the posterior margin of seatum,

the anterior sensory hairs ina Line with the second pair of ciliated hairs. Palpi

246 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ig. 209-211. Brythracus dasypodiae usp.: 209, dorsal seutum; 210, palp; 211, dorsal seta.

as figured. Claws of mandible strong and strongly eurved. Legs uncertain, as

the specimens are damaged. Dorsal body hairs sparse, simple. or only very

slightly ciliated, 40 «lone. Length of animal 1,825 4, width 1,500 p.

Habitat: Two specimens received from Canberra and labelled as ‘‘taken on

the Peacock Moth’’.

Syntypes: In the South Australian Museum.

Leprus Latreille, 1795.

Syn. Achorolophus Berlese, 1891.

Dorsal shield generally broader than long, without erista, besides the sensory

hairs with 2—4 thickly ciliated hairs, more or less triangular in shape. Eyes one

on each side, Claw of palp simple without ventral or dorsal teeth, palpi not

foveeps-like. Claw of mandible very minute. Coxae IT and IT separated, all

coxae with one hair and a pair of hairs between each pair of coxae. Hind claw

of tarsus pulvilliform.

Laeprus CHELONETHUS sp. noy.

Description: Dorsal seutum triangular, anterior margin slightly convex,

lateral margins slightly concave, corners rounded, with two pairs of stout, com-

paratively short, and sirongly ciliated hairs; posterior pair of sensory hairs quite

posterior in position, anterior pair slightly behind the anterior anele, sensory

hairs delicately ciliated. Hyes one on each side, Dorsal setae in about 10 rows

of 8-10 each, somewhat irregular. These setae are stout rod-like, slightly curved

WOMERSLEY—-AUSTRALIAN MITES 247

and strongly ciliated. Palpi straight and typical of the genus, all segments with

long ciliated setae, claw simple, Legs long, front tarsus slightly elliptical, a little

shorter than the metatarsus and much wider, each with one long, simple seta and

many rather short, stout, ciliated setae. Tarsal claws 3, the hinder one pul-

Fig. 212-216. Leptus chelonethus n.sp.: 212, entire dorsal view; 218, dorsal scutum ; 214,

palp; 215, front tarsus and metatarsus; 216, dorsal seta.

villiform. Length of animal 610 p, width 330 p. Length of seutum 55 p, width

66 p, of sensory hairs 30 », of anterior ciliated hairs 33 p, of posterior cilated

hairs 48 p. Dorsal body hairs, 42 » long. Length of front legs 350 », tarsus 78 p

by 24 p high, metatarsus 80 p, middle legs 330 », hind legs 420 yp. All coxae with

a single hair.

Habitat: On a Pseudoscorpion from Rottnest Island, West Australia, on

January 31, 1931.

Type: In the South Australian Museum.

Remarks: Close to L. terebrans Vitz. from Sumatra, but differs in the seutal

setae and dimensions of front tarsi,

LEPTUS BATHYPOGONUS Sp. nov.

Description: Dorsal shield triangular with well-rounded corners and faint

indieations of a crista, besides the sensory hairs with two pairs of stout, short,

and stronely ciliated hairs, the anterior pair shorter than the posterior pair; the

anterior pair of sensory hairs is placed in a line with the anterior pair of ciliated

hairs, the posterior pair is subposterior in position, Eyes one on each side.

Dorsal body setae in about 10 rows of 6-10 each; these are short, rod-like, and

strongly ciliated. Palpi straight as in the genus, each segment with the usual

ciliated hairs as figured, claw typical. Lees long, front tarsus long and parallel-

248 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

sided, this segment and the metatarsus with one long, simple seta, but this is not

as long as in the preceding species, the other setae fairly long and strongly cili-

ated, tarsal claws 3, the hinder one pulvilliform. Weneth of animal 660 p», width

330 p, length of seutum 80 p, width 93 4, sensory hairs 55 p, ciliated hairs 40 p.

Length of dorsal body hairs 18». Length of front legs 670 w, tarsus 133 p, meta-

tarsus 144 », middle legs 520 p», hind lees 680 p. All coxae with one seta.

Fig. 217-220. Leptus bathypogonus wasp. 217, dorsal seutum and eyes; 218, pulp; 219,

front tarsus and metatarsus; 220, dorsal seta.

Habitat: On an Asilid (Bathypogonus sp.), Perth, West Australia, in

August 18, 1981 (B.A.0’C.).

Syntypes: In the South Australian Museum.

Remarks: This species is still more closely related to L. terebrans Vitz. It

has the tarsi of the front pair of legs § times as long as high, while in Vitzthum’s

species they are only 4 times as long.

TlauprMannia Oudemans, 1910.

Dorsal shield generally broader than long, without erista, besides the sensory

hairs with 2-10 thickly ciliated hairs, more or less triangular. One eye on each

side. Palpi torceps-like, claw without dorsal or ventral teeth, simple, with lateral

WoOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 249

aeeessory tooth. Tarsus of palp with distinct inner claw-like hair, Claws of

mandible stronely curved. Coxae | and Il separated, all coxae with one hair

and a pair of hairs between each pair, Claws 3, the middle thinner and longer,

in addition there is a pulyilliform hair.

ILAUPTMANNIA WESTRALIENSE Sp. nov.

Deseriplion: Dorsal scutum rectangular, slightly longer than broad, with two

pairs of ciliated hairs in addition to the sensory hairs. The front pair of sensory

hairs are sittiated in a subanterior position and the hinder pair a little behind the

Wig, 221-224. Hauptmannia westralionse wsp.: 221. dorsal sent; 222, padpy 223, front

tarsus and metatarsus; 224; dorsal seta,

medial line. The anterior ciliated hairs are sublateral in position, and the pos-

terior pair lateral and a little behind the front sensory hairs. HKyes one on each

side. Palpi foreeps-like with a strong claw, which has an accessory claw later-

ally; except on the two basal segments the hairs on the palps all appear to be

simple and not ciliated. Dorsal body hairs long and thin and finely ciliated, in

about 10 rows of G-8 in cach, Lees long and thin, front tarsus much shorter than

inetatarsus, elliptical, all setae long and simple, not ciliated; tarsal claws 8, hind

one lone and thin, not pulivilliform. Length of animal 760 », of dorsal seutimn

120 w by 93 p high, of sensory hairs 50 p, of seutal ciliated hairs 40 , of dorsal

250 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

body hairs 38 y, front legs 370 p, tarsus 53 p by 26 w, metatarsus 70 p, middle

legs 60 p, hind legs 68 uw. All coxace with a single hair.

Habitat: Chittering, West Australia, October 16, 1981, under stones (H.W),

Type: In the South Australian Muse.

HAUPTMANNIA MULLEWAENSIS Sp. nov.

Description: Dorsal seutim somewhat heart-shaped with a distinet waist

antero-medially, with two pairs of pointed, ciliated hairs and two pairs of sen-

sory hairs, all of which are placed in front of the waist. Hyes one on each side.

Palpi as figured, without ciliated hairs, claw strong with lateral accessory claw.

Dorsal body hairs long, curved, and ciliated, in 6-8 rows of 6-8 each, on venter

Big. 225-226, TMauptmannia mullewacnsix meper 225, dorsal seutum and eyes; 226, palp.

longer, finer, and not ciliated. Lees long and thin. front tarsus parallel-sided,

truncate apically, shorter than metatarsus, with long, thin, simple setae, claws 3,

the hind claw long and thin, not pulvilliform. Length of animal 1,000 p, width

500 », dorsal scuttum 235 » long by 185 ~ wide, sensory hairs 52 p long, ciliated

hairs 48 p, dorsal body hairs 40 », ventral hairs 48 p. Front lees 600 . lou,

tarsus 95 «lone by 24 » high, metatarsus 130 p, middle legs 420 » long, hind legs

470 p. All coxae with a single hair,

Habitat: Mullewa, West Australia, in September, 1931, on herbage (I1.W.).

Type: In the South Australian Museum.

Genus BeLaustium v. Hevden, 1826,

Dorsal seutum oblong, narrow, with erista, One eve on each side. Claw of

mandible strong and curved, Galea dorsally without hairs. Claw of palp with

small ventral tooth. All coxae approximating. Three claws on each foot, the

WoOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 251

middle one longer and thinner than ihe others; in addition there is a pulyill-

form hat.

BELAUSTIUM CRISTATUM Sp. NOY.

Description: Length of body 420 p, width 250 p. Colour in life red, Dorsal

sendin indistinet but elongate and narrowed slightly in the middle, 42 p wide

anteriorly and posteriorly. Crista distinet, with anterior and posterior pairs of

Oo \ is.

yor

Wig. 227-830, Belnustion eristihimn msp.: 227, dorsal seutum, crista, and eyes; 228, front

fursus and metatursus; 229, claws; 280, dorsal seta.

sensory hairs, the anterior pair within a triangular area, Eyes one on each side

and slightly behind the middle of the seutum, Palpi normal for the gents. Legs

short, 1 280 » long, HL 240 », HIE 280 p, front tarsus 58 » long by 21 high,

elliptical, metatarsus 30 » long. Body hairs fine and pointed, indistinetly eili-

ated on one side, 28 ~ long. Claws of tarsi 8, the inner ? one shorter and stouter,

the outer ? one pulvilliform.

Habilal: In large numbers on Salvation Jane (Behinm plantagimemn Le) at

Glen Osmond, South Australia, September 1, 1933 (11.W.). Most examples were

free, but many were attached to larval Jassids and other insects.

Synlypes: In the South Australian Museum,

BockartTiA Oudemans, 1910.

Dorsal shield broader than long, without erista. Claw of palp without

ventral tooth, with small dorsal tooth. Seutum with two pairs of sensory hairs

and 4 thiekly ciliated hairs. Eyes two on each side. Mandible with strongly

curved claw, Galea with oue pair of dorsal hairs. Coxae 1 and TP separated, all

coxae with 1 hair. Tarsi with 3 claws, the lateral ones pulyilliform.

252 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

BocKaRTIA ? LONGIPES Sp. nov.

Description: Length 350 p, oval. Colour in life red. Dorsal seutum vener-

ally much broader than long, but in the specimen figured much less so, almost

quite round, no angles, length 112 p, width 150 p, with the usual two pairs of

sensory hairs, which are 65-70 » long and finely ciliated. Dorsal seutum with

Fig, 231-235. Bockartia longipes wasp. 251, dorsal seutum; 282, palp, 283. front tarsus

and metatarsus; 254, claws; 235, dorsal seta.

three pairs of densely ciliated hairs, one pair on anterior edge 88 » long, another

80 p, long just posterior of the anterior sensory hairs, and a third pair 80 » long

just posterior of the medial line. Dorsal body hairs rather numerous, 80 p long,

stout, and strongly ciliated. Legs very long, 1 960 », 11 880 p, ITT 1,150 pa. front

tarsus 162 » long, metatarsus 285 ». Tarsi with three claws, the middle one long

and thin and simple, the lateral ones pulvilliform. Hyes two on each side, Palpi

as figured by Oudemans for B. kwy pert.

Habitat: Along with the preceding species at Glen Osmond, South Australia.

September 1, 19383,

Syntypes: ln the South Australian Museum.

Remarks: This species, although referred 10 Oudemans’ genus, does not

agree in that it has three pairs of ciliated hairs on the dorsal seuttim instead of

two pairs, as defined above. It also lacks the sinus on the posterior edge of the

seutim,

WoOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN MITES 253

Kev oro roe AustraniaAN LARVAL Forms or EryrHraAripan.

Dorsal scutiin lone and narrow with distinet erista, One eye on each side.

Three tarsal claws, middle one lone and ihin, outer one pulyilliform,

Belaustium cristata sp. nov.

Dorsal sentuim broader than or as broad as lone. Without erista ey e

Dorsal seutton broader than long, with 4-6 ciliated hairs. Eyes two on each

side. Both lateral tarsal claws pulvilliform. Rockartia longtpes sp. nov.

Dorsal sentum broader than lone, with 2-10 eiliated hairs. One eve on each

side. bs 4 m3 4 sts 7 se» D

Dorsal seutium more or less pentagonal to round, with 4-10 ciliated hairs 4.

Genus Hrythraeus Latreille.

Dorsal seutum triangular or otherwise shaped, with 2-4 eiliated hairs .. 6.

Seutum with depressed sinuate anterior marein, with 6 equally spaced cili-

ated hairs 4 as Aa .. Brythraens perthense sp. nov.

Dorsal seutum almost round, with rounder anterior angles and convex an-

terior marein, with 6 ciliated hairs b *t ee 4-1 Fe

Dorsal seutiim broader than long, hairs heavily ciliated. Body hairs more

mamerous. Seutal hairs evenly spaced _. Brythracus buforintis sp. nov.

Dorsal seutum longer than broad. hairs not so heavily ciliated, evenly spaced.

Body hairs sparser of by .. Brythraeias dasypodiae sp. nov,

Seutum triangular, Palpi not forceps-like. Hind claw of tarsus pulyilli-

form .. i os As et yh Pe yan OT

Genus Leplus Latreille,

Senium otherwise. Palpi foreeps-like. Tfind claws of tarsus siniple and others

pulyilliform et = 1 “we :. 4 . &

Genus Hauplmannia Ondemans.

Crista indistinetly indieated. Front tarsus long and thin.

Leplus bathypagonus sp. nov.

Crista quite absent. Front tarsus short and elliptical.

Leplus chelonethas sp, nov,

Seutum rectangular, posterior sensory hairs behind the middle. Front tarsus

short and elliptical ts - THauplnannia weslraliense sp. now,

Seutum pointed apically and with a distinet waist. Anterior tarsi longer,

parallelsided —.. “ be Hauptinannia mudlewaense sp. nov.

BIBLIOGRAPTLY.

Banks, N, (1915): The Acarina or Mites. Report 108, Dept. Agrie., U.S.A.

Banks, N. (1916): Aearians from Australian and Tasmanian Ants and

Ant Nests. Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., xl, pp. 224-240.

Berlese, A. (1912): Trombidiidae. Reda, viii. fase. 1.

254

—I

10,

11.

12.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Hirst, S. (1917); Arachnida and Myriopoda Injurious to Man. Brit, Mus.

(Nat. Hast), London.

Thirst, S. (1922): Mites Injurious to Domestic Animals. Brit, Mus. (Nat.

Tlist.), London.

Ifirst. 8. (1926): On some New Mites of the Suborder Prostigmata (T'roi-

bidioidead). Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), xviii, pp. 609-616,

Tlirst, S. (1926) : Description of New Mites, including Four New Species of

‘*Red Spider’’. Proc, Zool. Sac., London, pp. 825-841,

Thirst 8, (1928): On some New Australian Mites of the Families Tron-

bidiidae and Brythraeidae. Ann. May. Nat. His! (10), i, pp. 563-571.

Hirst, S. (1928): On some Australasian Species of Trombidiidae. Pree,

Zool. Soc., London, pp. 1021-1034.

Hlivst, 8. (1929): Additional Notes on Australian Mites of the Family

Trombidiidae. Proc. Zool. Soc., London. pp. 165-176.

Ifirst, 8. (1929): Note on the ‘‘Tea-tree Tteh-Mite’? (Trombicula hirsli

Sambon = 7’. psendo-akamushi UWatori ?). Ann. Mag. Nal. Hist. (10),

ili, pp. 564-565.

Oudemans, A. C. (1916) : Die bis jetzt bekannten Larven von Trombidiiden

und Erythraeiden usw. Zool, Jahrbh., Suppl. 14, Weft 1.

Ondemans, A. C, (1928): “ Acari’ in Fauna Buruana, Trewbia, vii, suppl.

2, pp. 37-100.

Rainbow, W. J. (1906): A Synopsis of Australian Aecarina. Ree. Austr.

Mus., vi, pp. 145-193,

Sambon, L, W. (1927): The ‘‘Serub Tteh-Mite’’ of North Queensland; a

New Species of Thrombieula, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), xx, pp. 157-161.

Vitzthum, Graf. H. (1924): Die heutige Acarofanna der Krakatau-lnselu.

Treubia, V., pp. 353-370.

Vitzthum, Graf. H. (1926): Malayische Acari. Treubia, vii, pp. 1-198,

Vitzthum, Graf. Hf. (1929) : Acari in ‘* Die Tierwelt Mitteleuropas’’, iii.

Rec. S.A. Muskum.

ALEXANDER MATHESON MORGAN, M.B., B.S.

February, 1867—-October, 1934,

OBITUARY AND BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

DR. A. M. MORGAN

By HERBERT M. HALE AND JOHN SUTTON

Summary

Dr. A. M. Morgan, Honorary Ornithologist at this Museum, died on October 18, 1934,

after an illness of nearly two years. By his passing we have lost an ornithologist of over

AO years’ standing, and one of our most able honorary curators.

Dr. Morgan was a South Australian, having been born near Adelaide on February 11,

1867. He took his degrees at the Adelaide University in 1890, and apparently even at that

period he had commenced his avian studies. He was not content to investigaate only the

external features of his birds, but was keenly concerned with their anatomical and

osteological structure. Furthermore, he familiarized himself not only with the Australian

birds, but many exotic groups.

OBITUARY anp BIBLIOGRAPHY

or Dr. A, M. Morcan

By HERBERT M. HALE ann JOHN SUTTON,

Dr. A. M. Moran, Honorary Ornithologist at this Museum, died on October 18,

1954, after an illness of nearly two years. By his passing we have lost an orni-

thologist of over 40 vears’ standing, and one of our most able honorary eurators.

Dr. Morgan was a South Australian, haying been born near Adelaide on

February 11, 1867. Tle took his degrees at the Adelaide University in 1890, and

apparently even al that period he had commenced his avian studies, Ile was not

content to investigate only the external features of his birds, but was keenly con-

cerned with their anatomical and osteolovical strueture, Furthermore, he fani-

iavized himself not only with the Australian birds, but many exotie groups,

Dr. Morgan aceepted the position of Hon, Ornithologist here in 1922, and

at once commenced to arrange systematically our laree collection of birds. Later,

with the assistance of the present Hon. Ornithologist, he prepared an up-to-date

catalogue. Our osteolomieal material was very meagre in this section before Dr.

Morgan’s appointment, but he took every opportunity of adding to it, and in

1927 presented his own collection of TOO sterna, erania, and other bones, In 1934

this generous gift was followed by another—the donation of a cabinet of 600 sets

of eggs, all with aceurate data, to which, later, he added 193 elutches. Apart

from this he gave to the Board of Governors about 500 bird skins.

The reorganization and building-1p of our avian matertal—both Australian

and exotic—was made possible only by Dr. Morgan’s special knowledge. [t is

scarcely necessary fo stress the fact that it was an achievement entailing a @reat

deal of work, and the whole-hearted manner in which it was condueted is a tri-

bute to his systematic methods, Partiewlarly, one remembers that he became

honorary curator of these collections with a view to carrying out research on the

inaterial, but seeing the need for improvement, he decided to put all in order

first; as it happened, the result was thai he had no time lett for the studies to

which he had looked forward.

Dr. Morgan took an active part in all movements which fostered the sc¢ien-

tific stacy of birds, Ile was, for instance, one of the five foundation members of

the South Australian Ornithological Association, the first President, and Presi-

dent during five subsequent sessions. Ile became a member of the Royal Aats-

tralasiau Ornithologists’ Union in 1901, and was elected a Corresponding Fellow

of the American Ornithologists’ Union in 1929,

258 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Although his main interests in science were centred on birds, Dr, Morgan

was interested in Australasian anthropology, and collected a series of 147 weap-

ous and stone intplements which he eventually presented to this Museum. He was

a foundation member of the Anthropological Society of South Australia.

lis general regard for Australia and the protection of its fauna and flora is

evidenced by the faet that he was a Fellow of the Royal Geographical Soviety of

South Australia, a member of the Fauna and Flora Board of South Australia,

and a delegate to the now defunet South Australian Advisory Committee on the

Export of Fauna.

Dr. Morgan’s published works are listed below. As mentioned above, he had

hoped to add a great deal to these during the last 10 years or so of his life, after

he had partially retired from mecieal practice.

BIBLIOGRAPTLY.

IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN ORNITIHOLOGIST.

A Note on Dicaeum hirundinacenm and the Loranthus seed, i (1), 1914, p. 21.

Field Notes on three species of Malnrus (Blue Wrens), i (2), 1914, p. 9.

Birds in a North Adelaide Garden, i (3), 1914, p. 138.

The Birds of Kallioota, S.A., i (1), 1914, p. 11.

Bird-nesting at Blackwood, ii, 1915, p. 9.

The Migration of Swallows in South Australia, ii, 1916, pp. 117 and 168.

Aquatic Birds breeding near Adelaide, ii, 1916, p. 122.

An Ornithological Trip in St. Vincent and Spencer Gults, ii, 1916, p. 141.

Further Observation on the Cormorants and Bird Temperatures, ti, 1916, p. 178.

Notes on the Genus MW pthianura, ii, 1916, p. 204.

Notes on the Food and Temperatures of Cormorants, iii, 1917, p. 75,

irds on the River Murray, iii, 1917, p. 99.

Birds of Port Broughton, iii, 1918, p. 132.

Some Observations on the Nesting and the Young of Cormorants, iii, 1918, p, 201,

The Birds of the South-Eastern part of 8S. Australia, iv, 1919, p. 7.

The Weights of some South Australian Birds, ivy, 1919, p. 91.

Some Weights and Temperatures of Birds, v, 1920, p. 48.

A Trip to North-West Australia, vi, 1921-2, p. 103 and 131,

A Trip to the Baudin Roeks, vi, 1922, p. 133.

Megalurus gramineus, the little Grass-bird, vi, 1922, p. 170.

Some Weights, Measurements, and Temperatures of Birds, vi, 1922, p. 174.

Charadrius ruficapillus, Red-capped Dotterel, vii, 1928, p. 16,

HALE AND SuTTON—OBITUARY OF Dr. A. M. MorGan 259

Charadrius melunops, Black-fronted Dotterel, vil, 1923, p. 40.

Notes on a peculiar Petrel skin, vil, 1923, p. 78.

Some notes on Puffinus lenwirostris, vii, 1923, p. 80.

The Nest and Hees of Amytormis textilis niyal, vil, 1924, p. 159.

The Peetinate Middle Claw in Australian Birds, viii, 1925, p. 44.

Cinclosoma castanolim clarwr (Chestuut-baeked Ground-Bird). A aew sub-

species, vill, 1926, p. 158.

Kanearoo Island Birds, vill, 1926, p, 289.

The Butcher Bird (Cracticus lorquatus) and the Striped Honeyeater (Plector-

hancha lanceolata) nesting in company, ix, 1928, p. 163.

Notes on the Distribution of Four species of South Australian Birds, ix. 1928, p.

229,

The Nesting of the Spotted Nightjar (Hurostopodus gullatus), x, 1929, p. 82.

An Outing on Yorke’s Penmstla, x, 1929, p, 87.

The Bustard or Plain-Turkey (Mupodotis australis), x, 19380, p. 215.

A Trip to the Diamantina, x, 1930, p, 263,

A Trip to Moolawatana, 8,A,, xi, 1981, p. 43.

Girds of Paratoo, S.A., xi, 1981, p. 141.

The Spread and Weight of the Wedee-tatled Eagle (Urodefns audar), xi, 1982,

p. 156.

Rudimentary Wing-Spur in Birds, xi, 1932, p. 189.

Nofes on some species seen on a Trip to Kangaroo Island from 24th Mebruary to

Tih March, 1982, xi, 1982, p, 208.

An addition to the Lntrodneed Avifanna of South Australia, xii, 1933, p. 31,

A Trip to Mannahill, S.A., xii, 1933, p. 53.

Innumerable Bird Observations.

IN OTHER PUBLICATIONS.

List of Birds colleeted or observed in the neighbourhood of Laura, S.A. Trans,

Ray. Soc, S. Ausl., xxi, 1897, p. 22.

A Note on the Nest and Hees of Porzand fhaminea, Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Aust,

xi, 1898, p. 198.

Where Swallows Build, Linu, Melb., vy, 1906, p. 205.

The Birds of Kangaroo Island, Hmw, Melb., v, 1906, p. 224.

Re Cormorants, Hu, Melb., xviii, 1919, p. 211.

The Origin of Some Bird Names, Hani, Melb., xxiii, 1924, p. 322.

260 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

IN COLLABORATION.

Cuenery, A.

The Birds of the Rivers Murray and Darling and District of Wentworth.

S.A. Ornithologist, v, 1920, pp. 41, 69.

CLELAND, J. B.

Albatrosses and other Birds seen between Melbourne and the Bluff and

Dunedin in N.Z. S.A. Ornithologist, ix, 1927, p. 89.

McGuire, J. Neil.

The Nesting of the Banded Stilt (Cladorhynchus leucocephalus). S.A.

Ornithologist, x, 1931, p. 37.

Surton, J.

A Critical Description of some recently discovered bones of the extinet Kan-

garoo Island Emu (Dromaius diemenianus). Emu, xxviii, 1928, p. 1.

THE LEGEND OF WAIJUNGARI, JARALDE TRIBE,

LAKE ALEXANDRINA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA, AND THE

PHONETIC SYSTEM EMPLOYED IN ITS TRANSCRIPTION

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.SC.

Summary

During the past five years systematic attempts have been made to gather information

relating to the natives of Southern South Australia. The work has been carried out during

such brief opportunities as have occurred in the course of official duties, from funds

provided by the Board of Governors of the S.A. Museum. The urgency of the task may be

realized when it is considered that there are now fewer than 30 full-blooded aborigines

living in the whole of the area of South Australia east and south of Port Augusta, and it is

essential that any information required should be gathered as quickly as possible.

Tue LEGEND or WAIJUNGARI, JARALDE TRIBE, LAKE

ALEXANDRINA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA, anv rHr PHON-

ETIC SYSTEM EMPLOYED IN ITS TRANSCRIPTION

By NORMAN Bi. TINDALE, B.Sc.

INTRODUCTION.

During the past five years systematie attempts have been made io gather in-

formation relating to the natives of Southern South Australia, The work las

heen carried out during such brief opportunities as have oceurred in the course

of official duties, from funds provided by the Board of Goyernors of the S.A,

Museum. The urgeney of the task may be realized when it is considered that

there are now fewer than 30 full-blooded aborigines living in the whole of the arca

of South Australia east and south of Port Augusta, and it is essential that any

information required should be gathered as quickly as possible.

In 1930-31 a sinall Language Committee was formed at the University of

Adelaide, ecousisting of Prof. J. A. FitzUlerbert, Dr C. Chewings, and the pre-

sent writer; after much consideration, a working list of phonetic symbols applic-

able to the general study of Central Australian languayes was compiled The

yalue of this system in the writing of native words in several dialects has been

sufficient to warrant its more general use, and in the last few years numerous

texts have been transcribed in the lanvuages of the Tangane, Jaralde, Mamind-

jeri, Buandik, Potarnwutj, and allied tribes of southern South Australia, These

will be published as opportunities permit. | am indebted to Prof. Mitzi Lerbert

for his advice in the preparation of this text for publication, particularly with

regard to the selection of the phonetic symbols.

The accompanying sketch map shows a small portion of Narrung Peninsula

on the eastern shore of Lake Alexandrina (luong, 139° 10% .; Lat. 35° 30’ 8.) to

illustrate the approximate track of Waijungari in his flight with his two stolen

women, The native place names inelude a few of 1,200 newly-recorded for (he

coastal clistricty of this portion of the State.

262 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum

THE PHONETIC SYSTEM.

The alphabet of the International Phonetic Association was chosen ay a basis,

owing to its widespread and inereasing se in papers dealing with phoneties as

well as in books of clementary instruction in Evropean languages. The phonetic

values of the vowel symbols are defined below. ‘wo considerations have weighed

in their choiee; (a) the availability of type and couseqnent ease of printing in

South Australia, and (b) the desirability of preserving: legibility for general

Pere:lan good Fishing ground 4A € Pirimagh i

Neltoar itjarawar Fett NOJERI

Kunganindjerar Narkinj 4ES ‘Peray > Peltoar

Hy me

3 *

Pe aa =>. Mark

gl | Patan

‘1 ujutian (Lagoon backwater)

“

. pid . ¥ Polpeleray-- 7% Sy

\ Kartay wi Pelperiar Sige Tartarawar Hill ~~

yi . KARATINDIER| CLAN

™ © Nanarindje A TINDIERY =o

Np sect 2 NS crtlinge

Say yes” fib

ate as i

Leindawar

| PAS5 ¥) Ruwukag Surburug .

CS. & = " ’

) fanurun i

asi ’

‘ Bnet ia wor See’

(Narrung yf @wareanar Ss

Hes {Greed Landing) Kurupank

“ty MANAN KI | Nararar

4 a

4 Minions, St ee) ( Reedy Point)

“ if

(SS ——Rupulli

ye!

; CLAN

ears (LoverwyhyMerakinjeray

(BAY) blurt

~ / Jantan (LAKE )

7 usmbu wa 4 Zr

Ge tater ws mS, prin rade, j PTawulyaiparoy (ALBERT )

Ff, “, + Ciwwe,

anane Tribe *. -“LEWURINDJERAR ~~

| LINDINDJERA CLAN Se __CLAN

workers, who may desire to obtain a readable account, without concerning them-

9 ? } MiLes

a i

2 2 kiLoms.

selves with the finer shades of pronunciation, Where native legends are published

in Journals whieh must have a general appeal. this aspeet is of Special importance,

Many systems have heen proposed tor the transeription of South Australian

languaves. Teichelmanm and Sehiirmann (1) gave an early aceouut, and while

(1) Teivhetmann, C. G. amd Sehitemann, C. Wo, Outlines of a granvuar vocabulary ad

thenseology of the aboriginal language of South Australia, spoken by the natives in and for soi

(istanes aronnedd Adelaide, Actelide, TS40,

TINDALE—LEGEND OF WAIJUNGARL 263

their system dick not distinguish between vither [n@|, [ng], and lng], [A],

lO], and {th}, om fx} and |r], it was far im advance of that employed by

some recorders of voeabularies, who, wp to comparatively recent years. tended to

use hybrid methods based on fancied resemblances to familiar Knelish words,

We may take as an illustration the following: |’papultawi| rendered as ‘“bubble-

dowie’? by one who had the word ‘bubble’? in wind, and as “bub-bull-derby’? by

another whose mind by chance lingered more on words of zoological import, The

‘apid disappearance of the natives and, in many cases, the Impossibility: of re-

checking the records of sueh material prevents us from ignoring the work.

Schmidt, (*) in his writings, attempted to interpret and correct many of these

errors, ©. Strehlow (#) used a phonetie system, upon whieh Gatti (! ) partly

hased the ‘Reuther-Strehlow System’? whieh he used in writing his Dieri eram-

mar. This system, in practice, Shows little advance on that of Teichelmann and

Schiivinann.

Black (* ©) in 1916 and 1920 published a series of short vocabularies. in

which he applied the International Phonetic Association's phonetic system to

South Australian Languages, The principal ditfivulty encountered by the Com-

itfee in attempting to make use of his proposed vowel system is that of general

legibility, The importance of this has been stressed in an earlier paragraph. In

other respects the suggestions of Black have been freely aceepted. T. G. IL, Streh-

low has in preparation a detailed study of the phonetics of the Aranda language,

Which will assist materially in classifying our knowledee of the subject.

The sign [:] has been employed to denote a vowel or consonant is leneth-

ened, te. [keini:l, tu:l, jap:urmumil. Stressed syllables are preceded by an

accent, we. | ‘kein, “loldu’wal].

The palatal nasal consonant las been recorded for Australian tribes, and. if

doubtless exists. Nevertheless, many of those responsible for placing native place

names on our maps, and some authors of vocabularies have habitually written en

when they have heard the velarnasal [ny |, whieh is by far the more conmmon.

The following list embraces all the sounds found to be required for the tran-

scription of Jaralde texts:

(4) Sehmint, PL W., Die Gliederung der Australisehen Sprachen. Wiun, L919,

() Strehlow, Cl, Die Aranda-und Loritja-stimme in Zouten-Austeatien. Frankfurt am

Main, 107-1915,

C1) Gatti, G., Le Tugun Dieri. Rome, 1930.

(1) Black, J. ML, Trans. Roy, Soe. 8. Aust, xti, 1917, p. 1-18.

(8) Black, J. M.. Trans. Rov. Soe, 8. Aust., xliv, 1980, pp. 7O-08,

264 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

VOWELS.

ja| father, Mann (Ger.)

fa] cat

fa| cut

e| there

e| earth, nurse

Ji] it, machine

o| obey, almost oak

u| full, food

j| you, yacht

Jai] light

jau| Haus (Ger.), almost house

jel] they

joi] boy

[e| allez (I r.), almost they

fo] comme (Fr.), almost not

jm |

|n|

Ln, ng |

[ng]

ing, ng’ |

[: |

CONSONANTS.

at home

theatre

this

trilled or rolled r

spirant (red, as commonly

pronounced in Southern

English )

king (7)

green god

finger

indicates lengthened vowel

or consonant

Letters and sinele words written in the phonetic seript are placed within

square brackets when they appear in the ordinary text.

The range of pronnneiation of certain words, even within the limits of a

single tribe may be very mariced.

During many Anthropological Field Expedi-

tions of the Adelaide University and Museum the obtaining of details for sociolo-

gical data cards has presented opportunities for writing down phonetically, from

the lips of many different individuals, words such as the tribal name.

ample we may note that the range of variation of the tribal name Pitjandjara.

from reeordines in the Mann Range and at Ernabella in 1933, is as follows:

a) baal ’

|‘Pitjan’djara

’Pitjandja’djara

'Pitjindja’tjara

‘Pitjin’djara

’Pitjin’jara |

Mann Range.

Eastern Musgrave

% Range. %

87-5 41 59

10 10 14

1-2 4 6

1-2 13 18

(0) 2 3

The table indicates that the degree of variation of the pronunciation may

differ from place to place and that, while the Pitjandjara who were encountered

(7) Lack of a set of the 7) sign has necessitated the use of the alternative form ng to denote

this sound in the body of the text.

As an @Xx-

TINDALE— LEGEND OF WAIJUNGARI 265

in the Mann Range were more than 87% consistent in the use of the form | ‘Pit-

jan’djara], the eastern embers of their tribe who are in eloser contact with the

Jankundjara tribe were only 59% consistent in the use of this term.

The securing of a standard pronunciation which would exactly reflect that

of the majority of the persons of a tribe would thus appear to be a considerable

undertaking, and it is to be noticed that in many cases individuals vary their own

pronunciation,

In some words the consonants |p| and |b], [k] aud {@], [t] and |] do not

appear to the native ear to be significantly different, and may be used indiffer-

ently, although in other tribes they may either tend more towards the one than to

the other, or are particular to clearly stress the differenee (in some words, if not

im others). Recorders tend to respoud differently to this situation so that in

practice two schools seem to have arisen, firstly those who tend always to write

such words with [b|] |g] and |d], and secoudly those who use |p| |k| and [1],

Teichelmann and Sehiirmann, C. Strehlow, Reuther. and many reeent workers

have followed the latter practice. The matter should be systematized, for the

sake of the general reader, otherwise we will continue to get such needless varia-

tions as [tjnkur}| and |djugzur].

In preparing vocabularies it has been found convenient to record both, if

they occur, and to combine all words commencing with {b], w

~ and fd] with

appear in the vocabulary under [kk]. Jn general writings the [kata] and | kawi |

forms would be given preference, because, while in some native dialects Ib], fo}.

and |d] ave praetically non-existent, |p|, [k], and |t| are always present,

HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION.

The first account of the legend presented in this paper is that told by the

Ramindjeri people of Encounter Bay, and detailed in English by Meyer (5). In

this story *‘Waijungngari’’ is the son of ‘Ningarope’’, and was made by his

mother. She fashioned him fron red-tinged exevement which she moulded into

the form of a man, who showed signs of life, and laughed. Fle was ‘*kainjani’’

because of bis red colour. His brother ‘‘Pungane’’ had two wives, and lived near

the sea. When ‘*Puneane’’? was absent, his wives found his brother, woke him

from sleep by pretending to be emns, and embraced him. Watjuneari’s mother

was enraged, and went to Pungane, who, in vexation, placed fire upon the hut

while the three were absent, saying ‘‘hwidajan’’, meaning: ‘let if remain but

(8) Meyer, He AL, Manners and Customs of the aborigines of the Fmeounter Bay tribe.

Shuth Australia, 1846, p. 12.

266 Recorps oF THE $.A. MUSEUM

not burn mmmediately’*. The sleepers awoke, and throwing away their kangaroo

skins escaped to the sea, where Waijungari threw into the sky first a plain spear

whieh fell down again, and then a barbed one, which remained fast in the sky.

He climbed up. and the two women went after him. Pungane and his mother

followed, and they all remained in the sky.

The second account of the legend is a brief one eiven by Wyatt, (") in the

language of the people of the Kaurna ov Adelaide tribe, to whom Waijnngari was

known as*‘Monana’’. Lt is short, and aay be transeribed in full:

Monanu aratje kala pemane, ca pemane, ea pemane, pura

Mouana many spear threw here threw here threw bye-and-bye

kala kur:a pemane, kala kursa jewane, kotin:e kata

spear upwards — threw spear upwards stuck-fast avai spear

jewane, pura jerta jewane ; Monana Kean

stuek-Fast bye-and-hye — me-eround stuok-fast Monana spears

tate sme kur sa wine; n,

climbing = upwards went.

The third account of this story is that briefly told in English by Taplin (1)

in his account of the so-called ‘tNarrinyeri’’ complex of tribes. This is the ver-

sion of the Jaralde tribe, and in the main it seems to be a paraphrase of the legend

recorded by Meyer. According to Taplin, ** Wynngare’’ lived at ‘* Rauwoke'’,

and went down to ‘tQulawar’? where he drank water through a reed, ILe ran

away with ‘‘Nepelle’s’? wives and hid in the mud at ‘Lowanyeri’’. Using first

a barbless and then a barbed spear with a line attached, he elimbed into the

heavens. Je still sits there and fishes for men with a fishing spear, When people

start iu their sleep it is thought to be because Waijungari has touched them with

the point of his weapon.

The story here given was related first in English and then taken down «ir-

eetly in Jaralde phouetie seript from the dietation of Frank ‘‘ Blackmoor’’, and

a word-for-word translation made, *t Blaekimoor’? is an aged full-blooded abori-

vine of Peltangk (Section 929, Hundred of Malcolm). THe belongs to the Peltind-

jeri clan (an offshoot of the Rangurindjeri clan) of the Jaralde Tribe, Ln his

anxiety to have an accurate transeription he repeated his story the same evening

{oa younger edueated native, and subsequently produced for inspection a mani

seript which served as the basis for a second more detailed phonetic transcription,

As Blackmoor’s own Jaralde manuseript is the only example of its kind that we

have had the opportunity of examining, it has been printed without alteration,

(4) Wyatt, W., Some account of the mmniers and superstitions of the Adelaide and Eneounter

Bay aboriginal tribes. Adelaide, 1X79.

(10) Taplin, G., in Woods, J... Native Tribes of South Australia, 1879, p. 96.

TINDALE—LEGEND OF WAIJUNGARI 267

and placed after the main published phonetic version. Where the text departs

from the principal version it is at fant, the error havine beeu left mnaltered in

his manuseript.

A spoken version of the Waijungari legend has also been recorded on two

Helison wax cylinders (in the custody of the Board for Anthropological Research

at the University of Adelaide), and it is hoped that it may eventually be repro-

duced in a tore permanent form,

WALIU' VGARI

‘Nepzele(@) ner Swaraty ‘leweimb “mypalawar, Kengin wwimaneng

Nepele sat on-Neawulinware. His women-two

| s

Tewin kar ‘junth. 'Wanjeng mgyOp : WY lolthu

sad tovethor, Then-they-two desired-to-walk dlown-there

‘Wangara war.{12) ‘Luk:eing a lolthn WyOP : Wie ‘logoralt,

to-Wangarawar. Thius-the-two dowti-there walked — freshavater-amissel-

Kit} walth leweiwh “Pulaweiwalth(t®) "Waijumgari

eatheriny, There sat ai-Parlowewanek Waijumegari initiate-

na‘ rambi a korn) “Wanjitj loltha ngop:uny ’Wangara' war.

wearing-ved-ochre Than, Then down he-walked to-Wangarawar.

‘Wanjil mutsuny itjaren ‘perengoke — inainy “prankengai. Wanjity

He dank his water with reed-stem. Then

‘kuru'ngurun it} pe’rengoke. ’Lamba‘larn nengulif‘orn nak: tng itjqen

reddish-hbecame water. Tt-happeued — they-two saw

pe rengoke ourmagu ‘leimbit). Wanjeny lal jou: any,

Water reddish —— had-beeome. Then-they-two this said,

“Mura ngalamb itjarn pe'rengoke ‘netj lak ‘jumun.’? B=! warljeny

“Hor-what-veason water thus appears.” Ah! then

‘Torowal “nak: is] itfjarn na’ rambi koru. Lambulan neng

above — they-two-pereeived red-oehve man. It-happened these-iwe

(11) | Nop: ele|— (sometimes letter rendered as [Nep:ile|). An anevstral man ot the

Jaraide tribe who liyed at Ngawnluwarn (north-oast comer of Seetion 468, Hundred of Baker).

Neawnhovara is alse called Neulawir in the manuscript. Nepsele was Phe ulder beother of

Wai jungari, ind possessed two wives; among the Rimnind jeri people he was known as | Pungane |

{Mever gives fheee different spellings: Pungungane, Punyngane, Pangnene),

(12) | Wangarewir|—the northern point of Seetion 469. Hundred of Baker. Nepes ole forbade

his wives to go northward along the shores of Lake Aloxmnidtrina tawards Wirngarawar,

Ct) | Parlowewangk |—Scetion 469, Thindred of Baker.

(14) [natrambi a korn) -Waijungari wes a youth undergoiug a stave of initiation; he was

decorated with red-ochre aud emu oil, During this period he was a | kaindjani |, anil was

fna’rambil, a word whieh may be translited as ‘fsaered?’. A [kaind juni] must not be seen

by women; henee the anxiety of Nep: ele that his wives shoul not go te Wangnrawar. Mever

gives three different spellings for the mame | Waijungari], namely Waijungari, Waijungare,

‘nd Waijungngari.

268 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

talzi:l. “As! korni angalanji.’’ Wanjit] nygop:eil ‘loldu’wal

desired, “Ah! oman belonging-to-us,’’ Then he-walked downto

“nyawauthangy.(19) = /Wan'‘jengulearn ‘wareing. ‘Wanjengulearn “nak; eimhb.

his-eanip. The-two-of-them — followed, The-two watehed,

“A>! net] ‘jap:uleil ‘ngawandang.”” ’Wanjengau ‘ugop:i:l ‘lorowal

J Jay { m dl {

“Ab! he has-entered eaup.”? Then-the-two walked — up-towards

“gawandany, ‘Wan jengulearn ‘nak:ing ‘itjarn ‘jap:uérmmi. ‘Wanjil

camp. The-lwo-ol-them saw the-entranee, Then

‘enangi;1 ‘pra: til, “UTS and ‘tangularni ‘mar! “wanjarn

remarked — ¢lder-sister, ‘* Over-there stand younger-sister ! then

tu’ rort arm lok:arar(4®) “naraju waiju'ka ‘inan’djera ‘kon’garneinal.”!

throw-down your mutussels noiselessly otherwise hear-heanay.”?

“Nyap ‘aldjarn ‘tangulan.’? “Wanjangal lak “kaikulany ‘elina | peindjalagy.

“yy here will-stand.’’ 9 Then-the-two thus called-out like emius-two.

Wanjeng ‘kaikulang wanjit} turlang. “AS Onarmenn !’? Wanyjil

Then-they two ealled he mistook-it, **.Ah food-forane!?’ — Then-he

morok:ong “itjarn “kaik:e. ‘Wanjitjau ‘Yarup:ulung “imarangu aijuka

seized his spear, Then-he — started-to-come-out very-softhy

mel: ung ‘tarupu'lelitja ‘wan’jengulearn ‘pu'lernduag. 'Wanjil enang il

when he-came-out — the-two-of-them — e@ripped-hin. Then said

“pra: til “A> ‘korne “anyalan, "Mo rok:eng “ngalangearu

elder-sister, ‘' Ah: Man helonging-to-us. Hold-him for-s

ma nendju aijuka.’’ Wanjit}, mu‘noinp:arlane it} korni ‘Waiju’ngari.

tightly-very.”’ Then-he weakened the man Waijuneari.

‘Wanjaraujapsulisl = junth en ‘nyawandalth, ‘Itjau jap: ulelit)

Then-they-all entered together the camp. Tle — entered (set )

“nang'. ‘Lambulan ‘nar ‘tanteil. Wanjar ‘tup:ung arnang

sun. li-happened — they slept. They covered with

“wankamnda agar. Wanjitj ‘wilkeility ’Nep: ele. “AT biganeing

kanearoo-skin-rnes, Then-he — looked-about Nepele. “Where

“nap: eing 27’ Wanjitj loldn ‘agopruny ‘Pula’weryalth — nga’ leimany

wives-two??? Then-he down walked to-Parlowewangk orlessing

elila Wanjilacn ‘nak: ang “tanteimbar. Wanjit]) pultung in

he-cid, Then-he-them saw asleep-they-were, Then-he reached for

‘keimalt. Wanjil tu'runthung azn wallak:atjar. Wanjilaen jup:une

fire. Then-he plucked some erass. Then-he some

(15) [Ngawanthang|—The fagawandi| or hat. made of logs and brushwood, belonging tu

Waijungari was situated at Parlowewangk, a little inland from the watering placu among the

reeds at Wangarawar.

(16) [lok: arar|—The lok; ori or fresh water mussel is Unto ambiguas,

TINDALE— LEGEND OF WAIJUNGARI 269

‘oran ‘nyawandan Caruk ‘tanta, Wanjiliarn ‘janimindung iijarn

placed-over camp where they-slept. Then-he talked to-the

keini luk 2 i, “Ung ‘kongonein'darn nyo’ ronkul wan tam.?' ta

fire likethis, ‘When — hear-you-them suoring then-burst-(into-flaime).

“Mel; ung nyo ronkoleilar wanjit] “fam:ang. Wanjitj jurankeil itj ngawandi.

So-vhen snore-they-did) then-it — burst, Then-it barn camp.

‘Wanjar terfane. = Arnk ‘tu:lemb ar ‘wangkarndar. ’Lorowar ‘kalthei:1

Then-they sprane-up. They carried skins. Up-tosvards they-ran

Tienbartang.$tt) lijuk pemkiungy jam wankarndi,(1s) H “wrnuk

Tjenbartane, There fell one skin. TWeahem still

pe'veilti:L keini:1 ‘itjarndiu— pe'rengoke — tarupuleimb — ruswunend.

chased fire its water came-out of-eround.

‘Arukar pimingemb ar ‘wankarndar, Hooarnnk “ware’ambil ‘keini: 1.

Theytell one-by-one the-sh ins. He them still-followed — the-fire.

‘Waujaran — tarupuhug!4) — Malbin'djerany.(20) Nar tarukundeilin

Then-they came-out at-Malbindjerane. They dived-into

mancinea d Wit} awit] ‘keini mu nanai‘leulon. “Aru ‘moncleil

put, Ile still the-fire ragwec-around, They stooping

tu: 1(20) Wanjilearn ‘mimini lak ‘enaygi, “Nal: a lar

sat (up-to-theteeth). Then-he women thus satd-to, “* Seenow

jangit] “keini.”? Wanjil lak wi'rinthang, ‘‘Netj ‘aldjalun it}, kemi.”’

where-is fire’? Then thus answered, “Tle still-here the fire,?’

Wanjar ‘moruwen ‘tal: ang nn’lawai pl:. Wanjitj ‘“parnanyg

Therefore — stooped they vet a-littletime. Then-i dead

itj ‘keini, Wanjar “marni tarupull; |. ‘Wanjarau Sngop: eil

hecame — fire. Then-they from-under — eame-ont. Then-they walked

QT) | Tjenhartang|—Seetion K, Hundred of Baker, One of the highest points on Narrany

Peninsula; if is a low, partly cousolidated samd-dune covered with Yaevs trew serub,

C8) | wankarndi]—skin of kangaroo, Kangaroo skins were uso as rugs and vlonks. ‘The

mhive method of preparing the skins consisted of pegging them out on the ground, fur side down,

and coyering them with ashes, They were afterwards lai over a stick and seraped. The moisture

exuding from the skin was likened to shallaw water on a flat sult lagoon, hence in this story af

the heroie age, the skins, as they fell, beeame salt lagoons. which impeded the progress of the

raging fire before whieli the three fugitives were vseaping; the country between Kalpany (Spe

tien 258) and Malbindjersme (Seetion 498) is to-day covered with those lagoons,

OY) Maruputing|—Came out of the thick yaeen and ti-tree gerub on to the shore af Like

Alhert. "This word lias the same root as the word | ‘tarupango | used by Pitjandjara men in the

vorthiavest of South Anstralia to indicate the passing of the ancestral heiag inte the ground.

(21) | Malbin djerang|—north end of Section 498, Hundred of Baker. A point running out

fo the vast; it isa place voted among the aborigines for its thick, soft mur deposits, into which one

sinks deeply; the name itself means © nnadiy place’?

(1) | tu: }]—teeth. The phrase micans, literally, Up to the teeth in maddy water??, This

correspomils to our slang phase “up to the eves??,

270 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

nan:aweil itjam ‘ru; wel?) ‘jaroalangarn, ‘Wanji lau nak:ung itjarm

examined — the eround way-to-20, Then-he saw the

“waieri il Waiju’ ngaril. Wanjil ‘enang, ‘‘Lorowal a’ nyant.?

sky cid Waijungari. Tle said, ‘‘Up-there we-will-vo,”’

Wanjilearn ‘jam ‘kaik:e jangkundur.{?") Wanjilearn lak;any itjarn

Tle one spent untied, Then-he speared the

“waieri. Wanjity ‘keilangeil, Wanjil ‘kitjann ‘kaik “jangkeundie.

sity, It ceame-haek-again. lle another spear tntied.,

Vanjil ‘kitjanu ‘kaik lak: ang Tora waieruwar. A: ‘tanpuleilitj

Tle another spear threw-rp towards sky. Ah! — held-it-did

‘kaik:e. “Lambulanak netj ‘pingkeility ‘waieri. Wanjit] ‘pultung in

spear. Soon it fell the-sky. Then-he reached — for

‘kaik:al8. Wanjit] ‘jap:ulunge in wairalt. Wanjil ‘nan:awnny itjarn

his-spear. Then-he ¢limbed — for the-sky. Then-he looked-about — the

‘Tu: we. Kitjatj ngangkuri mis. ‘Jap :tlal

vroumd (of the sky). “ST His-is ood ervound, Clinb-von-two

Tnwurn' agul. Wanjeng ‘jap:ulung.’’ Nar’ waral = ‘lewinal ‘waiern’war.

also. Then-they — climbed.’’ They-up-there sit in-sky.

‘Nangun arn ‘nak:un'ela nga’ nep:adSarar — terldar.‘?! Net] um

You there Thay-see three stars. There in

lurntangk ‘tangulun it} 'Watjungyari.

middle standing is Waijuneari.

STORY OF THE MAN WAIJUNGARI, WHO BECAME THE PLANET

MARS.

Nepele sat (camped on the hilltop) at Neawuluwaru. His two wives sat be-

side him. It happened that they both clesived to walk down towards Wangarawav

(which they had been forbidden to do). While they were vathering fresh-water

mussels they noticed that they had arrived there. [t happened that there sat

(camped) at Parlowewanek a (newly initiated and therefore red ochred) sacred

wan called Waijungari. Waijungari walked down to Wangarawar also. There

he drank water through a reed-stem., The water became reddish (from the middle

which fell from his body). [4 happened that the two women noticed that the

feared the anger of Nep: ele, and searched for a means of escape.

(24) |’ jankundur|—-untied lis bundle of spenes, He carried @ handle of these weapons; in

some versions of the legend, when spearing the sky, he used a string tied to the butt of the shaft

fo crthle him te haul the sky down towards the carth; the first spear, whieh failed, was unburbed,

the seeand was made of shoa-ouk wood, and bare a series of barhs down one side,

(34) [terllav|—star (other renderings are tewilda and fier da), Only one of the three

‘stars’? has hewn definitely identified. Waijungari is the bright planet Mars,

TINDALE—LEGEND OF WAIJUNGARI 27)

water had become ved. Then the two women said fo each other, ‘ Why has the

water beeonie like this?” Above them they then pereeived the red-ochre-mian

(standing on the bank). The two thought hime very desirable, ‘* Ah! he is the

man-we want?’ hen Waijungari (who had not perceived them) walked back

fo his camp. Both (of the women) followed. They watched. ‘*Ah! he has en-

tered his hut (camp). Then the two (women) walked nearer to the camp, They

saw the entrance, Then said the elder sister, ‘Stand over there, vounger sister,

and place your bag of mussels noiselessly down so that he may not bear you.

will stand here’’, Then the two imitated ihe noises of emu. Ile mistook their

calls. ‘Ah! there ts food for me’. Ile took up his spear, The commenced to

sneak out very quietly; as he emerged the two (women) seized hold of him (hy

his penis). Then said the elder sister, ‘‘This man belongs to us. old bin

Then the man Waijungari yielded. They all three entered the hut to-

firmly

wether. The sunset, Bye and bye they slept. They had covered themselves with

kangaroo skin rugs, Nepele began to be suspicious (and look abot for tracks).

‘* Where are my two wives’? Then, guessing their iutention, he walked down to

Parlowewangk, Ile saw that they were all asleep toeether. Then he seized a fire-

stick, He plucked some grass, These he placed over the camp where they slept.

TTe spoke to the fire in this strain: ‘* Burst into flame when you hear then snor-

ing’. They snored, and it ignited. It burnt their camp. They fled. They

earried with them their kangaroo skins. They ran (at first sonth-eastwards) to-

wards Tjenhartang. One of the kangaroo skins fell front their grasp. The fire

still raged behind them, but the water (from the kanewroo skin) ¢ame ont on the

vround. The kangaroo skins fell one by one as they fled. The fire still raged

behind them, They came out (of the serub) at Malbindjerang. They dived into

the mud, The fire raged about them. They stooped down, They cowered up to

their teeth (iu water and mud). Then he (Waijungari) said to the women, ‘'See

where the fire is raging now’’, Then they answered hin, ‘*The fire still burns

near us’’. Therefore they remained cowering for a further space of time. The

fire hecame dead. hey came out from under (the water and mud). Then they

walked about examming the country and (sought a) way to eseape. Then Wai-

jungari looked np towards the sky. Ile said, ‘We will eo up there’’. Soe he wn-

tied one of his spears, Then he speared the sky, The spear fell back. He untied

another spear, Ile threw this other one up towards the sky. The spear held fast.

Soon the sky fell downwards (towards the earth), He was able to reach up to

his spear. IIe climbed up into the sky. He examined the land in the sky. (He

said) “This is good ground. Climb np, You two mast elanb up also’’, Then

they both climbed. They still remain there in the sky. You may see three stars

there now. The central one is Waijungari,

272 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

WYOONGURRIE.

(Blaekmoor’s Nou-Phonetie Version. }

Nepilee ney wur-ich lew-amb ngilawar. Kangin meem-in-ang lewing Kar

yoonth. Wun-yang ngoping lol-thoo wung-ur-a-war. Lyuk-ang a-lolthoo ngoping

loger-alth. Kieh wulth lew-anih Pool a wilth Wyoongurrie nrumbee a korn.

Wunyich lolthoo ngopung Wungnr-a-war. Wrn-il moothing ichurn Prang-ookie

imnug Pronk-ng-i. Wun-ieh kroong-ool-vring ich prang-ookie. Lambil-urn

nangooliurn nuking ich-urn prang-ookie kroong-il-amb-ich. Wun ang look yurn-

ing. Moor-ing-ul-tunb ich-urn prang-ookie nech look yoomin. Ke: won-yang

lovoo-wil nuk-eel ich wo Nrumbie kern. Uum-bil-urn nang thil-eel ah korn-e-

ung-ul-ine. Wun-iehnegop-eel lol-thoo-ul ngow-un-thunge. Win ang-ool-e-ri

war-reung. Wuo-nanyool-enurn nukamb ah nech yupool-eel. Waau-ang-ow-ngop-

eel lor-oo-w) ngousme-thune, Wun-ang-ool-e-urn nuk-ing ieh ven yup-ool-oom-ie.

Wun-il ¢ning be-l Pra-til. Oo-und thung-ool-urnie ma-r. Wun-twn thrort urn

lock-er-ur-nri-oo-i-ook-ou in-unjiri koong-urn eem-al. Newp-ul-jnen thung-ool-

wn. Wur-une-ul look ki-koorl-une el-in Peen-jurlame. Wun-ang ki-lkoolung

wueieh turlune al mem-ee-arn, Woni-il mrok-une ich-urn ki-kee. Wun-ich-how

thur-pool-nng mrung-in-l-ook-urt mel-oong thiur-pool ieh-ich. Wun-ang-ool-e-

uri: ploorn-doong, wun-il-enning vel Prart-il. Ah korn-ee-ung-uline, Mrod-ung

neulung-eemn mning-joo-l-ook-ah, Wro-ieh mrnopurling-ich korney Wyoon-

euerie. Wrn-ur-ow yup-oorl-eel yoonth in ngow-mthulth. Teh-ow yup-ool-el

ich nungie. Gom-bilawn unr tiumn-teel, Waon-ar-toop-ung urn-une worn-kurn-

dingar. Wnun-ich wilk-eel ich Nep-ilee. Yung-un-ang Nap-ang. Wun-ich lol-

thoo ngopung Poolooway-wulth uglam-ing el-il. Wun-il un nukung turnt-amb-

ur. Wun-iech pool-thing in kairn-ulth, Wnhn-ilaurn yoop-ing-or-on ngow-unth-

nog ur-ook turnti, Wun-ile-urn yurn-im-in-dimg ich-urn kairmey look-ce. Oone,

koong-urn-cend-urn neronkool wun-tum. Meloong ngrong-koorl ur r wun-ich

frmenne, Wanieh vring-eel i¢h ngow-nnthee. Wim ar tirting. '-ook thael-

anh ar wurnkurndar. Lor-ooan kithe-eel Chin-bur-tong., Ieh-ook pinking yum

Wurn-kurnd, Kel arn-ook prelthy-cel kairn-all ieh urn-doo preng-ook. Ar-ow

nur peeming-amb-aur wurn-kuvn-dar, Eel-urn-ook wary amb eel kairnil. Waun-

arow thur-pul-une Mulbin-jer-ing. Nur thoork-orrndeel in wrnang-ulth. Kich-

ow ich kairnee, Ur ook mon-thal. Wun-il-eeairn meem-inee look en-ng-ee nuk-

ul-loor yune-ieh kaimmee. Woe1-il look wrin-thune neeh uljul-orn-ieh kairnee.

Win-ar mor-oo-1n turl-ane mlow-i pe-e. Yun-ich porn-ung ich kairnee, Wun

ar marnd thnr-pool-cel. Wim ar ow ngopeel nun-ow-el ich-arn rone yur-ow-il-

angry. Wun il or on nukung ich-urn ny-cree eel Wyoong-ur-il, Wun-il-en-ine

lor-oo-wul-une-urp-ee, = Wrn il-ee-w'n yum ki-kee yurn-koorn-door. Wun-il

TINDALE-—-LEGEND OF WAIJUNGARI 273

Inking ich wen wy-er-vee. Wun-ich ke-ilame-aal, Wun il kich urn-oor kike yiun-

knurn-door. Wun-il kich-urn-oor kike Iik-ing lor-oo wyer-ooayiu. Ah tumpool

ealich ki-kee. Lumbil-urn-uk nech ping-eel ich wyer-vee. Wain ich pul-thung

in ki-kulth. Wan ich vup-ool-ing in wyer-ulth. Wun-il nun ow-1ng ich-airn roue.

Kich-ueh neyunkeri roue. Yirp-oorluloor oong-o0l, Wim-ane yup-ourl-ung, Nur

wor-ul lew-in-el wyera-vur, Nung-oorn-urn nuk-in-el-ee neap-ul thar thelthur.

Nech oom toornt-ang thung-oorl-oon ich Wyoongurrie.

THE GEOGRAPHICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF THE LEGENDS.

The association of the legends of the Southern Australian tribes with @eo-

graphical featimes has not been stressed sufficiently in the earlier aceonnts of their

mythology, There is marked identifieation with the topography of the country

in whieh they are related, They are in this respeet little different from many

stories of the wandering of the totem ancestors of the Central Australian peoples

such as have been so ably detailed by C. Strehlow (25) and others, Their heroes

are great men who are only occasionally identified with totemic animals; in this

and other respects they differ materially from the Central Australian stories,

The Jaralde legends of Waijungari, like all the stories of this and allied

tribes, ave intimately linked with physieal features, the origin and significance of

which they incidentally attempt to explain. For example, the lagoons scattered

along the track where the man and two women fled in this story are the kangaroo

skins which Waijungari dropped in his haste. The lagoons mark the line of his

fieht. The partiewarly muddy southern shore of Lake Albert at Malhindjerang

was conjured up as a refuge for him. The tendeney of bush fires commencing on

the shores of Lake Alexandrina to sweep fiereely through the swampy land with

its thick nudergrowth, and to rush wildly before the hot north and north-west

summer winds towards the comer where Waijungari and his paramours lad fled,

are determined by the geography of the peninsula. Lifted from this setting they

lose a great deal of their significanee. When we discuss the great story of Neur-

underi, of which a detailed account is reserved for a later oceasion, we learn that

fhe eanoes of this ancestor still lie in the position in whieh he abandoned them,

They have been metamorphosed into the Lalangengul, two great fixed sand-

hills at Mount Misery, beside the main road at Section 219, Tundred of Maleolm.

The shouls upon which the great Murray Cod of the Neurunderi legend was eut

up fa form the smaller fishes, still lie in Lake Alexanctrina as ‘‘ proof’? of the

veracity of ithe legend. Without continuing the areument too far, it may be re-

a0) Streldow, C. Die Avanda-nnd Loritjastiinuie in Zenteal-Austealien. Frankfurt ain

Main, 1907-1915,

274 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

marked that the legends, when associated with their geographical context, enable

us to understand the people in a manner (levied to those who know only the angli-

vized, veneralized stories.

it isa matter of particular regret, therefore, that non-localized versions, pur-

porting to be authentic myths and legends of the Australian aboriginals, and in-

troducing such amazing conceptions as chariots of fire and the angels of Semitic

mythology, as well as other paraphernalia, shonld have been published. Sueh

stories are undoubtedly based on authentie legends, but have been so distorted in

their new setting that they will become recognizable only when, or if, native texts

ean be obtained.

The identification of Waijunguri with Mars, the red wandering planet of the

heayens, has been confirmed from several native sources. The other two ‘‘stars”’

have not been identified. The Government Astronomer (Mr. G. F. Dodwell) has

made the suggestion that the story of the two women of the legend may have ori-

einated from observations of the planets. Tle suggests that the two women may

be identified with Jupiter and Venus. both of which wander over the heavens

and come into conjunction with Mars, travel with it, and are together ‘‘over-

whelmed’’ by the fiery orb of the sun, re-appearing after a lapse of time as even-

ing stars. Macegraith (2%) has shown that the Australian aborigines have a re-

markable interest in the movements of the planets and the appearanee of the

principal constellations, so that there is some probability in this attempted ex-

planation.

SUMMARY.

The legend of Waijungari is set out in the language of the Jaralde Tribe, of

{he eastern shore of Lake Alexandrina, South Australia, together with an English

translation. Details are given of the phonetic system employed in the transerip-

tion of this leeend and of numbers of as yet unpublished songs and stories relat-

ing to the tribes of southern and western South Australia, There is a discussion

on the sienifieanee of the geographical settings of the legends, and a knowledge of

local topographieal detail is shown to be of fundamental importance in coming to

a detailed understanding of native mythology.

(20) Maegraith, B. G., Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., Ivi, 1982, pp. 19-26.

REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS

(LEPIDOPTERA HOMONEURA, FAMILY HEPIALIDAE)

PART III (')

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.SC., SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Elhamma Walker.

Elhamma Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus., vii, 1856, p. 1561.

Perissectis Meyrick, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iv (2), 1889, p. 1119.

Elhamma Kirby, Syn. Cat. Lep. Het., 1892, p. 887.

Perissectis Pfitzner and Gaede, Seitz, Macrolepidoptera, x, 1933, p. 841.

Male with antennae stout, each segment expanded laterally and compressed

longitudinally on one side (fig. 1). Labial palpi two-segmented, first as long as wide,

densely clothed with slender hairs, second segment three times as long as wide, clothed

apically with short, clubbed hairs (fig. 2). Maxillary palpi rudimentary, composed of a

single small subspherical segment. Forewings with R, anastomosed with R, for a short

distance before and after branching off of R,, thus forming a small cell. Hindwings, in

male, depart greatly from normal Hepialoid form ; R, fused with R, to, or beyond forking

of R, and R, : only two M veins present. M, and M, fused (causing obsolescence of M,),

Cu, reduced ; only one analis vein developed. In the female the venation of the hindwings

is unlike that of the male, being practically identical with Oxycanus except for the

absence of any trace of 2A.

REVISION or ror AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS

(LEPIDOPTERA HOMONEURA, FAMILY

HEPIALIDAE)

PART UL.)

By NORMAN Bb. 'TINDALE, B.Sc., Sourn Ausrranian Musnum,.

Fie, 1-124),

HLHAMMA Walker.

Elhanma Walker, List Lep, Ins, Brit. Mus., vil, 1856, p. 1561,

Perissectis Meyriek, Proce, Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales, iv (2), 1889, p. 1119.

Klhamma Kirby, Syn, Cat. Lep. Iet., 1892, p. 887.

Perissectis Pfitzner and Gaede, Seitz Macrolepidoptera, x, 1953, p. S41.

Male with antennae stoul, each segment expanded laterally and compressed

longitudinally on one side (fig. 1). Labial palpi two-segmented, first as long as

wide. densely clothed with slender hairs, second segment three times as long as

wide, clothed apieally with short, clubbed bairs (fig. 2). Maxillary palpi rudi-

mentary, composed of a single small subspherical segment. Forewings with Ky

anastomosecl with Rg for a short distance before and after branching off of Wy,

thus forming a small cell, Hindwines, in male, depart greatly from normal Llepi-

aloid form; Ry fused with Rg to, or beyond forking of Ry and Ky: only two M.

veins present. M, and Ms fused (causing obsolescence of My), Cuz reduced;

only one analis vein developed. In the female the venation of the hindwings is

unlike that of the male, being practically identical with Oryconus except for the

absence of any trace of 2A.

ienotype: Elhamma inconclusa Walker, synonym of Iepialus australasiae

Walker, nominated by Kirby, 1892.

Walker placed five species (subouria, inconclusa, signeta, determinala, and

anlipoda) in this genus, On a subsequent page of his ‘List’? he removed one

species, subnaria, to Owycanus. Butler in 1874 placed signala in Porria, In

(1) Part | was published in Ree, 8. Aust. Museum, iv, 1952, pp, 497-586, Pig, 1-64. Krrata vi

part i ares In Big, 26 showing venation of slbantiades hyatinatus the analis yeins ure wrongly

inurked, JA should read (ng, 2A is LA, and BA is 2A, Part TP idem y, 1988, pp. 18-48, Pig. Tove.

reat in part iiare: p. 16, line 18, read ‘frafobrinned?? not “rufobrunna??; page 26, Wig. AG,

vemd *male’?, not female??; p. 39, the legends of Fig, 80 and SL are transposed.

276 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

1889 Meyrick placed delerminata in Porina and inconelusa im his new genus Peris-

sectis, as a synonym of «wustralasiae *‘Donovan’’. Meyrick did not nominate a

gcenotype for Elhamma; Kirby in 1892 selected inconclusa.

Perissectis is thus a

direct synonym.

The generic description in Seitz is applicable only to the fe-

male, the great difference present in the venation of the two sexes has doubtless

led to contusion.

Wig, I Aihemme austratasine (Walker).

3, male venation; 4, pupa,

1, portion of male antenna; 2, labial palpi;

This is an endemic genus, containing only a single species, the distribution

of which corresponds closely with the uniform rainfall areas in eastern and south-

ern Australia where the rainfall exceeds fifty inches and the average annnal tem-

perature does not exceed 70°.

HLAAMMA AUSTRALASTIAE (Walker).

Fig. 1-8.

THepialus austratasiae Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus., vil. 1856, p. 1558 (fe-

male).

Hlhamma inconcluso Walker, fc. p. 1562 (male; in index name is corrected to

inconclusd).

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHostT MOTHS 277

Perissectis australasiae Meyrick, Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, iv (2), 1889, p.

1119.

Perissectis australasiae Pfitzner and Gaede, Seitz Macrolepidoptera x, 1938, p.

841, pl. 76e (female).

Porina banghaasi Pfitzner, Seitz Macrolepidoptera x, 1933, p. 841, pl. 78d (ale).

6 Head, antennae, and thorax brown, abdomen salmon-pink, at apex purp-

lish-brown. Forewines brown with an angled diffused darker band from below

Mig. 5-8.) Blhamma australasiae (Walker). 5, male, Sydney (type of inconeclusa Walker,

in British Museum Collection) ; 6, female, National Park, Sydney; 7, male, Moe; 8, female, Moe.

apex to M, near base, thence to base; a silvery-white streak follows r-m and ex-

tends to Ms, numerous darker seattered flecks, specially abundant near margins ;

hindwings salmon-pink. Expanse 42 mm.

@ Head, antennae, and thorax brown, base of abdomen salmon-pink, other-

wise purplish-brown. Forewings unicolorous brown with scattered minute flecks

of dark brown; hindwings salmon-pink. Expanse 70 mn.

Loc. Queensland: National Park (3,000 ft.) 2, 3(2). New South Wales:

(2) Numbers after the locality indieate the months during which the moths have been taken

on the wing.

278 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM

Dorrigo; Blackheath (5,500 11.) ; National Park 2; Rous 4; Pymble 2; Manly

23. 4; Mosman 3; Stamwell Park 2; Killara 4; Hornsby 2, 3; Roseville 2. 3;

Waverley %; Richmond 3; Syduey 2, 5, 4; Lismore; Jervis Bay; Katoomba.

Victoria; Moe 2; Caulfield 2; Melbourne; Narnargoon; Beaconsfield 2. Western

Australia: Kine George Sonne. 128 males, and 78 females have been examined.

Walker’s type of A. inconelusa, a inale in the British Musenm ecolleetion, is

fienved (fig). In this species the colour of the forewings may vary from a dark

chocolate-browi through erey to an oehreons-red. The oblique white discoidal

fasciate mark is a relatively constant feature. The females haye the forewings

almost free from markings, and as in the male the colour ranges from brownish-

erey to ochreous-red aud yellow. The hindwings in both sexes tend to be pinkish-

tinged, Sydney is the type locality and the above description is cleawn up from

freshly-killed specimens.

In life the colours are very bright with a tinge of purple, but the hues are

evanescent and fade rapidly after death, In Mareh, 1927, this moth was observed

in the National Park near Sydney. Numerons freshly-emerged examples of both

sexes were clinging to wet sword-grass and to reed stems in swampy places, at

dusk and atter dark. The species is variable; all the forms may be taken to-

cether.

According to Mr. C. G. L, Gooding this species comes sparingly to liehts at

Moe, in company with Abantiades hyalinatus.

Examples from the Macpherson Range, in Queensland, are perhaps brighter

in colour, but they cannot be maintained as a geographical race, The Western

Australian record is based on a single faded female from the Australian Museum

collection Jabelled “K.G.8."°. With it were associated two males without data.

These specimens are less well marked than usual, and have an ochreous appear-

anee not common in Kastern examples. This may, however, be due in part to

their state of preservation.

The pupa of this species (fig. 4) is 40 non. in length and 6 mim, in diameter,

pale brown with darker chestuut-brown chitinizations at the anterior extremity ;

when ready to emereve the colours of the adult are noticeable through the re-

latively thin epidermis. There are two dorsal and one ventral series of minute

transverse serrations on cach seement. The foodplant and the details of its life

history are unkuown, but the occurrence of the newly-emerged moths di swamps

suggests that they may feed on the roots of swamp grasses or reeds.

Mevriek conelided that the Pielus invaris of Walker belonged to this

species, but the type, a female, clearly belongs 10 a species of the genus Q.cyeanits.

and may be sought under the name QO. serdidus.

TINDALE-—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MoTHS 279

JEANA en. nov.

Antennae lone, bipectinate, peetinations lone, apex of each armed with three

lo five stout hairs; im female less developed. Labial palpi long and slender (fie.

10), three-segmented, basal segment longer than second, terminal one-half as long

as second. Posterior legs only moderately hairy. Forewines with Ry and R. sep-

arately from near base, Rg, Ry, and R; out of Ra; Re and Ry branching mueh

nearer to termen than to junction with Ry; Rs from about two-fifths. Hindwings

Sc Ri

labial palp

N.B.T

Curb Ma. Me

Cu,

Pig. 9-10, Jeane delicatula gon, et sp. nov. , male venation; 10, male, labial palpi.

with R. and Ry branching nearer to termen than to junction with Ry; anal area

with LA present as a short vein, visible only in cleared or bleached specimens, 2A

absent (fig. 9). ¢

Genotype: Jeanu delicatula sp. nov.

The small size, different venation, in which the branching of Ry and Ry is

near the termen, and the highly distmetive palpi serve to mark this genus off

from Owycanus, to whieh it is undoubtedly related. From raus it differs in the

form of the wings, venation, and in the stouter body. It resembles H7hanuna in

that Ry aud Rs are confluent near the base of the wing, but differs from that

genus in the absence of the sexual dimorphism of the venation.

280 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

JEANA DELICATULA Sp. NOV.

Pig. 9-12.

@ Antennae bright yvellowish-brown; palpi smooth-haired, long, brown;

head brown, thorax dark brown, abdomen dull brown, paler at base; legs long,

slender, smooth-haired, dark brown. Forewings ochreous-brown, brighter along

veins and margins of the wing; costa to one-half dark brown; over most of wing

an obscure pattern of subrectangular dark brown and grey spots, the latter ob-

seurely margined with pale yellow. Uindwings dull brown, at veins and along

marein ochreous-brown. Expanse 42 mm,

¢ Antennae shortly bipectinate, shorter than in male, yellow; palpt yellow-

ish-brown; head and thorax dark grey: abdomen pale fawn, base of abdomen and

Mig, 11-12. Jeana delicatula gen, et sp. nov. 11, type, a mile, Moe; 12, allotype female, Moe.

legs clothed with fine white hairs, Forewings subhyaline, sparsely sealed, grey,

an obscure series of eream-margined dark grey marks from near apex to hind

marein at one-half, also a marginal series from near apex to near base, Ilind-

wings grey, Expanse 48 mm.

Loc. Vietoria: Moe + (April 3, 1934, C. G. Li. Gooding, type, a male and

allotype female, April 17, 1984, T. 15849, in 8. Aust. Mus.) ; Beaconsfield 4; Nee-

rim. 6 males, 2 females.

This species is probably widely spread in Eastern Victoria, but owing to its

relatively small size it escapes notice.

Oxycanus Walker.

Porina Walker, List Lep. Ins, Brit. Mus., vii, 1856, p. 1572) (nee D’Orbigny.

Mollusea, 1852).

Oxycanus Walker, lc. 1856, p. 1573.

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 281

Porina Meyrick, Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales iv (2), 1889, p. 1119; Trans. N.

Zealand Inst., xxii, 1890, p. 206.

Oxyoanus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Lep. Het., 1892, p. 892.

Porina Quail, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1900, pp. 411-482 (life histories),

Ocyounus Eyer, Ent. Soe. Amer. xvii, 1924, p, 305.

Antennae moderate, strongly bipectinate, or feebly bidentate; when stronely

bipeectinate there is sometimes also a pair of short dentations at the base of each

A FY ¢

ure

ag ¥

Fig, 18-19, 18, Oxyeanus australis (Walker), male venation, IJ4-19. Labial palpi, 14,

O. rosddeus sp. nov., Moe; 15, O, stellans sp. nov,, Cockatoo; 16, O. oecidentalis sp. nov., W. Aust. $

17, O. sirpus sp. nov., Ferntree Gully 5 18, O. diremplus (Walker), Healesville; 19, O. delerminatus

(Walker), Swan River.

segment, pectinations and dentations terminating in tufts of ciliae, Labial palpi

moderate, porreeted, with basal seement twice as long as wide, second at least three

jimes as long as wide, apical one slightly swollen at apex, and nearly twice as long

as wide, clothed with short flattened hairs. Maxillary palpi cither present as a

single rudimentary subspherical seement, or obsolete, Lind tibiae densely hairy.

Forewings with Ry and Re separately from near base, Ry, Ry, and Rs out of Rs;

Re aud Re branching nearer to Ry than to termen; Rs from about two-fifths.

Hindwines with Re and Ry branching nearer to Ry junction than to termen; 1A

well developed; 2A present as a rudiment near base.

Genotype: Oxcycanus wustralis Walker, 1856, nominated by Kirby, 1892.

282 Rrcorbs or THE S.A, MUSEUM

This is the most extensively distributed of the Australasian genera, bemy

found in all moist temperate and wet sub-tropical parts of Australia, in New

Zeuland, and at moderate elevations in the mountains of New Guinea, More than

severity species are now deseribed, of which thirty-nine ave Australian, and there

ure in addition others known of which the material is too scanty or poor to be

deseribed. By a strange error, Quail has attributed one South Australian species

(QO. wiphadias) to Patagonia.

In Australian species of Oxcycanus the harpes of the male genitalia are vari-

ously developed, but on the whole offer few characters suitable for specific notice.

In O. sordidus they are much elongated, slightly ineurved at the apex, and feebly

clavate. In other species they are ouly moderately well developed,

The form of the tezumen (Buchanan-White, 1878) (") is of special system-

atic importance, In Oxyconus this structure consists of two lateral chitinized mem-

bers with dorsal membraneous connections, deyeloped from the highly modified

ninth tergite as a hood for the anus and genitalia. The inferior (strictly eaudal)

marinus of this hood are strongly chitinized and are frequently armed with hooks,

processes, lobes, and single or seriate spines. This armature is readily made visible

in the moth, without dissection, by gently brushing away some of the subapical

hairs from the ventral surface of the abdomen. Inspection of the tevumen facili-

tates the determination of members of an otherwise difficult genus. For detailed

work dissections of the genitalia have been prepared aud mounted in choral hy-

drate within a cell, To assist in a ready examination, fhe accompanying drawings

were made of the margin of the left latus of the tegumen as though they were

viewed from the right postero-lateral aspeet, with the moth held ventral surface

upwards; the candal margin is, in consequenee, upwards and the posterior

(strictly dorsal or postero-dorsal) extremity is to the right, and the anterior

(atrietly ventral or antero-ventral) end to the left. The anteriorly projecting

portion of the tegiumen constitutes the suspensorinm of Hyver.

Several members of the genus Oxryeonus are of considerable economic im-

portance becanse of their depredations on pasture grasses. Part at least of the

damage attributed to Oncopera is done by O. fuscomaculaius; and several other

species are probably also yrass feeders. In the Mount Gambier distriet of South

Australia the larvae of O. fuscomaculatus were found in potato fields, and they

haye been elsewhere blamed for hollowing out these tubers. Several species of

Wattles have their roots attacked by species of this genus, for example O. drrencp-

fus feeds on Acacia Baileyana aud A. proscumbens. Wt is preyed upon by more

(han one species of frog durme the time of emergence from the pupa. This oh-

servation, which was first made by Mr. ©. G. L. Gooding at Moe, las led to iy

Ch) Buchanan-White, F., Trans, Linn, Sov. Lond. Zvol,, ser. 2,4, USTS, p. J57.

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 283

suggestion that the introduetion of a species of foad into Australia might assist

in the control of Oncopera and Oxycanus. The Surmam toad (Bufo agua) was

introduced into Porto Rico a few years ago, with some success, to assist in the

control of a ground-burrowing mole-cricket (Scapteriscus vicinus Seudder).

As in the study of previous genera I am mdebted to the British Museum, and

to Mr. W. TH. Tans in particular, for photographs of Walker's types; illustrations

of some of them are reproduced herein, Most of the figures are natural size; in

a few instances they are slightly smaller; the degree of reduction may be uoticed

by comparison with the dimensions given in the deseriptions.

Kay To THE Species OF OXYCANUS.

a, Palpi moderate; third segment not longer than first.

b. Caudal marein of teaumen, viewed from side, rather

evenly semi-cireular in outline; if armed, bearing

seriate spines.

«¢. Teeunen not armed with conspicuous seriate spines.

d. Tegumen not stronely arched,

¢, Suspensorial process of tegumen short.

f. Forewings with many silyery-white mark-

ines.

e, Antennae with ventral surface concave — ausfralis

ee. Antennae with ventral surface not) diremnptits

concave ds ae aan .. 1 fi kershawi

ff. Forewines with only few silvery-white

markings.

h. Teeumen with stronely chitinized por-

tion narrow and smooth,

i. Forewines with strong longitudinal

white fascia... of .. dtremptus

ii. Forewines without marked longi-

tudinal white fascia. . wilerhouser

hh. Tegnmen with strongly chitinized

portion broad and with irregular

marein ap i. ls 2. dyelli

ee, Suspensorial process of tegumen long .. fuscomaculalus

dd. Tegumen strongly arched 4. sf .. perdilus

ee. Tegnmen armed with conspicuous seriate spines.

j. Suspensorial process long yi .- -. janeus

jj. Suspensorial process short,

k. Spines restricted to anterior half of teeumen,

Cad : : silanes

|. Spines on teemmen four in namber phe

CUPUS

Hl. Spines on fegumen more than four 2, herdus

kk. Spines not restricted 10 anterior halt of

fegumen,

m. Antennae with strong peetinations.

284 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ase

Fig. 20-48. Oaycanus. Latus of tegumen as viewed from side, anterior extremity to the left.

20, O. australis (Walker), Launceston; 21, O. diremptus (Walker), Healesville; 22, O. waterhouset

sp. nov., Killara; 23, O. lyelli sp. noy., Eltham; 24, O. perditus sp. nov., W. Aust,; 25, O. silvanis

sp. nov., Canberra; 26, O. herdus sp. nov., Armidale; 27, O. beltistus (Turner), Mount Nebo; 28,

O. ballux sp. nov., Dorrigo; 29, O. aurifex sp. nov., Dorrigo; 80, O. naias sp, nov., Gympie; 81,

O, gclidus sp. nov., Armidale; 32, O. goldfinchi sp. nov., Normanhurst; 338, O, rosaceus sp, nov.,

Moe; 34, O. hamatus sp. nov., Jervis Bay; 35, O. stellans sp. nov., Cockatoo; 36, O. spadia sp, Wov.,

Blackheath; 87, O. loesus sp. nov., Gordon; 38, O. occidentalis sp. nov., W. Aust.; 39, O. poeticus

sp. noy., Denmark, W. Aust.; 40, O. promisewus sp, nov., Denmark, W. Aust.; 41, O. sordidus

(Herrich-Schaeffer), Kaglehawk Neck; 42, O. ineanus sp. noy., Jervis Bay; 43, O. barnardi sp.

nov., Toowoomba.

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS

n. Abdomen and base of hindwings sal-

mon-pink js a Fb

nn. Abdomen and base of hindwings not

salmon-pink,

o. Wines subhyaline.

p. Forewings yellowish - brown

with yellow markings

pp. Forewings erey with yellow

markings

oo. Wines opaque.

q. Forewines ochreous brown

with brownish - black

markines td ny

Wap AO oo ry

qq. Forewines erey with

ereamy-white — -mark-

ings se _ x

imm, Antennae with pectinations almost ob-

solete Ky cs 4

bb. Caudal margin of tegumen, viewed from side, not

evenly semi-circular in outline (owing to irregu-

lar spines or protuberances).

r Tegunen with large median, usually outwardly bent

projection or lobe.

s, Mecian projection of tegumen acutely terminated.

t. Suspensorial spine with recurved or hooked

anterior extremity.

u. Suspensorial spine short

nu, Suspensorial spine long di. nih

ff. Suspensorial spine without recurved ex-

tremity.

v. Tegumen armed near posterior ex-

tremity.

w. Posterior portion of tegumen

spined.

x. Only single posterior spine

present.

y. Posterior spine remote from

median one.

z. Posterior spine large

zz. Posterior spine very

small de

vy. Posterior spine close to

median one V5

xx. Four posterior spines present

ww. Posterior portion of teg1men lobed.

a, Lobe large, with undulating or

serrated margin.

b. Tegumen with an external

spine absent

beltistus

ballux

ari fex

nas

gelidus

goldfinchi

rosaceus

hamatas

stellans

spadix

loesus

accidentalis

poclicus

285

286 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

bb. Tegumen with an external

spine present .. pronvuscwus

aa. Lobe small, with one or more

spines a a, .. sordidus

vv. Tegumen not armed near posterior

extremity bn at .. muptialis

sternite

45 50

\ 46

Fig. 48-58. Owycanus, 44, O. nuptialis sp. nov., male, Mt. Kosciusko, ventral view of

apex of abdomen to show tegumen, 45-538, Latus of tegumen as viewed from side, anterior ex-

tremity to left. 45, O. niphadias (Meyrick), Blackwood; 46, O. goodingi sp, nov., Moe; 47,

O. sirpus sp. nov., Croydon; 48, O, subvarius (Walker), Ulverstone; 49, O, lamnus sp. noy., Manly ;

50, O, sphragidias (Meyrick), Launceston; 51, O. delerminatus (Walker), Swan River; 52.

O. fuscomaculatus (Walker), Launceston; 53, O. janeus sp. noy,, Tumbarumba.

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN Guost MoTHS 287

ss, Median projection of tegumen not acutely termi-

nated, but rounded or lobed.

¢. Median lobe of teeumen simple,

d. Large post-median spine present Le TREANUS

dd. Lavee post-median spine not present.

e. Median lobe posteriorly directed 2, barnaredi

ee. Median lobe anteriorly directed .. wiphadias

ee, Median lobe of tegumen not simple.

f. Serrations present on posterior

maremn of lobe a i 2. goodingt

//. Serrations not restricted to pos-

terior marein of lobe .. siVpus

rr. Tezumen without large, median, usually outwardly

bent projection or lobe,

g. Tegumen with anteriorly directed, post-suspen-

sorial spine or projection,

h. Median portion of tegumen arched,

i, Anterior suspensorial spine short and

4 straight <1 | 4. 2. Subarus

i Anterior spine long and curved L. faenies

Mh. Median portion of tegumen straieht .. Sphragidtas

aa. Palpi long; third seoment longer than first 1). .. determinalus

NOT KEYED.

Oxyounus miculosus (Pelder), O. aedesimus (Trrner), and 0. buyrsus (Pfitzner).

OXYCANUS AUSTRALIS Walker.

Wie, 18, 20, 54-54,

Oxyoanus australis Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus, vii, 1856, p. 1574.

Porina australis Meyriek, Proce. Linn. Soe, N.S. Wales, iv (2), 1889, p. 1121.

¢ Antennae reddish-ochreous, moderate, peetinations 3, set obliquely so

that the antennae are concave below. ead, thorax and lees erey; abdomen och-

reous, towards base a little more reddish, Morewines erevish-brown, costa miar-

rowly darker; a series of silveryavhite spots over whole of wing and a longitiudi-

nal white faseia from base to Rs at about two-thirds. PHindwines uniformly och-

reous, densely clothed with reddish-+inged brieht o¢hreous hairs at base. Ex-

panse YO min.

9 Antennae ochreous, short, feebly bidentate, TTead, thorax, and apex of

abdomen ochreous fawn, base of abdomen dull ochreous. Forewines with apex

acute, pale ochreous-fawn with faint paler ochreous and grey markings somewhat

as in male, but larger and obseure, Tlindwines with apex rather acute, hyaline,

pale grey with dense pale ochreous hairs at base. Expause 104 mim,

288 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Loe. Tasmania: Maitland; Launceston 5; Sheffield; Longford 4. Vietoria

(allotype female 1. 18850 in S. Aust, Mus.) ; Wilson Promontory 9; Brighton;

Kewell; Gippsland; Melbourne 4, South Australia; Robe 4; Mount Gambier 4,

6. 21 iales, 2 females.

I am indebted to Mr. W. 1. Tams for the following information regarding

the type in the British Museum: ‘*Walker’s type is one of the two specimens

Fig. 54-55. Cheyeanies qwustratis (Walker). G4, male, Robe: 54, type, 4s mile, Tasmania.

(British Musenm Colleetion).

listed... under his deseription on p. 1A74, asc, 7. Van Dieman’s Land. Pre-

sented by J. G. Childven, Esq. These two specimens bear old registration num-

hers $829 and 1-629" ‘The type is the last-named example.

The male described is one from Maitland, the fenmale is from Victoria (ex

Lueas Coll.). The Maitland example agrees very well with the photograph of

the type and with an example in the National Musenm Collection, whieh was

identified by Walker himself, The South Australian examples haye the hind-

wings sub-hyaline, with a subterminal series of faint grey maculae, like water-

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 289

marks, but the formu is not sufficiently marked to warrant even sab-specifie sepa-

ration.

The late F. M. Littler, of Launceston, took male examples of this species at

livhts, in May. In Tasmania a melanie form also occurs; in it the forewings are

dark brown and the hindwings a dull brown, except at base. where they are red-

dish-oehreous. Some examples have the silveryawhite marks enlarged; in others

they may be obselescent. Nothing is known regarding the life history.

O. maculosus (Welder) has been considered to belong to this species, but the

differences observable in the photograph of the type (fig. 127), partienlarly in

the form of the wing, should be sufficient to separate it. Unfortunately it has

not been possible to haye the eenitalia of this species examined; the unique type

is in the ‘Tring collection.

The fivure of O. australis given by Pfitzner and Gaede is probably based on

Melder’s O. maeulosus and does not adequately represent the present species,

O. australis differs from O, divemptus in the form of the antennae, which are

concave beneath; a form of the latter species resembles if im wing markings but

is structurally cistinet,

The male genitalia haye the tegumen evenly arched, and practically un-

armed, except for several minute projections on the anterior half, the strongly

chitinized portion of the posterior extremity of the tezgumen is not produced to

the sane degree as in O. diremptus.

Oxycants pikemprns ( Waller).

Fie, 18, 21, 56-57.

Porina dirempta Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus., xxxii, 1865, p. 597.

Porina dirempta Meyrick, Prov, Limm. Soe, N.S. Wales, iv (2), 1889, p. 1121.

Portna kershawt Lueas, Proe. Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales, vi (2), 1891, p. 282.

4 Antennae dark reddish-ochreous, moderate, pectinations 3. conspicions

apieal tufts present, smaller paired projections also present at base of each seg-

ment: head, thorax, and lees dark choeolate-brown, above with a greyish tinge;

abdomen salmon-pink, base and apex sliehtly darker. Forewines with costal

marein narrowly dark chocolate-brown, ground colour mixed reddish-ochreous

and chocolate-brown; a transverse white fascia from costa at *ths to hind mar-

ein, a white streak from base to meet a broad terminal white suffusion ; hind miar-

gin rather broadly suffused with erey seales; there are two silvery-white sub-

costal marks. Uindwines salmon-pink with traces of darker scales in an area

near hind inargin. KExpanse 76 mm,

® Antennae reddish-ochreous, short, feebly bidentate; head and thorax

chocolate-brown with a erey tinge; abdomen salmon-pink, at apex dull brown.

290 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Forewings chocolate-brown with a white fascia from base to one half fermen, and

traces of dark grey markings in outer third. Ilindwines bright salmon-pink.,

Expanse 110 mim.

Loc. Vietoria: Moe 4 (lopotype male April 17th, 1934, and allotype female

April 25th, 1932, C. G. L. Gooding [. 18851 in 8S. Aust, Mus.) ; Gisborne 3,9;

Pig. 56-37. Oryeanus diremptus (Walker). 36, type, a male, Seuthurm Ansteatiag 57, allo-

typo female, Moe.

Toolangi 4; Healesville 5; Beaconstield 4, 5; Merntree Gully 4. f. hershawi, El

than; Moe 4, 5. 41 males, 16 females.

The type, which is in the British Museum, has been figured. The example

deseribed above was selected from many examples taken at Moe, because of its

close resemblance in detail to the type specimen. The allotype female, described

above, is also from Moe.

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST Morus ay |

The locality of Walker’s type is given as ‘SSonuth Australia’, which was

probably used, as in other eases, in ihe sense ‘Southern Australia’’, The species

istot known in our State, and [therefore nominate Moe, in Vietovia, as the iyvpe

locality, This species is allied to O. australis, from which it differs markedly in

the strneture of the antennae, and to a lesser degree in the male genitalia. The

pectinations of the antennae are so set upon the segment that they do not form a

concavity on the lower surface, ie. they are transverse; in O. australis they are

set at an obtuse angle, forming in the aggregate a wellavarked inferior groove.

Some examples are superficially difficult to separate from O. australis owing to the

marked reseublance in wing pattern, The O. australis like examples may be

known as O. diremptus f. kershawi (Lucas). This forme oceurs in the same loeali-

ties as the typical one, and both may be obtained ont of pupae emerging from

beneath the same tree; it is therefore not a geoyraphieal race. Structurally the

specimens are the same as O. diremplus examples, and are thus readily distin-

guishable from O. australis, Lueas’s type specimen of this form is trom Eltham

CL. T8852 tn Ss. Aust. Mus. ),

The male genitalia differ from those of O. australis iy the wreater prolonea-

tion of the posterior extremity ot the tezumen. This has the marein evenly

curved and deyoul of armature.

The larvae feed on the roots of wattles (sleveia Baileyana and ot. Prosetune-

bens), and Yrom their abundance must seriously atfeer the growth of these trees.

Qn April 20th, 1930, Mr, C, G, L. Gooding obtained freshly-emerged moths, enipty

pupal shells, and many loose wings of both sexes of the O. diremptus at Moe. Many

of the newly-enierged moths had heen preyed upon hy frovs. especially Lyla ewingt

var. calliseiiis and Linmnodynesies dorsalis var. duucernli. The pupal shells, which

ane pale castaneous-brown, vary in leneth from 4448 mm. (males), and from

95-60 mon, (females) ; they indicate that the pupa was relatively short and stout.

The mask bears paired submedian blunt-pointed facial protuberances, a median

luceal eminence, and at the base of the antennal sheath there are two stout

heavily ehitinized spines, internal to whieh there is a small rounded eminence

bearing a pair of lone fine sensitive setae: other setae oeeur at the base of the

biecal portion of the niask.

Mr. Bi. Gooding has taken several pairs at Moe on a different site from that

where Mr. C. G. L. Gooding has captured so many exaniples, They show marked

variation from the normal form, There are also some specimens before me fron

Woodford, in New South Wales, which may belong to this species, but they ap-

pear to he aberraut in colour and inarkings.

The figure by Pfitzner and Gaede (in Seitz Macrolepidoptera x, 1933, pl. 76d)

under this name does not represent the species.

292 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

OXYCANUS WATERHOUSET Sp. nov.

Fig, 22, 58-59.

4 Antennae reddish-ochreous, moderate, pectinations stout, 2; head, thorax,

and forelegs greyish-fawn, abdomen reddish-ochreous. Forewings reddish-och-

reous with paler suffusions and dark brown markings; two large dark-brown-

Fig. 58-59. Oxycanus waterhouse? sp, noy, 58, type, a male, Wentworth Falls; 59, allotype

female, Killara. :

margined silvery-white spots between r-m vein and base; a series of dumb-bell-

shaped brown marks parallel to termen, each with a pair of dull white centres.

Hindwings bright reddish-ochreous, densely clothed with hair at base. Expanse

82 mm.

2 Antennae reddish-ochreous, short, feebly bipectinate; head and thorax

pale chocolate-brown, abdomen pale reddish-ochreous. Forewings reddish-och-

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MoTHS 293

reous, With paler suffusions on outer third; inner margin broadly suffused with

pale choeolate-brown, a silyery-white spot at rm yein. Llinchyings wuniformly

veddish-ochreous, Expanse 116 an.

Loc. NS. Wales: Wentworth Falls 5 (tvpe, a male. [. 18853 in 8. Aust.

Mus.) ; Killara 5, 6 (G. A. Waterhouse allotype female [T. 1ss54); Mittagone 4;

Roseville 5; Blackheath; Robertson +L. Queensland: Stanthorpe. 9 tuales, 2

females,

The pair of large white marks on forewings is a comparatively constant fea-

ture, traces of which are also present in the female. Ovcasional examples of O.

diremplus approach this species in appearance but the genitalia of the male are

different.

There ave several undeseribed specimens in our collection from localities in

Queensland and New South Wales. whieh are quite different from this species in

general appearance and vei have very similar structural characters in the geni-

falia. When further material is available it will probably be found that they

include several distinet species.

OXYCANUS LYELLE sp. nov,

Fig. 23, 60-61.

é Antennae reddish-ochreous, rather short. pectinations stout, closely set,

1); head and thorax dark grey; abdomen reddish-ochreous, at apex paler, Kore-

wings pale reddish-ochreous with traces of darker markings. a silvery-white fas-

cia from base to termen, and a broad transverse whitish suffusion. Llinelwines

reddish-oehreous, rather hairy at base. Expause SO min.

9 Antennae reddish-ochreous, siender, obsoletely bidentate: heack and tho-

‘ax pale chocolate-brown ; abdomen reddish-oelirveous, Forewines pale reddish-

ochreous with traces of darker markings and of a white-centred brown mark at

rem vein; inner margin clothed with ehocolate-brown seales. Llinchwines sublayva-

line, pale reddish-ochreous, densely clothed with veddish-ochreous hairs at base.

Expanse 106 mim.

hoe. Vietovia: Riddell 4; Eltham (type a male, W. W. Smith, 1. 18855 in 8.

Aust. Mus.) ; Wooryvalloek + (allotvpe female, April 10, 1921, L, B. Thorn. L.

18856 in 8. Aust. Mus.) ; Hlealeswille 4; Gisborme 4: 7 males, 2 females.

The male figured is a pavatype; the female is the allofwpe. This species is

closely allied to O. diremplus, from which it differs in the wing markings and in

the form of the tezumen of the male. A male example labelled ‘* Roseville, N.S.

Wales’? ex Lower collection, probably belongs to this species, but there may have

been some diistake in the labelling.

294 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

Big, GO-61. Oxyeaius lyelli sp. noy. 60, paratype mate, Riddell; G1, allotype female, Woori

valloek.

OxXYGANUS FuscOMACTLATUS Walker.

Bie. 52, 62-65,

Oxyeanus fuscomaculatus Walker, List Lep. bus. Brit. Mus, vil, 1856, p. 1a74.

Oxvycanus purdalinus Waller, le. XXXU, 1865, p, 598.

Porina fuscomaculata Meyrick, Proce. Linn. Soe. Nos, Wales, iv (2), 1889, p. 1120.

Porina fuscomaculata Plitzner and Gaede, Seitz Macrolep., x, 1983, p. 839.

Oxryoanus fuscomaculatus Byer, Ann, Ent. Soe Amer. xvi, 1924, p. 805.

é Antennae bright yellow. ample, pectinations lone and slender, 4; head

and thorax dark brown, abdomen slehtly paier, Korewines dark brown, with

some pale yellow seales and darker brown markings, a subrectangiar black spot

halfway between mm vein and base. ilindwines subhyaline, with apical half

pale grey, at veins and margins darker, basal half pale orange-yellow, Hxpanse

73 nm.

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN Guost Morus 295

? Antennae short, pectinatious 1: head, thorax, and abdomen rather wni-

formly greyish-brown, wings hyaline, erevish-brown; traces of a darker mark at

rm velu. Expanse 78 mm.

Loc. New South Wales: Litheow 5. Victoria: Croydon 5, 6G; Box Hill as

Mooney Gap; Pakenham 6; Gisborne 4, 4, 6; Evelyn 6: Beaconsfield 6: Lower

Ferntree Gully 6; Maeedon 4,5; Hawthorn 5; Wandin 5: Narnareoon: Moe 5,

6; Cunningham 5; Melbourne; Balwyn 6, Tasmania: Lefroy 6; Sandford; Laun-

ceston os; Piper River, South Australia; Penola 5; Yahl 5, 6G: M41. Gambier:

Morack, Western Australia: Quairading. 272 males. 42 females.

Rig. 62-64. Gnyennis fascomnentatus (Walker), G2, typo, a male (British Museum Col-

lection) ; 63, mile, Southorn Australia (type of pardalinns Walket, tw British Museum Collec

tion); Gl, male, Moe: G5, tenuate, Woe,

The described examples are trom Moe. they differ from the figure of the type

form in the presence of the yellowish suffusion on abdomen and base of hindwines

(1. 18857 in S. Aust, Mus.), This is a widely-spread and variable species. The

type of O. pardaliius Walker is stated to be from ‘t South Australia’? : this means

“Southern Australia’. Several eco@rapiiie races should be distinguishable when

nore systematic collecting has been done, and the type loeality satisfactorily os-

tablished.

Mr. EB, Guest had two pupae brought to him in April, i896; they had been

296 RecorRDS oF THE S.A. MuskUM

found by a person digging potatoes at Morack (Mt. Gambier), They emerged in

May; one proved to be a female. The pupa is very long and active, vellow, with

head region and wing eases nearly black. The larva has been blamed for hallow-

ine out potatoes in the field, A female was taken by the late Mr. A. M. Lea, at

Piper’s River, Tasmania ; if was attracted to lights.

OXYUANUS PERDITUS Sp. NOY,

Hie. 24, 66.

4 Antennae oebreous, pectinations 2) (only partly preserved). TLead ancl

thorax dark brown, abdomen sahnon-pink, Forewings rather uniformly dull

brown, with costa a little darker, a series of eveyish-white marks, an inverted L-

shaped one at ran vein, a series of four forming a linear series across middle of

Fig. 66. Oxyeanus perditus sp. uov. type, i male, W, Australia.

wine from My to Cuyp; a subterminal series of six smaller ones and four irregu-

larly shaped ones in vegion of the radial yeins; ciliae concolorors with wings.

Hindwings pale brown with basal third pink, densely clothed with salmon-piuk

hairs. Expanse 67 mm.

Loc, Western Australia (type, a male, 1. 18858 in S. Aust. Mus.), 1 mate.

The only specimen was obtained, without data. from a collection originating

in South-Western Australia. The smooth semi-circular margin to the tegumen of

the male genitalia at once distinguishes it from all its congeners, In general ap-

pearance it seems to be close to aberrant specimens of O. sordidus, from which

it cliffers widely in the form of the tegunien of the male genitalia, The salnron-

pink base to the hindwings is characteristic of many species of the genus.

ie}

~“

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GuosT MoTHs

OXYCANUS JANBUS Sp. noy.

Fig. 53, 67-69.

é Antennae bright ochreous, moderate, pectinations lone, slender, 5; lead

and thorax dark greyish-brown; abdomen paler, Horewines dark greyish-brown

with obscure patches of paler brown scales embracing traces of dark brownish-

black markings (in some varietal specimens several of these are more defined, and

contain dull white ocelli). Hindwines subhyaline, dull erevish-brown, base dull

ochreous. Expanse 66 mn,

Pig. 67-69, Oxyeanis jancus spe tow. 87. type, a male, Tumbarumba; 68, fereatype male,

Tumbarumba; 60, allotype female, Tumbarumba,

® Antennae oehreous, short, feebly bipectinate. Head, thorax, and abdo-

men pale greyish-brown. Forewings grevish-brown with obseure darker grey

markings; two well defined dull black marks between r-m yein and base. Uind-

wings greyish-brown, base slightly browner. Expanse 89 mm.

Loe. NS, Wales: Tumbarnmba 5 (May 21, 1929, R. 1. Tillyard, type a male,

and allotype female, 1. 18854 in S. Aust. Mus.). 11 males, 4+ females.

298 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

This species is allied to O. fuscomaculatus, from which the male differs in

the positions of the obscure wing markings, in the occasional presence of a large

white ocellate mark internai to the radio-median cross vein (fig. 68), and in the

very different tegumen, which has a long narrow suspensorial process and a ser-

rated margin. Most of the known examples were taken on the one evening. No-

thing has been reported regarding its life history.

OXYCANUS SILVANUS Sp. nov.

Fie, 25, 70-72.

é@ Antennae bright vellow, pectinations 8; head above dull brown, beneath

blackish-brown; palpi short, erect. dark brown, thorax dull greyish-brown, abdo-

inen somewhat paler ochreous. FKorewings dull greyish-brown with niunerous

pale ochreous or dull white marks, each containing one or at most two greyish-

brown spots. Hindwings greyish-brown, base clothed with dense but short och-

reous-brown hair, ciliae concolorous. Hxpanse 67 mm.

Loc. New South Wales: Canberra 6 (June 5, 1929, G. A. Waterhouse, type

a male, I, 18860 in 8. Aust. Mus.) ; Jenolan Caves 6. Victoria: Seymour 6. 20

males.

Fig. 70-73. Oxrycanus silvanis sp.nov, 70, type, a male, Cunberra; 71, male, Jenolan Caves;

72, male, Seymour; 78, Oxycanus carus sp, noy., type, a male, Armidale,

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 299

This species is either somewhat variable or separations based on the charac

iers of fle male tegumen are insufficient, A series of ten males taken with the

type show a transition towards the form shown in fig. 72, from Seymour, in whieh

the forewing markings are obsolete and the hindwings are broadly pale reddish-

ochreous. Two unloealized specimens from the J. Hopson Colleetion POSSCSS iL

large radio-median white spot, aud a second one or traces of one about halt way

fo base, The next species possesses very similar genitalia, but differs in wine

form and disposition of the markings. The tegmnen usually bears four spines

on the anterior portion of the margin.

OXYCANUS CARUS SP, Novy.

Fig. 73,

§ Anteunae pale yellow. ample, pectinations long, slender, pubescent, 4;

head and thorax pale fawn, abdomen pale reddish-ochreous. Forewings pale

brown, with pale yellow suffused areas avound brown markings. Hindwings pale

rediish-ochreous, tending to pale yellow, Txpanse $3 min.

hoe, New South Wales: Armidale (April, 1928, type, a male, 1. 18861 in

S. Aust. Mus.). Queensland: Stanthorpe; 2 males,

The tezumen of this species, which was vecoenized after the key had been

conipleted, is similar to that of O. silpanus, from which it is distinet in the form

of the wings, and in details of the disposition of the wing markings. It is also

allied to O, herdus, in whieh the markings are more symmetrically arranged. The

Stanthorpe example is smaller (75 mm.) and the hindwing is lemon-yellow, ex-

vept at base, which is bright ochreous, and concolorous with the abdomen.

OXYCANUS TIERDUS Sp, Noy,

Wig, 26, 74-75.

4 Antennae pale fawn, rather long, pectinations lone, pubescent, 3; head

and thorax pale fawn, abdomen ochreous with a faintly pink tinge. Morewings

pale fawn, with three transverse series of regularly arranged fawn spots, sur

rounded by pale ochreous, Llindwings pale ochreous, at base with a pink tinge.

Expanse 76 min,

@ Antennae pale ochreous, short, bipectinate, 1; head, thorax, ane apex of

abdomen pale fawn, base of abdomen paie ochreons. Morewings pale ochreous

with a faint ivree@ular erey sulfusion near apex and along inner marein, Hind-

wings pale fawn with basal portion broadly pale ochreous, Expunse 96 mim.

300 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Loc. New South Wales: Armidale (June 4, 1927, R. E. Barnard, type, a

male, and allotype female, I, 18862 in S. Aust. Mus.). 1 male, 1 female.

This species emerges about two months after O. carus, to which it is closely

allied. It differs from both O. carus and O. silvanus in the more regular arrange-

ment of the markings on the forewings, The anterior portion of the tegumen of

the male genitalia bears about eight spines.

Fig, 74-75, Oaycanus herds sp. nov. T4, type, a male, Armidale; 75, allotype female,

Armidale,

OxyYcCANUS BELTIstuUSs (Turner).

Porina beltista Turner, Trans. Roy, Soe, 8. Aust., 1. 1926, p. Toa.

¢ Antennae reddish-ochreous, moderate, pectinations short, stout, 1-1);

apex of each peetination with large tuft of ciliae; head and thorax ochreous-

brown; abdomen pale red, Forewings ochreous-brown, slightly darker towards

base, costa suffused with darker brown from base to 3rds; traces of obscure

brownish spots and suffusions towards apex. Hindwings along costa and hind

margin pale red, tending to pink, brighter near base, centre of wing obseurely

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST Motus 301

Hinged with grey, apex tinged with ochreous; ciliae ochreous; wines beneath red-

dish-oehreons, Expanse 100 min,

Loc. Queensland; Mount Nebo (May 27, 1923. type, a male, in Tramner

Collection) ; Blackbutt 4. 3 males.

The three examples under examination differ considerably from each other

in the warkings of the forewings. Further material may show that the Blackbutt

examples are not conspecifie with the type from Mt. Nebo (which is near Bris-

bane). The aboye description, except for that of the antennae and head, applics

particularly to the type example, in whieh the head is wanting. [none Blackbutt

ig. TH, Oneyeaiis beltishus (Turner), yyw. aomale, head mutilated, Mt. Nebo.

example there is a white faseia from base to 4 termen, where it beeones diffused.

The hindwings are pale ochreous, tinged with salmou-pink, In the other the fore-

wines are dark brown, the faseia is absent, and there are two large conspicuous

silvery-white spots in dise; the inner one rectangular and enclosing a dark spot;

the hindwings have a grey suffusion as in the type example,

The inembers of this and the five succeeding species are related by the form

of the tegiminal margin of the male genitalia, which bears a series of large spines,

These do not vary greatly in the species. The antennae differ markedly in the

degree of peetmation in the different species, and the form of the wing aud the

markings appear to yield excellent specifie characters. All the species are rare,

and appear to be restricted to the various sub-tropical forest or ‘brush’? areas in

New South Wales and Southern Queensland ; no female examples have yet been

taken, and there are doubtless species still to be discovered,

302 RECORDS OF TITE S.A. MUSEUM

OXYCANUS BALLUX sp. Oy.

Fig. 28, 77.

§@ Antennae reddish-ochreous, short, feebly bipectinate, 1-14; head and

thorax pale ochreons-brown, abdomen dark chocolate-brown, apex with a pale

brown tuft. Forewings pale oechreous-brown with obscure darker, transverse,

suffused marks at one-half and near termen: brown-margined yellow spots below

R; and M, veins; a slightly larger one at r-m vein and another, still larger, halt-

RAMEALE,

Fig. 77. Ovyeanus balhiue sp. nov., type, a male, Dorrigo,

way to base. Tindwings sub-hyaline, dark chocolate-brown, costa narrowly och-

reous. Expanse 90 mm.

Loc. New South Wales: Dorrigo (R. J. Tillyard ex. Lower Collection, type,

a dale, 1. 18863 in 8. Aust. Mus.). 1 mate.

Allied to O. gelidus, from whieh it differs in the form of the seales of the

forewings, which are narrower and more widely-spaced, giving the wings a lus-

trous appearance. The tegumen of the male genitalia is of much more fragile

appearance, with larger spines, and a chitinized margin narrower than in any of

the other members of the O. bellisius group.

OXYCANUS AURIFEX Sp. nov.

Vig. 29, 78.

4 Antenuae reddish-ochreous, long, bipectinate, 2; head and thorax greyish-

fawn, abdomen paler fawn, Forewings subfaleate at apex, greyish-brown with

TINDALE—-AUSTRALIAN GHOST MoTHS 303

numerous faint hour-glass-shaped pale marks, and obscure paired dark brown

spots with obscure ochreous centres; a larger vellow spot at r-m vein, and another

half-way to base, also a few scattered smaller ones in diseal region of wing; a

series of dull golden-yellow blotches grouped about the base of wing. Hindwines

hyaline, dull greyish-brown. Expanse 98 min.

(———

RANEALE,

Fig. 78. Oxycanus aurifer sp. noy., type, a male, Dorrigo,

Loc. New South Wales: Dorrigo (R. J. Tillyard, ex Lower Collection, type,

a male, I. 18864 in 8. Aust. Mus.). 1 male.

The antennal pectinations are more developed than in O. ballux; it differs

from O. gelidus in the form of the wings, in their sub-hyaline texture, and in the

positions of the markings. The dull golden-vellow areas grouped about the base

of the forewings should be distinetive.

OXYCANUS NAIAS sp. nov.

Fig. 30, 79.

é Antennae reddish-ochreous, short, peetinations short and stout, 14; head

and thorax reddish-brown, abdomen dark brown, Forewing uniformly reddish-

brown with small brownish-black markings. Hindwines dark brown, concolorous

with abdomen; apex, termen, and yeins narrowly tinged with reddish-brown.

Expanse 1083 mm,

304 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ae |

Fig. 79. Orycanus naias sp. noy., type, a male, Wentworth Falls.

Loc. New South Wales: Wentworth Falls 4 (April 3, 1915, type, a male, I.

18865 in 8. Aust. Mus.) ; Armidale 5; Neweastie; Dorrigo. Queensland : Gympie.

8 males.

The eight specimens examined are variable in the degree of development of

the markings. A second example from Wentworth Falls has a discoidal dark

brown suffusion on the forewings and two rather large white-centred black spots

between radio-median vein and base.

Fig. 80. Oxycanus gelidus sp. noy., type, a male, Armidale,

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 305

OXYCANUS GELIDUS Sp. nov.

Fig, 51, 80.

é Autennae ochreous, short, pectinations short, stout, 1-14; head and thorax

pale greyish-fawn, abdomen fawn, Forewines opaque, ereyish-brown, due to a

mixtive of dark brown and creamy-grey scales; a semi-circular area parallel to

fermen warm brown, with series of paired darker spots and a broad darker brown

marginal band; traces of a series of transverse ereamy-white spots in outer por-

tion of wing, and two larger ones, one at rm vein and another half-way from

there to base, Hindwings very pale choeolate-brown, Expanse 94 nim.

Loc. New South Wales: Armidale 5 (May. 1928, type, a male, 1. 18866 in

S. Aust. Mus.) ; Dorrigo; 3 males.

Allied to O. ballux. from which it differs in the broader, more closely-set

wing seales, which give the wings a dull frosted appearance. and in the subfal-

cate apices to forewings.

OXYCANUS GOLDFINCHI sp. nov,

Fie, 32, 81.

§ Antennae short, slender, weakly bipeetinate, 1; head and thorax warm

brown, abdomen dark chocolate-brown, apex with a paler ereyish-brown. tult.

Vig, SL. Onyeanaes golfinehi sp. noy., type, a male, Wentworth Falls,

306 RECORDS OF THE $.A. MUSEUM

Forewings with apex subfaleate, ochreous-brown, with traces of dark brown suf-

fusions at and near apex: a semi-lunate silvery-white mark at y-in yein, and an-

other small civeular one more than halfavay to base. hindwings dark chocolate-

brown, slightly paler at base and near apex. Expanse 106 mm,

Loc. New South Wales: Wentworth Falls 5 (May 1, 1927, G. M. Goldfinch,

type a male, 1. 18867 in 8, Aust. Mus.) ; Normanhurst 5; Killara 5. 4 males.

This species was taken at Wentworth Falls on the same date as am exanrple

of O. nies, from whieh it is distinet in the form of the antennae and in the form,

volour, and markings of the wings. lMxamples vary from 86 to 118 mm. in ex-

pause, and the colour of the forewings ranges from a warm brown to a dark ehoeo-

late-brown, with mottled markines; the new-moon-shaped white mark on the fore-

wings is a rather constant feature. The slightly coneave anterior portion of the

marein to the teeumen is characteristic, This was not considered sufficiently

marked to warrant its displacement front what otherwise appears to be its natural

place in the key.

OXYCANUS ROSACKUS Sp. nov,

Rig. 35, 82-85.

@ Antennae ochreous, moderately long, pectinations short, 14; head and

thorax ochreous-brown, abdomen pink, apex with an ochreous tinge. Forewings

ochreous-brown, basal part of costa darker; a bright ochreous suffusion in basal

fourth, not extending to base; a series of obscure grevish-brown spots, the larger

ones with a few silvery-white seales, forming ocelli; an angled greyish-brown

suffusion from near apex to Ry. Hindwings ocbreous-brown; veins aud mareins

reddish-ochreous, base densely clothed with bright pink down, Hxpause 75 mm,

? Antennae ochreous, short, pectinations almost obsolete, |; head. thorax,

anterior, and mecian legs, and apex of abdomen pale ochreous-brown; base of

abdomen bright salmon-pink, Forewines sublyaline, uniformly pale ochreous-

brown, Tlindwines hyaline, greyish-brown, costal margin, base of wing, and

yeins pink; a large eiredar dark grevish-brown suffusion near base. Expanse

118 mm,

Loe. Vietoria: Moe 4, 5 (April 29, 1922, C. G. L. Gooding, type, a male, and

allotype female, |. 18868 in S. Aust. Mas.). New South Wales: Mt. Kosciusko

(5,000 ft.) 5. 10 males, 3 feniales.

One female specimen taken on the same evening as the type pair is smaller,

97 mm. in expanse, and has the forewings marked as in the male, the hindwings,

however, ave the same as in the allotype. A third example resembles the first in

size and in the absence of amarkines on the forewings.

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 307

The male genitalia have a well-marked median spine ou the tegumen and a

moderate anterior (suspensorial) spine whieh is bent outwards at the apex, but

it is neither so lone nor so well hooked as in the next species, OL humatus, from

which if is otherwise quite distinet in colour and markings.

a %

Wig, 82-835. Oxyeanus rosaceus sp.nov, 82, type, a male, Mues 83, allatype female, Mav,

OXYCANUS HAMATUS sp. Hoy.

Bie, 34, 84-85,

3d Antennae pale reddish-ochreous, pectinations slender. 2-25, a short basal

projection to each segment, lead and thorax dark reddish-ochreous, abdomen

paler. Horewings bright reddish-ochreous, costal marein narrowly darker: au

ocellus at ran vein dull white ringed with black; traces of dark brown spots ar-

308 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ranged in three transverse series; a larger obsenve spot near inner inargin, at

one-half. Ilindwines bright ochreous, basal hairs largely restrieted to costal

mareim., Expanse 87 mm,

Loc. New South Wales: Jervis Bay 5, 6 (June 3, 1918, type. a male, 1, 18869

in S. Aust. Mus.). 2 males.

A paratype example (fig. 85) in Dr. A.J. Trener’s collection is smaller (75

mm, in expanse), and lacks the small obscure davk markings on the forewings ;

the ocellus is silvery-white, and there is a trace of another smaller one half-way

Mio, 84-85. Oarveanus hanatus sp. nov. 84, type, a male, Jervis Bay; $5, male, Jervis Bay.

g q 1 YI : i

to the base of the wing. The lone hook-like suspensorial process is a charaeter-

istic of the @enitalia of the species,

In eenital characters this species is nearest to O. sfel/ans and to O. rosaceus;

from the former it differs in the prolongation of the anterior process of the tegu-

meu. The suspensorial process is meh longer than in QO, resaceus, and the apex

is much more strongly recurved. Wrom OQ. rosuceus it also differs markedly in

the absence of the rose-coloured suffusion at base of wines; the rather wniform

reddish-oehreous colour of the body and wings is distinetive.

OXYCANUS STELLANS Sp. noy,

Wie, 35, 86-88.

2 Antennae ochreous, peetinations short, 1-14, stout, a wellemarked pam of

basal processes to each segiuent; lead and thorax brown; abdomen rose-pinkk,

densely elothed with pink down, Forewings greyish-brown, costal {hind with a

brieht reddish-ochreous sulfusion, costa from base almost to one-half dark brown,

diseal region with many silvery-white spots, margined with dark brown, the

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 309

outer ones arranged in two irrezular series parallel to termen; a series of small

terminal silvery spots; ciliae veddish-ochreous. Hindwings pale reddish-oehreous,

base rose-pink, Wines beneath with base rose-pink, concolorous with abdomen,

Expanse 76 nin.

Fig, SG-8S.

88, allotype female, Cockatoo,

Orycaius stelais sp. mov. S06, male, variety, Wandin; 87, type, aimale, Coekataus

Autennae ochreous, pectinations almost obsolete, head and thorax pale

Forewings pale fawn. with traces of an obseure white

fawn, abdomen oehreous.

fascia from base to about Vy termen; a few brown subeostal markings near apex.

Wines below brieht achre-

Hindwings pale oelireous, shebtly brighter near hase,

ous, near termen of forewing obscurely darkened. HWxpanse 9 jiu.

310 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Loc. Victoria: Cockatoo 5 (May 5, 1924, G. F. THI, type, a male, and allo-

type female, 1. 18870 in S. Aust. Mus.) ; Wandin 5; Croydon 4; Beaconsfield 4.

11 males, 2 females.

This is one of the most pleasing of the new species of O.rycanus. Although

the type pair do not resemble each other very closely the faet that Mr. Till took

them both on the same evening and at the same place seems sufficient justification

for their association, ‘he male genitalia bear a single posterior process on the

tegumen, which does not appear to rise from a lobe or eminence, and is remote

from the median spine; it is thus distinct from O. sordidus, from whieh it is also

quite distinet in markings and general appearanee. Some specimens have the

silyery-white markings reduced in size and the forewings with an ochreous sut-

fusion, as in the example shown in fig. $6,

OXYCANUS SPADIX Sp. TOY,

Fig. 36, 89.

4 Antennae bright yellow, long, pectinations short, slender, set vather

widely apart, 1; head and thorax reddish-brown, abdomen fawn. Forewings

reddish-brown with costa, at base, and a rather broad subterminal area, dark

brown with series of blaek spots surrounded by reddish-brown, a few of them

with minute reddish-brown centres; a pair of small dull white spots, margined

with dark brown, at ran vein. Tindwines dark fawn, costa narrowly ochreous-

brown; a small tuft of dull creamy-white hairs, tinged with pink, along posterior

margin, Expanse 66 mun.

l I

Fig. 89. Oxyeanus apadiz sp. nov., type, a mate, Blaekheath,

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GuHostT MoTHS 311

Loe. New South Wales: Blackheath 2, 12 (February 15th, 1922, E. W. Fer-

guson, type, a male, 1, 18871 in 8, Aust. Mus.) ; 2 males.

In the form of the tegumen this species shows a close relationship with O.

stellims, from which it is easily distmeuishable by the form of the wings and the

entirely different scheme of markings and colour pattern. In the second example

{he paired white spots at r-m vein of the forewing ave larger, and confluent.

OXYCANUS LOBSUS sp. nov,

Fig. 57, 90-91.

§ Antennae ochreous, moderately long, pectinations 24-3; base of each see-

ment with a well-marked protuberance bearine tufts of hairs; head, thorax, anc

leas reddish-ochreous, abdomen shehtly paler, with a salmon-pink tinge. Fore-

an |

Pig, 90-91, Onyeanus loesus sp.nov, 90, typo, a mule, Manly; 91, male, Moe.

wings uniformly bright reddish-ochreous; a subterminal series of small ereyish-

brown spots from near apex to near inner margin, the subapical ones with yellow

centres; a pair of yellow-centred spots at rm vein and two others half-way from

there to apex. Ilindwings pale reddish-ochreous, at base salmon-pink; ciliae red-

dish-oehreous. Expanse 80 mm.

312 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Loc, New South Wales: Manly 8 (Mareh 28, 1911, type, a male, 1. 18872 in

S Aust, Mus.) ; Killara 5; Gordon 4; Sydney; Woodford 5; Hornsby 5. Vie-

toria; Moe 5; Ararat; Croydon 5. 20 males.

The second example figured (fig, 91) is from Moe, and was taken in April.

lt bas the costa dark brown at base and the subterminal series of spots are absent,

Two examples from New South Wales (Llornshy and Killara) have the hind-

wings suffused with dark grey, except at base, and another aberrant example from

Sydney has the forewing pattern repeated on the hindwing, In the structure of

the tegumen this species is nearest to O. stellans, from which it differs in the short

distance separating the median and posterior spines.

OXYCANUS OCCIDENTALIS Sp, NOV.

Pig. 38, 92-93,

é Antennae yellow, pectinations 3, slender, a pair of small eleyations bear-

ing hairs near base of each segment; head and thorax grevish-brown, abdomen

slightly paler. Forewings grevish-brown; a series of well-marked silvery-white

Fig. 02-98. Oayeanus ocenlentalia ap. Moy. $2, type, a male, Denmark, W. Aust.; 0, male,

Denmark, W. Aust.

marks in the discal region and a series of obscure yellowish-white marks along

fermen. Hindwinegs greyish-brown, base moderately clothed with hairs which

have a slightly more ochreous tinge. Expanse 61 mm.

Loe. Western Australia: Denmark 4 (April 21, 1926, W. B. Barnard, type,

aapale, I, 18873 in 8S. Aust. Mus.) ; Collie 5, 7; Lennox 5; Cunderdin; Mundasr-

ine. 1] males.

The female of this species has not yet been discovered. Tt is just possible

that the example associated, in this paper, with the next species may actually be-

long to this one.

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GuHostT Motus 313

The males are rather constantly marked, for the genus; in a few specimens

the silvery-white markings are enlarged. The male genitalia have the tegumen

armed with a large median and four posterior spines. The forn of the tegmimen

with iis four large posterior spines marks this species off trom O. wiphiadias and

O, goodiny, to whieh it bears a marked superficial resemblance.

There is a single broken and imdeseribed specimen of a species from Pin-

naroo, S. Australia, in our collection, which possesses a tegnimen somewhat of the

type present in this species.

OXYOANUS POERTICUS Sp. NOY.

Wig. 39, 94-96.

¢ Antennae reddish-oehreous, short, slender, peetinations reduced (4-$),

head, thorax, andl anterior and median legs, greyish-fawn; apex of abdomen

~ 2

Fig, U4-96, Oayeanus poelicus sp. nov. 94, male, Denmark, W. Avst.; 95, type, a aale,

Denmark, W. Aust.; 96, allotype female, Demmark, W. Aust.

314 REcoRDS OF THE S.A, MuSEUM

paler; base of abdomen salmon-pink, Forewings brown, costal margin from base

to one-half darker; an ochreous subcostal suffusion trom one-half to near apex;

diseal region brownish-ochreous; a large series of silvery-fawn irregular imark-

ings, outlined with dark brown; ciliae pale brown. MWindwings pale reddish-och-

reous, obscurely pale brown near apex, veins narrowly and base broadly bright

salmon-pink ; ciliae concolorous. Expanse 82 mun.

2 Antennae ochreous, very short, peetinations obsolete; head, thorax, and

lews vreyish-fawn, apex of abdowen a little paler, base of abdomen pale brownish-

ochreous. Forewings hyaline, pale fawn with obseure brown sulfusions visible at

certain angles only; a dull white spot at rm vein obscurely inargined with brown.

Hindwings hyaline, pale fawn, Expause 92 mm.

Loc, Western Australia: Denmark 4 (April 21, 1926, W. B. Barnard, type,

a male, and allotype female, April 18, 1926, [. 18874 in 8. Aust. Mus.). 2 males,

1 female.

The paratype male (fig. 94) is in the collection of Mr. W. 13. Barnard, This

species was taken on the same day and place as the next one. This led at first to

the conelusion that they were the same, but a more critical examination of the

male genitalia and a consideration of the outstanding differenees in the wing

pattern and colour has yielded convincing evidence of thei distinetoess. The

wings in this species are somewhat more ample, and the apex of forewing not

quite so acute, Lt has a superficial resemblance to the Eastern Australian 0.

stellans, trom which it differs ty the positions of the markings, ta the absence of

ihe rose-pink tinge to hindwings and abdomen, andl in the form of the te@umen.

OXYCANUS PROMISCUUS SP. Noy.

Fie, 40, 97-98.

@ Antennae bright ochreous, pectinations short (4-1); head, thorax, abdo-

men, and legs bright reddish-ochreous. Forewings bright reddish-ochreous, cos-

tal margin slightly darker near base; a marked silvery-white, blackanargined spot

at r-mn vein: traces of two subterminal series of brownish-black spots, three with

white centres; a terminal series of obscure dark brown semi-limate marks; two

other dark spots obscurely centred with white scales, Ilindwings ochreous, three

obseure dark spots near apex. Expanse 76 mm,

Loe. Western Australia: Denmark 4 (April 21, 1926, W. B. Barnard, type,

a male, [, 18775 in 8S. Aust, Mus.). 2 males.

It is possible that the female associated with O, pueticus may belong either fo

this species or to O. vecidentalis, The colour of the legs, head, and thorax, anc

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOsT Morus 315

obscure traces of marks visible in some angles of ight, do not suggest this species.

The paratype male (fig, 97) is in the collection of Mr. W. B. Barnard.

The tegumen of the male genitalia possesses an external marginal spine

which is absent in O, poetieus: the markings of the forewings are also very differ-

Mig, Y7-US, Oayediils proniscuus sp.nov, YT, male, Denmark, W. Aust.; 98, Type. a male.

Denmark, W, Aust,

emt to those of that species. Lt is remarkable that three speeies, so distinet fram

each other, should fly at Denmark during the same period, and probably indicates

that in the distriets of South Western Australia, with heavy rainfall, we have a

rich Tepialid provinee, the fauna of whieh has only just been tonched upon.

Oxycanus sornpibus (Herrich-Sehaetler)

Fig. 41, 99-101,

Epiolus sordidus Uerrich-Schaeffer, Lep. Exot., 1853, pl. xi. f. 49 (male).

Ahantiudes sordidus Werrieh-Schaetfer, le. 1855. p. 5.

Oaryoanus rufescens Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit, Mus.. vil, 1856, p. 1575 (male).

Pielus ? sordidus Walker, le, vii, 1856, p. 1578.

Piclus moarins Walker, le, xxxii, 1865, p. 599 (female).

Parina rufescens Meyriek, Proe. Linn. Soc, N.S. Wales. iv (2), 1889, p. 1122,

nee Porine rufescens Pfitzner and Gacde, Seitz Macrolep., x, 1933, p. 839, pl Tée.

316 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

4 Antennae yellow, peetinations moderate, 24; head and thorax dark brown,

abdomen pale red, except at apex. Forewings brown, with costa narrowly darker

fron base to 4; traces of darker spots surrounded by diffuse areas of light brown

seales forming two transverse series; obscure traces of a dark spot at rim vein,

more pronounced in other examples. Tindwings dull brown, costa and veins

narrowly reddish-ochreous, base densely clothed with red down. Expense 74 um,

@ Antennae yellow, obsoletely bipectinate; head, thorax, and apex of ahcdo-

Fig. MHL, Qryeanns sordidus (Lerrich-Schaetfer). 99, male, Tasmania (spe of refesecns

Walker, in British Museum Collection); 100, novetype, a male, Snug River: 101, femule Trstanit

(type ot Giles Walker, in British Musenm Colleetion).

men pale fawn, base of abdomen with pink-tinged hairs. Forewings subhyaline,

pile yellowish-fawn, with traces of two or more hrown spots in outer portion of

wing, between veins R, and Rs. Ulindwines dull fawn, with base sparsely

clothed with pink-tinged hairs. Hxpause 101 min.

Loe. Tasmania: Snug River 5 (May 1, 1927. novatype, a male, 1. 18876 im

8. Aust. Mus.) ; Hagle Hawk Neck 4; Tobart; Launceston. Victoria: Gisborne

5: Moe 4; Wandin; Beaconsfield 4; Belerave; Croydon 5. New South Wales:

Asquith 3; Wentworth Falls 4; Woodford 5; Torusby 5; Sydney 4; Manly 6.

23 males, 1 female.

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 317

[t is diffienlt to avoid the conclusion that Herrich-Schaeffer’s species is the

same as O. rnfescens Walker from Tasmania. he colours and markings on the

figure in his plate agree rather closely with some examples of it, and the vena-

tion, as drawn on the plate, is definitely that of an Orycanus. The type is appar-

ently no longer in existence; the specimen deseribed above, trom Tasmania, has

therefore been selected as novolype, and Snug River is nominated as the type

locality. O. rufescens Walker is a direct synonym. Walker’s specimen which has

heen figured (fig. 99) was taken by Morton Allport, who collected chiefly near

Hobart.

The lindwings are usnally dull brown, with pink or pale red at the base.

In mainland examples the ground colour of the wines is lighter and the fore-

Wings bear traces of small, white-centved spots and marks, Some specimens from

New South Wales have these markings well developed, and the ground colour

tends to become reddish-ochreous. The tegumen of the mate genitalia remains

coustant and serves to distinguish sueh pale-coloured specimens from those of OQ.

lorsus, Which may resemble them.

The only female specimen in our series has been deseribed; it is from Vie-

fovia (1. TS877 iu S. Aust. Mus.}, aud awrees closely with Walker's Pielas in-

varies, Whieh is the female of O. sordidus,

OXYCANUS NUPTIALIS Sp. NOY.

Big. 44, 102-108.

é Antennae ochreous, short, peetinations weak (13-2), head and thorax dull

erevish-brown, abdomen with apical half pale brown, base salmon-pints, ancl

densely clothed. Korewings rather broad, hyaline, pale brownish-fawn with

darker greyish-brown markings; costa ereyish-brown, a white fascia from base

almost to termen, at one half; three transverse series of conjoined spots and

iraces of a terminal series of dull brown spots between the veins, [Lindwings hya-

ling, dull grevish-brown, base tinged with salmon-pink ; ciliae wreyish-brown, Ex-

pense G4 aim,

@ Antennae reddish-oclveous, very short. peetinations 1; head, thorax, and

legs dull fawn, abdomen slightly paler, base of abdomen with a slightly ochreous

Unge, Forewings hyaline, pale fawn with traces of darker erey markings, some

with white centres, as in male; in addition five large silvery-white spots margined

with grey; a well-marked series of small brown terminal spots betaveen the veins,

from apex to inner margin; ciliae pale brown, Ilindwines hyaline, pale fawn;

viliae pale brown, EMxpanse 68 man,

318 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Loc. New South Wales: Mount Koseiusico, 6,000-6,000 ft., 3 (March, 1889, fh.

Tlelms, type, a male and allotype female, 1, 18878 in S. Aust. Mus.). 1 male, 1

female.

The male was taken at 5,000 feet. and the female a 1,000 feet higher up on

Mt. Kosciusko, The male genitalia have not been disseeted from the type speci-

men, but sufficient may be seen, without removal, to place it satisfactorily in the

104

——— ——-~)

Fig. 102-104. 102-103 Oayeanns nuptialis sp, uoy. 102, type, a male, Mt. Kosciusko,

5,000 ft.; 108, allotype fomale, Mt. Kosciusko, 6,000 ff. 104. Orycanus imcanus sp, noy., Type,

nomale, Jervis Bay.

key, It is a rather distinctive species characterized by its hyaline, and rather

sparsely sealed wings. It is related to the next species, from which it may he

distinguished by its somewhat broader, hyaline wings and less conspicuously pee-

tinated antennae.

OXYCANUS INCANUS Sp. Noy.

Fig. 42, 104.

¢ Antennae yellow, long, pectinations 3; head and thorax dark brown,

abdomen at apex pale brown, base pale pink. Forewings pale brown, costa at

base darker, with two transverse series of small dark brown spots, some with

traces of greyish-white centres; a few other small spots, a narrow white, lougi-

tudinal fascia from base to ran vein. Tfindwings subhyaline, rather sparsely

clothed with narrow, brown, hair-like scales, base narrowly clothed with pink

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 319

pubeseence. Wings beneath dull brown with base narrowly rose-pink

lixpanse

5) main.

Loc. New South Wales: Jervis Bay (June 3, 1918, type, a male, 1. 18879 in

S. Aust. Mus.). 1 male.

This species resembles O. nuptialis in colour and markings, and in the eene-

ral form of the genitalia, but it differs in the shape and texture of the wings, and

in the antennae, which have pectinatious almost twice as lone as in that species.

_—

ig, L05—107.

Oryounns Larnard) sp. ov.

Toowoomba; LOT, allotype female, Toowoomba.

105, male, Toowoomba; 10G, type, a male,

OXYCANUS BARNARDI sp. Noy,

Vig. 43, 105-107,

é Antennae dull yellow, long, pectinations ample, 5; head and thorax erey-

ish-fawn, abdomen yellowish-fawn. Forewines greyish-fawn with faint pale

yellow rings around dark fawn spots. Hindwings pale yellowish-rawn, apex

shebtly darker; base densely clothed with yellowish-fawu hairs. Expanse 74 mm,

320 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

2 Antennae pale yellow, moderate, pectinations 1-1}; head, thorax, and

abdomen pale greyish-fawn, abdomen at base slightly yellowishtinged. Fore-

wings pale greyish-fawn with faint traces of markings, as in male, Tlindwings

pale greyish-fawn, at base clothed with paler hairs having a yellow tinge, Ex-

panse 89 mm.

Loe. Queensland: Toowoomba 5, 6 (Jone 4, 1927, W. B. Barnard, type, a

male, and allotype female, June 6, 1927, 1. 18880 in S. Aust. Mus.) ; Blaekbutt;

§ inales, 2 females.

Some male examples have the markings on forewings obsolete, except For a

faint yellowish tinge alone veins Ry and Ry near apex; in such specimens the

forewings may be dull greyish-brown, darker at base than at apex (fie, 105).

The margin of tegumen of the male genitalia is strongly produeed, medially, ina

ronnded lobe, which is not amued with spines. The species is not ¢losely related

to any other; in wing pattern it is somewhat allied to the paler examples of Q.

silvanus, in which, however, the tegumen is of entirely different character,

OXYCANUS NIPTIADIAS (Meyrick).

Pie, 45, 108-109.

Porina niphadias Meyrick, Proc, Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales, iv (2), 1889, p. 1122.

Porina niphadias Quail, Trans. Ent. Soe, Lond., 1900, p. 421.

é@ Antennae pale reddish-ochreous, short, pectinations long, slender, 4; head

and thorax dark brown, abdomen pale fawn. Forewines dull ereyish-brown with

a slight reddish-ochreous tinge near apex of costa; a series of dull white spots

arranged in a triangle on wing and traces of a single longitudinal one parallel

io 1A, Hindwings ereyish-brown, at base paler and yellowish-tinged. Expanse

a8 mm,

2 Antennae yellow, short, peetinations short, 1; head, thorax, and abdomen

pale fawn. Forewings subhyaline: uniformly pale fawn. a few white scales at

ram vein. Iindwings subhyaline, pale fawn, at base yellowish-tinged, and clothed

with dense fine hairs. Expanuse 78 nim,

Loc. South Anstvalia: Balhannah 5: Blackwood 4, 5 (allotype female, May,

Ii, Ashby, I. 18882 in S. Aust. Mus.). 28 ainales, 3 females.

The pair figured and deseribed ave from Blaekwood, in May. This species

which, so far as known, is confined to the Mount Lofty Range in South Australia,

has heen wrongly attributed by Quail ta Patagonia !

Meyviek’s type was from Balhannah, not ‘‘ Mt, Lofty’’, as indieated in the

original deseription. It was taken by Mr, E. Guest, together with another ex-

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 321

ample whieh is now in the South Australian Museum (1. 18883), Giest’s note-

book yields the following remarks:

“May 7, 1881... . two specimens... . taken by me at Balhannah, It is

Pipe, LOR-1L00. Oayjeanus aiphadias (Meyrick), 108, male, Blackwood; 109, allotype female,

Blackwood.

either rare or of retired habits, and T could never find the larva. It is a late

autumn insect, being on the wing in April and May.’’

Mr. BK. Ashby captures a few specimens each year. They come to lights on

one cold wet eyening in late April or early May. The females are seldom seen.

OXYCANUS GOODING! sp. nov.

Pig. 46, 110-111.

é Antennae bright yellow, long, peetinations slender, moderately lone, 3;

base of cach seement with a pair of conspicuous tufix; head and thorax dark

greyish-brown, abdomen paler, with apex light greyish-brown, Forewings grey-

322 Rercorps or THE S.A, MUSEUM

ish-brown, costa narrowly darker from base to 24rds; two transverse series of

spots in outer half of wing, formed of sparsely set silvery-vhite stales; a ¢on-

spicnous sub-rectangular sub-marginal area of white scales alone hind margin;

and several other white spots between rau vein and base, Ilindwings rather nnti-

formly @reyish-brown, Expanse 70 mm.

2° Antennae bright yellow, short, shortiy bipectinate, 3; head, thorax, and

apex of abdomen pale fawn, base of abdomen lighter. Korewines hyaline, rather

uniformly pale fawn, without markings; costa narrowly dark fawn. Hindwings

hyaline, pale fawn, base sparsely clothed with paler fawn hairs. Expanse 80 10m.

Fig. 110-111, Osryeanus geedingi sp. noy., 110, type, a male, Moo; 111, allotype female, Mov,

Lov. Victoria: Moe 4,5 (April 29, 1922, C. G. 1. Gooding; type, a male, and

allotype female, 1. 18884 in 8S. Aust. Mus.) ; Sale. 33 males, 27 females.

A large series, including the type pair, were taken at Moe by Ma. Gooding,

on four nights, between April 20th and May Ist, 1922; if is otherwise exceedingly

‘are, The tegumen of the wale (fig. 46) is very strongly deyeloped, with a large

median rounded process bearing small serrations upon its posterior marein; it is

thus very distinet from O. occidentalis and O, wiphadias, the only two species

with whieh it might otherwise be confused.

OXYCANUS SIRPUS Sp. nov.

Wie, 47, 112-1138.

» Porina rufescens Pfitzner and Gaede, Seitz Macrolep., x, 1993, p. 859, fig. 76e

(part).

é Antennae pale reddish-ochreous, long, pectinations short, stout, 1; head

and thorax light brown, abdomen salmon-pink, apex tiuged with reddish-ochre-

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MotTHs 323

ous. Forewings pale reddish-ochreous, with greyish-brown markings and suffu-

sions. Lindwings with apical half pale reddish-ochreous; base clothed with dense

salmon-pink hairs. Hxpanse 96 mm.

? Antennae pale reddish-ochreous, reiatively long, slender, pectinations ob-

solete; head and thorax pale fawn; abdomen creamy-yellow, at base pale salmon-

113

Wig. 112-113. Oxyeanus sirpus sp. nov. 112, type, a male, Ferntree Gully; 113, allotype

ta) ‘ e ’ 7 , * . i

female, Ferntree Gully,

pink. Forewings hyaline, pale fawn, with large dull white suffusions surrounding:

pale greyish-brown marks, hindmargin broadly suffused with fawn, Ilindwings

subhyaline, rather uniformly pale creamy-yellow. Hxpanse 110 mm.

Loc. Victoria: Ferntree Gully 4, 5 (May 2, 1921, type, a male, and allotype

female, 1. 18885 in 8, Aust. Mus.) ; Croydon 5; Beaconsfield 4; Moe 4; 7 males,

? *

2 females.

324 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

This species is not closely allied to any of its congeners. It is variable in

size; the smallest male examined is 62 mm, across the wings. The laterally ex-

panded semi-circular margins to the tegumen of the male are quite distinctive,

giving the appearance of a large serrated dise when viewed from beneath, In

wing markings the species is nearest to some examples of O. walerhouset. Several

examples have traces of two large white subcostal spots, as in that species, The

example figured by Pfitzner and Gaede as Porina rufescens probably belongs to

this species, but is smaller than the type.

OxycANus suBvARIUS (Walker).

Fig. 48, 114-118.

Elhamma subvaria Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus., vii, 1856, p. 1562.

Oxrycoanus subvarius Walker, |.c. p. 1575.

Porina subvaria Meyrick, Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, iv (2), 1889, p. 1123.

Fig. 114-118. Oxycanus subvarius (Walker), 114-115, males, Moe; 116-117, females, Moe;

118, type, a male, Tasmania (in British Museum Collection),

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHosr Motus 325

é Antennae reddish-ochreous, short, pectinations short, 14-1); head anc

thorax dark brown, abdomen pale ochreous with a tinge of salnou-piuk, at apex

darkening to pale fawn. Forewings sub-hyaline, ochreous with clarker @reyish-

brown markings, costal margin near base narrowly greyish-brown. [indwines

hyaline, grey with traces of greyish markings at base, costal veins narrowly and

ciliae ochreous. FExpanse 62 mi.

2 Aniemute yellow, short, pectinations short, 4; head and thorax fawn,

basal half of abdowen pale ochreous, with a tinge of salmon-pink, apex pale fawn,

Forewings sublivaline, pale grey, with faint darker erey spots surrounded by

obsenve pale ochreous. Tlindwings hyaline, greyish-fawn, veins ochreous. Ex-

panse 79 mom.

Loe. Tasinania: Ulverstone. Victoria: Moe 3, 4; Croydon 3, 6; Beacons-

field 3; Trafalwar 3: Yarragvon 2. New South Wales; Anstinmer 4. 54 males, 17

fomales,

The type, aamale. has been figured; it is from ‘Van Diemen’s Lane?’ ane is

one of three presented to the British Museum by S, Walcott, The same three ex-

muples were apparently re-deseribed, on p. 1575 of Walker's “List?’) as Ouryeunies

subvorius. The pair deseribed above (lig, 115-116) are well-marked, many ex-

amples are smaller, somewhat darker, and almost ceyoicd of markings (fig. 114.

116). The spevies is sometimes abundant in Bastern Vietoria, Ma, C. G, Li. Good-

ine has taken lone series, In 1929 he wrote: **] managed to secure aimety ex-

amples of this Hepialid, and they are consistent with the fifty-four Tam sending

you’. The teoumen of the male has a large anteriorly directed process, and the

suspensorial process is only moderately developed and relatively straight,

OXYCANUS LAMNUS Sp. oy,

Wig. 49, 119-120.

é Antennae reddish-ochreous, short, pectinations 1-14; head and thorax

dark brown; abdomen, at base reddish-ochreous, at apex fawn. Forewings dull

ereyish-browh with sliehtly darker markings, surrounded by dusky ochreous sul-

fusions. Ifindwines subhyaline, pale grey, at veins obscurely reddish-ochreous,

[xpanse 60 min,

¢ Antennae ochreous, short, with pectinations almost obsolete; head aud

thorax greyish-fawn, abdomen yellowish-fawn, becomme fawn at apex. FKore-

wings subhyaline, greyish, with obscure dusky yellow areas surrounding grey

spots and forming a series from costa at three-fourths fo near hind margin at one-

326 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

half: traces of other marks near base. Hindwings pale grey, base narrowly

elothed with yellowish-fawn hair. Expanse 76 wm.

Lov. New South Wales: Manly 5, 6 (May 31, 1907; type, a male, and allo-

type female, May 30, 1907, I. 18581 in 8. Aust. Mus.) ; Clifton 4. 5 males, + fe-

males.

Kip, LIQ-120. Geryeunns lanmus sp. noy. 119, type. a male, Manly; 120, allotype formule,

Manly.

This species is closely related to the proceeding one, of which if may eventu-

ully prove to be the northern race, The genitalia of the male differ from Q, sub-

verius in haying the marginal process of teguimen much larger and the snspen-

sorial spines produced and eurved, ‘The hind margin of the eivhth sternite is

evenly concave, whereas in the former species if is convex at the sides, with a

sligbt median coneavity. The wings differ in their greater opaqueness, and in

the relative positions of the vague markings of forewings.

Oxycanus sruraqipras (Meyrick).

Fig. 50, 121.

Porina sphragidias Meyrick, Prog, Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, iv (2), 1889, p. 1125.

2 Antennae reddish-oehreous, pectinations obsolete, head and thorax above

brown, beneath oranze-brown, abdomen grey, at apex ochreous. Forewings ¢hoco-

late-brown with ochreous markings, a black irregular mark near hind margin at

base, and a broad white fascia trom near base to termen. ILlindwings pale ehoco-

late-brown, base grey. Wings beneath dull chocolate-browu, with costal margins

and an irreeular terminal area orange. Expanse 98 mim.

Loc. ‘Tasmania: Maitland; Launceston; Ulverstone. 10 males.

The male example figured is from Launceston. Some cxamples lack the

white taseia of forewines, and are much darker in the forewings. The species is

a rare one, and nothing is known of the life history. It is not close to any other

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 327

species of the genus, and further study may show that subgenerie separation is

warranted. The long straight margin of the tezumen of the male genitalia, with

its anteriorly projecting process, is distinctive.

Fig. 121. Ovycanus sphragidias (Meyrick), male, Launeeston,

An aberrant specimen of what appears to be this species has been taken by

D.C, Pearse, on Mount Wellington (May 25, 1934). It has the forewing bright

reddish-ochreous ; there is no white fascia. A somewhat similar example is under

examination from Launceston; in this the forewings ave bright reddish-brown.

OXYUANUS DETERMINATUS (Walker).

Wig. 51, 122-125.

Elhamma determinata Walker, List Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus., vii, 1856, p. 1563.

Porina delerminata Meyrick, Proce. Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales, iv (2), 1889, p. 1122.

é Amtennae short, reddish-ochreous, pectinations short, 14-2; palpi brown,

smooth-haired, long; third segment three times as long as wide; head and thorax

dull brown, abdomen pale reddish-ochreous, apex slightly darker, FPorewines

sub-hyaline, dull brown, with sparse silyery-white scales forming a median and

a subterminal series of markings: a well-defined brown marginal white spot at

rm yein; costa with a subapical bright reddish-ochreous suffusion, Hindwings

hyaline, pale greyish-brown, costal margin suffused with reddish-ochreous: base

clothed with pale reddish-oehreous hairs. Expanse 66 mm,

@ Antennae reddish-ochreous, short, obsoletely bi-peetinate; palpi long, ter-

minal segment long, swollen at apex, smooti-haired; head and thorax dull fawn;

328 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

abdomen pale fawn, at apex slightly darker. Forewings hyaline, grey, traces of

a white spot at ram vein, and another slightly nearer to base, Hindwings grey,

with base sparsely clothed with pale fawn-eoloured down. Expanse 50 ai,

Loc. Western Australia: Swan River; Perth 5, 7, 11 (Jitby, 1908, C. French,

allotype female, 1. T8886 in S, Aust. Mns.). 6 males, 1 female.

The type, a male in the British Museum Collection, has been figured (fig.

123). Some male examples (fig 125) have a large series of dull greyish-white

markings on the forewings, these are absent or obscured in the fypieal form.

Fig, 122-125, Oxryeanus delerminatis ( Walker). 122, a male, Swan River; 123, type. a mile,

Swan River; 124, allotype female, Perth; 125, wale, Perth.

Walker, in his deseription, makes special reference to the wiusually prominent

palpi, thus leaving little doubt as fo the identity of his species. The wide civer-

oence between the emergence dates of the three specimens bearing such date is

worthy of special note, for in most of the species of Q.eycanus hitherto examined,

the time of emergence seems to be limited toa relatively brief period during each

year, The anomaly will doubtless be elucidated when more material is available,

and it may then be discovered that there are allied species or forms inelided

under the present name.

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHosT MoTHS 329

OXYCANUS Byrsus (Pfitzner).

Fig. 126.

Abantiades byrsa Pfitzner, in Pfitzner and Gaede, Seitz Macrolepidoptera, x,

1933, p. 834, pl. 75e.

6 Antennae with pectinations short. Forewing with costal margin slightly

coneave at one-third, apex acute, with well-rounded termen and inner margin,

dark brown, with brown and dull ereyish-white markings. Hindwines ochreous,

tinged with pink near base. Expanse 134 mm.

ig. 126, Oxrycanus byrsus (Pfitzner), male, New South Wales (after Seitz).

Loc. New South Wales.

O. maculosus and this are the only species that have not been examined dur-

ing the progress of this revision. The venation of the figure given by Pfitzner

seems to indicate that its position is in this genus rather than in Abantiades.

OxYCANUS MACULOSUS (Felder).

Fig. 127.

Pielus maculosus Felder, Reise Novara, 11, 1868, pl. 81, f. 1.

é Deseription not available.

Loc. New South Wales: Clarence River (type, a male, unique, in Tring

Musetun Collection).

This species appears to be close to O. australis, but a consideration of the

limited climatic range of most Australian Hepialids and the absence of any other

330 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

records of O. australis in New South Wales, together with differences apparent in

the photograph of the type, leads to the conelusion that O, maeulosus is a distinet

species, The Clarence River is an area of rain forest or ‘Sbrush’’, and therefore

differs considerably from Tasmania and Southern Australia. Through the cour-

tesy of the authorities of Tring Museum, the type has been fieured; it lacks the

antennae. From the rather poorly-coloured illustration in ‘‘ Reise Novara’’. it

Fig. 127. Ovrucanus maculosus (Felder), type, a male, Clarence River (in Tring Museum

Collection).

may be judged that the forewings are reddish-oehreous, the hindwings pale red-

dish-ochreous, with the apex and termen broadly darker and the base bright red-

dish-ochreous, as is also the abdomen. The antennae in the illustration are ouly

moderately long, and with the peetinations about 2-3.

Tt may also be compared with O. belli, from which it differs in the forewing

markings, and in the colour of the hindwings.

OXYCANUS AEDESIMUS (Toner).

Fig, 128-129.

Porina aedesima Turner, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., Ji, 1929, p. 807.

é Antennae whitish-ochreous, feebly bidentate, denticular elevations clothed

with dense hair. Head dark brownish-black; palpi black, the terminal segmeut

smooth-haired; thorax dark brown, abdomen somewhat lighter. Forewings

rounded, ample, greyish-brown, with three paler transverse bands embracing

series of black spots and lines, first from one-half costa to one-half hind margin,

second from two-thirds eosta to two-thirds hind-margin, and third from near

apex to hind-margin. One or more of the black spots bear a fawn-coloured centre.

TINDALE—AUSTRALIAN GHOST MOTHS 331

Tiindwings dull ochreous-brown, the base yellow; ciliae ereyish-brown. Expanse

9 Tan,

Loe, Queensland: Eungella 10 (type in Turner Collection), 2 males,

Fig, 128-129. (hryennus aedesimus (Turner), 128, type, a2 male, Mungella; 129, male,

Mungella,

This is a distinctive species, apparently not closely allied to any other,

Through the kindness of Dr. A, J. Turner [ have been able to examine the type.

and also a second, much battered and larger male specimen taken at the same

time. Unfortunately the genitalia eould not be examined. The rounded, short,

and ample wings and slender antennae distinguish this species from QO. silvanns,

whieh has similar markines on the forewings.

NOTH ON THE BODY TEMPERATURE OF A TEPIALID MOTI

(Trietena).

In June, 1955, a freshly-emerged male of Triefena argentata was found rest-

ing beside a path at Adelaide. TH eseaped from the hand. and before re-capture

was chased by several sparrows, from which it was resened with difficulty. [1

was noticeably warn to the toueh when held in the hand. and when liberated in

a half-dark room it flew rapidly about, finally landing beside a window. The

warmth of its body was again casually noted. ILaving placed it in a eyanide jar,

a cloubt was raised as to the possible significance of the warmth, and the moth was

aft onee removed. ‘Tests were made with a special thermometer, such as is used

in studying human skin surface temperatures, At 2.30 p.m., shortly after it had

been retrieved from jar, the moth had a body temperature of 21° Centigrace

(room temperature 16°3° Ceutivrade). After 18 minutes this had dropped to

19°, but as it recovered from the effeets of the eyanide gas it began to vibrate its

332 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

wings slightly, and its temperature rose again quite regularly from 19-3” at 2.49

p.m. to 21:0° at 3-07 p.m., and to a rather stable condition at 24-0° at 3.48 p.m.

(room temperature 16-5°). At 3.55 p.m. it flapped its wings violently for half a

minute, and then continued to vibrate them; the temperature rose again to a

maximum of 26°5° at 4.45 p.m. when the room temperature was 16-0°. The

temperature of the moth at the conclusion of the observation was 25-0°, and the

room temperature 17-2°. It is of interest to note, therefore, that the body tem-

perature of a Trictena moth may be more than 10° Centigrade above that of its

surroundings, and in active flight may reach still higher.

ON THE OCCURRENCE IN AUSTRALIA OF ACARINA

OF THE FAMILY TENERIFFITDAE (TROMBIDOIDEA)

By H. WoMERSLEY, F.R.E.S., A.L.S., ENTOMOLOGIST,

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The family Teneriffidae was erected in 1911 by Dr. Sig Thor (Zool. Anz. 38, 171-179)

for two new genera, each with a single species. Teneriffia quadripapillata was described

from Teneriffe and Parateneriffia bipectinata from Paraguay. A translation of Sig Thor’s

description of the family is as follows:

“Body elongate with running legs. Cuticle weak with striations ; without crista or

chitinized plates. Front forwardly produced, with three pairs of setae. Two widely

separated pairs of eyes. Anus at end of body visible from above and below.

On rHe OCCURRENCE we AUSTRALIA or ACARINA

or THE FAMILY TENERIFFIIDAF (TROMBIDOIDEA)

By H. WOMERSLEY, F.R.E.S., A.L.S., Fnromonoasr, Sourm Avusrreauan Musruw.

Fig. 1-2,

Tue family Teneriffiidae was erceted in 1911 by Dr. Sig Thor (Zool. Anz. 38, 171-

179) for two new genera, each with a single species. Teneriffia quadripapillata

was deseribed from Teneriffe and Paratencriffia bipectinata trom Paraguay, A

translation of Sig Thor’s description of the family is as follows:

“Body elongate with running legs. Cuticle weak with striations; without

evista or chitinized plates. Front forwardly produced, with three pairs of setae,

Two widely separated pairs of eyes. Anus at end of body visible from above and

below.

“The long genital opening of siekle-shaped valves with few hairs. No

(either inner or outer) genital dises present. Legs simple, with setae; the two

claws, at least on the four front lees. with double combs; hind legs sometimes with

a third ‘intermediate’ claw. Mouth-parts: rostrum short and broad: the distal

end of the labiim on the under side with four short stumpy papillae and two

pairs of setae; mandible two-segmented, elaw-like. with two small setae on the

dorsal side,

“Palpi five-seemented, thick, strong, and eurved, with lone terminal elaw

and few setae, On the inner side of segment IV and behind the terminal claw

are two chitinized papillae; segment V (thumb) quite rudimentary but with

many (6-7) lone setae.’?

In 1924 (Proe. Zool, Soc, London, p. 1078) Hirst erected the genus Neotenc-

riffiula. for the species N. /uroriensis Hirst from Egypt, and in the following year

(loc. eit. p. 1278) he erected the genus Heteroleneriffia for a marine species, IT.

marme Tirst from the Federated Malay States,

Amonyst the collection of Acarina made by Hirst while in Australia in 1927-

28, aud later presented to the South Australian Museum by Prof. T. H. Johnston

to whom they had been left, was a single preparation of five specimens which had

been provisionally labelled by THirst as belonging to the genus Neoteneriffiola.

| have now been able to study these specimens as well as two others belonging

to this family which have recently come to hand. As a result of this work it is

now clear that Hirst’s provisional generie determination is incorrect and that his

specimens will require anew genus. For this | propose the name Austrotenerifia,

334 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

and for the species the name of /virsti after the late Mr, Stanley Hirst, one of the

few English Acarologists.

The other two specimens are even more interesting, and while requiring still

another genus, are so strikingly different from all other known species of Tene-

riffiidae as to justify the splitting up of the family into two very distinet sub-

families, the Teneriffiinae and the Rhaginue. The first subfamily is defined by the

elliptical form, no cephalothoraci¢ separation from the abdomen, the paired eyes

on each side being adjacent, and the ¢laws of one or both of the front pairs of

legs being strongly pectinate, To this family belong all previous known geneva

as well as the new genus Austrotenerifiia, The Rhaginac is represented by the

new genus and species Rhagina proted, aud ean be defined as not having an ellip-

tieal form, with narrow elongate cephalothorax well separated from the much

wider abdomen, with the eyes on each side widely separated, claws all small, in-

distinet, and without pectinations.

amity TRNERIFFITDAE Sig Thor 1911.

Subfamily Teneriffiinae subfamily nov.

Definition: Body form elliptical. Cephalothorax not separated from abdo-

men. Kyes adjacent, Claws large and distinetly pectinated, at least on legs |

or J and IL. Genital dises absent or present.

Genus AUSTROTENERIPETA gen. Noy,

Description: Body form elliptical without any marked separation of eepha-

lothorax from abdomen. Eyes, a pair on each side, adjacent. Claws of legs T and

II large and strongly bipectinate, 11T and TV small and only indistinetly peetina-

ted, the teeth being short. Anterior edge of coxae without a distinet row of setae,

only 2-3 present. Genital dises present, three pairs.

Genotype: Austrotencriffia lirsti sp. nov.

Remarks: This new genus is most closely related to Heterotencriffia Uirst in

that it possesses genital dises. Sig Thor in his deseription of the genera Tene-

piffia distinetly states that no genital dises are present, but in Tlirst’s deseriptions

of Neotenerifiola aud Heterotenerifia no mention of the presence or absence of

these is made, Tlowever, in the figure of the ventral surface of Heteroteneriffia

marina Tlirst, the presence of at least two pairs are distinetly indicated, From

Heteroleneriffia the new genus differs in haymg the claws of both legs IT and I

strongly peetinated (on legs J only iu Heterotencriffia) and in not having a clefi-

nite row of setae on the anterior margius of the coxae.

WOMERSLEY—TENERIFFIID ACARINA IN AUSTRALIA 335

AUSTROTENERIFFIA LIRSTI sp. nov.

Description: Length idiosoma 866, gnathosoma 3800y, opisthosoma 415p.

Palpi 300p, segment IT very much enlarged, 1334 wide. Mandibles 250n long.

Cephalothorax not differentiated from abdomen, although there is a fold running

across between the eyes; with three pairs of setae and a pair of fine sensory hairs,

G6 long, arising from rosettes. Eves, a pair on each side, adjacent. Palp UU

Big. 1. slustrotenerifiia hirsti sp. noy.: 1, dorsal view of entire animal, mandibles somewlut

Hisplaeced; a, yentral view of same; b, apex of palp from above; ¢, same from below; d, tip of

tarsus aid) claws of leg; e, sine of leg TIT, tf, half of apex of labium from below; g, eephalo-

thoracic sensory hair,

with two dorsal setae, TIT without a proeess, tibia with large ternimal and two

aceessory claws, tarsus rudimentary as in the family and with the usual setae.

Legs, [| 1000» long, tarsus with a pair of long (83) bipectinate claws; [1 1000p,

claws G62 long, bipeetinate; 111 1083p long, claws 40 long, only indistinctly

pectinated and short-toothed, a third median simple and shorter claw present; LV

1298, long, claws 33 long, otherwise as in LJ. Abdomen with rather long, stout.

slightly cilated setae, the outer setae of the row of four immediately behind the

eyes are 280n lone, the others somewhat shorter. Dorsal surface finely striated,

the striations somewhat stronger on the shoulders and wanting in the middle of

the cephalothorax, there perhaps indicating a dorsal plate. Coxae in two groups.

not widely separated by a narrow strip of striated cuticle, with comparatively

336 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

few setae, these not forming a distinet row along the anterior coxal mareins.

Coxne Land TT narrowly separated along the medial line, LL and TV more widely

so. Genital opening large, about two-thirds as long as the distance separating it

from the posterior coxae; with three pairs of dises, Anus large, terminal and

visible both dorsally and ventrally, Colour probably reddish-purple.

Locality: Type and four paratypes (on one slide) taken by Hirst at Menin-

die, South Australia, in July, 1928.

Remarks: This species is very well differentiated from all others by the gene-

ri¢ characters. The fine sensory hairs arising from rosettes have only been ob-

served in Heteroteneriffia marina Tirst. Apparently they do not oeem: in other

than these two species.

Subfamily Rhaginae subfamily nov.

Definition: Body form characteristic with narrow elongate, pa ‘allel-sided

cephalothorax well separated from the broader abdomen. Eyes, two on each side,

widely separated, Claws small and indistinet, simple. Genital dises absent, Anus

entirely dorsal and subterminal.

Genus RHAGINA gen. noy,

Deseviption: As for the subfamily.

Genotype: Rhagina protea sp. noy.

Wed

RHAGINA PROTEA sp, lov.

Description: Length idiosoma 533, gnathosoma 187, opisthosoma, 143.

Palpi lone. 187p, segment IL munch broadened, with one dorsal seta, IIT short,

without process, tibia with apical claw and two small stumpy accessory claws.

tarsus mdimentary as in the family and with the nsual setae. Mandibles as fig-

ured, Tews: | 525, long, antennacform, with long slender praetarsus aid smal]

indistinet elaws, apically with long setae; [1 257, long, stonter; IIT 845n; 1V

440u; all claws small and without combs; IT and TV without the third median

claw. Cephalothorax elongated, straight-sided, 170; long by 143, wide, with

three pairs of strong setae; eyes two on each side, widely separated, the front pair

being situated at the anterior corners of the cephalothorax, the posterior pair mid-

way down the lateral margins. Abdomen anteriorly broad, 257, with well devel-

oped shouiders, each with a seta 110p long; from the shoulders the abdomen tap-

ers towards the apex. The dorsal setae are short (34) stout, simple, and disposed

ax fivured, The anus is entirely dorsal, on each side with a pair of long setae

(1004). Ventral surface; the coxae in two widely-separated groups, those of

WOMERSLEY—TENERIFFIID ACARINA IN AUSTRALIA 337

legs T and LI large, practically touching in the medial line and with few short

setae; ITT and TV widely separated in middle line and basally indistinet. Geni-

fal opening lone and narrow as figured.

Fig. 2. Rhagina protew sp. noy.: 2

without legs; b, apex of palp from below

Locality: Type from moss from Glen Osmond, South Australia, Apr./3

(R.V.S.) ; a second specimen from moss from Myponga, South Australia, Apr./3!

(R.V.S.).

temarks: Superticially this species suggests the form of the Rhagidiidac.

Kny TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF TENERIPFIIDAE.

1, Body form elongate-oval. Cephalothorax not separated from abdomen, Eyes

adjacent. Claws large, pectinate on legs 1, or Land Il. Genital dises present

or absent Pt be ni vd,

Subfamily Teneriffiinae nov.

Body form not so. Cephalothorax mueh narrower than the broader abdomen

and separated therefrom. Eyes widely separated. Claws small and simple,

not pectinated. Lees T antennaeform os Subfamily Rhayinee nov.

Genus Rhagina nov.

pratea sp, nov. Australia,

2. Genital dises absent ro ta ms 4 if 2 ek,

Genital dises present. Palp LIT without process ts i. pin Be

3. Only claws of legs I large and strongly pectinate, Anterior edee of coxae

with a distinet row of 5-6 sctae, Marine Genus Helerofencriffia Hirst, 1925.

marina Wirst 1925, Red. Malay St,

338

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Claws of legs I and II large and strongly peetinate. Anterior edge of coxae

without distinet row of setae, with only 2-3 irregularly placed ones.

Genus Austrolenecriffia nov.

hirsti sp. nov. Australia.

Palp III with appendage. ae Dy,

Palp II] without appendage. Claws of legs I and I] lane; strongly pectinate.

Coxae with row of setae on anterior margins.

tenus Teneriffia Sig Thor 1911.

quadripapillata Sig Thor 1911 Teneriffe.

Coxae I and II touching in medial line, anterior edge of coxae ITE with a row

of 6 strong setae. Genital opening large. Claws on leg I only peetinated.

Genus Parateneri fia Sig Thor 1911.

bipectinata Sig Thor 1911, Paraguay.

Coxae I and II separated in medial line, anterior edge of coxae [11 with only

3 setae. Genital opening smaller. Claws of leg I only pectinated.

Genus Neoteneriffiolu Hirst 1924.

luxoriensis Hirst 1924, Egypt.

RECENT AUSTRALIAN VIVIPARIDAE AND A

FOSSIL SPECIES

By BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, S.A. MUSEUM

Summary

Like most species of Australian fresh water mollusca, those belonging to the family

Viviparidae have received little attention from conchologists.

Smith (‘) commenting on the genus Vivipara remarks that “Two peculiarities are constant

in all Australian species of this genus. Every example that has come under my

examination exhibits spiral sculpture ; and in none of them are colour bands found below

the periphery”. One species V. alisoni Brazier (*) (type locality Diamantina River,

Queensland) was described as smooth, but a close examination of typical specimens from

Ayr, Lower Burdekin River, Queensland, shows even under a magnification of 40

diameters, the peculiar microscopic granose spiral lirae common to all Australian species.

The genus Notopala is here erected for the Australian species exhibiting this sculpture.

RECENT AUSTRALIAN VIVIPARIDAE anp a

FOSSIL SPECIES

By BERNARD C, COTTON, Concerto touisr, SAL Museum,

Fig. 1-20,

Lixu most species of Australian fresh water mollusea, those belonging to the

family Vierparidae have received little attention from conchologists.

Smith (7) commenting on the genus Vieipara remarks that ‘‘Two peculiari-

ties are constant in all Australian species of this genus. Every example that has

come under my examination exhibits spiral sculpture; and in none of them are

colour bands found below the periphery One species V. alisont Brazier (*)

(type locality Diamantina River, Queensland) was described as smooth, but a

close examination of typical specimens from Ayr, Lower Burdekin River, Queens-

land, shows even under a magnification of 40 diameters, the peculiar microscopic

granose spiral lirae common to all Australian species, The genus Volopala. is

here ereeted for the Australian species exhibiting this sculpture,

Novrorana gen nov.

Shell globuse-conie, subumbilicate, whorls five, ventricose. with a tendeney

to angulation subsuturally and at the base; epidermis olive, polished; sculpture

of microscopic granose lirae on the whole of the outer surface: a perture subovate,

operculum corneous, nucleus subeentral, nearer the columella margin; wni-

coloured or with spiral colour bands on and above the periphery, Animal oviyi-

parous, living in mud at low water mark and below in fresh water rivers and

lakes.

Genotype, Paludina hauleyi Frauenteld, from the Lower Mutray River.

A chronological list of species, represented in the South Australian Museum Col-

Jection, which may be referred to this genus, is given here,

Nolopala sublineata Conrad, 1850. (type loe., Darline River, N.N.W.).

Nolopala essingtonensis Praucnteld, 1862 (type loe., Port Essington, NA.).

Notopala hanleyt Frauenfeld, 1862 (type loe. Lower Murray Riyer, S.A.),

Notopala australis Reeve, 1863 (type loc, Victoria River, N.A.).

(1) Smith, HL A,, Proe, Linn, See, IS8l, xvi, p. 262,

(*) Brazier, J., Proc. Linn, Sve. NSW, L879, iii, p. 221.

340 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Notopala ampullarovides Reeve, 1868 (type loe., Victoria River, N.A.; also Fitzroy

River, N.W.A., Smith) ; syn. of N. essingfonensis Frauenteld.

Notopala kingi Ads. & Ang., 1863 (type loe., King’s Ponds, C.A.).

Nolopala waterhousei Ads. & Ane., 1863 (type loc., Neweastle Waters, N.A.).

Notopala intermedia Reeye, 1863 (type loe., Lower Murray River); syn. of LY.

hanleyt Frauenteld.

Notopala polita Martens, 1863 (type loe., Balonne River, Q.).

Notopala affinis Martens, 1865 (type loc., Fitzroy River, N.W.A.).

Notopala purpurea Martens, 1865 (type loe., Murray River) ; syn of WV. hanleyi

Frauenteld,

Notopala suprafasciata Tryon, 1866 (type loe., Tropieal Australia); syn of NV.

essingtonensis Frauenteld,

Notopala alisoni Brazier, 1878 (type loe., Diamantina River, Q.).

Notopala tricincla Smith, 1882 (type loe., NA.) ; closely allied to NV. essengiton-

ensts Frauentfeld.

Notopala dimidiata Smith, 1882 (type loe., Vietoria River, N.A.).

NororaLa WANJAKALDA Sp. moy.

Shell elobose conic, body whorl bi-angulate, bearme a valid carina at ihe

lower angle; umbilieus small; whorls five, the protoconeh and first and second

whorls eroded; surface with characteristic australoid microscopic spiral granose

lirae; aperture subovate; outer lip continuous with columella lip and medially

produced into a prominence corresponding with the carina.

Holotype, Height 6 mm., diam. 17 mm, Fossil (Upper Pleistocene ?). In

the banks of the River Murray near Sunuyside, Section 174, Thimdred of Burdett,

horizon 9, D.11451 S.A. Museum.

The species differs from the recent NV. hanley: Franenfeld m the valid wni-

earination exbibited in some forms, the tendency to sharper angulation of the

whorls and the coarser spiral granose lirae which are well preserved in most

specimens.

Mx. C. P. Mountford recently brought to the South Australian Museum some

shells taken from the banks of a dead eveek which entered the Murray near

Sunnyside four miles upstream from Murray Bridge, South Australia, Seetion

174, Hundred of Burdett. The specimens were collected by Mr. Mountford dur-

ing a trip to this area in company with Drs. C. Fenner, T. D, Campbell, and C.

Llackett. Amongst the specimens was a remarkable unicarinate fossil Velopala

unlike any recent Australian species, Three visits were made to the site by the

author to make further investigations. The Murray River cliffs rise to a height

CoTToN—RECENT AUSTRALIAN VIVIPARIDAE AND A FosstIL Species 341

of 300 feet above river level at this point. A seetion of the cliffs, disclosed by the

ereek’s bauk may be tabulated thus:

Ileight above

: oe : river level

Horizon. Composition, Thickuess. and approximately hemarlks,

above sea devel,

| Surface yellow sane 60 em. 3 uretres

2 Packed mussel shells 30 em. Probably a native canip-

Hyridella. proto- site. Some other layers

villatus im black- exposed near this site

ened sand have not the blackened

appearance, and repre-

sent oldl river levels.

3 Yellow sane loom,

4 Dark sand os em,

D Wirst layer of 10 «im. Nofopala sp, visible ouly

Notopala at certain places,

6 Yellow sane 386 cnt,

7 Second layer of 10 em. UTietres Plainly visible for hori-

Natopala, ef. zontal distance of abot

wanjakalda S melres,

8 Yellow sand TO en,

) Thied layer of 15 cn, NOmetres Partly obseured by recent

Notopala wanja- falls of sturface sand,

halda

Horizon 5 contains numerous closely-packed specimens of a fossil Voto pala

nearly allied to the recent N. hanley? Frauentela.

Horizon 7 contains just as closely-packed specimens of Notopala et. wanja-

kalda ranging from a non-carinate to a prominently carinate form. This carina

is situated at a lower angle of the body whorl. On the penultimate whorl it is

covered by the upper marein of the body whorl, but juvenile specimens show the

carina to haye been present at a very early stage. In Horizon 9 a similar series of

Notopala wanjakalda is found where 40 per cent. show siens of unicarination.

The holotype of Notopala wanjakalda was taken from this lowest horizon.

The species found in horizon 7 is probably identical.

T 4

The narrow compact horizons (5, 7.9) at whieh the Volopala were obtained

probably represent old river levels; members of this genus are found livine most

abundantly in the shallow mareinal waters near low river level, Jt will be

noticed that the lowest horizon is 90 metres above present river level, and the oe

currence secms to show the existence of a base level of low water much above that

of the present river level.

show the holotype). ATI nat. size.

342 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

This is of interest because on other grounds Tindale (*) has shown the proba-

bility of a series of Pleistocene marine terraces occurring in the region of the

Murray River, the oldest near Fromm Landing and successively younger ones

between there and the present coast line.

13 14 15 16

—

Bio. 1-16. Nofopala wan jakalda sp. noy, 1-8, Ventral views; 9-16, dorsal views (8 and 16

Does this Nofopala wanjakalda horizon correspond with Tindale’s Reedy

Creek Terrace? The sculpture of the shell may indicate a warmer climate than

now exists at this place, as the raised beach marine fossils do elsewhere in South

(3) Tindale, N. B., Trans. Roy, Soc., S. Aust., lvii, 19388, pp. 187, 189.

CoOTTON—RECENT AUSTRALIAN VIVIPARIDAE AND A FosstL SprEcrEs 343

Australia, Associated with the Volopala winjahalda ave odd specimens of a

fresh water mussel rather ditferent in shape from the reeeut Hyridella wustratis

Lamarek, heme more like the Hyidella aungast Reeve in general coutour,

The native camp site layer has specimens of a fresh-water mussel probably

allied to the recently extinet Hyridella profonittata Wale & Tindale (4) which

was the dominaut food shell of the natives who lived on the Tartangan camp site

at 'Nartanga.

CENTRAPALA @en. Noy,

Shell subglobose, thick, inipperforate; spire depressed. obtuse, eroded at the

apex and carly whorls; suture much impressed; whorls four, rounded, somewhat

flattened posteriarly and seulptured with prominent lirae, six or seven on the

penultimate whorl, with somelimes a fine interstitial; base obsoletely spirally

Fig, 17-18. Nofopol hondeye Prauenfeli Nat sree. Big, D920. Cenatrapela irate Tato, «14,

sculptured; operculum horny, concentric, uucleus nearer the columella margin

animal oviviparous eiving birth to six or eight embryos of 3 min. clameter,

Genotype, Palidine livata Tate, Cooper Creek at Tnnanuneka, CoA. ( Holo-

type D.11450 S.A, Mus.).

Kmbryonie shells diaphanous, pate green, cavinated on the periphery of the

last whorl and the base strongly striated.

In 1885 Tate (7) introduced Puludma ficaty remarking that: ot The species

is quite unique amonest Australian congeners’’. Tt is certainly generically (is-

{inet from any other species. bee somewhat like a litate Leave, though prob-

ably move nearly related to Nefopulg. Tate's figure of the type is not accurate,

so the specimen is here refieured,

(4) hale, H, M. and Tindale, N. B., Ree. 8. chaste. Wiis. iv Cit), TNO, p. 15k.

(O) Tate, R., Trans. Roy. Soe, 8. Aust. ix, 1885, p. O4, ple iv. fig. Hah.

344 Recorbs oF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Readily distinguished from all other genera of this family by the spiral

sculpture, depressed obtuse spire, impressed suture, large, oblique semi-circular

aperture and rounded, not subangulate whorls,

The genus Larinad Adams (genotype L. strange: Adams) is recorded from

fresh water at Moreton Bay and Mackenzie River. Thiele places Larina in the

family Melaniidae. Gatliff and Gabriel (%) deseribed Larina ? turbinata from

five fathoms, Western Port, Victoria, and later made it the genotype of Larinop-

sis Gatliff and Gabriel (7). Thiele places this genus as a section of Megalomphal-

us Brusina 1871, which is located in the family Fossaridae.

(6) Gatliff, J. H. and Gabriel, C. J.. Proce. Roy, Soe,, Viet., xxii (n.s.), 1909, pl. i, p. 35.

(7) Gatliff, J, H. and Gabriel, C. J., Proc. Roy. Soe., Viet., xxix (n.s.), 1916, pt. 1, p. 104,

FISHES FROM PRINCESS CHARLOTTE BAY,

NORTH QUEENSLAND

By GILBERT WHITLEY, ICHTHYOLOGIST, THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, SYDNEY

(BY PERMISSION OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM)

Summary

The fishes listed in this paper were collected by Messrs. Herbert M. Hale and Norman B.

Tindale, of the South Australian Museum, during an expedition to northern Queensland

in 1927. Details of their field work have been given in their account of the aborigines, (‘)

to which reference may be made for maps and geographical data. The fishes belong to

coastal Queensland forms and are thus Banksian (*) in facies, being quite distinct from

the Solanderian or purely coral reef forms. At some places, such as Low Isles, the former

headquarters of the British Great Barrier Reef Expedition, both the Banksian and

Solanderian forms have been found, though each is restricted to its special habitat. From

Bathurst Head, the collectors obtained a number of small fishes, labelled “Telkara”.

Thirty-two of these are Ambassis, two are Terapon puta, and one is a damaged Mugil. A

small Toadfish in the same batch is Chelonodon patoca, and a larger Toadfish, called

“Adadi”, is Ovoides manillensis virgatus.

FISHES rrom PRINCESS CHARLOTTE BAY,

NORTH QUEENSLAND

By GILBURT WHITLEY, lenrivonocisr, Tre Ausrranian Museum, Sypnry.

(By Permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.)

Fie, 1-11.

Tus fishes listed in this paper were collected by Messrs. Llerbert M. Hale and

Norman B, Tindale, of the South Australian Musenm, during an expedition to

northern Queensland in 1927. Details of their field work haye been given in

their account of the aborigines, (1) to which reference may be made for maps and

esographical data. The fishes belong to coastal Queensland forms and are thus

Banksian (7) in facies, being quite distinct from the Solanderian or purely coral

reef forms, At some places, such as Low Isles, the former headquarters of the

3ritish Great Barrier Reef Expedition, both the Banksian and Solanderian forms

have been found, though each is restricted to its special habitat. From Bathurst

Head, the collectors obtaimed a number of small fishes, labelled ‘'‘Telkara’’.

Thirty-two of these are Ambassis, two are Terapon pula, and one is a damaged

Mugil. A small Toadfish in the same batch is Chelonodon patoca, and a larger

Toadfish, called ‘‘ Adadi’’, is Ovoides munillensis virgatus.

The majority of the collection was made inshore at Flinders Island, where by

far the commonest fish was Bathygobius fuscus durnleyensis.

A feature of the collection is the series of Centrogenys and Sebastapistes,

showing the former, a Percoid fish, mimicking the latter, a Scorpacnoid, in form

and coloration.

The specimens are preserved in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

The opportunity is taken to present the results of some detailed researches into

the status of some species of Chandidae, in connection with the discovery of a new

species of cAlwibassis by Messrs. Hale and Tindale.

Famity MURAENIDAE.

GyYMNOTHORAX Bloch, 1795.

GYMNOTHORAX MELANOSPILUS (Bleelker).

Muracna melanospila Bleeker, Nat. Tydsehr. Ned. Ind., ix, 1855, p. 279, Siboeha,

Sumatra.

(1) Hale and Tindale, Ree. 8, Austr. Mus., v, 1983, p. 63.

(2) Whitley, Austr. Nat,, viii, Dec. 1982, p. 166.

346 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

One specimen 154 mm. long from Flinders Island has Lght margins to the

dorsal and anal fins and measures 70 mm, from snout to vent.

Famity MUGILIDAE.

Muam Linné, 1758,

Muain, sp.

A small mullet, 52 mm, in standard length, from Bathurst Tead, and another

of 42 mm. from Flinders Island, are too small or too damaged for precise identiti-

cation. D. iv/9; A. i1/9 or 10. Se. 36. L. tr. 13. No adipose eyelids. Upper teeth

very deep but not crenulate. Extremity of maxillary visible. No teeth, Angle

of preorbital strongly denticulated. Soft dorsal and anal fins with sealy sheaths.

These specimens approach M. ramsay: Macleay and M. converus De Vis, but

do not agree exactly with either.

ELLocn&gLton Whitley, 1930.

ELLOCHELON VAIGIENSIS (Quoy and Gaimard).

Mugil vaigiensis Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Uranie Physic., Zool., 1825, p. 387, pl.

lix, fig. 2, Waigiou,

Two very small specimens, 21 nm. in standard leneth, from Minders Island.

Famity EPINEPHELIDAE.

Crentroaunys Richardson, 1842.

CENTROGENYS VAIGIENSIS (Quoy and Gaimard).

Fig. 1.

Scorpacna vaigiensis Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Uran. Physie., Zool., Dee. 18, 1824.

p. 324, pl. Iviii, fig. 1, Waigiou.

Centropristes scorpenoides Cuvier and Valenciennes, ist. Nat. Poiss. iii, April,

1829, p. 48. New name for Scorpaena vaigiensis Quoy and Gaimard, Waigion.

Myriodon waigicensis Brisout de Barneville, Rey. Zool. Soe. Cuy., x, April, 1847,

p. 183. Based on Scorpaena vaigiensis Quoy and Gaimard, Waigiou.

Sebastes stoliczkae Day, Fish. India i, Aue., 1875; p. 148, pl. xxxvi, fig. 1, Nico-

bars.

Gennadius stoliczae Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish. xxvi, 1906 (1907),

p. 87 Hw Day.

WHITLEY—FISHES FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND 347

Rhahdosebastes stoliczae Fowler and Bean, Proe. U.S. Nat. Mus. bxii, 2, July 28,

1922. p. 60 (Philippines),

5 oye

—!

Vig. 1. Four specimens (left) of the Percotl fish Contragmiys vaigiensis (Quay & Gaiman )

slowing the superficial resemblance to the Seorpuonaid fish Sebastipistes bimdensis laahate Jordan

fal Seale. (Photo, GC. Clutton).

Four specimens, 26-66 mm. in standard length from Flinders Island,

This species may perhaps be termed the pons asinarwu of ichthyology as,

derived from a Pereoid stock, it has evolved a striking superficial resemblance to

the Scorpaenoid fishes and has several times been redescribed as a new genus of

Scorpaenidae, uotwithstanding its lack of the characteristic posterior projection

348 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

from the suborbital bones extending across the cheek to the preopereulum. The

Secorpaenoid or Scorpion fishes are sluggish creatures with yenomous spines on

the head or in the dorsal fin, so that the harmless Cen/royenys may derive some

fortuitous benefit from resembling them, and the aceompanying photographs of

specimens of the Scorpaenoid Sebastapis/es, collected by Messrs. Hale and Tin-

dale at the same place as the Centrogenys, emphasize their similarities and differ-

ences in a manner which does not seem to have been previously presented.

A certain amount of miniery, or at least a remarkable convergence in facies,

appears to be noticeable in several fishes of the coral seas. My Eleotrid genus

Gignimentune is strangely like a Trichonotid. The goby Oblortiophagus rather

recalls the more ornate Eleotridae like Amblygabius. Several dredged forms re-

semble small stones or rocks and thereby appear similar to one another: thus, the

quaint Angler Fish, Telrabrachiuwm, which [ haye recently recorded from May-

man Island, at first appeared to me like a small Hrosa, a relative of the Stonefish,

Here is an interesting subject for future elaboration, yet one in which con-

elusions must be arrived at with caution.

Probably subspecies or races of C. vatgiensis will be later distinguished ; Row-

ler and Bean, for instance, noticed that the Philippine form was not typical

** stolieghae’’.

Famity TERAPONTIDAE.

Toraron Cuvier, 1816.

TrrRAPON puta Cry, and Val.

Therapon puta Cuvier and Valenciennes, Mist. Nat. Poiss. iii, April, 1829, p. 191,

Pondieherry, ete., India.

Terapon puta Fowler, Bull, U.S. Nat, Mus., 100, xi, 1931, p. 528 (references and

synonymy ).

Two small specimens, 22-25 mm. in standard length, from Bathurst Head,

amongst **Telkara’? (Ambassis).

Famity APOGONIDAE.

Foa Jordan and Evermann, 1905.

Foa vo Jordan and Seale.

Fou fo Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish, xxv, 1905 (Dee. 15, 1906), p. 248,

fie. 42, Apia, Samoa.

Six specimens, 17-31 mm. in standard length, trom Flinders Island. Three

(LA, 6047) retained for Australian Musenn,

New record for Australia.

WHITLEY

FISHES FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND 349

Famity CHANDIDARF.

Ambassis Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1828.

AMBASSIS TELKARA Sp. Tlov.

Fig. 2.

D. vii/i, 9, A. iii, 9; Le dat. 27-28; La. tr. 3/1/7-8,

Kye (6 mm.) 3 in head (15). Depth of body (17) 2-6 in standard length

(45). Second dorsal spine (11 mm.) 4-1 in same,

Fig. 2. Ambassts telkara sp. nov., holotype, X 2 (G. P. Whitley, del).

Ilead longer than high, Spiny servations on supraorbital, preorbital lower

margins oF preoperculim, and on each side of nape. Two rows of scales on cheek.

Lower jaw longer than upper. Gands of regular villiform teeth on jaws and

yomer. Tongue toothless. Maxillary reaching anterior fourth of eye, slightly di-

lated and with an obliquely truncate and slightly exeavate posterior margin.

Mandibular ramus sloping upward. Twenty or more gillrakers on lower half of

lirst gillareh, Body fairly deep, compressed, scaly. Lateral line practically con-

finnous, the tubes merely becoming weak where the curved portion approaches

the straight. About fourteen predorsal scales. Procumbent dorsal spine con-

eealed. Membrane between second and third dorsal spines blaekish. Second anal

spine strong but not as long as the third. Peetorals nearly as long as head with-

350 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

out snout. General colour in alcohol, straw yellowish, with dusky marks along

top of back and punctulations on edges of superior scales. Caudal plain.

This species runs down to Ambassis nalua in Weber and Beaufort’s key (Fish

Indo-Austr. Archip. v, 1929, p. 389) but Hamilton-Buchanan’s original fignre of

Chanda naluca shows a different fish with much deeper cheek, 11 dorsal rays, 10

anal rays, and depth of body balf the standard length, The Australian species of

this genus badly need revision, but the present one does not agree with any pub-

lished deseription, and is accordingly deseribed as new from the largest of a series

of thirty-two somewhat damaged specimens, 26-45 mm. in standard length, At the

end of this paper. I append some remarks on various genera and species of Chai

didae which T have compared with this new form,

Six (TA, 6046) retained for Australian Museum.

Loc. Bathurst Head, North Queensland.

Native Name, Telkara.

Famiry SPARISOMIDAE.

Scarrcntitys Bleeker, 1859,

Scartcutuys avrirus (Cuv. & Val.).

Jan.

Scarus auritus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss. xiv, ‘618397’

1840, p. 218, He Kuhl and Van Hasselt MS. Java,

A young specimen, 83 mim. in standard leneth, from Flmders Island, is ap-

parently referable to this species.

Famity LABRIDAE.

Cropropon Bleeker, 1845,

CHOERODUN SCHOENLEINTI (Cuv. and Val.),

Cossyphus schoenleint’ Cuvier and Valenciennes, List. Nat. Poiss. xiii, 1839, p.

143, Ba Agassiz MS. Celebes.

Choeraps schocnlein’ Bleeker, Atlas [ehth. i, 1862, p. 163, pl. xlvi, fig. 3.

Chuerops nofalus Alleyne & Macleay, Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales i, March, 1877,

p. 344, pl. xvi, fig. 1. Cape Grenyille, Queensland.

One specimen, nearly 110 mm. in standard length, from Flinders Island

agrees well with Bleeker’s figure and has cheeks scaly and pitted; preoperentium

denticulate; lower opercular margin exeavate; and five predorsal scales. The

type of Alleyne and Macleay’s species T have examined in the Macleay Museum,

University ot Sydney, and find it conspecific with schoenleime,

WHITLEY—FISHES FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND 351

Famity BLENNIIDAE.

Subfamily Petroscirtinae.

PAULOSCIR'tHS een, noy,

Orthotype, Petroscirtes obliquus Garman, Queensland specimens.

No crest or tentacles on the head, which is about a quarter to one-fifth of the

standard length, Snout blunt. A eurved row of about thirty compressed incis-

ors in each jaw. Canines of npper jaw well curved and lying outside the larger

canines of the lower jaw. Gill-opening reduced to a small aperture lying above

the levei of the pectoral fins.

Big. 83a. Pauloscirtes obliquus Garman. Fig. 4. Drombus halei sp. nov. (Phote, G. C.

Clutton).

352 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Body naked, its depth about one-sixth of the standard length, Lateral line

reduced to a few pores near the shoulder.

Dorsal fins united, no differentiated anterior portion or produced dorsil

rays. More than thirty dorsal rays and less than thirty anal rays. Both of these

fins distinct from the caudal. Some of the caudal rays may be produced in large

specimens,

Coloration ornate on head, body, and dorsal and anal fins,

At once separable from Petroscirles Riippell, 1830, by its longer habit, lack

of tentacles on head, and lower dorsal fin. Blennechis Cuv. & Val. 1836 has the

anterior dorsal rays produeed and a broad lateral band. Omobranchus, of the

same authors, has small canines and dorsal fin joined to caudal, Aspidontus Quoy

and Gaimard, 1835, is conspicuously banded and has the snout pointed. (@ran-

ceps Fowler, 1903, has only eighteen incisors in each jaw and less elongate form

but is closer to the new form than the other genera mentioned. Cynetehtys

Ovilby, 1910, has an elevated crest on the occiput and some of the dorsal rays fila-

mentous, whilst Ostreoblennius Whitley, 1930, differs in having the head Jess than

four in standard leneth and in its coloration.

PAULOSCIRTES OBLIQUUS (Garman).

Fig, 3-3a.

Pelroscirles obliquus Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Harvard, xxxix, 8, August,

1908, p. 2387, pl. iv, fig. 8. Suva, Fiji Is.

Two specimens, 36-52 im. in standard length, from Flinders Esland.

Famity GOBIIDAF.

Bariryaosrus Bleeker, 1878.

BATHYGOBLUS PUSCUS DARNLEVENSIS (Alleyne and Macleay).

Gobius darnleyeusis Alleyne and Macleay, Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales i, March,

1877, p. 331, pl. xii, fig. 1. Darnley Island, Queensland.

Bathygobius fuscus darnleyensis Whitley, Gt. Barrier Reet Exped. Sei. Rept, iv,

9, Feb, 27, 1982, p. 302.

A series of 24 specimens, 11 to 46 mm. in standard length, from Flinders

Island. The largest specimen has lost its left eye, and the empty soeket is covered

by askin similar to that of the rest of the head; it appears to be a male.

WHITLEY—FISHES FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND 353

Yongeicutuys Whitley, 1982.

YONGHICHTHYS CRINTGER (Cuv. & Val.).

Gobius criniger Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss. xii, March, 1937, p.

82. Port Dorey, New Guinea.

Yongeichthys criniger Whitley, Gt. Barrier Reef Exped. Sci. Rept. iv, 9, Feb. 27,

1932, p. 303.

Two young specimens, 22-23 mim, in standard length, from Flinders Island.

Isticoprus Whitley, 1932.

IsTiGOBIUS STHPIENSONT (Whitley).

Gobius (Istigobius) stephensoni Whitley, Gt. Barrier Reef Exped. Sei. Rept. iv,

9, Feb. 27, 1932, p. 801. Murray Island, Queensland.

Three young specimens, 13+5-23 mm. in standard length, from Flinders

Island.

AmbnyaGonrus Bleeker, 1874.

AMBLYGOBIUS PHALAENA (Civ. & Val.).

Gobius phalaena Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat, Poiss. xii, March, 1837, p.

92. Vanikolo, Santa Cruz Group.

Amblygobius phalaend MeCulloch and Ogilby, Ree. Austr. Mus. xii, 10, July 14,

1919, p, 253, pl. xxxv, fig. 1,

Two young specimens, 26-31 mm. in standard leneth, from Mlinders Island.

DromeBus Jordan and Seale, 1905.

Prombus Jordan and Seale, Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxviii, 1905, p. 797. Orthotype.

D. palackyi Jordan and Seale.

The typical form of this genus from the Philippine Islands is recalled by

the Queensland goby which | name below :

DROMBUS TIALEL sp. noy,

Big. 4-5.

D.vi/11; A.i/8;P. 18; V. 5; about 20 caudal rays. Se. 28. lL. tr. 11. Predorsal

scales 19.

Head (10 mm,), 3, depth (6) 5 in standard leneth, Kye (nearly 3 mim.), 3-3

in head.

354 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Head naked; the cheeks crossed by minnte cirriform papillae im rows. No

pit, only a shallow groove, over opercles. No crests or barbels. Preoperenhun

unarmed. Nape and neck scaly, Snout short and obtuse: mouth small, the maxil-

lary reaching to below anterior margin of eye. Lower jaw protruding beyond

upper. Bands of simple villiform teeth, with a few enlarged outer ones, on jaws.

Behind these, a buccal flap im each jaw. Vomer toothless. Lniterorbital a yery

narrow dip between the tumid oenlar margins. Gill openings wider than pectoral

base, separated by a broad isthmus,

Pig. 5. Drombus hate sp. nov., holotype, X 38 (G. P. Whitley, del.).

Size small. Body covered with large etenoid scales, which extend over the

nape and neck to the eyes. Breast and lower part of pectoral base naked.

First dorsal with six spines, none of them stiff or filamentous, Upper pee-

toral rays not free nor differentiated from the others, Ventrals five-rayed, mnited,

and with a rather deep fremonu. Caudal rounded,

Colour in spirits, dark brownish, especially on head and back, Lower part

of body lighter brown, erossed by eight or nine obscure darker areas whieh tend

to form cheqners with a similar row above then and alternating with them, Eye

bluish, Fins white, more or less deusely spotted or intuscated with brown or

blackish. A yellow spot, followed by a dark smoky wash on bases of upper pec-

toral rays.

Deseribed and figured from the unique holotype of the species, a specimen

30 mim. in standard length or 14 inches in total length.

Loc. Winders Island, North Queensland; caught inshore.

Named in honour of Mr. Llerbert M. fale, Director of the Musein at Ade

laide.

WHITLEY—FISHES FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND 355

amity PERIOPHTHALMIDAE.

Kucrortsroves Gill, 1863.

HUCHORISTOPUS KALOLO (Lesson).

Periophthalmus kalolo lesson, Voy, Coquille, Zool, ii, 1, 1831, p. 146.) Waigion.

Periophthalmus argentilincalus Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. xii, March, 1837, p.

191. Waigiou, ete. ; saine specimens, collected by Lesson and Garnet.

Euchoristopus kalola Whitley, Austr, Zool. vi, Feb, 18, 1931, p. 325. Id. Tale and

Tindale, Ree, S. Austr. Mus. v, 1933, p. 110,

Two specimens, 60-65 mim. standard leneth, from Flinders Island.

Faminy SCORPAENIDARE,

SEBASTAPISTES Streets, 1877.

SEBASTAPISTES BYNOENSIS LAOTALE Jordan & Seale,

Fig, 1.

Sebastapistes lootale Jordan and Seale, Bull, U.S. Bur. Fish, xxv, 1905 (Dee. 15,

1906), p. 376, fig. 72. Apia, Samoa.

Five specimens, 32-53 mm. in standard length (on right in fig. 1), from

Flinders Island are figured beside a series of Centrogenys from the sane place

to show the remarkable superficial resemblance between the two strueturally dit-

ferent species.

Famity PLATYCEKPHALIDAE,

Suaerunpus Whitley, 1930.

SUGGRUNDUS NEMATOPHTHALMUS (Gunther).

Platycephalus nematophthalmus Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mas. i, 1860, p. 154.

Port Essington, North Australia.

One smail specimen, 70 mim, in standard length, from Wlinders Island.

Faminy TH TRAODONTIDAE.

OvorpEes Anonymous, 1798.

OVoIDES MANILLENSIS virnGATUS (Richardson).

Tetrodon manillensis Proeé, Bull. Soe. Philom, Paris, Sept. 1822, p. 180. Manilla,

Philippine Islands.

356 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

Telrodon virgatus Richardson, Zool. Voy. Erebus and Terror, Fish, 1846, p. 62,

pl. xxxix, fig, 8-9. Port Jackson, Jd. Richardson, Zool. Voy, Herald, Verteh.

1854, p. 163, pl. xxviii (Port Jackson and Torres Strait).

One specimen, 147 nan. in standard length, from Bathurst ILead, is acco

panied by a label, giving the native name as ‘ Adadi’’, and stating that this fish is

boiled, being poisonous if roasted in embers in the usual way fish are cooked.

CuetoNxopon Miller, 1541.

CieLonopon vatova (Hamiltou-Buchanan).

Tetrodon patoca Hamilton-Buchanan, Fishes of the Ganges, 1822, pp. 7 and 363,

pl. xviii, fig, 2. Ganges, India.

Leiodon patoca, Bleeker, Atlas [ehth, vy, 1865, p, 76, pl eex, fig. 2.

A specimen, 97 mm, in standard length, from Flinders [stand, and another,

of 44 mim. trom Bathurst Head. The fins are orange or yellowish, the caudal be-

ing transversed by a diffuse dusky band. .

New record for Queensland.

The Australian Museum also possesses a Specimen from the Trobriand

Islands.

REMARKS ON SOME TYPICAL SPECIMENS OF CHIANDIDAE, EXAMINED FOR COMPARISON

WITH AMBASSIS TELKARA Whitley (*).

Thanks to the loan of type-specimens by the Queensland Musevm, Brisbane,

and the Macleay Museum, University of Sydney, | have been enabled to compare

nieroseopically quite a uumber of Chandidae with authentically named speel-

wens, The following results will forn a basis for further research although

numerous species from Australia, New Guinea, and Oceania await more detailed

treatment,

Some of these Chanda Perches are popular as aquarium pets, and the breed-

ing of the Glass Mish Ambassis (= Chanda) lala Bueb.-llam, has recently been

deseribed, whilst in New South Wales and Queensland a popular aquarium

species is Ambassis dgassizi Steindachner (see Carter, The Aquarium (Phila-

delphia) i, 9, 1983, p. 234, and Ladiges, ibid. p. 306), The fact that some Chan-

didae are marine and others fluviatile indicates that, when the species are better

known, their zoozeovraphical distribution will afford a fascinating subject for

study.

Fishermen detest them, as Mr. L. Wilson writes (im fit. 1929) of ** Aurbassis

nolua’? from Port Darwin, where they are known as ‘ Doody’’—* Doody is a

(4) See p. 84.

WHITLEY—PISHES FROM NORTIL QUEENSLAND 357

pest, not even good bait. The fins mesh every time it is caught. They are more

than plentiful, and are found with all classes of fish (umdlet, sardine, ete), ana

are always in large shoals. HY one is not quick enough to notiee the type of fish

caught in the net, it takes the best part of an hour to clean your net again’,

Indeed, the present writer has collecied series of specimens of another species hy

picking then: out of the meshes of uets in northern New South Wales,

The Chandidae are of no commercial value, aud Cantor states that they are

merely used as manure in Malaya. Their saving erace seems to be their liking

for mosqiitolarvae as food, and several Australian species have been utilized in

attempts to cope with the mosquito pest.

AUSTROCLIANDA @ eH, 1lOy.

Orthotype, Psendoduibassts maclery) Castelian == Luslrachanda aacleay.

Profile of head, exeavated, No teeth on foneue, Supraorbital with but one

spine posteriorly, Infraorbital, preorbital, and preopereuliuim serrated, Maxilla

not dilated at its extremity, Not more than 10 dorsal aud anal rays. Anterior

dorsal and anal spines elongate. Recumbent dorsal spine not exposed. Body

deep; lateral line incomplete, About a dozen predorsal seales. Caudal pecdinele

deep.

This new generic name is proposed for Psendowiubussis Castelnau (Prov,

Linn, Soe, NS. Wales iii, Sept, T87&, p, 43). preoceupied by Psewdambassts

Bleeker (Areh. Neéerl, Sei, Nat. xi, 2, 1876, p. 292; Genotype Chanda lala Bueh-

anan-Hamilton), Bleeker’s name is a synouvae of Chanda Buchanan-lamilton,

as restricted by Fowler (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad. 1905, p. 500), a genus

having abour fifteen anal rays.

AUSTROVITANDA MACLEAYVI (Castelnau).

Fiw. 6-7.

Psemlounbassis macteayy Castelnau, Proce. Linn, Soe, No. Wales iii, Sept. 187s,

p. 45. Norman River, Gulf of Carpentaria. Types in Macleay Musewum ¢x-

amined,

Pseudoambassis Clongatus Castelnan, Prog. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales il, Sept. ISTS,

p. 44. Norman River, Gulf of Carpentaria. Types in Macleay Museum ex-

unimed.

eLatbassts elevatus Macleay. Proce. linn, Soe. NOS. Wales v, Feb. 1887, p. 358, Ene

deavour River, Queensland. Types in Maeleay Musemm examine,

358 RecoRDS oF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Pseudambassis pallidus De Vis, Proc. Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales ix, Aug. 19, 1884, p.

393. Queensland. Type in Queensland Museum examined and figured.

Pseudambassis convecus De Vis. Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales ix, Aug. 19, 1854,

p. S44. Queensland. ‘Types in Australian and Queensland Museums ex-

amined,

Linbassis onuilert Weber, Zool. Kovseh. Ansty. vy, 1895, p. 265. Burnett River,

Queensland. Not A, mauler’ Klanzinger, Sitzh, Ak. Wiss. Wien. Ixxx, 1,

1879, p. 346, pl. i, fig. a. from Port Darwin.

Wie, O. claxtrochiida neeleayi (Casi, juy. ay, Lectotype of Psendvambassis elongatis

Coxtes bale, dorsal and cing! fins of smaller type of 2. clougatus, 8 CG. PL Whitley, det),

There ave three specimens of woueloays inthe Macleay Museum trom the Nov

2 non. in standard leneth, is selected as the leeto-

man River, and the largest. 9

type of the species. ‘The lateral line is iieoniplete and the seales are in from 26

to 2S transverse series. ‘The orbital bones ate move strongly serrated and the

teeth more sironely developed in the type than in the smaller specimens, but all

of them have D, viii, 10, A. iii/10 and dorsal membranes dusky.

The Macleay Museum has two small specimens of Pseudoamhassis elongatirs

Castelnau from the Norman River (fie. G6). These have D. vii-witi/i, 7; A. iL/4

(deformed )-7. A few tribes ow the lateral line seales anteriorly, Seales in about

WHITLEY—FISHES FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND 359

24 to 25 transverse series, Lit 11. The depth is about one-third of the stan-

dard leneth, Int this is the sleaderness natural in young specimens. A most

earefnl comparison wtih woeleays anakes it evident that the clongutus form is

merely the young of the species.

Five types of elevatus, from the Kudeayour River, ave also in the Macleay

Museum, and agree with those of yacleay). The formulae vary a little; D. viii,

§-LO; A. 11/9-10; Se, 24-26.

Mig. 7. Austrochonda macleayi (Cast.). Tepe of Psevdambassis pallidus De Vis., X 18 (G.

I", Whitley, del).

The Queensland Museum bas kindly forwarded a specimen which is obviously

the type of pallidus, and which is here illustrated (ig, 7). It is 50 mm. in stan-

dard leneth. Teac 14 mim., eve 6, interorbital 4, snout 8, depth of body 22 mn.

Predorsal seales 12. The fin spines and rays appear to be abnormal, being D,

vi/il, 7; AL ni? /S; but it is not unusual for Chandidac, Gerridae, Leioenathidae,

and like fishes to have a vay changed into a spine in some individuals,

The types of P. converus De Vis have the upper preoperenlar ridge not sev-

rated, as in the elongalus form, and eight dorsal rays, so convecus is apparently

another synonym of this species. ‘This, | regard jiacleayi, elongilus, elevatus,

pallidus, and convecus as conspecific,

360 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

ACANTHOPERGA Castelnau. 187S.

Acanthoperca Castelnau, Proc. Linn. Soe. NS. Wales, 1, Sept, 1878, p. 44. Lap-

lotype A, gullivert Castelnau.

Whitleyia Fowler, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 100, x, 1980. pp. 2 and 148, Haplotype

Ambassis wolffi Blecker.

Whitleyina Fowler, ibid. p. vil, Brvere.

This genus acconunodates certain large forms of Chancdidae with about 40 or

more scales in the complete lateral line, about fore to seven rows of cheek-scales.

alarge maxilla, and much enlarged dorsal and anal spines, the dorsal spines bei

higher than the soft dorsal fin. The type of 21. gulfimert Castelnau, from the

Norman River, Gull of Carpenteria, is preserved tu the Macleay Matseum. [1 has

D. vii/i, 11; A. ii /); 1 dat. 38 to hypural, and the procumbent dorsal spine pre-

sent but concealed. If is evidently eonspecifie with slinbussis gigas Ramsay and

Ovilky (Proc. Linn. Soe, N.S. Wales (2) i, 1886, p. 9), the holotype of whieh,

from the Strickland River, New Guinea, is in the Australian Museum, This speci-

men has 12 dorsal and anal rays, but otherwise agrees in detail with the excellent

deseription and figure of the species given by Weber and Beaufort (Kish, Indo.

Austr. Arehip. v, 1929, p. 403, fig. 97; see also Weber, Nova Guinea ix, 114, p.

576, fig. 81).

Apparently, Whilleyia is a synouyay (or at most a subgenus) of sLeantho-

perea.

NEGAMBASSIS ven. OY.

Orthotype, Telracentrum apoyonaides Macleay.

A genus of freshwater Chandidae having four anal spines. Both the dorsal

and anal spines are very strong, Procunibent dorsal spine concealed. The head

is excavated above, and has several naked areas. Supraorbital forming a spine-

less ridge, Infraorbital, preorbital, preopercle, and interopercle strongly serra-

ted. Jaws and fine teeth, enlareed anteriorly in upper jaw. Lateral line com-

plete, running over about thirty seales. Size fairly large.

Negambassis replaces Tetrucentrum Macleay, preoce. in Lusceeta dy Baier,

1865,

NEGAMBASHIS APOGONOIDES (Macleay ).

Hig. 8.

Telracentrum apogonoides Macleay. Proc. Linn. Soe, N.S. Wales viii, July 17,

1883, p. 256. Goldie River, New Guinea. Cotypes in Aust. Mus. seen. fi,

Fowler, Mem. Bish. Mus. x, 1828. p. 167. /d, Weber aud Beaufort, Fish.

Indo-Auste. Archip. v, 1929, p. 425,

WHITLEY

FISHES FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND 3461

This species is now figured for the first time from the lectotype, the largest

of a series of cotypes in the Australian Museum. This specimen is 125 um. in

standard length or about six inches overall. Although superficially like an Apo-

vonid fish, tlis species is obviously derived from an slindassislike form. Tt is

rather like Porcabassis Bleeker, but the four anal spines (constant in all the

Bus 8, Neganbaasis apogonvides (Macleay). Leetotype, & 44 (G. PL Whitley, deh.

eoty pes), the larger scales, and the naked patches ou the head serve to distinguish

it. There are three or four vows of seales above the lateral line and three rows of

cheek-seales, The coloration is now obscute, but the specimens were apparently

consplenously spotted in life.

ILANDOWSKIELLA Tredale and Whitley, 1932.

Rlandowshiella vedale and Whitley, Viet. Nat. xlix, Ang, §, 1982, p. 95. Oxtho-

type Pseudoanbussis caslelniia Macleay.

Profile of head wot cut by supraorhital, which is not serrated. Preoperentan

and preorbital serrated, bud other boues of head entire. Maxilla short. About

eight dorsal aud anal rays. Dorsal and anal spines uot very strong. Body com

pressed, not very deep. Lateral line practically obsolete. Tnhabitine freshwater.

BLANbDOWSKIULLA CASTELNAUT (Maeleay).

Pig. 9.

Psendoambassis custelnaut Macleay, Proce, Linn. See. N.S. Wales vy, Feb. 1881, p.

339. Murrvumbideee River, N.S. Wales.

362 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

A specimen from the Narrandera (istrict, New South Wales, is here figimed,

This species was discovered by William yon Blancdowski in Victoria, but Macleay

later published a name for it. In recounting the deeds of Blandowski, Tredale

Vir. 9, Blandowskiella custelnaui (Macleay). X 24 (G. P. Whitley, del).

and Whitley provided a new generie name for this attractive little species.

have also seen Murray River (Victoria) specimens in the National Museum, Mel-

bourne.

)

Amamassis Cuv. and Val., 1828, sensu lato.

Ampassts PArUENSIS Alleyne and Macleay.

Wig, 10.

Ambassis papuensis Alleyne and Macleay, Proe. Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales 1, Keb.

1877, p. 266, pl. v, fig. 4. Mall Sound, New Guinea, Types in Macleay

Museum examined.

There are two co-types of this species in the Macleay Museum, 44 to 47-9 min,

in standard length; the larger specimen is hereby designated the leetotype, and

figured.

D. viii, 9; A. ti/9; L. lat. 12 + 12 = 24. LL. tr. 2/1/7-8.

Bye, 6-5 mm., head 16, depth of body 19, second dorsal spine 12 mn, in

larger specimen,

WHITLEY—FISHES FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND 363

teneral charaeters as in cl. felhara but the nuchal ridge is not serrated;

there is only one row of scales on the cheek, and about ten predorsal seales, The

second anal spine af papuensis is mueh shorter than the third, and the posterior

Mig. 10. sbithassis papacnsis Alleyne & Macleay, lectotype, X 2 (G. PB, Whitley, del).

margins of the preoperculion and iuteroperculum are not denticulated. Tongue

toothless.

Probably both A. telhara and A. papuensis are subgenerically distinet from

the true Aimbussis wmbassis (Lacépede) type of the venus.

AMBASSIS AGASSIzID Steindachues.

Ambassis agassizii Steindachner, Sitzb, Ak. Wiss. Wien lv, [, 1867, p. 9. Fitzroy

k., Rockhampton. Jd. Gtinther, Aun. Mag, Nat. Mist. (3) xx, 1867, p. 57.

Clarence R., N.S.W.

Chanda agassizt? Waite, Mem. N.S.W. Nat. Club, i, 1904, p. 29. N.S. Wales.

Privpis nigripinnis Ovilby, Proe. Rey, Soe. Qld, xxiii. Noy. 1910, p. 18. Creeks

at Kileoy, South Queensland.

A diminutive species, up to 24 inehes long. from the rivers of southern

Queensland and northern New South Wales. Privpis nigripinnis Ogilby (not

Pseudambass’s vigripinnis De Vis) is evidently a synonym of this species as,

although Ogilby’s types have been lost, his description agrees well with that of

Steindachner.

364 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

AMBASSIS NIGRIPINNIS (De Vis).

Pseudambassis nigripinnis De Vis, Proe, Linn, Soc. N.S.Wales ix, Aug. 1884, p.

393. Brisbane River, Queensland. Cotypes in Austr. Mus. seen.

Priapis olivaceus Ogilby, Proc. Roy, Soe. Ql. xxiii, Noy. 1910. p. 11. Creeks and

waterholes around Brisbane.

One or two tubes on lateral line. Se. e7rea 25. Two rows of cheek-seales, stth-

orbital serrated; upper preoperewar angle with two spines, otherwise not ser

‘ated.

Ovilby’s species, olivaceus, is apparently a synonym of migripinnis De Vis.

Ogilby also deseribed a new species under the name nign/pinnis, but this does not

require a new name as it is evidently a synonym of Ainibessts agussizi Stemdach-

ner.

PRIOPIDICHTITYS ren. oy,

Orihotype Pseudoambassis vamsayi Macleay = Priopidichthys marianus (Gaiin-

ther),

Supraorbital with several spines posteriorly. Preorbital and lower limbs of

preoperculum serrated, infraorbital crenulate; other bones of head smooth. Teeth

on jaws, vomer, palatines, and toneue. Maxilla moderate, Six or seven dorsal

spines and ten to eleven dorsal and anal rays. Lateral line well developed, but

interripted.

PRIOPIDICNTINYS MARIANUS (Giinther).

Amobassis marianus Gimther, Rept. Voy. Chall., Zool. i, 6, 1880, p. 32. Tiara,

Mary River, Queensland (‘‘Challenger’’ Exped.).

Pseudoambassis ramsay? Macleay, Proc. Linn, Soe. N.S. Wales, vy, 1881, p. 340.

Port Jackson. Type in Macleay Mus. seen.

Ambassis commersonii Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N.S. Wales. 1886, p. 14. Riehmond

River, N.S.W.) Not cl. commersonia Cav. and Val. 1828, from Bourbon, ete.

Chanda buruensis Waite, Mem. N.S.W. Nat. Club, i, 1904, p. 29 (NUS.W.). Not

Ambassis brurwensis Bleeker Nal. Tydsehr. Ned. End. xi, 1856, p. 396, fromm

East Indies.

Priopis ramsayi MeCulloch, Zool. Res. Endeay. i, 1911, p. 57, pl. xvi, fig, 3 (ref.

and synon.).

Tam unable to separate ramsayi from wmarianus as a distinet species. The

lateral line of Nerang Creek (Queensland) specimens eaught by Ogilby and Tosh

in one haul of the net varied from 9-14 + 0-11. Se. 2/28-30/8 (fide Ogilby MS.).

The 10 or 11 dorsal and anal rays are useful features for diagnosing this species.

which is marine or estuarine in Eastern Australia.

WHITLEY—FISHES FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND 365

VRELAMBASSIS gen Noy.

Orthotype Pseudoambassis jacksoniousis Macleay (Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales

ve Keb. 1881, p. 840. Port Jackson) = Velunibassis jucksoniensis.

Form elongate, the depth more than 5 in standard length. Stpraorbital

with a spime posteriorly, the preorbital and infraorbital dentieulated and the

preoperenlar and interopercular margins serrated, Eye slightly shorter than

Mig. 1 Velantbassis jacksonionsia (Macleay). X 2 CG. Py Whitley, del).

postorbital part of head. Maxillary moderate, just reaching to helow anterior por-

tion of eye. Small teeth on jaws and palate; none on tongue, Two rows of cheek

senles, liateral line complete, with about 27 or 28 tubed seales. About 10 to 12

predorsal seales. Proenmmbert dorsal spine concealed, DD. vii/i, 9-10; A, ti, 9,

Third dorsal spine longest and much longer than the longest (third) anal spine.

The dorsal spines are weaker than is usual in the Chandidae. Baek and fins

speckled, A specimen of Ve jachsoniensis, 40 mm. in standard length, is here

Wustrated (fie. 11). Tt is one of a series colleeted at Shellharbour, N-S. Wales,

by Mr. F. A. MeNeill, Austr. Museum. re@d. No. LA, 6063.

REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM

PRINCESS CHARLOTTE BAY, NORTH QUEENSLAND

By J. R. KINGHORN, C.M.Z.S., ZOOLOGIST, AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

(By PERMISSION OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM)

Summary

Reptilia

Gehyra variegata, Gray. Loc. Bathurst Head.

Diplodactylus vittatus, Gray. Loc. Bathurst Head.

Varanus punctatus orientalis, Fry. 370 mm. long. Loc. Flinders Island.

Varanus gouldii, Gray. 200-420 mm. long. The most widely distributed of the Australian

Varanids. Loc. Flinders Island.

Lygosoma (Liolepisma) fuscum, Gray. Transparent palpebral disc not larger than ear

opening ; 38 scales round body ; 35 lamellae under fourth toe. Loc. Flinders Island and

Bathurst Head.

Lygosoma (Liolepisma) pectorale, De Vis. The prefontals may or may not form a median

suture ; 32 scales round the body. Loc. Flinders Island. 20 specimens.

Lygosoma (Hinulia) tenue, Gray. 2 damaged specimens. Loc. Bathurst Head.

Acanthophis antarcticus, Gray. Loc. Bathurst Head.

Amphibia

Hyla caerulea, Gunther. 81 mm. long. Variation from typical — vomerine teeth

commencing on a level with front edge of choanae. Finger discs about as large as the

tympanum, Loc. Stewart River.

Phractops brevipes, Peters. 50 mm. long. Loc. Stewart River.

REPTILES ann AMPHIBIANS rrom

PRINCESS CHARLOTTE BAY, NORTH QUEENSLAND

By J. R. KINGHORN, C.M.Z.S., Zoonocisr, AusrratiAn Musrum,

(By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.)

REPTILIA.

fehyra variegata, Gray. Loc, Bathurst Head.

Diplodactylus vittatus, Gray. Loc. Bathurst Head.

Varanus punctatus orientalis, Fry. 870 mm. long. Loc, Flinders Island.

Varanus gouldii, Gray. 200-420 mm. long. The most widely distributed of the

Australian Varanids. Loc, Flinders Island.

Lygosoma (Liolepisma) fuscum, Gray. Transparent palpebral dise not larger

than ear opening; 38 seales round body; 35 lamellae under fourth toe. Loe.

Flinders Island and Bathurst Head.

Lygosoma (Liolepisma) pectorale, De Vis. The prefontals may or may not form

a median suture; 32 scales round the body. Loc. Flinders Island. 20 speei-

mens.

Lygosoma (Hinulia) tenwe, Gray. 2 damaged specimens. oc. Bathurst Head.

Acanthophis antarcticus, Gray. Loc. Bathurst Head.

AMPHIBIA.

Hyla caerulea, Gunther. 81 mm, long, Variation from typical—vomerine teeth

commencing on a level with front edge of choanae. Finger dises about as

large as the tympanum. Loc. Stewart River.

Phractops brevipes, Peters. 50 mm. long. Loc. Stewart River.

THE EGG-CASE OF A CAT SHARK, SCYLIORHINUS

VINCENTI (ZIETZ)

By HERBERT M. HALE, DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Scyliorhinus Vincenti (Zcitz).

Scyllium vincenti Zietz, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xxxu, 1908, p. 287.

Scyliorhinus vincenti McCull, Endeavour Res., i, 1911, p. 4, pl. 11, fig. 3 and text fig. 1.

A female of this species, 410 mm. in length, was caught on September 11", 1928, in St.

Vincent Gulf, South Australia ; the ovaries were large, with a number of ova in various

stages of development while in the oviducts, ready for deposition, were two eggs. Each of

these, including the shell, weighed 0.2 oz.

Tue EGG-CASE or a CAT SHARK, SCYLIORHINUS

VINCENTI (ZIETZ)

By HERBURT M. HALE, Dirrcror, Sourn Ausrrataan Musrum.

Fig. 1,

SeyLIORTUINUS VINCENT (Zeitz).

Seylliwn vincenti Zietz, Trans. Roy. Soe. 8S. Aust., xxxii, 1908, p, 287,

Seyliorhinus vincenti MeCull, Endeavour Res., i, 1911, p. 4, pl. ii, fie. 8 and text

fie 1.

A remane of (his species, 410 mm. in leneth, was caught on September 11th, 1928,

in St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia; the ovaries were large, with a mumber of

ova in various stages of development while in the oviduets, ready for deposition,

were two eves, Hach of these, including the shell, weimhed 0-2 oz.

The chitinous egg-ease is subquadrangular in shape, flattened. 52 mm. in

length (exclusive of the produced corners), 21 min. in breadth, and 10°5 mm, in

depth. At the posterior end (that is the end directed towards the anus as the

eee lay in the oviduct) each corner is produced, tapering rapidly to form a single

filament, which is 250 mau. in leneth, moderately stout basally, and tapering @rad-

ually, the hindes (or apieal) part being thread-like, When the eges were removed

> te

and placed in a saline solution these filaments rapidly ‘‘corkserewed?’. The an-

terior marein of the case is rather thin, and the anterolateral angles are a little

produced and curved slightly inwards, Both faces have a striated appearance

owing to the presenee of adpressed, lonwitudimal bundles of silk-like threads, laid

from end to end and covering practically the whole of the ege-shell. From the

lateral parts emanate silky filaments SO mm, to 40 mm, in length, forming a

fringe; at the anterior portion of the case these filaments become very long and

fornt a parry of wavy byssi. Hach byssus is 350 mim. in Jeneth and is composed of

a ereat ummber of separate fine threads, In the oviduet the byssi appeared as

slender and extremely flexible tendrils, and their strueture and purpose were ap-

parent only when the eves were placed in fluid,

Hyvidentiy, when the ev® is extruded the posterior tendrils rapidly twist to

a spiral and thus anchor the ege to weed or some other support; also, the long

byssi, once they have floated free, cling to and entangle around every rough ob-

jeet they come into contaet with, like threads of wet sill, and doubtless serve as

an excellent secondary means of attachinent,

368 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Big. 1. Hgg of Seyliorhinus vincenti Gietz. Nat, size.

THE CORRELATION OF RECENT AND FOSSIL

TURRITELLIDAE OF SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA

By BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, S.A. MUSEUM, AND

NELLY HOOPER Woops, M.A.

Summary

Continual reference has been made to the generic and specific confusion which exists

among the Turritellidae of Southern Australia, particularly in so far as the fossils are

concerned. In this paper an effort is made to clarify some of the problems which have

been most acute in the identification of certain species, and to determine the generic or

sub-generic location of both the recent and fossil species.

We retain the genus Turritella, of which the genotype T. terebra is an Australian shell,

reducing many so-called genera to sub-generic status. Examination of the two genotypes

of Haustator, Gazameda, and Maoricolpus has led us to regard the latter two as distinct

sub-genera of Turritella and not as synonyms of Haustator as Thiele (') has suggested.

Tur CORRELATION or RECENT anv FOSSIL

TURRITELLIDAE or SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA

By BERNARD C, COTTON, Conenonocisr, §.A. Musrum, AND

NELLY HOOPER WOODS, M.A.

Fig. 1-9,

CONTINUAL reference has been made to the generic and specific confusion which

exists among the Turritellidae of Southern Australia, particularly in so far as

the fossils are concerned. It this paper an effort is made to elarify some of the

problems which have been most acute in the identification of certain species, and

to determine the generic or sub-eenerie location of both the recent and fossil

species.

We retain the genus Turritella, of which the genotype 7, terebra is an Aus-

tralian shell, reditcing many so-called genera to sub-eenerie status. Examination

of the genotypes of Haustator, Gazameda, and Maoricolpus has led us to regard

the latter two as distinet sub-genera of Turrilella and not as synonyms of Haus-

fator as Thiele (7) bas sugeested,

Our grateful thanks are due to Dr. H. J. Finlay, whose notes first eave the

impetus to the preparation of this paper; to Mv, B.A. Singleton for the very

generous loan of material from his collection and notes he had prepared; and to

Mr. F. Chapman and Miss [, Crespin for permission to examine material in the

Commonwealth Palacontologi¢al Collection,

TurrirentA Lamarelk 1799.

Only one species of Turritella ss., Turrilella terehra, the genotype (by

monotypy), o¢cnrs in Australia, and this species was included by Hedley (2). in

his list of Western Austraiian mollisen. We now describe a distinet subspecies ;

T. TERERRA OCCIDUA subsp. DOV.

Shell turreted, fairly thin; whorls ventrigose; spirals regular but weak, with

intermediate finer spiral lirae; suture linear, aperture rotund. Growth striae

very fine and regular, corresponding to the concave outer lip of aperture. Colour

varying from light to medium brown, occasionally axially flamed with white.

(1) Handbuch der Systematischen Weichtierkunide, Nrster Tiel, 1929, yh ISL.

(2) Hedley, Motusen of Western Australia, Roy, Soe., W. Aust., i, 1916, p. 1,

370 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Holotype, Length 22 mm., width 6 mm. King George’s Sound, 12-14 fath-

oms. Rego, No, D. 11439 8.A. Museum. Also from King George’s Sound, 28 fath-

oms. Hopetomn a4 fathoms.

All specimens examined are broken, including the holotype, whieh if com-

plete, would be of greater length.

KIMpBeriA subgen. noy.

Shell with no outer lip sinus, a three-whorled apex and spiral cords with or

without a carina.

Type. Turritella kimbert Vereo.

T. neptunensis Veroo and probably T. microscopica May should be placed

here.

The (liree species are related to the New Zealand T. (Eglisia) planostoma

Mutton, (*) whieh Finlay (4) has referred to accisa, but this has a different apex

and base. hey are certainly not 7, (Sfiracolpus) Finlay with its marked sinus

and one-whorled apex, but seem to form a distinct group recalling the trie tropt-

eal Turritellad which is a large shell, Wimberia being very small.

Maoricourus Finlay.

TURRITELLA MURRAYANA Tate,

Toercula murrayana Tate, Proce. Roy. Soc., Tas., 1884, p. 227.

Turritella murrayana Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xvii, p. 340, pl. viii, fig. 3.

In his original description, though the name is suggestive, Tate has not made

the locality of the type clear. However, he has distinctly marked as type a tablet

of specimens from the River Murray Cliffs. From measurements. the central

shell on the tablet (in the Tate Museum Collection) is the holotype, of which a

considerable portion of the apex is missing, and the length of GO mim, is that of

the shell as it remains without the initial 4 or 4 whorls which would contribute

at least 5 mm. in additional length.

There are two distinet species whieh have been classified under 7. murray-

ana. Since both the slender and the stout forms occur together at several locali-

ties, notably Table Cape and Mornington, we deem it advisable to deseribe the

stout form as a new species. The holotype of murrayand is of the slender variety,

and the slightly more slender shells occurring at Shelford are readily associated.

(8) Trans, N.Z. Tnst., xvii, I885, p. 820, pl. xviii, fig. 19.

(+) Trans, N.Z. Inst., lx, 1929, p. 41,

Cotton AND Woops—RECENT AND PossiIL TURRITELLIDAE 371

with the Murray examples. The true aerrayand is found, though rarely, at

Table Cape, and if does appear to grow to the extremely large size of the stouter

species, Two of the shells on Tate’s bloe¢k of Table Cape specimens are nurray-

ana, Lhe vest are the gross form,

Au Upper Pliocene development of To amerrayand is found in the Abattoirs

Bore, Adelaide, which is here deseribed as a new subspecies.

Z eee

hips 1. Tueritella murrayanda sitbridis subsp. nay. (& 19). Pig, 2.0 Turritetla verieuta

ddelaideusis subsp. mov. (X 2-6). Pig. 8. Turritella subaerieula sp. nov. (X 22).

TURRITELLA MURRAYANA SUBRUDIS subsp. noy.

Shell having general characteristics of 7. neerrayand: apical angle 15°; but

possessing much flatter whorls, less inflation in the early whorls and less carina-

tion at the anterior suture; very stroug, course spiral sculpture.

Jlolotype, of whieh the early whorls are broken. Length 49 mm., width 12

mm. Abattoirs Bore 800-500 ft. (Upper Phocene). Tate Mus. Coll.

372 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

TURRITELLA LATISSIMA Sp. nov.

Toreula murrayana vay, Tate, Proe, Roy. Soe., Tas., 1884, p. 227.

Turritela murrayane var, Tate, Trans, Roy, Soe. S. Aust. xvi, p. 340.

Shell stout, tarreted, apical angle 21°. Proteconeh absent, ten whorls re-

maining, first whorls inflated, later medially slightly concave. Senlpture con-

sists of 24 even, spiral, thread-like ribs crossed by evenly-developed growth lines.

Apertive broken, apparently sub-quadrate with fairly deep sinus indieated by

lines of erowth.

Holotype. Length 65 min., width 21-5 mm. Table Cape, Lower Miocene.

Remarks: The difference in apical angle and the less strongly developed ¢ari-

nation at the anterior border make this species easy to separate from 7) maray-

ana. Specimens from Mornington show early whorls very convex, later whorls

only slightly flattened, surface sculpture of about 14 threads with growth Lines

less prominently developed.

A verontie specimen from Table Cape has measurements: length $82 mum.,

width 28 mim.

Stmacoupus Finlay.

T. (Stiracolpus) Finlay 1926 includes the Australian 7. yodeffroyana Don-

ald, 7. smithiand Donald, 7. athinsons Tate and May, and the closely-allied 7.

medioanguiata Vereo: in New Zealand Stiracolpus seems to be directly derived

trom Zeacolpus as alate Pliocene offshoot, so that it is doubtful whether any Aus-

trahan shells belong to it. Certainly no other Australian species than these four

could be located there. For the present, Sfiracolpus must be admitted as common

io the Commonwealth and Dominion.

GazAMepA Tredale 1924.

Distinguished by the Jony spire, narrow spire angle, and frequent carina-

lion in the anterior suture, flatly conyex base with rounded periphery, Gazwineda

includes 7. gunanit Reeve (genotype), T. seplifraga Tate, 7. aericula Tate, 7.

subacricula sp. nov., T. fasmanica Reeve, G. iredater Kinlay, aud 7. aeultierne-

turalis Chapman and Crespin.

These represent the Zeacolpus of New Zealand, having a similar apex and

seulpture variations (the sudden straight spire margins are peculiar to some

species of Gazameda and foreign to Zcaculpus with its notably convex whorls with

deep sutures for a lone way down the spire, though adult whorls are fiattish),

though the protoconeh is more regularly coiled and smaller,

hos

hae

CoTTON AND Woops—RECENtT AND FosstL TURRITELLIDAE

There is no relation, as has been suggested by Cotton and Godfrey (*) be-

tween Stiacolpus Pinlay and G. iredalei Finlay. The development of two strong

keels in that species appears Lo be foreign to Guzameda, but is paralleled in Zeu-

colpus by 4, fulminola Thitton, while T. pagoda Reeve and 7. ahiparand Powell

have only one strong keel, vet all are easily connected with 7. v/flata Hutton, and

obviously recent offshoots from it. Tis well known that the strong keels develop

sporadically in amy groups of Turritellidue. lt appears then that G. iredalei

inlay represents exactly the same offshoot from Gazemeda that UT. fulavinita is

from typical Zeacolpus. The apieal deyelopment of (f, iredalei does not seem to

differ much from that of 7. fasmanica Reeve as indeed Vereo (") stated, anc is

unlike that of 7. symmelrice Uoitton, The Guzaimneda series outlined here also

differs notably from Zeacolpus in the shape af the aperture and the flatly convex

base with rounded periphery.

TURRITELLA ACRTCULA ate.

Turritella aerwula Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xvii, p. 839. pl. viii, fig. 4, pl.

ix, fig, +, 7, 12,

This species. while it has oot presented the difficulties in identification ex-

perienced with other species of Turrite/la, is a very puzzling one in view of the

striking variations in specimens from different localities. Se marked are these

peculiarities that at times one is tempted to conclude that none of the shells

from other localities are conspecifie with the holotype from the Murray Cliffs.

The species as a whole is also so closely related to 7. fasmamiea Reeve (= 7’,

subsgquamosa Dkr, = T. vewla T. Woods, ete.) that it is with ditfienliy that one

decides whether some of the Vietorian and Tasmanian shells ave more closely re-

lated to the South Australian fossil species than to the recent 7. fasmaniea,

The holotype is undoubtedly a distinet speeies from the recent shell; it is,

us Tate says, relatively narrower; it is more flattened in the whorls and much

more acuminately iireted, while the tendency is to become niore separate at the

suture as the shell advances in age. We therefore advise the retaining of the

fossil species 7. acricula as distinet.

The position of the Vietorian and Tasmanian shells is then to be decided. [1

is obviously wise fo make decisions on the evidenee of isolated shells bearing a

more striking resemblance to one species than to the other, in view of the fact

that the Tertiary species is probably an ancestor of the recent, We haye there-

fore endeavoured to obtain an average of the specimens under our observation

from the Tate Collection and that of Mr. F. A, Singleton. The aecoinpanyvine

table is the result of our ealeulatious.

(8) SAL Nat. xii (iv), p. 59, pl. 2, fig, 4

(6) Trans, Hoy. Soe, S. Aust, xxxiv, 110. p. 119.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

SISUILLO LOU

*SPLOYM AIBA UL ALCR] OT aamjns Uni aie eG GE WELGIUOD eg = LOPS ATMLAOTY DINDAID

-notyied ‘xaAtoa o10ur YOUPL IL 1B T (ppawpven4)) iL

DI".

*paokds

AyTuaAo PUB SNOLaUINU SqLe 6L 9 SISUIVUDUWSD].

JolBUt PLM s[pays Mo}s ‘S7ey L IL Youtpy G8 ge AUOdIOLP adu,) Dynan

‘poanjdpnos ApWeAe ALR Y ia 6 ALLL TMOT aqeL (vpowvzn4) iL

SISUIPLO PIU

, TIL Cot Fe dUOIOTIY TaATY DINILEID

‘Ysad) APRIL OF TepTUIES LT 9 0 2a LaMO'T pueiqier (vpaumnzv4)) EL

‘aoeB Flas

poy 8

‘aIMyns YY} FR eRABONE Surjpusserd

pue papaey Apsuorjasrmds pea suawieds — () SISUPLUO POUL

ds} oy, ‘adoy popuasaad Wor} sour ale é yond USF gc t-Fa oman DINILAID

-BJUITIBULLO JO APOLUVA PRALT Wo -LABA A1a A, f ALB gmoy purpsddiy (ppawvevg) WL

SUSUIILO LOU

“SPLOY AM AL Bo UL XOAUOD avd] T WOU, FoF ge eta OULIIOT PY yood)

s]feys qyoows Aparey Ur, = Lp 8 0 LaMOr] Sppnny (vpown2ny) Lf

“haas sisua pun] 2 PD

aq JOURS 0 YOULL, TGF Gg oe SUdI0TL 3A0,) ppd

“s[[ays pedrosard Appeq pm ‘vue FT 1 mddQ SJR (opowvzn)) E

aMyUS Pe oTRA “sToTTJO WRT

-goxo AuaA Apjuanbatg ‘eeue AT[B1eUAs 195u01]8 SUS HITAD]P PD

-readde podt}}vy SuUTATS‘SqLUSe SLUT RIpettt oy} yard Lo-F a9 o-08 aud aLOgy pINILLD

BU0TS SB ISOW]R Soull MOL ‘aL ogy Spaperapoyy add suo}jeqy (ppawpen4)) “E

‘s[[ays JMpe ysour Ur 8 & SIL) DINIMID

aANINS Fv ope.cedas Sprorpa L S youyy aare 6-¢ ¢ OUOIOT I SBLIN]T DINILID

poua}e “peptmy Aad A g (edsjyopoy)g — ApayRLopoyy way (vpawnzD4) LT

soury =. tole yy TLIEUS M xapur “UU UE LUTE IT

“Sy RULoy (proy aperarypnued ) jo 7 TIPEM. YU yduery any “AYTPBOOrT ‘TPPUS

sqny peardg Jo ‘oN SSA, IsBAY aSeoory Bury

PTIOIMOF FUTALIYY DL AO SAIIHdSANS AO NOSTUVdINOO DNIMOHS ATAV AL

CoTron AND Woops—RECENT AND FossIL TURRITELLIDAE 375

In general, the fossil specimens, where the protocouch and the early whorls

can be seen, presents a stronger c¢arination in the early whorls than the recent

species, though the protoconehs are identical. The recent shell attains a greater

size than the fossil, from which it appears to be a development. The Victorian

representatives, from Mudey Creek and Mornington particularly, ave distinct

from those of other loealities in the strong convexity of the whorls, particularly

the early whorls. This is never developed in the Murray Cliffs series. The Vie-

torian sheils are far less attenuated, with a wider spire angle and less prominent

sculpture, keels being absent for the most part. Those from Gippsland show

characteristics midway between the two species; they are probably the strongest

evidence for the development of tasmanica from aerteula.

Table Cape specimens are strikingly stouter with more even, strongly devel-

oped lirae on the whorls,

Differences are presented also by specimens from the Abattoirs Bore, Ace-

laide.

We are therefore of the opinion that all the fossil specimens should be in-

cluded in the species 7. acricula, but that only those trom the type locality, Mur-

ray Cliffs, are true aericula; the others we consider subspecies. The Victorian

subspecies 7. aerieula vicloricnsis subsp. noy. is characterized by its less attenua-

ted appearance and its convex whorls; the Tasmanian subspecies, 7. vcricala fas-

moanicensis subsp. uoy. by its stonter size and more even and strongly lirate seulp-

ture; for lack of better material we include the Hallett’s Cove specimens with the

Abattoirs Bore specimens, which are characteristic of the ‘erey-sand’? bed passed

through by many of the bores penetrating a depth of 300-500 feet in the ueigh-

hourhood of Adelaide. For this new subspecies possessing stout shell and strong

tendency to excavation of the suture and bold seulpture, which is rather latticed,

and not lirate we propose the name 7. vericula adeliaidensis subsp. noy.

It is obvious, then, that our division of subspecies is a geographical one only,

made on the average characteristies exbibited by the shells from different Locali-

ties. This seems the most likely division to prevent an endless confusion between

the fossil and recent species.

DESCRIPTION OF SUBSPECLES OF TURRITELLA ACRICULA TATE.

lL. 7. acrivula aerieula Tate.

T. verieula Tate, Trans, Roy. Soc, 8. Ausi,. xvii, p. 389, pl vin, fig. 4.

Holotype. River Murray Cliffs. Tate Mus, Coll.

376 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MusSEUM

2. T. acricula adelaidensis subsp. nov.

Differs from 7. acricula s.s. in haying slightly more convex whorls, strong

growth lines, and about 12 evenly-spaced and even-sized major ribs, giving a

latticed appearance to the shell. Decidedly excavate at the suture.

Holotype. Length 387 mm., width 7 mm. Abattoirs Bore, 800-500 ft. Up-

per Pliocene. ‘Tate Mus. Coll.

3. T. acricula vicloriensis subsp. nov.

T. acricula var. Tate, Trans. Roy. Sov. 8, Aust., xvii, p. 340, pl. ix, figs. 4, 7.

Holotype. Length 25 mm., width 5-5 mm, Gelibrand River, Lower Mio-

cene. Tate Mus. Coll.

4. T. acricuia tasmaniensis subsp. nov.

T. acricula var. Tate, Trans. Roy. Soe., 8. Aust., xvii, p. 540, pl. tx, fig. 12.

Holotype. Length 384 mm., width 8-3 mm. Table Cape, Lower Miocene.

Tate Mus. Coll.

TURRITELLA SUBACRICULA Sp. oy.

Shell of medium size, sharply turreted, whorls convex, 14. whorls—-proto-

coneh missing. Seulptured with 4 inajor spiral ribs and indistinet secondary ribs

crossed by marked axial striae of growth, Aperture strongly notched and quad-

rate. Columella straight; suture slightly impressed. Base finely spirally rate

and racially striate.

Tlolotype. Length 40-5 mm., width 7-8 mm, <Abattoirs Bore 300-500 ft.,

Upper Pliocene. Tate Mus. Coll.

This shell is nearest to T. (G.) ucricula, but differs greatly in the shape of

the whorls and the strong seulpture.

Crenocourus Lredale 1925,

In T. (Clenocolpus), genotype T. (C.) australis Lam., of which the sub-

species T. (C.) australis diffidens lredale seems scarcely separable from the

species, Should be placed 7. payodula Tate. T. lerebellalu Tate (noted as being

like 7, pagodula, but with the anterior keel nodulose; this together with the loeal-

ity seems to validate the species), 7. curialis Hedley, 7. jounnae Hedley, 1. imedia-

plicatilis Chapman & Crespin, 7. gemmulata Tate, 7. (CL) frilia sp. nov., 7. ware

burtontc T.-Wds., and T. sturtia T.-Wds.

CoTrTron AND Woops--RECENT AND Fossit. TURRITELLIDAE 377

TURRITELLA TRILTS sp. nov.

Shell small, acutely turreted, whorls fattened, suture sliehtly impressed,

Whorls 10, Seulpture of 3 distinet major spiral ribs with wide, smooth inter-

spaces; indistinet subsutural spiral between posterior major rib and suture. App.

erture subquadrate; columella straight, Base finely spirally threaded. Proto-

conch of 1 turns, smooth and oblique.

Holotype. Length 65 mm, width 2-5 mm. Abattoirs Bore 800-500 ft., Up-

per Pliocene. Tate Mus, Coll, Fairly numerous in bore.

5 6

Mig. dk. Turritella (rilie sp. noy. (% 11-3), Fig. 5. Glyyrtozaria colwinnaria sp. noy. ( X16-7).

Nig. 6. Turritella Intissima sp. uey. (nat, size).

TURRITELLA WARBURTONIL 'Tenison-Woods,

Tenison-Woods, Proce, Roy. Soc. Tas. 1876, p. 99.

Tate, Trans, Roy. Soe, 8, Aust., xvii, p. 337, pl. viii, fig. 2.

Torrirrnca sturtit Venison-Woods,

Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soe. Tas. 1876, p. 99.

Tate, Trans. Roy. Soe, S. Aust., xvil, p. 3888, pl. viii, fie. 6.

These two species are separable with some ciffieulty, and Pritchard has sug-

vested (7) that the names are synonymous. To us, however, the differences are

striking enough to warrant the retention of both species as distinet. Tate's re-

description of Woods’s species raises some doubt as to whether he had correetly

(7) Prove. Roy. Soe., Vie. yili, us., pp. 118-114.

378 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

identified the species with which he was dealing, but after careful examination

of the tablets in the Tate collection, and specimens from the collection of Mr. ¥.

A. Singleton, we conelude that certain features pointed out in both deseriptions

should be more closely adhered to than other less uniform characteristics,

Tate has on his tablet a small shell of 7) warburfond marked ‘like type’

from which we conclude that Tate had seen the type and selected a topotype as

near to the holotype as possible. Lis own description is of a more adult shell.

We take this to confirm our decision that Tate is not describing a different shell

aad

Wig. 7. Turritelle terebra oceidua subsp. noy, OX 8-9). Migs Ss. Trritella stirtit Tenison

Woods (X 5-9), Fig. 9, Turvitella warburtonti Teaison Woods (2X 6).

when he mentions ‘‘two anterior ribs more or less granulose’’, though Tenison-

Woods emphasized ihat there were ‘‘two smooth conspicuous ribs at the lower

part of each whorl’’; in the juvenile shells the ribs are less vranulose, and may

be even smooth though an obscure (certainly not strong) granulation develops

later.

The main features that distinguish the two shells are these; we merely stress

what has been already deseribed by Tenison-Woods and ate:

T. warburtonii is narrowly pyramidal, T. shurtin acutely so.

T. warburtonii is characterized by the strong development of two ribs in the

anterior portion of each whorl—in the best-developed specimens, these ribs are

keel-like, giving an almost pagodoid appearance to the shell.

CoTTON AND Woons—RECENT AND FossIL TURRITELLIDAE 379

T. worbirtonit has a cistinet constriction, a concavity in the most stronely-

developed specimens, in the posterioanecdial part of the whorl; this is presumably

the flattening of Tenison-Woods’s cleseription.

While some of the examples from Mr, Singleton’s collection show tendencies

mid-way between the two species, by paying close attention to the shape of the

shell and the development of the anterior ribs, we have without hesitation placed

them in one or the other of the species.

The following remarks are extracts from Myr. Singleton’s own notes, very

kindly offered to us, and our comments upon the specimens under observation,

Mr. Singleton’s note precedes ois in each ease, and the numbers are those from

his catalogue :

No. 475—Two smooth ribs and finer lirae. From Lower or ** Crassutellia’? bed,

In spite of their apparent warburtond characteristies we place these acutely

pyramidal shells, lacking in strvone keel-like development, in 7. sturtii.

No, 479-2 strong, 2 small ribs, former eranulose.

These shells resemble both species in some ways, but are sufficiently strong

in the anterior ribs and have suflicient posterioanedial constriction to place then

in 7. warburioni,

No. 480—5-6 ribs, of whieh median 2-3 eranulose,

These are T. sturtii.

No. 481—2 ribs, anterior and median, latter eranulose, plus lirae,

These are 7. warburtonii.

No, 482—-2 vranulose ribs, plus livae.

These are T. warburtonii.

No. 483—2 anterior, very prominent ribs, second slightly granilose, close to-

vether, posterior lirate, concave.

These are T. warburtonii.

No, 484—2 anterior granulose ribs, weak rib posteriorly.

These are 7. warburtanii.

No. 485

These are separable into the two species; 3 specimens lacking strong ribs in

3 ribs, 2 anterior erannlose, third a keel anterior to suture, plus lirae.

the anterior portion we place in 7. sfurtii, the remainder with keel-like outline

we assign to 7. warburtants.

No. 486—3 ribs, 2 anterior granulose, plus lirae.

Two ribs are so much more strongly developed than the third, which is situa-

ivd close to the posterior border, and the general outline of the shell place them

in warburtonn,

Nos. 479-486 are from Upper or ‘*Turritella’’ bed.

380 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

A perusal of these notes convinces one of the almost complete coincidence

between Mr. Singleton’s notes and our clivision; all the shells, with the exeeption

of 478, which has weaker, more widely-spaced ribs, that have 2 prominent ribs,

fall into 7. warburtoni; all those more than 2 ribs, except where the anterior pair

are very strongly developed, @o into 7. sliurtii.

CoueosptrA Donald 1900,

In this sub-genus are ineluded 7. runeinuta Watson (genotype), 7. sinuala

Reeve, 7. cordismei Watson. 7. aecisa Watson, 7, aldinyae Tate. T. conspneabilis

Tate, 7. fristira Tate, 7. aemella Chapman and Crespin, 7. platyspira, T-Wads.

TURRITELLA ACCISA Watson,

This species has been correctly recorded by Watson (5), May ("), Vereo

(1%) and Coiton and Godfrey (11) from Bass Strait, South Australia, and Tas-

inania, all from depths of 38-200 fathoms, and specimens we have examined are

typical and distinct from 7. runcinata oecurrimg in the same localities.

Among the specimens from 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar in the May Collection

is a typical specimen of 7. rwncinata which ean therefore be added to the Tas.

manian list.

TURRITELLA TRISTIRA Tate,

T. tristira Tate, Proc. Roy. Soe., Tas., 1884, p. 227.

T. tristira Tate, Trans. Roy. Soe., 8. Aust., xvii (iv), p. 838-339, pl. viii, fie. 8:

pl. x, fig. 3.

Some difficulty has been experienced in the differentiation of 7. fristira from

T. conspicabilis. The two species exhibit characteristics so closely approximating

that unless some reid distinewishine feature is selected, this diffieulty will al-

Ways arise so long as the two are considered separate species,

The holotype is a Table Cape shell in the Tate Museum Collection, and is, in

our opinion, the only one in the collection that can be accurately related to the

species. Al other specimens on the tablet marked Tommtella tristiva we consider

would be better classified under 7. conspicabilis. On examining the tablets in the

Tate Collection one cannot help noticing the apparent imditferenee with which

he separates the two.

(5) Journ, Linn. Soe., Zool. xv, TS8, p. 220.

(*) Cheek list of Mollusea. of Tasmania, 1921, p. 60.

(10) Trans. Roy, Soc.. S. Aust., xxxiv, 1910, pp, 122-123.

(11) &. Aust. Nat., xii, (iv), August, 1931. p. 57,

COTTON AND Woops—RECENT AND Fossil TURRITELLIDAE 381

There are, however, sufficient specnnens available, one from the collection of

Mr. FA. Singleton taken at Jemimy’s Point, Kalimna, and many which one of ws

(N.ULW.) has seen in the collection of the Commonwealth Palaeontologist, taken

from yarious borings in the Gippsland area, to justify the retention of the species,

In all cases, the characteristic kecline is continued in every whorl towards the

apex, ‘The holotype, so far as ean be seen, for the early whorls are missing, ex-

hibits this feature, which makes any similar specimens easily recognizable from

T. conspreabilis.

We therefore recommend the use of Turritella tristira. only for those ex-

amples in whieh the development of three even keels is regularly produced

throughout the whole of the shell, This is in full agreement with Tate's original

deseription :

“Shell acuminately turveted; apieal angle about 15° of upwards of 12

slightly convex whorls; suture linear, Surface ornamented with three conspien-

ous, spiral, acute ribs and spiral and transverse striae; the sulei on cach side of

the central vib are of equal breadth, but the anterior rib is separated trom the

sitive by a distance less thaw that which separates one rib from the next, whilst

the posterior rib is separated from: its corresponding suture by a distance greater

than the breadth of the medial sulei. Last whorl truneately angular at the peri-

phery; base spirally ribbed and striated. Aperture quadvate; outer lip imper-

feet.

Leneth 45 min. breadth 12 mm.

Locality, Table Cape. R. M. Johnston (one example).

This species is distinet from the few living speeies which are conspicuously

three-ribhed, by shape, ornament, and the wosymuetrical position of the revolving

’

keels.’

Puaryeoners Donald 1900.

In this subgenus are included T. quadrata Donald (eenotype). 7. quillaumet

Iredale, 7. sevfula Donald, 7. efreunligatu Vereo, and T. medivlenis Vereo. Tre

dale refers the last two to Celpuspira, but this is surely wrong, the apex being

quite different. [le speaks of the genus as having a weak sinus, while his own

and Vereo’s figures show a strony one. Finlay’s specimens of 7. quiMawner aud

T. quadrata show quite a valid noteh.

The embryonic and subsequent development is entirely different trom that

of Calpasprra with which this series appears to have no relation. On the other

hand, Platycolpus seems to be ¢losely allied to Clenvcolpus. the only features of

difference mentioned by Tvedale are the nodwed keels and weak sinus of Cteno-

colpus. Noduling of the spivals arises ivreeularly in many Turritellas.

382 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

GuyYPTozARIA Iredale 1924.

This genus with 7’. opulenta Medley as genotype includes the fossil 7. tran-

senna Tenison-Woods which Tate (17) referred to Mathilda and Glyptozaria

columnaria here described as new:

GLYPTOZARIA COLUMNARIA sp. nov.

Shell turreted, whorls 10, protoconch depressed, of 14 globose whorls, adult

whorls reguiarly convex, sculptured with 2 keels on each whorl, the body whorl

showing an extra rib at the anterior, crossed by numerous less valid axial ribs,

about 24 on the body whorl. Base smooth, aperture rounded, with 8 flutes corres-

ponding with ribs; outer lip rounded, slightly effuse at the base of the columella,

which is straight. Suture shehtly canalienlate. Animal unknown.

Holotype. Length 4:5 mm., width 1-5 mm.; 100 fathoms. Cape Pillar.

Reg. No. D 11488 S.A. Museum.

Parnora Marwick 1931.

Pareora Marwick 1931, N.Z. Geol. Soe., Pal. Bull., xiii, p. 94.

Here, with genotype Lglisia striolata Hutton, we place Mesalia stylacris Tate,

the polygyrate protoconch and aperture continuous with the coneave columella

being consistent with the genus.

LIST OF NEW NAMES INTRODUCED IN THIS PAPER;

Turritella terebra occidua subsp. nov.

Kimberia subgen. nov. for Turritella kimberi Vereo,

Tiaritella murrayana subradis subsp. nov.

Turritella latissima sp. nov.

Turrvitella acricula adelaidensis subsp, nov.

Turritella acricula victoriensis subsp. nov.

Turritella acricula lasmaniensis subsp. nov.

Turritella subacriculu sp. nov.

Turritella trilie sp. nov.

Glyplozaria columnania sp. Nov.

NEW LOCALITIES FOR TURRITELLA SPP.

1. runeinata juvs. Uopetoun, W.A.

T. accisa. VWopetoun, 80 fathoms.

(42) Trans. Roy. Soe., 8. Aust., xvii, p. 385,

7’.

COTTON AND WoopS—RECENT AND FosstL TURRITELLIDAE 383

aceisa, numerous. $1 fathoms, 80m. W. of Huela.

accisd, 90-120 fathoms. Great Australian Bight. W. of Euela.

ivedalei. Wsperanee, W.A.

sme thidnd, 8300 fathoms, 120 m. W. of Kuela.

LIST OF AUSTRALIAN TURRITELLIDARK MENTIONED IN THIS

PAPER:

Turrirenta Lamarek 1799.

Mein. Soe. H. Nat. Paris, p. 74.

fenotype (by Monotypy) Turbo ferebra Linn.

Turbo terebra Linn, 1748, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 766.

Turritella terebra aecidua Cotton and Woods, 1935.

Subgenus Kimperia Cotton and Woods.

Genotype (by original designation) 7. himbert Vereo.

Tivritella kimbert Vereo 1908, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxxii, p, 342, pl.

xv, fiv, 14-15. 20 fath. Backstairs Passage, S.A.

Turrilella neptunensis Vereo 1910, Tbid. xxxiv, p. 120, pl. xxx, fig. 7. 104

fath. 8) miles S.W. of Neptune Is., S.A.

Turritella uveroscapica May, 1911, Proe. Roy. Soe., Tas., 1910, p. 895, pl. xv,

fie. 28.

Subgenus Maorico pus Finlay, 1926,

Trans. N.Z. Inst., lvii, p. 389. Genotype (by original designation) 7. rosea

Q. & G.

6. tTorcula murrayang Tate, 1885, Proe. Roy, Soc., Tas., 1884, p. 227, Trans.

10,

Roy. Soe., 8. Aust., xvii, 1893, p. 3840, pl. viii, fig, 8. River Murray Cliffs,

Lower Miocene,

tTurritella murrayane subrudis Cotton and Woods. 1935. Abattoirs Bore,

Upper Pliocene.

Turritella latissima Cotton and Woods, 1985. Table Cape, Lower Miocene.

Subgenus Stiracotpus Finlay, 1926,

Trans. N.A. Inst. lvii, p. 889. Genotype (by original designation) 7. syui-

metriea Iutton,

Turritella godeffroyana Donald, 1900, Proe, Mal. Soe., tv, No. 2, p. 53, pl. v,

fig. 6. 6a. Bass Strait.

Turritella smithiana Donald, 1900, Ibid., p. 52, pl. xv. fig. 1. Off Sydney,

410 fath.

384

11.

12.

16.

17.

19.

20).

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Turritella ulkinsont Tate and May, 1900, Trans. Roy. Soe, S. Aust., xxty,

p. 95. New name for 7. fasmenied T-Wds., 1876, Prog. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1875,

p. 140, non Reeve 1849. Also Tate and May, 1901 (Dee.), Proe. Linn. Soc.,

NIA.W., xxvi, 8, p. 378, pl. xxiii, fig. 15-17. Long Bay. Tasmania. Synonyni

T. lusmaniensis (T-Wads.), Tate and May, 1900 (Dee.), Jae. etf., quoted as

equivalent name to 7. fasmanica.

Turrilella medioangulata Vereo 1910, Trans. Roy. Soe., S. Aust., xxxiv, p.

125, pl. xxx, fig. 8,9. 104 fath. 35 miles 8.W. of Neptune Is., Suk. iA closely

allied species regarded by Verco as a variety of 7. athinson,

Subgenus Gavzamepa Tredale, 1924.

Proc. Linn, Soe., N.S.W., xlix (iii), 1924, p. 247.

Turritella quand Reeve, 1549, Conch, Teon., v, pl. ux, fig, 44. Symon, 7.

philippensis Watson 1881, Journ. Linu, Soc, xy, p. 225, Chall. Rep. Zool.,

xv, p. 479, pl. xxx, fiz. 6,35 fath, Port Phillip.

4.4 Turvilella seplifraya Tate 1893, Trans. Roy, Soe, 5, Aust., xvii, 1893, p. 336,

pl. xviil, fig. 5, Spring Creek, Janjukian.

5. tTurritella uericula aerieula Tate, 1898, Tbid. p. 339, pl. viii, fie. 4. River

Murray Cliffs, Lower Miocene.

tTurritella acricula adelaidensis Cottou and Woods, 1935. Abaitoirs Bore,

Adelaide, Upper Pliocene.

+Turritella acricula wvictaricnsis Cotton and Woods, 1935. Turritella aeneula

var. Tate, Trans, Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., xvii, 1898, p. 840, pl. ix, fie. 4, 7.

Ss. ¢Turrilella acricula tasmeaniensis Cotton and Woods, 1935. Turnitella aer-

cula var. Tate, Trans. Roy. Soe., S. Aust., xvii, 1898, p. 340, pl. ix. fie. 12.

tTurrifella subacricula Cotton and Woods, 1985.

Turrileila lasmanica Reeve, 1849, Conch. Leon, v, pl. is, fig. 42. Van Die-

men’s Land. Synon. Turrifella subsquamosa Dunker, 1871, Mal. Blatt.,

xvill, p. 142, Bass Strait. Turritella acuta Tenison-Woods, 1876, Proce. Roy.

Soe., Tas., 1876, p. 143. Lone Bay, Tasmania. T'erritella lanellosa Watson,

1881, Journ. Linn. Soe. Zool, xv, p. 229, Chall. Rep. Zool., xv, 1886, p. 47-4

pl. xxix, fig. 6. 40 fath., off Hast Moneoenr [s., Bass Strait. Tarritella oxy-

weris Tate 1897, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxi, 1897, p. 41; new name for

T. acuta T.-Wds., non Mayer, 1859.

Gazameda iredalei Finlay 1927, Trans, N.Z Inst. Ivii, p. 496, New name

for 7. clathrata Kiener, 1843, leon. Coq. Viy., 38, pl. xiv, fig, 1, nen Deshayes

1833 ‘‘Shores of New Ilolland’’ (S.A.).

22+ Turrilella mullicineturatis Chapman and Crespin, 1928, Rec. Geol Siew,

Vie., v, 1, p. 116, pl. viii, fig. 46. Sorrento Bore, 741 ft. (Kalionan).

CoTTON AND Woops—RECENT AND Fossit TURRITELLIDAE 385

Subgenus Crenocourus Lrecdale, 1928.

Ree. Aust. Mus., xiv, 4, p. 266. Genotype (by original designation) T. aus-

fralis Lamarck,

23. Turrilella westrulis Lamarek, 1822, An, 8. Vert., vii, p. 59; also Kiener 1845,

Coq. Viv, 36, pL, fig. 8. Synon. 7. granulifer T.-Wds., 1876, Proce. Roy. Sov.,

Tas.. 187h, p. 142.) Port Arthur, Tasmania.

24. tTurritella pagodula Tate, 1893, Trans, Roy. Soe., S. Aust. xvil, p, 336.

25. tT urritela lerebellata Tate, 1893, Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., xvii, pb. 3sé,

Limestone Creek, Glenelg River (Werrikooian). Noted as being like 7’.

pagodula but with anterior keel nodulose; this, toeether with the loeality,

seems fo validate the species.

26. Turritella curtalis Hedley, 1907, Ree. Aust. Mus,. vi, 4, p. 357, pl. bxevii, fig.

1). 800 fath. 35 miles east of Sydney,

Turritella joamnae Hedley, 1923, Proc. Linn, Soe. N.8,W., xlvii, 3, p. 311,

New name for 7. (Colpospira) erennluta Donald, 1900, Proe. Mal. Soe., iv.

=~]

2,p.92, pl. vy. tie. 26, nom Nyst. 1843, Syvnon, Turritella reend Cossman, 1912,

Hiss. Pal. Comp. ix, p. 119, non Dautz and HKisher, 1907; new name for 7.

crenulata Donald.

28. tTurritella medioplicatiis Chapman & Crespin, 1928, Rec. Geol. Surv. Viet.

y, 1, p. 116, pl. vill, fig. 47. 1,461 ft, Sorrento Gore (Balcombian).,

29. tPurritella warburtoni’ Tenison-Woods, 1876, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas.. 1876, p.

99; Tate, Trans. Roy, Soe., 8. Aust. xvii, 1898, p. 357, pl. viii, fie. 2 (Lopo-

type). Table Cape, Tasmania (Lower Miocene),

80.42 urvitedla sturti Tenison-Woods, 1876, Proe. Roy. Soe., Tas., 1876, p. 99;

Tate, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xvii, 1893, p. 388, pl. viii, fig. 6 (topotype).

Suheennus Conposrma Donald, 1900.

Proc, Mal, Soe. iv, 2. p. 51. Genotype (by original designation) 7. rune?-

nata Watson,

31. Taerritella runcinata Watson, 1881, Journ, Linn, Soe., Zool., xv, p. 218, Chall.

Rep. Zool., xv, p. 475, pl. xxx, fie. 8. 88-40 fath. Kast Moneoeur [s., Bass

Strain. Torewa fennilirata Dunker, 1869, Mus. Godeff., Cat. +. p. 77, No.

3455; Nomen undum. Bass Strait. Murchison’ sutoris Danker, 1874, ibid.

5, p. 148, substitute name for 7. fennilirata referred to Zaria on p. 212. Name

validated as a synonym of rameinata by Donald 1900, Proe. Mal, Soe.. iv, 2,

p.o0. Turritella higgasi Petterd, 1884, Journ. Coneh.. iv, p. 135. Taruar

Tleads, Tastnania,

386 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

82. Turrilella uceisi Watson, 1881, Journ, Linn, Soe, Zool, xv, p. 220, Dhid.

1886, p. 476, pl. xxxi, fig. 4.

B33. Turrilella sinuata Reeve 1849, Conch. Teon., v, pl. ix, fig. 62. Turritedla

tacisa Tenison-Woods, 1878, Proe. Linn. Sov, N.S.W., 4, p. 262, Lredale,

1925, Ree, Aust. Mus., xiv, 4, p. 267, pl. xliii, fig. 23. Turritella sophiae

Brazier, 1883, Proe. Linn, Soc., N.S.W.. vili, p. 227; new name for 7. tneisa

T.-Wds., non Reeve, 1849.

Mh. Turritcila cordisme’ Watson 1881, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., xv, p. 224, Chall.

Rep., Zool, xv, 1886, p. 469, pl. xxix, fig. 1. 38-40 fath. East Mancoeur Is.,

Bass Strait.

35. +Turritella platyspira enison-Woods, 1879, Proe., Linn. Soe. N.S .W., iii, p.

234, pl. xx, fig. 18. Muddy Creek Lr, (Balcombian).

36. Turritella acinella Chapman and Crespin, 1928, Ree, Geol. Sury., Vie. v, 1,

p. 115, pl. viii, fig, 45. 1,310 ff. Sorrento Bore (Balcombian).

37. +Turritella aldingae Tate 1882, Trans. Roy. Soe., 8. Aust., v, 42; ibid. Dee.,

xvii, 1893, p. 336, pl. viii, fig. 1. Aldinga, S.A. (Janjulian).

38. tVioritella conspicabilis Tate, 1893, Trans, Roy, Soc,, 5, Aust., xvil, p. 339,

pl. viii, fig. 7. Gippsland Lakes (Kalimnan).

39. tfurrilella tristira Tate, 1884, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1884. p, 227, Trans, Roy.

Soe., 8. Aust., xvii, 1893, p. 388, pl. vill, fig. 8. Table Cape, Tasmania (lower

Miocene).

Subgenus Prarycoupus Donald, 1900.

bal

Prot. Mal. Soe., ivy, 2, p. 53. Genotype (by original designation) 7. (Colpos-

pire) quadrata Donald.

40. Turritella (Colpospira) quadrata Donald, 1900, Proe. Mal. Soe., iv, 2. p. 538,

pl. v, fig. 8-8b. 45 fath. Bass Strait.

41, Colpospira guillawmet Iredale, 1924, Proc. Linn. Soe, N.S.W., xlix, 3, p. 248,

pl. xxxvi, fig. 4,15, 5-10 fath. Twotold Bay, N.S.W.

42. Turritella cirewmligala Vereo, 1910, Trans. Roy. Soe., 8. Aust., xxxiy, p. 125,

pl. 80, fig. 8,4. 110 fath. Beachport, SoA.

43. Turritella mediolevis Vereo 1910, Trans. Roy. Soe., 8. Aust., xxxiv, p. 121,

pl. xxx, fig. 5-6, 62 fath. Cape Borda, S.A,

44. Turritella quadrata var. seilula Donald, 1900, Proe. Mal. Soe., iv, 2, p. o4,

pl. vy, fig. 9.

Guyprozarta lredale, 1924.

Proe, Linn. Soe., N.S.W., xlix, 3, p. 248. Genotype (by original designation)

7. opulenta Hedley.

COTTON AND Woops—RECENT AND FOssIL TURRITELLIDAE 387

45. Turritella opulenta Wedley, 1907, Rec. Aust. Mus., vi, 4, p. 292, pl. Ixv, fig. 9.

41-50 fath. Cape Three Points, N.S.W.

46. +Turritella transenna Tenison-Woods, 1879, Proe. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., iii, p.

234, pl. 20, fig. 8. Muddy Creek (Balcombian) ; Tate Trans. Roy. Soe., 8.

Aust., xvii, p. 335.

47. Glyptozaria columnaria Cotton and Woods, 1935.

Genus Partora Marwick, 1931.

N.Z. Geol. Soc. Pal. Bull, xiii, p. 94. Genotype (by original designation )

Eglisia striolata Hutton.

48. +Masalia stylacris Tate, 1893, Trans. Roy. Soe., S. Aust., xvii, p. 341, pl. ix,

fig. 38. Aldinga, S.A. (Janjukian).

+ Fossil,

DESCRIPTIONS OF FOSSIL CHITONS FROM EUROPE IN THE

ASHBY COLLECTION AT THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

By EDWIN ASHBY, F.L.S., AND BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST,

S.A. MUSEUM

Summary

The writers are greatly indebted to Dr. Jaroslav Sule, of Prague, Czechoslovakia, for the

gift of this valuable collection, and as no descriptions in English have yet been published

we offer an account of the material submitted. The specimens are from the Eocene and

Miocene beds at the places named below. In drawing up the descriptions here presented,

the material was examined under a Zeiss binocular with paired objectives a3, and oculars

No. 4, giving a magnification of 65 diameters.

DESCRIPTIONS or FOSSIL CHITONS rrom EUROPE in

rue ASHBY COLLECTION ar rue SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM

By EDWIN ASHBY, F.LS., ann BERNARD C, COTTON, ConcuHovocist, 8.A. Museum.

THe writers ave greatly indebted to Dr. Jaroslav Sule, of Prague, Czechoslovakia,

for the gift of this valuable collection, and as no descriptions in Knelish have

yet been published we offer an account of the material submitted. The specimens

are from the Eocene and Miocene beds at the places named below. In drawing up

the descriptions here presented, the material was examined under a Zeiss bin-

ocular with paired objectives a8, and ovulars No. 4, giving a magnification of 65

diameters.

The numbers and letters followme the habitat indicate the geographical

horizons. Keler to Sule (4).

LepipoPpLEuRUS DECORATUS Rss,

The selpture of the median valves is beautifully preserved, the lateral area

is much raised, and the growth grooves are almost as deep as in L. cujefanus Poli,

a living European form. The pleural area is decorated with granulose, rather

wayy, longitudinal ribs composed of flat-topped grains, bridged across to the next.

parallel rib, as is usual in the genus Callistochiton. The same bridging (or semi-

network) scuipture is present in the lateral area.

Habital: Rudoltice, 2.1.c. (Three fragments of median valves),

Lepiporipeurus (PARACHITON) THIELEL Sule.

The type of sculpture much resembles that of the Australian L. columnarius

Hedley & May, which was (lvedged by May off Cape Pillar, Tasmania. The

posterior slope behind the mucro is very steep and concave, the longitudinal rib-

lets ave close together, and minutely granulose but without any bridging.

Habital: Steinabrunn, 10.1. (One tail valve).

HANLEYA MULTIGRANOSA Rss,

Head valve: Well elevated, but the sculpture looks very juvenile, coarse

granules only just beginning to show on the outer margin. Median valve: Decor-

ated with squamose granulose sculpture common to the genus Acanthachiton.

(1) Sule, Annclen des Naturhistorischen Museums in Wien, Bd, 47, 1934, p- 1-31, pL 1-2.

390 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Tail valve: Muero antemedian, placed about the anterior third; sculpture like

that of the median valves but less flat. Artieulwmentune: We cannot detect any

insertion plate in the head valve. Viewed trom the upper side, the tail valve

seems to show an insertion plate and some short slits, but if is possible that this

edge is tegmentum, In one of the median valves on one side, the insertion plate

is well developed and practically complete, and there is no sign of a slit, not even

an inside suture corresponding with a slit that has been eroded. In this respeet.

it aeeords with Afossochiton Ashby. This is of importance beeause Dr. Sule sug-

wests that the unslit appearance of some fossil acanthoid forms is due to the

absorption or erosion of that portion of the insertion plate. [1 is evident that this

species cannot be veferred to the genus Idmideya, siuce in that genus there ig no

insertion plate in the median valves.

Habitat: Rudoltice, 2.1.¢. (One head valye, two median valves, aud one tail

valve).

MIppENDORFF'1A LEPIDA Rss,

Head valve: Anterior slope convex, sculpture closely minutely granulose, a

sinall area at the apex smooth. Median valves Arched aud beaked, the side slope,

ina larwe valve, straight alwost to the girdle but slightly curved uear the ede,

the whole of the valve covered with minute decussate sculpture except close to the

beak, which is smooth; lateral area unusually narrow and only a little raised; the

eranules in this area larger than in the pleural area; the sculpture of a smaller

valve is flatter, but this may be due to extreme juvenility. Tad valve: Rather

flat, mucro median, posterior separated from anterior by a raised diagonal rib,

posterior slope slightly coneave. Articulamen/wn: Llead valve teeth sharp, smooth

edwed, with seven well defined slits (ischnoid in character), sutural laminae of

end valves weak, and suture between broad. ‘Tail valve. Nine slits, median valve

slits 1/1, the sutural laminae are stronger aud more produced forward than in the

end valves. In the larger of the two median valves and the tail valve, the edges

of the laminae adjoining the sutural sinus are straight, and set at an angle of 45°

to the median longitudinal line.

Habitat: Rudoltice, 2.1.4. (One head, two median, and one tail valve).

CALLOCHITON ZIGZAG Sule,

The two fragments of median valves and the fragment of head valve were

examined. The minute deenssate sculpture of the tegmentum, the propped. teeth,

and the spongy eaves of the insertion plate conclusively prove that this is a true

Callochiton.

Habitat: Kninice, 4.1.c. (One bead, two median, and one tail valve, trag-

ments).

ASHBY AND COTTON—FOSSIL CHITONS FROM EUROPE 391

ACANTILOCHITON PALUNIENSIS Roch.

Head valve; Kleyvated, showing in one valve indications of five rayfolds, the

whole decorated with closely packed, evenly arranged, flat-lopped grains. Median

value: Dorsal area narrow, raised and longitudinally erooved; the pleural and

lateral areas are not differentiated, but equally decorated with flat @rains similar

to the head valve but larger, and arranged in longitudinal rows, Tail value:

Rather worn, muero central. well defined, posterior slope slightly concave, a

diagonal fold separates the anterior from the posterior, seulptuve similar to the

median valve. Ardienlamentum: Wead valve insertion plate broad, slits five,

median valve slits 1/1, tail valve two slits. This is a typiesl Acanthachilon.

Hiahital: Kninice, 4.1.¢. (Several of each valve).

ACANTHOCIUTON (2) PALUNTENSIS Roch,

Two fragments of median valves differ in two respects from the Kuinice

examples deseribed aboye. Hach specimen shows deeper longitudinal grooving on

the dorsal area, brit this difference may be due to the better preservation of this

sculpture,

The second difference is only exhibited in one of ihe two specimens. In this

the granmlose sculpture ts more wicely spaced, and many of the grains are broadly

ovate, With more material, especially if it inelnuded end valves, the species may

be specifically separated trom Acunthochiton faluniensis Roch,

Habilat: Steinabrunn, 10.1. (Two portions of median valves with sculpture

well preserved),

ORYPTOPLAX (2?) WEINLANDI Sule.

We selected seven valves, all median, five representing one species, and two

another form or distinet species.

Porm No. 1. Median valve: 3-5 unm. long, 2 mm. broad. A little worn, tee

Inentim complete, sutural laminae fairly well preseryed. Dorsal area narrow

and seenmnely smooth, the rest of the fezmentum decorated with six well raised

ribs (with narrow interstitial grooves), of which four run the full length of the

valve; two shorter ribs near the girdle; posterior of yalye bluntly beaked, no

ave

Inulose sculpture yisible, and as the preservation is good the sculpture cannot

have been eroded.

Habitat: Kniniee, 4.1.¢.

Porm No. 2. Median valve: One oexample is Timm. in width and 2-9 mm. in

length. The other is fully as wide, but only 2 mm. in leneth (but this valve is

not perfect). Both have narrow dorsal areas and longitudinal parallel ribbing,

392 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

the ribs narrow and shallow, the interstitial grooves very wide, and no granulose

sculpture. The grooving or ribbing is the reverse of Form 1.

Habitat: Kniniee, 4.1.0.

It is probable that two distinct speeies at least are represented by these

forms. There is one siriking difference between these juvenile examples from

Europe and the species of the same genus now living in Australian waters. In the

latter the yery juvenile sculpture is granulose, and changes into longitudinal

sculpture as maturity approaches, whereas in the fossils there is no granulose

seulpture. Another important feature is that in the two fossil species Cryptoplir

halli and Cryptoplar gatliffi described from Australia, no example bas been seen

showing tegmental seulpture, whereas in all seven examples from Kninice, teg-

mental seulpture is clearly seen. The entire absence of tegmental sculpture in the

fossil Australian species casts some doubt on their identification as valves of a

Crytoplar. The only feasible explanation is that some acid solution has dissolved

away the tegmentum and left the articulamentum, Against this is the fact

that in the same beds with the fossil Cryptoplar ave found well preserved ex-

amples of other genera of elitons.

[SCTINOCHITON RUDOLTICENSIS Sule.

Head valve: The upper two-thirds is smooth, the outer third minutely de-

cussate. Tail valve: The muero is well defined, and raised slightly ante-nedian ;

the posterior slope immediately behind the muero is very steep and then abruptly

flat, the flat portion being much extended posteriorly, giving the effect of a

strongly concave posterior slope. Sculpture irregularly minutely deeussate, the

wiranules fused together in places. A diagonal rib divides the posterior from the

anterior in this valve, The anterior is similar to the posterior in sculpture except

near the margin, where several granulose ribs appear. Medivn valve: The frag-

nent represents only a little more than half the valve, but the senlpture is well

preserved, it must have belonged to a specimen about three times as large as those

from which the tail valves come, The sculpture is very coarse, and distinet From

that on the two tail valves deseribed above. This median valve is very flatly

arched, not earinated, the posterior of the dorsal avea is smooth, with ill defined

decussation where it adjoins the pleural area. The lateral area is strongly raised,

and erossed in the outer half by four very much raised verniform ribs; the upper

half of this area shows only shallow transverse ribbing. The senlptiure of the

pleural area consists of twelve strong, subgramulose, longitudinal ribs, the

erooves between these ribs being only one-third the width of the ribs.

Artievlamentum: Tlead valve nine slits, the inside is highly polished, and

ASHBY AND COTTON—FossiIL CHITONS FROM EUROPE 393

showing parallel grooving, Median valve slits 1/1, sutural laminae laterally

broad but anteriorly shallow. Tail valve twelve slits, sutural laminae iuperfect,

Hab-tal: Rudoltice, 2.1.e. (One example of each valve).

The difference in the sculpture between the median valve and that of the end

valves is so great that they appear to be different species, but being aware that the

character of the sculpture in the very juvenile is often reversed in the adult, we

Inay assume that such is the case in this species,

CHILTON (CORALLINUS) DENUDATUS Rss,

Medion vive: Carinated, side slope steep, dorsal area smooth; lateral area

raised, seemingly unseulptured; plemral area crossed by seven narrow longi-

tndinal grooves, the ribs between being flat, smooth, and much broader than the

grooves, giving the appearance of weatherboarding or imbrieating tiling, Tail

valve: Muero ante-median at the anterior third, is barely raised, but defined by

the sculpture; elevated, the posterior slope convex and steep, unseulptured, the

anterior portion sculptured similar to the pleural areas of the median valve: tive

longitudinal grooves. Artieulamentum: Median valve slits 1/7. tail valve slits

ten, tather irregnilar, inside pink, sutural laminae shallow, sinus broad. Althouwh

the serrated vdge of teeth on the insertion plate is not clearly seen, it seems prob-

able that this is correetly referred to the genus Chilon ss.

Habitat: Nuadoltice, 2.1,¢. (One median aud one tail valve),

Orrron noremieus Roch.

Head valve: Elevated, slope fairly steep, very slightly eouvex, surface min-

utely deenssate, and with evidence of shallow ray vibs. Median valve: Plat, lonei-

tudinally narrow, side slope shallow, almost straight; lateral area raised and

smooth; plenral area with five longitudinal grooves, ridges between wide and

flat, giving the appearance of imbrieating. Vail valve: Very flat, muero defined

by a diagonal rib whieh divides the two areas, the anterior similar to the pleural

of the median valves showing longitudinal grooves, dorsal area wide and smooth.

carination shallow, posterior area smooth, posterior slope very shallow and. flat.

Arteulamention: Pale pink, head valve nine slits, irreevular teeth slightly ser-

vate; median valve slits 1/1, tail valve slits 11, irregular, slightly serrate.

Uahilat: Rudoltiee, 2.1.e. (One head, one tail. and one median valve).

CHIton JutrNeRt Sule.

Head valve: The entire surface pitted and wrinkled, the outer two-thirds

showing thirteen broad, subgranulose ray ribs. Wedian valees: Fragments only,

lateral area raised and divided equally by one deep, radiating groove, the ribs

394 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

showing transverse growth grooves, the pleural area crossed by seyen longi-

tudinal, much curved, deep, narrow grooves, the ribs between proportionately

broad and flat; where these ¢rooves turn sharply upwards at the junction with

the lateral areas they form seven deep pits; dorsal area shallow, broad, and

smooth, Tail valre: Muero at the anterior third, defined by a shallow diagonal

rib, anterior portion decorated as in the pleural area of the median valves (but

in shape slighily convex), portion behind the muero shallowly concave, smooth

behind the mucro, outer third showing twenty short, shallow, granulose ray ribs.

Articulamentum: White and pale pink, highly polished. TTead valve slits six,

median slits 1/1, tail valve seven slits, sutural laminae small, teeth serrate.

Habitat: Rudoltice, 2.1.¢. (One tail, one head, and two median valves).

CALLOCHITON RARIPLICATUS Rss.

Sule identified this as‘! Chiten’’ rariplicatus, but we maintain that it shonld

be placed in the genus Callochilon.

Median value: Beoaked, showing subearination near the beak, otherwise

arched, side slope straight except near the beak; lateral area very broad and

smooth, very slightly raised; pleural area smooth except for five shallow, very

narrow ribs, fhat commence at the lateral area, and with the exception of the

outer one, traverse half way across the area; the third rib from the dorsal area

has a short rib close to it, but not in contact. Tai ralre: Muero at the anterior

fourth, defined but shallow, posterior slope apparently faintly convex, without

sculpture other than slight decussation seen wider 65 diameters magnification ;

the much reduced anterior portion, which is very small, shows three narrow,

sharply raised ribs. Articulamentum: The half median valve has two yery well

defined slits, the slits long and deep, the insertion plate broad and trimmed down:

wards ina peculiar manner; the sutural laminae shallow, but laterally very broad,

and joined across the middle line. Tail value: Slits nine, teeth show some

vrooves, eaves spongy.

Habitats: Rudoltiee, 2.1.6. (One tail, and half a median valve).

The double slitting on the one side of the half median valve, the joining of

the sutural laminae across the middle line, combined with the smooth sculpture

and apparent propping of the teeth and the spongy eaves, show this to be a

Callochiton and not a Chilon s.s. The bending downwards of the insertion plate

is the only feature that is diffieult to explain,

THREE NEW CUMACEA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By HERBERT M. HALE, DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Two of the species described below were collected by Mr. B. C. Cotton from stones

dredged in shallow water. The third was taken by Mr. W. H. Baker a long time ago.

Family Bodotriidae

Cyclaspis G. O. Sars.

Cyclapsis caprella sp. nov.

Adult male. Integument not highly indurated. Carapace more than one-fourth total length,

and with greatest width only about one-half its length and equal to its height ; dorsum

with a rather feeble median longitudinal ridge, and with a pair of shallow and

inconspicuous depressions in front of the middle of length ; antennal notch distinct, and

antennal angle subacute ; inferior margin on each side produced forwards anteriorly to

form an acute inwardly curved horn, which reaches a little beyond the level of the ocular

lobe. Pseudorostral lobes not quite reaching apex of the prominent ocular lobe, which

bears a number of lenses, and is pigmented.

THREE NEW CUMACEA rrom SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By HERBERT M, HALT, Direcror, Sourn Ausrrantian Museum,

Fig. 1-6.

Two of the species described below were collected by Mr. B. C. Cotton from stones

dredged in shallow water. The third was taken by Mr. W. H. Baker a long time ago.

Famity BODOTRIIDAE

Oycnuasprs G. O. Sars.

CYCLASPIS CAPRELLA Sp. NOV.

Adult male. Tntegument not highly indurated. Carapace more than one-

fourth total leneth, and with greatest width only about one-half its length and

equal to its height; dorsum with a rather feeble median longitudinal ridge, and

Fig. 1, Cyclaspis caprella, type male; a, lateral yiew; b, dorsal view of carnpace (X19).

with a pair of shallow and inconspicuous depressions in front of the middle of

lenuth; antennal notch distinct, and antennal angle subacute; inferior margin on

each side produced forwards anteriorly to form an aeute inwardly curved horn,

whieh reaches a little beyond the level of the oeular lobe, Pseudorostral lobes not

quite reaching apex of the prominent ocular lobe, which bears a number of lenses,

and is pigmented,

396 REcoknS OF THE S.A, MusEUM

First pedigerous somite concealed. Second with an elevated compressed

dorsal tubercle. Third not so deep, with an indistinet elevation on each lateral

faee. Fourth and fifth with pleural portions expanded, each with a pair of trian-

gular dorsal tubereles.

All pleon somites with a faint median dorsal ridge; on the first somite the

(lorsal ridge is elevated posteriorly as a blant tubercle. and there is an obseure

elevation on cach side; first five somites with strong articnlar processes.

Outer flavelluin of first antennae two-jointed. Lash of second antennae

reaching to end of pedunele of nropods, concealed beneath overhanging mfero-

Nig, 2, Cyelaspis eaprella, type male; a, lateral view of front of envapaee; by third meayxil-

liped; &, dl, and e, first, second, and third perdeapods Gill X 44); f, uropod (x 82).

lateral margins of pleon.

Basis of third maxillipeds seareely bent, and with apieal process reaching

nearly to leyel of apex of carpus; remaining joints together much shorter than

basis; merus with very long external process extending bevond apex of earpus,

which is rather elongate. Basis of first peraeopods equal in length to the remaininy

segments together, with a plumose seta at apex which is not at all produced ; carpus

and propodus equal in length, dactylus a little shorter. Second peraeopods longer

than third to fifth pairs, with basis almost as long as the five terminal joints to-

vether, and with isehium distinet.

Pedunele of nropoda one-fourth as lone again as endopod and three-fourths

as long again as telsonie somite, with a row of rather long setae. whieh diminish

in length posteriorly, on the inner margin; rani subequal in length, the exopod

HAaLE—NEW CUMACEA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 397

slightly longer than ihe single-jointed endopod, and with wicely-spaced setae on

inner margin; eudopod with setae and a few very short spines on inner margin,

Leneth 6:3 mim.

Colour pale brown.

Loe, South Australia: Off Black Point, Yorke Peninsula, 4-6 fath. bottom

dredge (1. C. Cotton, ApL, 1934), Type, male, in South Australian Museum, Reg.

No. ©, 2044.

In this distinct species the carapace has procurved lateral corm as in

Kocuma, but ditfers in having the basis of the first peraeopods not produced dis-

tally into a pointed lobe, the second lees relatively long, with the isehinm net

sippressed, and the uropods typically as in Cyelaspis with elongate pedunele,

The strongly seulptured @. bowis Hale (1928, p. 32, fig. 12) has a pair of

deep and massive lateral projections on the carapace, but has all the facies of

Cuycluspis.

Sy mMpeopomMMA Stebbine,

Three species of the genus nay vow be listed for Australian waters. The first

of these was referred to SX, africunum Stebbing by the writer (Hale, 1928, p. 40,

fix, 0-10), the second was recently described from Queensland (Foxon, 1932, p. 338,

fie, 5-6), and the third is recorded below. The Australian forms are easily

separated,

a. Dorsal carina of carapace with three prominent teeth .. africanum

aa. Dorsal carina of carapace with no prominent teeth,

bh. Dorgal carina of carapace with one dorsal tooth, Hirst joint

of endopod of uropoda much longer than second, Dae-

tylus of se¢ond peraeopod slender, longer than mers

and carpus together “fi bt - ‘4 L. ustraliensis

bh. Dorsal carina of carapace with a row of more than a dozen

sinall spines. First joint of endopod of tropoda sub-

equal in leneth to second. Dactylus of second peraeo-

pod stout, only abort as long as earpus 2 baker

SyMpPopDOMMA BAKDERT sp. noy.

Non-ovigerous female. Integument moderately hard, Carapace twice as long

as deep, very narrow, its greatest breadth considerably less than the depth; a little

shorter than the five pedigerous somites towether, and less than one-fourth the

total lenwth: dorsal carina sharp, with a series of fourteen small spines, the firs!

cituated at one-fourth of the length from the end of the ocular lobe, the last at the

middle of the length. Ocular lobe narrow, subtriangular, extending beyoud

pseudorostral lobes, and with anterior margin erennlate; darkly pigmented, and

398 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

with several lenses. Pseudorostral lobes very narrowly subtruneate in dorsal view,

with anterior edges crenmate, Antennal notch very narrow but rather deep, aud

antennal angle rounded and erenulate.

First pedigerous somite widened dorsally and inferiorly, its short lateral areas

overlapped by the second somite; pleural parts of third to fitth somites hackwardly

produced,

Fig. s. Sympodomma bakevi, type female; a, lateril view; b, dorsal view of earapaee (X 13);

é, arterial noteh and anterolateral angle of carapace; dy dorsi view of anterior ead of carapace

(X71).

Pleon somites smooth; first to fifth suecessively increasing in leneth, with

postero-lateral margins baekwardly produecd ; telsomic somite only as lone as first,

produced between bases of uropoda,

Kirst antennae with first joint of pedituele stout, widened basally, nearly twice

as long as the secoud, and much longer than the third; flayelhun two-jointed, and

terminating in a pair of jointed setae; accessory flagellum short but two-jointed.

Basis of third maxillipeds gently curved, much more than twice as lone as

the palp, and with produced distal portion reaching beyond distal margin of

merns; ischiim, merus, carpus. and propodns subequal in length, daetylus (ex-

clusive of long terminal spine) a little shorter. First peraeopods extending well

heyond anterior margin of carapace; basis slender, slightly eurved towards its

HALE—NEW CUMACEA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 399

base, and shorter than the remaining joints together; merus with a short stout

apical spine; carpus and propodus subequal in length, dactylus a little shorter.

Second peracopods stout and armed with spines; isehinm cistinet, carpus slightly

louver than merus and a little shorter than daetylus; propodus short, barely half

as long asmerus. Basis of third pair somewhat shorter than rest of lintb, that of

fourth one-half as long as remaining joints (ineluding claw of dactylus), and that

of third leys than half as long as rest of Limb; carpus of last three peracopods longer

than merus and propodus; dactylus short.

Pig. 4. Sympodomma bukeri, type female; a, first antenna (x 40); 1, third maxilliped ;

e tog, first to fifth peraeopods; h, uropods (xX 25).

Pedunele of uropods nearly as long as fifth pleon somite, and oue-and-three-

fourths times as long asthe rami, which are equal in length; inner margin armed

with move than a dozen spines; exopod with first jomt rather more than half as

long as second, its apex with several long spines, but inner marein with a few setae

only; endopod with the two joints subequal in leneth, the inner margins of each

armed with about (en spines of different lengths, and apex with slender spines.

Colour brown, marked with dark brown stellate spots.

Length 10 mm.

400 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MusEUM

Loc. South Australia: Gull St. Vincent (W. IL. Baker, 1910). Type in

South Australian Museum, Ree. No. C. 2045,

This species is named after my esteemed friend Mr. W. Ll. Baker, who has

done so much for carcinology in onr State. It has all the facies typical of Sympo-

damima, the narrow ocular lobe, the anteriorly produced basis of the third maxil-

lipeds, ete,

The only other species of the venus whieh laeks prominent dorsal teeth on the

sarapace is 8. webers (Calman, 1905, p. 6, pl. i, fig, 7-12), but that species differs

in having the earapace of different shape, with ao clistinet row of spines on the

dorsal carina, the dactylus of the first peraeopods mueh longer than the earpus,

the first joint of the endopod of the uropoda much longer than the second, ete.

Faminy DIASTYLIDAE

Dimorvilosty Lis Zimaner,

DIMORPIOSTY LIS COPTONT Sp. noy.

Male. Integuinent flexible and stroug. Carapace with well-marked and finely

crentilate lateral ridges: five of these are long and fomvardly directed, the most

posterior submareginal to the hinder edge, and the four following not meeting in

fhe ud-line; a short ridge extends across the base of each pseucdorostral lobe and

ineets the anterior rounded portion of the broad eyelobe, while a short ridge joins

the evelobe ai the middle of its leneth, and connects it with an obliqne backwardly-

directed ridge which touches the pseudorosival ridge on each side. Carapace a

little less than one-third total leneth, and ahnost twice as long as the five pedigerous

somites together; vertical height about one-half length. and considerably less than

vreatest width. Psendorostral lobes short, scarcely upturned, apieally subacute.

Antennal noteh distinet aud antennal angle rounded, Ocular lobe with a single

laree lens, which is net plemented,

Second to fourth pedigerous somites subequal in leneth, and fitth a little

longer ; first largely concealed ; second to fourth side plates expanded, on the (hire

pedigerous somite overlapping that of second and fourth,

Hirst three somites of pleon subequal iu length; fourth longer and subequal in

length to sixth; fifth nearly half as long again as sixth, Telson, including its

apical spines, abort as loug as sixth somite; with a pair of upturned apical spines

aud three spines on each lateral margin of posterior portion, Second antennae

with the flagellum reaching back to end of peduncle of uropoda.,

Third maxilliped with basis eeniviuate, with a row of plimose spines on distal

half of the onter edge and with apex produced and expanded on inner side, the

HateE—NEW CUMACEA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 401

lamellate portion capped with several long pliumose setae; palp less than one-half

as lone as basis; ischium and merus short, together not much longer than carpus,

whieh is subequal in length to propodus; merus with a strong plimose seta on

inner marein. Exopods of peraeopods expanded. First peraeopod extending for

halt its length beyond level of pseudorostrim; basis geniculate not prodneed apie-

ally, with pliumose setae on outer edge and apex; isehivm shorter than mers,

whieh is half as long as carpus; propodis almost half as long again as. carpus.

Wig. 5. Dimorphostylis cotton, type male; a, latent view; b, dorsal view of cephalothorasx

(* 46).

Second peraeopod reaching forward a little beyond basis of first pair, the basis

widened at proximal third (where it is move than oue-third the length) and with

the apical expansion reaching to level of end of merus; ischium very short, and

mers one-fourth as long as the elongate carpus, Third peraeopod with basis

similar to thal of second, but shorter, and with apieal lamella smaller, reaching

heyond distal imarein of the ischiume; mers and earpts subequal in length. Basis

of fourth peraeopod with distal expansion shorter than in others; rest of limh

wuch asin third, Mifth peraeopod with basis abruptly narrower, widest at apes :

ischirumt about one-third as long as merus, whieh is equal in length to carpus.

Peciinele of uropoda twice as long as sixth pleon somite, with thirteen short

plumose spines ou inner edge; rami, iueluding terminal spines, equal in length;

without the spines the endopod is one-third as long again as exopod ; first joint of

402 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

endopod two and a half times as loug as second and third joints together, and with

eleven marginal spines; third longer than second, and slightly shorter than ter-

ininal spine; second and third segments each with one spine at inner apical angle;

basal joint of exopod one-fourth of the leneth of second, which is one-fourth as

long again as terminal spine.

Colour white.

Length 5 mm,

Loc. South Australia; Gulf St. Vineeut, 3 miles off Semaphore, bottom

dredge, 5-7 fath, (B.C. Cotton, Nov., 1931). Type in South Australian Musewn,

Ree. No. C. 2042.

Vig. 6. Dimorphostylis cottoni, type males a, third maxilliped ; b tof, first to Gifth peraeopods

(x 29)5 g, terminal somites of plean and uropod (* 43). Paratype immature iiade; by first

antenna (%< 77); i, terminal somites of pleon and uropod (x 43),

A male 3-3 mm. in length was taken at the same time. In this the absence of

pleopods and the state of development of the exopods of the legs indicate imma-

turity ; the first antennae are not hairy, and have the second joints of the pedunele

ouly about half as long as the first, which is longer than the third; the accessory

flagellum is small and two-jointed, the outer three-jointed, the last seement minute.

The telson has a pair of apical spines, but only one spine on each lateral marein

near the apex. The wropods are relatively shorter than in the adult, the peduncle

HaLE—NEW CUMACEA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 403

being only one and one-half times as long as the sixth pleon somite, and barely

longer than the endopod, instead of nearly half as long again; the proportions of

the joints of the endopod are different, being 38:11:12, and the terminal spine 13.

The peduncle of the uropods is armed with only eight marginal spines, the first

seement of the endopod with five, and the second and third segments with one each.

The male of D. cottoni resembles the male of the genotype, from Japan, much

more closely than does the Queensland D. australis Foxon (1932, p. 390, fig. 7-8).

The antennae, uropoda, and general facies are quite similar, but in the South Aus-

tralian form there is an additional, oblique, lateral ridge on the carapace, only one

ocular lens instead of three, and no lateral flaps on the telson which has only two

apical spines; further, the fifth pleon somite is apparently less elongate in D.

asiatica (Zimmer 1921, p. 144, fig. 47-55).

REFERENCES.

Foxon, G. E. TH. (1932) ; Great Barrier Reef Exped., 1928-29, Sct, Rep., iv.

Calman, W.'T. (1905) : Siboga Exped., Mon, xxxvi.

Hale, Herbert M. (1928) ; Trans. Roy. Soc., 8S. Aust., lil.

Zimmer, GC. (1921) : Mitt. Zool. Mus., Berlin, x.

CUMACEA FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF

By HERBERT M. HALE, DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

On the eastern side of Gulf St. Vincent and south of Adelaide is a series of flat reefs

formed of Miocene limestone ; they are largely exposed at low tide and, towards the outer

edge, covered by at least a fathom of water at high tide.

The following notes concern a reef half a mile in length and situated at Sellick’s Beach,

30 miles south of Adelaide.

CUMACEA rrom a SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF

By HERBERT M, HALE, Direeror, Sowrn Avgrraian Musrum.

Bie, 1-25.

On the eastern side of Gulf St. Vineent and south of Adelaide is a series of flat

veefs formed of Miocene limestone; they are largely exposed at low tide and, to-

wards the outer edge, covered by at least a fathom of water at high tide.

The following notes concern a reef half a mile in leneth and situated at

Sellick’s Beach, 80 miles south of Adelaide.

Parts of the outer areas of this reef are covered with flat. loose stones, detritus

From the hard Cambrian and Precambrian rocks and the Miocene bed-roek. The

latter in particular are clothed on the upper faces with a short filamentous alea,

and this, aided by the natural roughness of the soft. stone, loosely holds a fil of

sumd several millimetres in thickness, and much more where it fills eracks and

crevices, Investigation showed that the sand lodged on these stones provides a

footing for a surprising number of burrowing Crustacea, including Cumacea,

These littoral sand-dwellers were collected by lifting stones off the bottom,

carefully bringimy them to the surface so that the sand film was disturbed as little

ws possible, and immersing them in a large bueket of about 1% formalin (eom-

mercial formalin 1 part, sea water 40 parts); after a period the rocks were well

rinsed in (he solution and removed. The resultant debris was then poured inte a

strainer of 2 mm. mesh to separate the coarsest material, whieh was bottled in

alcohol separately ; finally the smaller detritus was washed in a eloth sieve. whieh

removed most of the sand but retained the small crustaceans, ete,

It was found necessary to leave the stones in the formalin for a period of at

least fifteen minutes; Ainphipoda, in particular, leave their retreats at once, bit

some other forms are more resistant. Lmediate “eradinw’’ of the debris was

found to be advantageous, as the more delicate Crustacea thus survive damage.

Sandy patches on the reef, and the adjacent beaek between tide marks, were

also investigated. As regards Cumacea, collecting over a few square yards of the

veet by the methods outlined aboye produced the following results :

(1) At least fifteen species, belonging to eleven genera, live in the shifting

voafing of sand on the stones of the reef. Two of these also occi in sandy patelies

onthe reef and in the adjacent beach, where a form (Gy Phiproctana pala wen. eb. sp.

hoy,). not so far taken on stones, is found as well,

HALE—CUMACEA FROM A SouTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 405

(2) All but font of the species trom the reef have not been recorded from

Australia previously.

(3) Although no tow-netting was carried out, males are represented in all bit

three of the speeies takeu, and in only one of these three were more than two

specimens seeured.

Our knowledge of Australian Cumacea is regrettably fragmentary. Jneliciig

the forms deseribed in this paper, forty-six species are definitely named and re-

worded, Of these, twenty-five are now known to occnr in South Australia ( Llale.

1928, pp. 31-47, 1929, 1982, and 1936) ; only one has been taken in Victoria (Sars,

1887, p. 12) ; fourteen were fond off Western Australia (Zimmer, 1914—two un-

identified species also mentioned

and 1921; Hale, 1927, p. 47), and eight have

been listed from Queensland waters (Sars, 1887, pp. 19 and 20; Foxon, 1932—

who mentions that apparently three other species are also represented in the

material whieh he examined). During a recent brief visit to Tasmania Mr. N. nb.

Tindale, at the writer’s reqnest, was good enough fo pass some sand-filmed stones

from a reef through weak formalin as deseribed above, and four species were found

amongst the debris so secured (pp. 417, 418, 424 and 437).

Famity BODOTRITDAE.

Cycbaspis. G. O, Sars.

CYCLASPIS PURA Sp. LOY,

Ovigerous female. Lntegument firm, but delicate and easily broken; finely

reticulate and sparsely pitted, Carapace with dorsal edge slightly arched, slightly

less than one-third total length of animal, its depth more than half its length, and

equal to the greatest breadth, Pseudorostral lobes barely reaching apex of the

venlar lobe, Oeular lenses black. Antennal notch moderate and tooth subacnte,

rounded, Sides of carapace devoid of ridges or senlpture, but dorsum with a

distine! median ¢arina,

Greater part of first pedigerous somite concealed and second large, with a

dorsal carina, Third and fourth somites slightly elevated dorsally, and clorsal

inargins in Jateral view slightly concave: dorsum of third with postero-latera |

aneles tumid.

Kirst five plean somites with well-developed lateral articular processes aud

with barely diseernible infero-lateral carinae, but mo other sculpture ; first to fourth

and telsonie somites all of approximately equal length.

First antennae with second aud third see@ments of pedunele subequal in length,

and together shorter than the stout basal segruent ; inner flagellum represented liv

406 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum

a minute vestige and the outer three-jointed, the first seement twice as long as the

other two together, Mandibles with ten to twelve spines on inner ecloe,

Basis of second maxillipeds nearly one-third as long avain as remaining see-

ments together, and with a long, plimose, apieal seta on inner edge, Basis of third

Fig, 1. Cyclaspis pura, type female; a, kiternl yiew: b, dorsal view of carapace, e, Lateral

view of wlotype male (all X 23),

maxillipeds twice as lone as rest of limb, bent outwards at middle of leneth, anel

with outer apical portion widened and extendine forwards to level of insertion ot

earpus; ischitum subeylindrical, and outer part of merus greatly produced, extend-

ing to external apical angle of the carpus. First peraeopod about as long as eare-

pace, with carpus reaching slightly beyond level of antennal angle; basis distinethy

longer than other seements together, narrowed distally and with inner apieal angle

somewhat produced, but not reaching apex of isebinn: carpus as long as ischinen

and merus together, and longer thai either propodus or dactylus, whieh are sub-

equal in length, Basis of second lees not quite as long as remaining sewments

HALE—CUMACEA FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 407

tovether; ischinm short, merus longer than carpus, which is longer than propodus ;

dac¢tylus as long as inerus.

Pedunele of uropods slender, nearly twice as long as telsonic somite, and one-

fourth as lone again as fifth pleon somite; exopod a little longer than endopod, and

less than two-thirds as long as peduncle; endopod with two spines on inner margin.

Colour white, with dark brown mottlines and stellate markings.

Length 4-7 mm.

Nig. 2. Cyclaspis pura, ovigerous female; a, first antenna (> 110); bande, seeond and third

maxillipeds (> 70); d,e¢, and f, first, second, and fourth peracopods (X 70) 5 gy uropod (X 60).

Adult male. Differs from the female in having the carapace relatively a little

shorter. the ocular lenses larger, and the antennal notch somewhat wider, the first

pedigerous somite wholly concealed, the second pedigerous somite shorter, and the

uropods proportionately longer. The pleural parts of the third to fifth pedigerous

somites are more expanded, The infero-lateral carinae of the pleow are much

more distinet, overhanging the flagelhon of the second antenna, which reaches

back to beyond the middle of leneth of peduncle of uropod.

Leneth 4-7 mm.

Loe. South Austvalia: Gulf St. Vineent, Sellick’s Beach, burvewing in sand

at edve of sea (I. M. dale, Mar., 1936), and Selliek’s Reef, on stones, 1 fath, (11. M.

Hale, Mar. and Ap, 1986) ; Yorke Peninsula, Cable Bay, on stones (11. Womersley,

Aph, 1986). Types in South Australian Museum, Ree. No, CL 1995-1996,

Th immature specimens the wropods are relatively shorter. Thus, m1 an ex-

408 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

ample 3-2am. in length the pecdunele is only as lone as the fifth pleom somite, and

the exopod is nearly as long as the pedunele, while in a specimen 2-3 mm. in lenwth

the exopod slightly exceeds the pedunele in length,

This species was burrowing in white sand with which tiny fragments of dead

leaves of Cymodoced, dark brown in colour, were sparsely admixed. The coloura-

lion of the animals closely simulated their surroundings, all beime milk-awhite and

varvinely marked with dark brown. A few examples have the colour pattern

marked out by widely-spaced dots.

C. pure belongs to the group of species in which the psendorostral lobes do not

meet in front of the eyclobe, and in which the carapace is not sculptured

except.

ing for the dorsal carina which is offen present. It resembles C. levis Thomson

Which has been recorded from Queensland by Moxon (1982, p. 390), but the basis

of the first leg Jacks a long apieal seta, the uvopods of the adult are much longer,

there are no dorsal and lateral keels on the pleon, and there is no trace of a feeble

keel running baek fron the anteunal uote, In (2 pusilla Sars (1887, p. 19, pl. i,

fi. 21-23) the carapace is ‘‘almost elobular’’, with the dorsum more arched + there

washght median dorsal keel on the pleon somites, and the uropods are relatively

shorter in the adult.

Cyclaspis formosae Zimmer (1921a, p. 124, fig. 15-18) is also vather like (,

pura, but the carapace of that species apparently lacks a dorsal carina, the hasis

of the first peraeopods is shorter than the rest of the Laub, and has an apical spine

reaching to the enc of the ischivun, while the basis of the second peraeopods is a

little longer than the remainder of the lex; further the nrepoda are of different

proportions, alfhongh if may be noted that Zimmer’y specimens are immature,

Leprocmma G. O, Sars.

An undescribed species from Selliek’s Reef is apparently referable te

Leplocama.

Apart from the venoty pe, L. kinhergii Sars (1873, yp. 24, plo vi, fiz. 29-33), two

other species, 4 miner Calman (1912. p. 616, fie, 14-20) and L. pulleined Tale

(1928, p. 38, fig. 7-8). have been referred to the genus, while a fifth Vinthow p-

sonia (2) qustratiae Zimmer (1421, p.h, fig. 1-7). is linked to this little asseniblage

of species by certain of its charaeters,

Leplocume kinberyit is known only from the female, L. minor from the adult

male and female, 4. pulleinet from the immature male and ovigerous female. L.

sheardi sp, nov, trom the female, and Vaunthompsonia (2) australiae from a

juvenile male. In view of the insufficiency of our knowledge regarding these five

species, and in order to avoid subsequent confision, it seenis desirable temporarily

iorvefer them all to Leptacwnd. They may be separated thus:

HALE—CUMACEA FROM A SouTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 409

a. Eye not pigmented. Pseudorostral lobes not or seareely produced

in front of ocular lobe, Urepoda with exopod shorter than

endopoal —.. Zz: i3 “4 i sf et .. kinbergu

oa. Eve pigmented. Pseudorostral lobes a little produced in front of

oeutar lobe, Uropoda with exopod as long as or longer than

endopod.

hb. Proximal seement of endopod of urepoda shorter than second — pilfered

bh, Proximal seament of endopod of uropoda much longer than

second.

¢. Carpus of second peraeopods barely more than half as long

asmerus. Proximal joint of patonathe ot Enropoda four

to five times as long as second . an 2 nstrarlice

ve, Carpus of second peracopods longer than merus. Peoximal

joint of endopod of uropoda twice as long as second,

id. Carapace without median dorsal carina. First peraeo-

pods with basis a ttle longer than rest of limb, and

with a tuft of long hairs on propodus. Carpus of

second peraeopods not much longer thai merus (as

long as isechium and merus together ) a oe Hetnar

dd, Carapaee with a median dorsal carina. First peraeo-

pods with basis shorter than rest of limb, and with-

out tuft of lone hairs on propodus. Carpns of

second peraeopods more than one and one-half

times as lone as merus (distinethy longer than

ischinm and merus together) a A .. Shean

L. shear? is the only one of the above species lacking a subapical trft of hairs

on the propodus of the first peravcopods. 1. australiae alone has a large spoon-

shaped apical process on the basis of the first legs, and, according to Zimmer, also

has very unusual third maxillipeds. These two forms differ from the others in

having the five terminal joints of the first peracopods together longer than the

basis,

The carapace has a median dorsal carina in L. pulleined, FL. australioe, and

L. sheardi.

The male of L. austratiae and L. pulleined possesses five pairs of pleopods, but

in L. winner only three pairs are present in that sex.

Kxopods are well developed on the first four pairs of peraeopods of the adnit

maleot L. aminee. but in the immature male of both ZL. australian and 1. sheardi

that of the fourth lew is rudimentary. Znnmer suvgests that this incomplete ce

velopment of the last exopod may bea character of the juvenile male.

Leeroct MA SITBARDI Sp. MOV.

Pemale. Tody slender, a little compressed. Carapace nearly one-fourth of

total leneth, its vertical height equal to two-vhirds its length; the lateral areas are

wiarked with wadiatine striae, and the dorsi has a median longitudinal ridge

Pseucdorostral lobes short and rounded, produced (but not in contact) in front of

410 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

ocular lobe for a distance equal to one-half of leneth of last-named. Ocular lobe

wide and pigmented, Antennal notch very wide and shallow, aud antennal angle

rounded.

First pedigerous somite concealed excepting for a small dorsal section ; second

with pletural parts overlapping first somite and carapace; third overlapping second

and fourth somites infero-laterally ; pleural portions of fourth and fifth somites

a little produced backwards.

Wig. 3. Leptocuma sheardi, type female; a, lateral view; bh, dorsal view of en rapace (X 20),

First to fifth pleon somites successively increasing in size, the fifth being

twice as long as the first; telsonic somite two-thirds as long as preceding somite,

First antennae with the two terminal joints of peduncle subequal in length,

with the flagellum two-jointed and the aecessory flagellum single-jointed.

Third maxillipeds with palp three-fifths as lone as basis, which is wide and

produced laterally (but not forwards) at distal end, Kirst peraeopods with basis

not nearly reaching to level of antennal notch, shorter than remaining joints

together, and with plumose hairs and a long subapical spine on inferior marein;

the merus is distally produced on the outer margin, is subequal in length to the

carpus, a little shorter than the propodus, and barely longer than the dactylus.

Second peraeopods with basis five-sevenths as long as remainder of limb: isehium

distinet; carpus more than half as long again as merus, which is slightly longer

than either propodus or dactylhis. Basis of third peraeopods about as lone as rest

of limb, that of fourth and fifth pairs much shorter, First three pairs of peraco-

pods with a well-developed exopod; fourth pair with rudimentary exopod, whieh

is two-jointed, the second seement minute,

HALE—CUMACEA FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 411

Pedunele of uropoda one-third as long again as telsonic somite, and one-tenth

as lony again as rami; endopod almost eqtial in length to exopod (35:86), with the

proximal joint twice as long as seeond ; inner margin of peduncle and endopod

with spinules and several prominent spines, six on the pedunele, five on the first

joint, and one on the second; the endopod hears three apical spines, the Llougest

nearly one-third the length of the ramus; the exopod has four apical spines (the

lonvest half as long as the ramus), three slender spines on the inner margin, and

five on the outer,

lipeds; d tah, first to fifth peraeopods; 1, telsonie somite and urepod Call x 37).

Colour white, with brown markings at antennal angles, termination of pseucdo-

rostral sutures, and on pleural parts of second pedigerons somite; the greater parts

of the third and fourth lee-bearing somites and of the second, third, and fifth pleon

somites are brown.

Leveth 6 1m,

Loc. South Australia: Gult St. Vincent, Sellick’s Reef, on stones, 1 fath.

(LU. M, Ilale, Apl., 1936). Type, female, in South Australian Museum, Reg. No,

©, 2015,

This species is named after Mr. Keith Sheard, who has assisted in separating

small Crustacea trom material collected at Sellick’s Reef, and to whon my best

thanks are due,

412 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

A juvenile 2-75 mm, in length has the fifth peracopods as yet undeveloped ;

nevertheless, the exopods of the first to fourth pairs are as in the adult female de-

serihed above, and are similarly furnished with setae, lone in the ease of all but

fhe rudimentary pair. It would seem that the period at which lone setae uppear

on the exopods varies in different species, In some subadult, Nanuastaeids they

are not developed, and in a relatively large male of Dic lasivdactylum (cleserihed

elsewhere in this paper) they are very short.

L. sheardi apparently resembles L. miner Calman rather than the other two

Australian species, 1, pullemmei ale (South Australia) and L, austratiae Zimmer

(Western Australia) ; from both of these it may be separated at a lance by the

proportions of the first and second peraeopods and uropods,

GEPHYROCUMA gen. noy,

Pseuclorostral lobes contiguous in front of oenlar lobe, Eye present. First

antennae with three-jointed peduncle aud with accessory flavellum rudimentary.

Second antennae of male (submature) with flagellum composed of short joints.

Mandible with long spine row. Branchial leaflets few, Third maxillipeds with

well-developed exopod in both sexes and with apex of basis greatly expanded and

apically produced on inner side. Peracopods similar in both sexes: first pain

Inassive, with ischinm and carpus expanded; first aud second pairs with well de-

veloped exopods; third pair with small, two-jointed exopod without long setae,

and fourth with a rudimentary, single-jointed exopod. Male with five pairs of

pleopods.

Pleural parts of second to fourth pedigerous somites backwardly produced,

expanded and generously overlapping bases of peraeopods. Fitth pleon somite

not distinctly longer than any of the others, and telsonic seement prodneed between

bases of uropods.

Genotype: Gephiyrocuma pala sp. nov.

Outstanding features of the genus are furnished by the character of the

mawxillipeds and first peraeopods,

GEPHYROCUMA PALA Sp. noy.

Subadult female, [Integument moderately firm. Curapuce deeper than wide,

equal in length to the pedigerous somites fowether, and lonwer than pleow; with an

obsolete, longitudinal dorsal carina, otherwise without sculpture, Pseudorostral

lohes mecting for a short distance, each apically truneate in dorsal view. Ocular

lobe wide, subtriangular, and eyes pigmented. Antennal notch small.

Only a short dorso-lateral section of first pedigerous somite exposed ; inferior

margin of hackwardly produeed pleural portion of second twice as lone as dorsal

HALE—CUMACEA FROM A SouTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 413

length of the sonute, and third with dorsal leneth very short; Fourth somite twice

as long as that of first to third towether, anc with pleural portion trunesate; fifth

small. only about as large as pleon somites, which are subequal in length.

Kirst autennae with pedunele stout, the third joint longer than second, and

the first lonwer than the other two together; flagellum two-joiited and accessory

flagellin rounded, single-jomnted, minute,

Fig. 5. Gephyrocuna pala, type female; a, lateral view; bh, (Lorsa) view of caraymiee. &, Lateral

view af allotype male (all X 40).

Basis of third maxillipeds massive, and with the distal lobe very wide, apically

subtruneate, and reaching to level of apex of propodus; outer apical angle with a

pair of plumose setae, and imner margin with three hooked pliowose setae; palp

only one-third as long as basis, with daetylus stout. First peraeopods with carpus

reaching to end of pseudorostrviimn; basis very stout, curved, searcely longer thin

rest of limb; isehium with inner part greatly expanded ond produced to beyond

level of articulation of carpus; merus short and earpus subtriangular in shape

owing to the lamellate inner edge; propodus widest (distally, longer than carpus,

and twiee as long as isehium and merus together; daetylis only half as long as

carpus. Second peraeopods with basis stout. one-third as long again as the remain-

ine sewements tovether ; isehitm and earpus short, mers and propodus subequal in

leueth, each shorter than daetvius. Third and fourth legs each with merus elon-

414 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

gate and as long as the basis; ischiuin and carpus approximately equal in length.

Fifth legs shorter, with merus and carpus elongate, subequal in leneth,

Pedunele of urepods somewhat shorter than telsonic somite, and half as long

as the rami, which are subequal in leneth and practically unarmed ; endopod two-

jointed, the second segment nearly two-thirds as loug as the first.

Ground colour of first and second peracopods, and of anterior portion of eara-

pace, yellow, of remainder of animal white, Cephalothorax, bases of first two pairs

of legs and pleon boldly splashed with dark brown, and with dencdritie markines.

Length 2-5 mm.

Fig. G. Gephyroeuma pala, a, First antenna of paratype female, Paratype male; b, first

antenna; ¢, third maxilliped; dito h, first to fifth perucopods; 1, telsonie somite and urepod (a and

h, X92; 6 toi, xX 58).

Submature male. Differs from the female in the following characters. The

carapace Is not so deep, and the whole cephalothovax is more lightly built. The

pleon is relatively larger, slightly longer than the carapace instead of a little

shorter, and the infero-lateral margins of the first to fifth somites are expanded bo

overhang the bases of the peduneles of the pleopods. The first antennae are stouler

and larger, and the lash of the second pair reaches nearly to the hinder marein of

the second pedigerous somite, and is composed of numerons short joints, The

first and second lees are relatively more massive.

Leneth 2-4 mm.

THIALE--CUMACEA FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 415

Lov. South Australia; Gulf St. Vincent. Sellick’s Beach, burrowing in sand

at margin of sea (HL. M. Tale, Mar, Apl and Sept. 196), and Selliek’s Reef, on

sandy patel (1. M. Hale. Mar. 1986). Types in South Anstralian Museum, Reg.

No. C. 2000, 2001.

As with Cyclaspis pura, Picrocuma poceilota, and Leptocuma sheardi, he

colouration aceords with that of the sand intermixed with dark brown fragivents

of Cymodocea.

With the lees folded, this interesting species has the form of a bluit-nosed

bullet. The basis of the first lees is twisted in the beginnings of a spiral, so that

the inner face fits snugly against the sides of the carapace and the preceding ap-

pendages, while the palp-like, five terminal joints of the second leg are folded back,

as shown in the sketch of the male.

The first legs of Zimmer’s Vaunthomsonia (2) australiae (aboye reterred

tentatively to Leptocumea), from Northavestern Australia, are similar to those of

Gephyrocwmna, but ave less markedly expanded.

(, pala is the only one of the species herein recorded which was not taken on

the reef, but only on the adjacent beaches. It occurs at the water's edge along the

whole of the bay, three miles in length, between Sellick’s Reef and Port Willunga.

PicGROCUMA gen, Noy.

Psendorosiral lobes contiguous in front of the wide ocular lobe. Hye present.

First antennae with three-jointed peduncle and with rudimentary accessory

flavellum, Mandible with spine-row short, including only four and five spines;

lacinia spiniform and molar process stout ; incisor portion greatly elongated, with

evtting edge tridentate. Third maxillipeds furnished with exopod and not

markedly differing from first peraeopods; basis not produced apieally. Firsi

peraeopods short, and second to fourth subequal in length ; first to third pairs with

well-developed exopods in the female. Uropoda with endopod single-jointed,

Second pedigerous segment much longer than the others in the ovigerous female.

Adult male unknown,

Genotype: Pierocwmna poccilota sp. noy,

The salient features of the genus are found in the structure of the inamdibles

and the unspecialized third maxillipeds.

PloROCUMA POBULLOTA Sp. MOV.

Ovigerous female. Integument not highly indurated. Carapace as wide as

depth, which is little less than the leugth: surface smooth, Psendorosiral lobes

meeting in front of ocular lobe for a distance greater {han length of last-named ;

416 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MusEuM

apically bluntly rounded in dorsal view. Oeular lobe twiee as wide as lone; eye

darkly pigmented, Antennal noteh very wide and shallow; antennal angle ob-

fusely rotnded.

All five pedigerous somites exposed; secoud almost as lone as third to fifth

together, and with pleural parts little expanded, but overlapping first and third

somites,

Fig, 7. Pieroruma poecilota, type temales a

uw :

a, lateral view; , dorsal view of earapace.

c, Lateral view of juvenile (all x 50).

Pleon with first to third somites successively increasing in leneth; fourth as

long as third, and fifth much longer; telsonic somite about as lone as third, scarcely

prodtiiced between bases of wropods.

First antennae with first joint of pedunele very stout, not very much longer

than second or thin segments, which are subeynal in leneth; Hagellun two-jointed,

did accessory Hagellum conical, mimite,

Mandible with several 1ufts of hair posterior to the spine-row ; distance fron

the distal spine of row to cutting edge equal to about one-fourth of total length of

mandible.

Third maxilliped resembling first peracopod and of about same leneth, but

with merus, carpus, and propodus stouter; basis a little shorter than rest of limb:

varpus as long as ischium and menus together; propodus subequal in length to

merus. Hirst peracopods reaching only to level of antennal notch, with joints of

approximately same proportions as in third maxilliped, Second peraeopouds short

and stout, with ischium distinet;merus longer than carpus anc shorter than daety-

[LALE—CUMACEA FROM a SouTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 417

lus; propodus shorter than carpus. Last three pairs terminating in a claw, and

with basis shorter than vemaining jos together.

Uropods stout + pedunele nearly as long as fifth pleon somite and one-third as

lonv again as endopod: exopod a little shorter than encdopod with fwo terminal

spines, one Short and the other rather more than one-third as long as the ramus;

endopod single-jointed with inner edge serrate and with terininal spines similar

fo those of exopod, but with the longer one slightly shorter,

4 - . Es

Ve Na Lx

i. \

WH :

Wig. 8. Plerocuna poecilola, paratype ovigerous female; a, first and second antennae

maxilliped (& 100); £, 2, mm hy first, second, and fifth peruaeopods (x 100); 1, uroped (X LOO).

Colour white, boldly marked with brown,

Length 1-9 mm.

Loc. South Australia; Gulf St, Vineent, Sellick’s Reef, on stones and in

sandy patches (Mar, and ApL, 1936), and Sellick’s Beach, burrowing in sand at

marein of sea (EH. M. Hale, Mar. Apl.. and Sept., 1936). Tasmania: Wynyard.

Fossil Reet, on stones (N, B. Tindale, Ap, 1986). Type, ovigerous Female, in

South Australian Museum, Ree. No. C, 2006,

During the periods noted above this was by far the commonest Cumacean al

Sellick’s Beach: it was abundant on the reef between O-1 fathoms, and occurred

everywhere in the wave-lapped sand of adjacent beaches; although many huneveds

of examples were secured, all are immature, although a few subadult females ave

present. Mr. Tindale, however, took ovigerous females during a brief visit: to

Tasmania.

Juveniles 1-2-1-4 mm, (tig. 7, ¢) in length have the form much more slender

than in the adult female, and the second to fifth peraeon somites not differing

markedly in length. The nvopods are, as usta, relatively shorter and stouter in

the young.

418 RECORDS oF THE S.A. MusEUM

Famity DIASTYLIDAF.

ANCHICOLURUS Stebbing.

AxcHicoLuRus warren Hale.

Anchocolurus waited Hale, 1928, p, 45, fie, 15-16,

This species was previously known only from material collected in shallow

water in the south-east of South Australia, Both sexes were taken on Sellick’s

Reef. The carapace is marked with numerous fine ridges, which are not shown

in the figure uf swpru.

Loe. South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, Sellick’s Reef, on stones, 1 fath.

(LL. M. Hale, Apl, 1936), and Largs Bay (W. I, Baker, Noy,, 1889). Tasmania:

Wynyard, Fossil Reef, on stones (N. B, Tindale, Apl., 1986),

Hab, South Australia and Tasmania.

GyNopDIASTYLIs Calman.

GYNODIASTYLIS SIMILIS Zinuner.

Gynodiastylis smulis Zammer, 1914, p. 189, fig. 15-16.

Zimmer deseribed this species from a single non-ovigerous female, not quite

2 mt. in length. It proves to be rather common on Sellick’s Reef, and | have

before me adult males and ovigerous females, as well as subadult examples of both

sexes,

The male has large exopods on the first four peraeopods. Subadult males, 1-6—

1:7 mm. in leneth, have the exopods of the legs well developed, but the fagellim of

ihe second antennae short and unsegmented, These immature males. and all the

timates, closely resemble Ziminer’s specunen, excepting that the carpus and pro-

podus of the first peraeopods are relatively wider than as shown by that author;

the uropods, excluding the terminal spine of the endopod, are one-third as lone

again as the sixth pleon somite, the rami are subequal in length with only a few

spines, and the endopod is distinetly two-jointed. In fully adult males (1-8-2 nan.

in leneth) the uropods are velatively longer, bene one-half as lone again as the

sixth pleon somite, and have the endopod one-third as long again as the exopod,

With no apparent suture dividing if into two joints, and well armed with spines

and spinules on the iiner margin (see fig. 9 e). On the charaeter of the uropods

alone one might reeard these males as representatives of a different species, but the

other appendages so closely agree with those of females and younger males as to

leave no reasonable doubt,

HALE—CUMACEA FROM A SoutTn AUSTRALIAN REEF 419

In the adult male the basal joint of the first antennae is barely longer than the

second and third together ; the flagellum is three-jointed, is about twice as long as

the two-jointed accessory lash, and is equal in length to the third peduncular seg-

ment, The flagellum of the second antennae is twice as long as the pedunele, and

is composed of eleven or twelve joints. The other appendages do not differ appre-

viably in the adults of both sexes. The mandibles have less than ten spines in the

short vow, and the basis of the third maxillipeds is not produced apically, Lu the

Fig. 9. Gynodiastylis similis, Adult mate; a, first and second antennae; b, ¢, and d, first,

sueand. and fifth peravopods; e, telson and uropod, f, Telson and uropod of sub-adult male,

ve, Telson and urepod of ovigerous fomale (all x 200).

first peraeopods the basis is equal in lenvth to the remaining joints together, and

{he earpus is only one-fourth as long again as the isehium and merus together.

The stout basis of the second peracopods is a little longer than the rest of the limb ;

the ischium is well developed, and the carpus is a little longer than the propodus.

which is subequal in length to the daetyius. The basis of the fifth peraeopods is

shorter than the rest of the limb.

Ovieerous females are 2-2-1715 mm. in length.

Loe. South Austvalia: Gulf St. Vineent, Selliek’s Reef, on stones, 1 Fath.

(HL. M. Llale, Apl, 1986).

Hab. Western and South Australia.

420 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEuM

GY NODIASTYLIS 'ruRGIDUS ITale.

Gynodiastylis turgidus Wale, 1928, p. 42, fig. 11-12,

Adult male. Integument firm. Carapace barely move than oue-third total

length, with numerous, fine, lateral ridges; surface between latter reticulate.

First pedigerous somite partly concealed. Third segment of first antennae

longer than second, and basal joint longer than either ; inner flagellum two-jointed ;

outer lash four-jointed, and almost as long as third peduncular segment,

saa teertntt!

ane

Big. 10. Gumodiastylis turgidus, Adult male; a, lateral view; by dorsal view of carapace,

«, Lateral view of curapace of another male (> 50),

Terminal joint of second antennae stout. curved, and with a dense maryinal

fringe of hairs; flagellum ouly as long as pedunele, composed of eleven to twelve

joints.

Basis of third maxilliped geniculate, one-third as long again as remaining

segments together, widened proximally but not produced. First peraeopod stout,

with carpus reaching to level of apex of pseudorostrum; basis widened at proxi-

mal third, bent outwards, and shorter than rest of limb; ise¢himn shorter than

merus, the two together less than half as long as the stont carpus. and subeqnal in

leneth to propodus, which has a dense fringe of long setae on the inner marein

of its widened distal portion; daetylus much shorter than propodus, with lony

HALE-—-CUMACEA FROM A SouTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 42]

apical setae. There is no marked interval between the second wud third les as in

the ovigerous female. Basis of second to fourth legs expanded, in the second and

third with a rebate mto which the exopod fits. Second peracopod with basis shorter

than the rest of the limb, and about two-thirds as wide as long; ischium distinct ;

merus more than two-thirds as long as carpus, and dactylus slender, without the

spine as long as the merus and longer than propodus, Third peraeopods with basis

almost as wide as long, and longer than rest of limb. Basis of fourth lees about as

long as remainder of limb, and also very wide. Fifth lees with basis about equal

in length to remaining joints together, and relatively slender.

Big. 1h. Gynoliashylis lurgidis, adult mille: a. first and second antennae; D, third maxi

liped; ¢ to 9, first to fifth peracopods: h, telson aud uropods (all X 60).

Pedunele of uropods stout, nearly three times as long as telson, and as long as

fifih pleon somite; exopod three-fifths as long as eudopod, with two terminal spines,

one longer than the endopod, the other very short ; endopod one-half 10 less than

two-thirds as lone as pedunele, its seements subequal in length, the first with two

spines on inner margin, the second with tao on inner marem and two apical spines,

one of the latter short aud the other as long as endopod.

Colour white.

Length 2-1-2-3 mm.

Loe. South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, Sellick’s Reef, on stones, 1 fath.

(H.M. Male, Apl, 1986) ; 3 miles off Semaphore, bottom dredge in 5-7 fath, (B.C.

(Cotton, Nov., 1951).

422 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

The species was previously known only from the female. A male was taken

by Mr. Cotton, and both sexes were found on stones at Sellick’s Reet. The first

peraeopods of the female have long terminal hairs as in the male.

Smaller males than those described above have the carapace shaped more as in

the female (fig. 10, ¢), although the difference is really very slight.

Dic Stebbing.

Dic LastopactyLuM Zimmer.

Dic lasiodactylum Gimmer, 1914, p. 193, fig. 17-18.

A number of females and immature males, 1-75 mm. to 2 mm. in leneth ova

little more, agree with Zimmer’s description and fienres. The first peraeopods are

variable in length; in some examples they are as lone as the thorax and first five

pleon somites together, whereas in others they are shorter, as in the ovigerous

female figured by Zimmer.

Fig. 12, Die lasiodactylum, male; a, lateral view; b, dorsal view of cephalothorax (xX 30),

HALE—CUMACEA FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 423

Aquale, 3mm. in length, taken in company with these smaller examples, is so

different that one was at first inclined to reward it as representing a different

species, It is not fully mature: the second antennae reach only a little beyond the

posterior margin of the carapace, and have the flagellum stout and composed of

only a few joints, while the exopods of the thoracic appendages have no lone has.

XK,

Fig. 18. Die lasiodactylum, Male 3 num. in Jength; a, first antenna (x 115); b, third masxil-

liped (X 57); ¢ to f, first, second, third, and fifth peracopods (X 41); e°, terminal part of third

peracopod (X 115); g, telsonic somite and uropod (X57), h, Telsonie somite anid nropod of

male 1.75 mm. in length (X 57).

The carapace is covered with very small spines interspersed with which are some

larger spines; there is a shallow, median, dorsal trough. The first antennae have

the second peduncular joint only half as loug as the third ; the two-jointed Hagellium

terminates in two lone jointed filaments. The mandibles have seven and eight

spines in the spine-row ; the anterior part is slender, with the cutting edve marrow.

The first peracopods have the basis only about one-fourth as long as the rest of the

limb, the carpus and the propodus of about the same length, and the dactylus a

little shorter. The second peraeopods have the ischium suppressed and the carpus

elongate, longer than propodusy and dactylus together, The last three pairs of

424 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskUM

legs have the daetylus claw-like, and the terminal joints are armed with a few

short, stout spines,

This large male differs most strikingly from smaller males and females, how-

ever, in the proportions of the telson and uropods. As in the other deseribed species

of the genus (D. calmani Stebbing and D. tububiownda Calman—see Stebbing,

1913, pp. 160-161) the telson is much longer than the sixth pleon somite, and than

the pedunele of the uropods. The three-jointed endopod of the rropods is about

four-fifths as long as the exopod, and its long terminal spine is considerably longer

jhan the ramus; the exopod is shorter than the peduuele, and its spine is longer

than the latter; the peduncle is furnished with a few spines, and is less than three-

fourths as long as the telson, which is armed inferiorly with large spines.

Loe. South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, Sellick’s Reef, on stones, 1 fath,

(Il. M. Hale, Apl., 1936). Tasmania: Wynyard, Fossil Reef, on stones (N. B.

Tindale, Apl., 1936).

Hab, South-western and southern Australia.

Pacuystryuis Ilansen.

PACHYSTYLIS VIETUS sp. nov.

Ovigerous female. Integument moderately indurated. Carapace half as wide

again as deep, and one and two-third times as long as pedigerous somites together ;

dorsum with a pair of fold-like, convergent ridges meetiny behind the ocular lobe:

each side with a similar outstanding carina; surface covered with closely-set spin-

ON.

Rip, id. Pochystylis vistas, type fomiles a, lateral views Db, dorsal view of cephalothoras

(X 38).

HALE—CUMACEA FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 425

ules, and with sparse hairs set on small elevations. — Psendorostral lobes broad,

pointed anteriorly, and meeting for almost one-fifth of total length of carapace.

Oeular lobe wide, rounded and armed with a pair of spines; eve uot discernible

Antennal notel: not well marked, and antennal anele rounded.

First pedigerous somite exposed, short; second and third somites equal in

length to first dorsally, but with pleural parts expanded, the inferior margin of the

third being lounger than in any of the others; dorsal length of fifth somite greater

than that of fourth, and equal to that of second aud third somites together,

Fig, 16, Pechystylis vietus, type femaley a, first antenna; b, third maxilliped; ¢, d, und ¢,

livst, second, and third peraeapods; f, telson amd aropod (all x 62).

First to sixth pleon somites not markedly differing in length; telson not much

more than half as long as preceding somite, with a pair of exceedingly short, blunt,

apical spines, and a pair of setules.

First antennae with first joint of pedunele five-sixths as long as second ancl

third tovether: third much longer than second ; flagelluin four-jointed, as long as

third peduneular joint; accessory flagellum three-jointed. Mandibles with ten

spies Th the spine-row,

Third aaxilliped with basis eurved, considerably widened distally but not

produced, and equal in leneth to remainder of appendage; carpns longer than

ischium or menus, slightly shorter than propodus, and about as long as caetylus.

Kirst perseopods long, more than two-thirds as long as the whole animal, and with

the merus reaching to level of pseudorostral lobes; basis strongly geniculate, a

426 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

little widened distally but not produced, and not much more than one-third as

long as the rest of the limb ; varpus shorier, and propocdus longer, than basis ; daety-

lus one-half as long as carpus, and equal in length to ischium and merus together,

Second peraeopods with basis more than three-fourths as long as remainder of

limb; ischium distinet, this joint and the qerus wider than the three terminal

joints, which do not differ much in length. Basis in three posterior legs about as

long as ischinm and merus together,

Pednucle of uropods slender, as long as the telson and two preceding pleon

somites together, and twice as long as rami; with five spines on inner margin;

endopod with the three joimts subequal in length, each with a subapical spine on

inner edge; apical spine of endopod about ds long as the two terminal joints; exo-

pod barely longer than endopod, with the apical spine as lone as the ramus.

Colour white.

Length 2-4 mm.

Loc. South Australia: Gulf St. Vineent, Sellick’s Reef, on stones, 1 fath.

(IL. M, Hale, Mar., 1986). ‘Type in Sonth Australian Museum, Rey. No. C, 2017.

The genus was previously known from a single species.

ALLODIASTYLIS ven, nov,

Like Gynodiastylis Calman (1911, p. 367), but differs in having the first an-

tennae relatively much more developed in both sexes, and with the accessory flagel-

lnm relatively large. Further, the telson is larger, with a pair of well-developed

apical spines in the male, and the third legs are not widely separated from the

second in the adult female.

The male has no pleopods, and has well-developed exopods on the third maxilli-

peds and on the first for pairs of peracopods. The eudopod of the uropoda. is

two-jointed, and the telson has no lateral spines. As in some species of Gynodias-

fylis the ischinm of the second lees is obsolete, and the telson of the female has a

pair of rudimentary apical spines. 7 can find no exopods on any of the peraeopods

of the female, or on the third maxillipeds, but it is only fair to add that the sinle

specimen is in a dirty condition.

Genotype: .L. eretatus sp. nov.

ALLODIASTYLIS CRETATUS Sp. TLV,

Ovigerous female. [Integument inchurated, chalky white. Carapace not much

more than one-third total length, its depth equal to ereatest breadth. which is one-

half its leneth; dorsal marein siniate, serrate, and inferior marein serrate; each

side with a dorso-lateral ridge. Pseudorostral lobes meeting in front of ocular lobe

HALE—CUMACEA FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 427

for a distance equal to nearly one-third of length of carapace, Ocrlar lobe wide

with colovrless leuses.

All five pedigerons somites exposed, together more than one-half as long as

carapace; the first short aud second and third with plenral parts expanded,

First six pleon segments more or less equal in length; telson longer, terminat-

ine ina pair of inconspicuous spines.

Fig. 16. Allodiastylis eretalus. Type female; a, lateral view; b, dorsal view of cephalothorasx

(x 28). Allotype male; ¢, lateral yiew; d, dorsal view of cephalothorax (Xx 34),

First antennae with the first joint robust, longer than the second, geniculate,

and armed with a pair of short, stout spines; third joimt longer than first and

second seginents together; flagella four-jombted, more than one-third as long as

last joint of pedunele, and dwice as long as accessory flagellum, which is apparently

only one-jointed, Mandible with eleven spines.

Third maxillipeds stout; basis shorier than palp, apically considerably ex-

panded (but not forwardly produced), aud furnished with lone plamose setae;

428 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM.

merus, carpus, and propodus of approximately equal length, daetylus a little

shorter. Coxae of peraeopods large. Hirst peraeopod on left side reaching be-

yond apex of pseudorostrim, with basis only one-third as long as remainder of

Rig. 17, Alodiastylis erctatus. Type femule; a, first antenna; b third maxilliped; ¢, first

persvopod of left side: d, seeond perneopod (all X 62); e, dorsal view of telson aul uropod

(X 15)5 %, lateral view of telson. Allotype male; g. first antenna; h, third maxilliped; i to 1,

first, second, third, and fifth peravopods (all & G2); m, dorsal view of telsan and urapod (XX 45):

i, Jateval view of telson (X 45).

limb; carpus and propodus subequal in leneth, each more than half as long again

us daetylus. First peraeopod of right side apparently regenerated, with the three

terminal segments considerably shortes. Second peraeopod with basis narrow,

HaLte—CUMACEA FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 429

two-thirds as lone as rest of limb: dactylis more than twice as Jong as propodus.

Third to fitth lees with merus longer than any of other joints apart from basis.

Fifth lees more slender, but not shorter, than others.

Pedimele of uropods slightly longer than telson; exopod subequal in length

to peduncle, with a terminal spine as long as ramus, and with several slender spines

on outer margin; endopod about two-thirds as lony as exopod, with the first joint

approximately two-thirds as long as second, with a terminal spine as long as the

rams, aul with several spines on miner margin.

Length 3 amnm.

Male. Differs from the female as follows. Inteeument transhicent, brittle.

Dorso-lateral and infero-lateral areas of the carapace cach with an clevated ridge.

Eyes larger. Telson less stout, and with a pair of apical spines, each of which is

half its leoneth. Hirst antennae stouter, with the accessory flagellin three-jomted

and as long as the five-jointed flagellum. Third imaxillipeds narrower, with exo-

pod as lone as basis. Basis of first to fourth peraeopods wider, but proportions of

joints as in female. Uropods with a few spmes on inner marein of peduncle, and

With more numerous spines on inner margin of endopod,

Leneth 2-4 mm.

Loc. South Australia: Gull St. Vineent, Selliek’s Reef, on stones, 1 fath.

(If. M. Tale, Apt. 1936). Types in South Australian Museum, Ree, No. C, 2019,

2020.

Awadult male and female, and a juvenile 1-2 mm. in leneth, were taken; in

the last-named the eye is pigmented.

Famity NANNASTACIDAE

Scrizorrema Calman.

SerivoTrEMA BreroNs Calman.

Schizotreme bifrons Calman 1911, p. 862, pl. xxxiy, fig. 18-21,

The earapace hears seatiered tubercles and small spines, or small spines only.

The second and third joints of the pediunele of the first antennae are subequal in

leneth, each less than half as long as the geniculate first joint; the flagellum: is two-

jointed. The third maxillipeds have the basis very wide and produced apically,

while the merus also is cousiderably expanded and produced ; there is a long apical

spine (as well as plinnose hairs) on the merus and carpus. The basis of the first

peracopods is less than half as long as the remaining joints together, and is armed

with a row of moderately large spines in addition to small spines; the carpus is

430 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

slightly shorter than the propodus, The second peracopods haye the basis wide, not

inuch shorter than test of limb, and armed with a row of very large spines; the vir

pus is more than twice as long as the propodus. and subequal in length to the

daetylius.

Fig. 18. Sehizotrema bifrons; lateral views of (4) male aud (b) female (x 60),

The male differs from the female in having the varapace uot so deep, the acues-

sory flagellum of the first antennae larger, and the third and fourth peraeopods

with widened basis. There are well developed exopods on the first to fourth legs,

The branchial regions of the carapace are swollen in both sexes, but the tumidi-

hes are much more developed in some specimens than in others.

Loe. South Australia: Gulf St. Vineent, Selliek’s Reef. on stones, 1 fath.

(HIM. Tale, Tan, Mar., and Apl., 1936).

Hob. India and Southern Australia,

SCHIZOTREMA BIFRONS Calis vio, ACULEATA var. noy,

Some examples of both sexes, both juvenile and adult, differ consistently in

having the spiny armature much more developed, aud for these the varietal name

denleata is proposed,

The accompanying figures of the appendages of the variety would illustrate

equally well those of shori-spined typical specimens,

ILALER—CUMACEA FROM A SoUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 431

Foc. Sonth Austvalia: Gull St. Vineent, Selliek'’s Reef, on stones, 1 Fath,

(11. M. Hale, Mar. and Aph, 1986). Type in South Australian Museum. Ree. No,

C.2048.

WO,

Vig. 19. Sehizolrema bifroas var. vealeala. type female; a, lateral view (x 45); b. first

sitenna: ¢& third maxilliped; d tog, first, second, third, and fifth peracopods; h, telson and uropod

(all % 120).

NaANNASTACUS Spence Bate.

NANNASTACUS HANSENT Calman.

Naonnastaeus hansen’ Calman, 1905, p. 11, fig. 1, a-e; Stebbing, 1915, p. 172.

Two males were found burrowing ta laver of sand on a stone, In one of

these the spiny armature is more stronely developed than in the specimen fired

by Cabnanu; the ‘tlow rounded tiberceles’’ of the carapace are higher, and many of

ihem have become short spines, which ave particularly prominent at ihe posterior

portion of the carapace. The subeylindrical dorsal processes of the pleon are cis-

finetly stouter, and have the apieal spines lonver, while several of the subapical

tubercles are developed as strong spines,

In both specimens now exanined the autero-lateral angele of the carapace bears

i. short spine.

432 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Loe, South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, Sellick’s Reet. on stone, 1 fath.

(HI. M. Ilale, Mar., 1986).

Hub. Sunda Sea and South Australia.

NANNASTACUS GIBBOSUS Calman.

Nannistacus gibbosus Calman, 1911, p. 355, pl. xxxiii, fig. 16-21; Stebbimg, 1915,

p. 170,

This species is not uncommon on Sellick’s Reef. As noted by Calman, it varies

considerably in the degree of inflation of the branchial regions and in the size of

the hinder dorsal tumidity of the carapace. In one female the carapace is so swol-

len that its greatest width is equal to four-fifths its length, while the pleural parts

of the pedigerous somites are yery swollen and prominent. In some examples a

hairy coyering is well developed; in others it is sparse or almost entirely abseut.

In the male the peraeopods are much as in the female, but the basis is expanded in

the third and fourth pairs, being twice as long as wide in the third legs and one

and one-half times as long as wide in the fourth. The uropods do not differ from

those of the female.

Loc. South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, Sellick’s Reef, on stones, 1 fath.

(IL. M. Tale, Jan. and Apl, 1936).

Hob. Gulf of Siam and South Australia.

NANNASTACUS ZIMMERT Calman,

Nennastacus ztumert Calman, 1911, p. 842, pl. xxxiii, fie, 415; Stebbine, 1913,

p. 169.

This species was taken in company with V. gibbosius.

Males approximately 1-6 mim. in length are as deseribed and figured by Cal-

man, but larger males (2-2 mm.) have the branchial regions more inflated, and

there is a posterior dorsal tumidity on the carapace.

Foxon (1952, p. 392) records the related N. samii Sars fron Queensland,

Loe. South Australia: Gulf St. Vineent, Sellick’s Reef, on stones, 1 fath.

(1H. M. Tale, Apl, 1986),

Hab. Ceylon and South Australia.

Cumenna G, 0. Sars.

CUMBLUA LAKVE Calman.

Cumelladienis Calman, W911, p. 850, pl xxxii, fig. 25-27, Stebbing, 1913, p. 182.

Ovigerous female, Carapace and pleon finely eranulose, Carapace one-third

the total length, its depth more than hall! its length; subtriangular in shape in

HALE--CUMACEA FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 433

lateral view, and with a faint, median, dorsal carina; dorsal margin straight,

slizhtly sinuous. Pseudorostral lobes short and truncate, meeting in front of eye-

lobe for a distanee equal to the width of the last-named. Antero-lateral mareius

almost straight. antennal noteh wide and shallow, and antennal angle rounded ;

inferior margin serrate, with a small tooth at anterior angle.

Vig 20. Cwomella laeve; lateral views of (2) male and (hb) ovigerous female (x 50),

Pecdigerous somites all exposed, together two-thirds as lone as the carapace.

Pleon shorter than cephalothorax, and with the first three somites slightly

clevated dorsally ; telsonic somite about two-thirds as long as preceding somite,

projecting slightly posteriorly.

Kye pigmented. Hirst antennae with pedinele stout, slightly genienlate,

more than one ancl two-thirds times as long as second joint, which is subequal in

leneth to the third, and rather more than twice as long as wide; flagellum somewhat

longer than last pedunemular joint, composed of two subequal se@ments; accessory

Nagellum rudimentary, sinele-joimted.

Third maxilliped with basis as long as palp exclusive of dactylus; ischinn

very short; merus strongly produced at outer apical angle, and about as lone as

propodus, which is one-third as long again as carpus. First peraeopod with basis

curved, almost two-thirds as lone as remaining joints together; carpus slightly

434 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MusEuM

longer than isechium and merus together; propodus five-sevenths as lone as carpus.

and nearly twice as lone as daetylus, Secoud peraeopods with basis four-fifths as

long as rest of limb, and with a small stout spine near base; ischivim distinet ; merus

and carpus subequal in length, cach three-fourths as long as daetylus, the lone

terminal spine of which is longer than the jot; propodus barely more than half

as long as carpus. Last three pairs of legs rather slender. dasis of third pai

three-fonrths as long as rest of Jonh, Fifth with basis half as lone as remaining

joints together; carpus lilt as lone again as meris.

Wigs 21. Comella leeve, Ovigerous female: a. lateral view of anterior portion of carapace

(x 02): b, first antemma (M 150) 5 e, fied maxillipeds d te g, first, second, third, and fifth

peravapodss ly telson and wopod. Adult male; i, third maxilliped; j to m, first, second, third, and

(eth perneopods; n, telson and uropod (all X 92).

Uropods rather stont; pedunele half as loug again as telsonice somite, serrate

on inner edwe: endopod almost as long as exopod, three-fourths as long as peduncle,

with the long terminal spine half the length of the ramus, and with four subapical

spines on inner margin; exopod serrate on inner marein, with apieal spine about

hol’ as long as varus,

Colour sinoky grey.

Length 1-9 mim.

Adult male. The carapace is subrectangular rather than triangular in lateral

view, The third mayillipeds and first to fourth peraeopods have the basis much

more massive than in the female. [n the third maxillipeds it is two and one-tlurd

HALE—CUMACEA FROM A SouTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 435

times as Jong as wide, and considerably longer than the palp. lu the first peraeo-

pods if is almost as lone as the remaining joints together, and bears a row of large

stot spines on the distal half. The second legs have a row of similar spines on the

basis, which is nearly half as wide as long. Basis of third and fourth peraeopods

about two and one-half times as long as wide, serrate on outer edge, and much

lonver than vest of limb. Fifth paiv much as in femate.

Uropods relatively longer than in female; pedunele more than two-thirds as

lony again as telsonic somite, and more than half as long again as endopad; ter-

Ininal spies more than half leneth of respective rami.

Length 1-6 mon,

Loc. South Australia: Gulf St. Vineent, Sellick’s Reef, on stones, 1 fath.

(11. M. Tale, Mar. and Apl., 1956).

Hab. Gulf of Siam and South Australia.

Youne males resemble females in the shape of the carapace. In juveniles of

both sexes the uropods have the pedunele relatively shorter, and in non-ovigerous

females 1-2-1+5 10m. in leneth it is barely longer than the telsonic somite.

The oviverous female described above is so exceedingly close to Calman’s de-

seription of (. laeve that | hesitate to describe it as new. Calman’s adult female

differs from the speciinens now examined in the following particulars :

The size is smaller ({wo-lhirds as lone as South Australian examples) ; the

last Sewment of the peduncle of the first antennae is described as shorter than the

preceding joint, and the basis is relatively shorter im the first and second peraeo-

pods. The peduncle of the nropods is stated to be nearly twice as long as the tel-

sonic somite, Whereas in none of the adult females before me is it more than half

as long again us this somite. beecatse of these differences, and because the male of

Co leeve is unkuown, the South Australian material is deseribed and figured in

some cletail.

CUMBLLA LIMA sp. hoy.

Ovigerous female, Carapace and pleon granulose, Carapace almost one-

third total length, its depth half the lenyth, and less than greatest width; there is

a laree trimidity on each side, followed by a smaller swollen area, so that a lateral

view of the carapace shows a depression near the binder margin, while im dorsal

view the back is fiddle-shaped; at about the first third of the length is a pair of

small dorsal elevations. Pseudorostrim long, directed slightly upwards. Antero-

lateral margin concave, and antennal angele qnadrate. Oenlar lobe wide.

Pediverous somites all exposed, the third to fifth with clorsal tumictities.

Pleon nor much shorter than cephalothorax, with the first four somites tum!

dorsally; telsouie somite three-fourths as lone as fifth, broadly rounded, and only

slehtly produced postertorly.

436 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

HKyes black. First antennae with pedunele stout, the second joint produced

distally, and the third only two and oue-third times as lone as wide; flawellum

short, little move than half as lone as third pedtineular segment, two-jointed s av-

cessory flagellum small, unjointed.

HX, b “yy

Vig. 22. Cumella toma, type Female; a, lateral view; b, dorsal view of cephalothorax (53).

Virst peraeopods with basis not mueh more than half as long as rest of limb,

anc with merus one-half as long as carpus. Second peraeopods with the stout basis

rather more than two-lhirds as lone as remaining segments; ischium not distinct,

Third to fifth slender; basis of third equal in length to rest of limb, that of fourth

and fifth shorter; fifth lee with carpus twice as long as merus, and barely four-

fifths as long as basis.

Uropods stout, the peduncle three-fourths as long as the telsonic somite, and

with six thorn-like projections on tiner margin; endopod longer than the pediunele,

terminating in a distinetly marked off, finely serrate spine, which is more than

half the length of the ramus itself, and with a subapical serrulate spine about one

third as long as the terminal spine; inner margin of endopod with six to seven

thorn-like spines; exopod two-thirds as lone as endopod, with a slender terminal

spine as long as ramus.

Colour cream.

Length 1:5 mm.

Male. The basis of the third and fourth peracopods is ereatly expanded, the

breadth being equal to half ihe length, The carpus of the fifth leg is nearly three

times as long as the merus, and not much shorter than the basis. The peduncle

of the uropods is longer, being slightly eveater in length than the telsome soniite

the endopod is a little sborter than the pedunele.

HALE—CUMACEA FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 437

Length 1-6 wi.

Loc. South Australia: Gulf St. Vineent, Sellick’s Reef, on stones, 1 fath.

(IL. M. Iale, Mar., 1936). Tasmania: Wynyard, Fossil Reef (N. B. Tindale, ApL.,

1936). Types in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C. 2087, 2038.

Fig. 23. Cumella Tima, Paratype female: ny antenna (x 190); b tof, first te fifth peracopods 5

vw telson and uraped. Paratype male; band i, fourth and fifth perseopods (all x 120),

This species is represented by a number of examples which resemble (. Juispida

(Calman, 1911, p. 347, pl. xxxii, fig. 15-18), but differs consistently from Calman’s

deseription in the following particulars. The size is smaller, ovigerous females

being 1-4anm. to 1-5 mim. in length (2°45 mm, Calman), while the first antennae

ave stouter. the third joint being twice to two and one-third times as long as wiile

(three times Calman). Zimmer (1914, p. 179) comments on the fact that the first

antennae are stouter in the Western Australian specimens which he names as C.

hispida. The uropoda, too, ave different, for in C. hispida the terminal spine is

indistinetly marked off from the endopod, and this ranrus, together with its lone

spine, ‘‘meastures a little more than the length of the pedunele’?; in C. faa the

endopod with its spine is one and two-thirds to twice as long as the pedunele. The

armature of fhe uropods is not as deseribed for C. hispida, and the proportions of

the lew segments are different.

REFERENCES TO AUSTRALIAN CUMACEHA.

Moxon, (. B. H. (1932): GE. Barrier Reef Exped., 1928-29, Sci. Rep., iv, pp. 3O7T-

395, fig. 9-10.

Ifale, Herbert M. (1928) : Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., lit, 1928, pp. 31-48, fig. 1-17.

438 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

Hale, Herbert M. (1929) : Crust. 8. Aust. (Brit. Sci. Guild Handbooks, Fauna and

Flora of 8S. Aust.), pp. 344-855, fig. 344-353.

Hale, Herbert M. (1932): Rec. S. Aust. Mus., iv, pp. 549-550, fig. 1.

Hale, Herbert M. (1936): Rec. S. Aust. Mus., v, pp. 395-401, fig. 1-6.

Sars, G. O. (1887) : Rep. Sct. Res. ‘Challenger’’, xix, pp. 12-20, pl. i.

Zimmer, C. (1914) : Fawna Siidwest Aust., v, pp. 175-195, fig. 1-18.

Zimmer, C. (1921) : Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Hand., lxi (No. 7), pp. 1-13, fig.

1-16.

OTHER REFERENCES.

Calman, W. 'T. (1905) : Siboga Exped., Mon. xxxvi.

Calman, W.T. (1911) : Vrans. Zool. Soe., xviii.

Calman, W. T. (1912): Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xli.

Sars, G. O. (1873) : Svenska Vet.-Akad. Hanid., xi, No. 2.

Stebbing, T. R. R. (1912): Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., x.

Stebbing, T. R. R. (1918) : Das Tierreich, Lief., xxxix.

Zimmer, C. (1921a) : Mitt. Zool. Mus., Berlin, x.

AN INTERESTING CHIRONOMID TELMATOGETON

AUSTRALICUS SP.N. FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF

By H. WoMERSLEY, F.R.E.S., A.L.S., ENTOMOLOGIST,

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Although the genus Telmatogeton of the subfamily Clunioninae of the Chironomidae has

not been recorded hitherto from Australian coasts, it is represented in the Southern

Hemisphere by species from the coasts of South America, South Africa, St. Paul I., and

Japan. Eight species have been previously described as follows:

Telmatogeton sancti-pauli Schiner, St. Paul I., and South Africa.

Telmatogeton minor Kieffer, South Africa.

Telmatogeton torrenticola Terry, Hawaii.

Telmatogeton abnorme Terry, Hawaii.

Telmatogeton trochanteratum Edwards, Chile.

Telmatogeton simplicipes Edwards, Chile.

Telmatogeton japonicus Tokunaga, Japan.

Telmatogeton pacificus Tokunaga, Japan.

Ax INTERESTING CHIRONOMID TELMATOGETON

AUSTRALICUS sv.x. rrom ASOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF

By H. WOMERSLEY, F.R.ELS., A.L.S., inromonocsr, Sourr Ausrranian Muskt my,

Avrnoven the genus Telmatogeton of the subfamily Chotouinde of the Chirana-

nvidae has not been recorded hitherto from Australian coasts, it is represented in the

Southern Llemisphere by species [rom the coasts of South America, Sonth Africa,

St. Paul |, and Japan. Hight species have been previously deseribed as follows ;

Telmatogeton sancti-pauli Schiner, St. Paul [.. and South Africa.

Telmatogelonw minor Wietfer, South Africa.

Telmatogeton torrenticola Terry, await.

Telmatogelon abnorme Terry, Hawaii.

Telinatogeton trochanteratum Edwards, Chile.

Telmatogeton simplicipes Edwards, Chile.

Telmatogelon japonicus Tokunaga, Japan.

Telmatogeton pacifiers Tokunaga, Japan.

The eenus is essentially marine, except for the two Hawaiian species whieh

inhabit torrents. The species described herein is the first to be recorded from this

country, and differs from all previously deseribed forms. Tt was first found by

Mr. I, M. ale, frequenting the reef off Sellick’s Beach, South Australia, in Feb-

ruary, March, and April, 1986, and again by Miss Joan Campbell on the reef off

Noarlinga.

The eenus was erected by Schiner for the genotype 7. sanceti-puuli from St.

Paul l.in the bidian Ocean. It has in recent years been better defined by Edwards,

who showed that the South African species Trissochunia fuscipennis Wieffer was

synonymons, and also that Sehiner was wrong in stating that the palpi in 7. saneti-

pouli were four-segmented, these being actually only two-segmented. Kieffer, in

his monograph of the Chironomidae in the Genera Insectorium, placed the genus im

the Chironominuc, but it is now placed in the Clin/ontuce, a subfamily easily cis:

fineuished from all others by the absence of the anepisternal sutime. The Chienio-

mine Comprises a number of genera whieh are more or less marine in habit, and

inany of which are apterous or semi-apterons in one ov both sexes. As some of these

other genera may be found to cecur along our coasts, the following key, taken from

Kdwards (Diptera of Patagonia and Southern Chile, Part 2. fase. 6, Brit. Mus,,

1981) is elven.

440 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

Key 'ro THE KNOWN GeNnuRA OF CLUNIONINAE.

1. Filth tarsal segment deeply trilobed at tip) .. 4 os 12 “2,

Kifth tarsal segment simple or shehtly bilohed ra Hye i” §:

2. Doth sexes fully winged .. Le te ne he a

Both sexes brachypterous . . . igs an AY op Ey

3. Legs wirodified ; hairs of tibiae weak: “y Telmatagelon Sehiner.

Front lees of male modified : femora swollen; tibiae with tubercle at base; haits

of tibiae strong, sometimes flattened (West Coast North America).

Paraclhunio Wietfer.

4. Wings about as long as thorax in both sexes; halteres present (Hurope).

Psammathionyin Deby.

Wings and halteres minute or absent (female). (Antaretie) Talirytus Eaton.

», Eves bare; tarsi long, fourth seement cordiform and much shorter than third

ov fifth, second hind tarsal segment longer than third; thorax with rows of

acrostichal hairs continued back to seutellum: both sexes filly winged; an-

tennae 6-segmented (both sexes). (Atlantie, Indian, aud Pacifie Coasts).

Thalassomyia Schiner.

(= Gilapagomyia Tolns, )

Eyes hairy; tarsi shorter, forth segment not markedly cordiform; second

hind tarsal segment not longer than third; thorax without acrostichal hairs:

wings reduced (at least in female). .. 3, * G .. 6

6. Seeond hind tarsal segment subequal to third: fifth tarsal seement on all lees

simple: wings sirap-shaped (both sexes) ; palpi long, 4-6-seemented ; antennae

6-segemented (male) or 4-seemented (female). (California).

Eretinoptera ello.

Second hind tarsal segment much shorter than third, fifth shghtly bilobed ;

wines fully developed (male) or absent (female); palpi rndimentary ; an-

fennae 11-segmented (male) or 7-seomented (female), (North Atlantie and

North-West Pacifie Coasts). hs fe ee Clanio Haliday.

TrenmMarogrron Sehiner.

1866 Telmutogeton Schiner, Verh. b.e. Ges, Wien.. 16,931.

19130 Charadromyia Terry, Proc. Ilaw. Ent. Soe., 2.292.

1920 Trissoclunio Kieffer, Ann, S. Afr. Mus., 17,523.

1928) Telmatogeton Edwards, Konowt ia, ee

1931 Telmatogeton Kedwards, Diptera of Patavonia and South Chile, Pt. 2

fase. 5, 804; Brit, Mus.

W385 Telmatogelan Tokunaga, Philip, J. Sei, 57, 491.

135 Telmalogeton Tokunaga, Chironomidae from Japan (4), Mushi, 8, 1A.

The genus can he easily recognized hy the complicated structure of the trilobed

fifth tarsal seament, and by its fully developecl wings in both sexes. [Hs nearest

related genus is Poraelunia from Norvih America. The venus is confined to the

Southern Iemisphere,

WoMERSLEY—A CHIRONOMID FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 441

TRLMATOGRTON AUSTRALICUS Sp. TOV.

Deseriplion of Adit: Leneth (both sexes) 5-0 nun, wing expanse 4-0 imi,

Head light bhiish-grey with dark stripes as figured. Sceutellum and postseutellym

dark brownish, Antennae dark, palpi dackish, Body lghtish, with greyish mottling

and laterally on each side with a pair of fine dark longitudinal stripes; hypopyginn

dorsal scument of middle leg from side; f, same from abave; g, hypopygium.

dark brownish; wings in life pearly-erey opalesceat; legs greyish-brewn, An-

tennae T-seemented, basal segment laree. as broad as long, with about 8 setae,

second seyment slightly more than twice as lone as wide at the tip, without setae;

seoments TLI-VE subelobose without setae; VIE twice as long as wide, tapering

towards tip without terminal process anc with two setae; palpi two-se@mented as

figured. [yes laree, surrounded with fairly long numerons setae; inesonotiin

apparently without discernible setae; scutellum with two latero-anterior setae

and four subposterior setae, Wines opalescent, venation and setae as figured ;

fork of Cny — Cus very slightly distad of ran; macrotrichia on radius (Ry and

442 RECORDS OF THE §.A. MusEuM

Ry ~ 5) not very numerous, about 20 subeosta with about 6 macrotrichia Ry

slightly less than half length of Ry . 5; squamae fairly laree, frinwed; balteres

yellow. Legs long and slender; femora ou all leos somewhat thieker on basal two-

thirds; all trochanters simple; fifth tarsal seement (rilobed as in @enus; claws with

hasal membraneous plates which are broad basally and taper to a sharp point,

¢laws bifid almost to base; immer arin pointed, outer arm broadened. especially at

apex, whieh has a fringed appearance (in this respect the species approaches 7,

trachanteration trom Chile), empodiunt long and lone-haired: abdomen with

sparse short hairs; hypopygium as figured.

Holotype male and allolype female and paratypes from Sellick’s Beach,

South Australia, April, 1936; other specimens from same locality Pebruary and

March, 1936 (HLM.H.) ; also from Noarlunga, South Australia, April, 1956. (Miss

ACL).

Remarks: The species described in this paper is closely related to 7. trochan-

teratwimn Edwards from Chile, and 7. minor Wieffer trom South Africa, Lt differs

from both in the shape of the last antennal sexment, aud also in the lack of a pro-

fuberance on the middle trochanter in the male. The outer arms of the tarsal

claws of the male are somewhat larger than in 7. minor, according to the excellent

figures and redeseription of this species given by Hesse (Tr. Royal Entom. Soe.

London, vol. &2. 2740, 1934), while there also appears to be slight differences in

the venation at the junction of rm with Ry , s.

Description of Livva, Leueth of the two specimens found 4°0 and 5-0 mm.

respectively. Colour in life probably whitish-ereen, only the head brown. General

facies that of previously figured species of the genus. Head capsule non-retractile,

louger than broad and highly ehitinized, the surface seulptured with fine raised

tlots, but apparently without the nimuerons fine hairs of 7. japonicum Tok., the

inpaired dorsal sclerite betweet the anterior arms of the cephalie suture is oval,

widest before the middle, bit not as wide asin T. japonicum, furnished with a pair

of literal subanterior setae, lateral selerites each with two setae and a medial pair

of eyes, on each selerite ave four pores, one close to the anterior setae of the median

sclerite, one just behind and lateral of the eyes, and two at the base and close to the

median arm of the cephalic suture. The labrum is dorsally as figured with 3 pains

of setae. The anieunae are +-seemented, the first seement being stoi and about

half as lone again as wide, the second similar but smaller, and the third and fourth

very sinall and elongate. The mandibles are 5teothed with & setae. while the

labiimt has 6 teeth on each side besides the large broad aedian tooth. The labial

palp is sinall, andl as figured, The body is elongate, with few hut very fine setae

on each seguvent, the anterior pseudopods ave furnished with a series of rows of

gradually increasing simple eneved hooks, the posterior pseudopods have a single

WoMERSLEY—A CHIRONOMID FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 443

(apparently) cirelet of strongly chitinized hooks which have an inner basal pro-

jection. The last body segment has two pairs of strong setae, each pair arising

from a single base.

Fig. 2. Larva: a, entire dorsal view; b, head dorsal view; ¢, mandible; d, labium; e, labial

palp; £, eroehet of posterior pseudopads,

Locality, As for the adults, Mareh 3, 1936.

Biological Notes. With the exception of the two Hawaiian species all members

of this genus are truly marine forms living on reefs at low tide level, The Hawaiian

species frequent torrents. To Mr. H. M. Hale T am indebted for the following

observations on our local species :

“The two larvae were found floating on the surface film of roek pools at the

extreme edge of the reef at low tide. The adults appear, often in thousands, on

calm days with bright sunshine during the summer. Few, if any, emerge during

cloudy days. They are seen only at low tide near the outer portions of the reef,

which are covered at high water by about a fathom of water. They move rapidly

with a hopping movement over the mossy rocks and about the small pools. In

April examples were seen in copula at the edges of the rock pools, the tide being

then dead low.”’

[t is interesting to notice that while the Japanese species are, according {o

Tokanunga, noctural insects, our loeal one, as with the related European Clunio

marinus Eal., is diurnal,

AMPHIPODS FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF

PARTI

By KEITH SHEARD, HON. ASSISTANT IN ZOOLOGY, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The reef at Sellick’s Beach is exceedingly rich in the smaller Crustacea, among which the

Amphipoda are the most abundant in number and variety. The collection made by H. M.

Hale (March to April, 1936) includes over two hundred separate forms, more than half of

which are apparently not referable to known species. Yet from collections made for this

Museum in Tasmania (N. B. Tindale), Queensland (J. T. Mortlock), and on Yorke

Peninsula (H. Womersley, Dr. T. D. Campbell, and B. C. Cotton), all using the method

described by H. M. Hale (Cumacea from a South Australian Reef, Rec. South Aust. Mus.,

1936), it is apparent that this variety and number is not exceptional, and that careful

collecting methods on most coastal reefs will provide a wealth of interesting, if hitherto

neglected, material. The reef forms are in the main highly specialized for successful

existence in their respective environments, and afford, when sufficient variety is studied,

an excellent opportunity of separating ancestral stock characters from those resulting

from habitus. A study of such forms should result in a better knowledge of the family

relationships of the Order.

AMPHIPODS rrom a SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF

PART TI,

By KEITH SHEARD, Hon. Assisranr in Zootocy, Sour Ausrrapian Museum,

Fie. 1-4.

INTRODUCTION.

The reef at Sellick’s Beach is exceedingly rich in the smaller Crustacea, among

which the Amphipoda are the most abundant in wunber and variety. The collee-

tion made by H. M. ale (March to April, 1936) includes over two hundred separ-

ate forms, more than half of which are apparently not referable to known species.

Yet from collections made for this Museum in Tasmania (N. B. Tindale), Queens-

land (J.T. Mortlock), and on Yorke Peninsula (IT. Womersley, Dr. T. D. Camp-

bell, and B, C. Cotton), all using the method described by TI. M. Hale (Cumacea

from a South Australian Reef, Rec. South Aust. Mus., 1936), it is apparent that

this variety and number is not exeeptional, and that eareful collecting methods on

most coastal reefs will provide a wealth of interesting, if hitherto neglected.

material. The reef forms are in the main highly specialized for successful exist-

ence in their respective environments, and afford, when sufticient variety is studied,

an excellent opportunity of separating ancestral stock characters from those re-

sulting from habitus. A study of such forms should result in a better knowledge

of the family relationships of the Order.

Famity HAUSTORIIDAEF.

UROHAUSTORIUS wen. Noy.

Back broad, tapering to antennae and telson. Hyves invisible. First an-

tennae arise from a small process barely covered by the short, pointed rostrum.

Aceessory flagellum subequal to flagelliam. Seeond antenna with penultimate

joint of peduncle greatly expanded; first, second, and third short and ring-like.

Mandible with simple eutting edge and accessory plate, spine-row feeble, molar

large. palp long. Second joint the longest; third elub-shaped with setae, First

maxilla with one jointed palp, Masxilliped, plates short and narrow, palp with

second joint expanded, setose; fourth, finger-like, Gnathopods 1-2 as for Huusto-

446 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MuskuM

rinse drenius Slabber. Peraeopods 1-2 with daetyl spine-like. Peraeopod 3 with

Joints 2-5 expanded, heavily spined. Peraeopods 45. second joint widely expanded,

remainder moderately expanded and armoured. Peraeopods 3-5 without daetyls.

Pleapods well developed. Uropods heavily setose, biramous; uropod 3 with short,

wide pedunele and widened rami, outer stouter and wider than inner, jointed near

tip. Telson, short, broad, entire, margin with fonv spines. Sideplates: 1, short,

pointed, curving forwards; 2, comparable, both hidden hy the forward lobe of

plate 8, which is the largest; broadly produced forward, the infero-distal edge

narrowly produced baekwards, and tipped with a long spine; 4, as long as, bi

narrower than 8, backward production comparable; 5, 6, 7, very small.

Uropods with setae, very finely plunose.

ftenotype: U. halei sp. nov.

This genus represents a combination of the characters of Haustorius, Urothae

and Phacocephalopsis, wost noteworthy differences being spine-like dactyls on

peraeopods Land 2; the shape and order of the sideplates; the entire telson, and

the one-jointed palp of the first maxilla,

The two species here referred to Vrohaustorius way be separated as follows:

a. Gnathopod 2, joints 2 and 5 subequal .. - 46 4 .. halter

aa, Gnathopod 2, jomt 2 twiee joint 5 ae we ie J .. DErCat

TIROHAUSTORIUS HALE! sp. 10v.

® Tlead short, broader than long, terminating in a small, sharply-poiuted

rostrum. Sideplates 1-2 small, acutely prodneed forwards, 8 the largest, longer

than broad, covering sideplates 1-2 and the bases of gnathopods 1-2, and peraeopod

3, lower marein produced acutely backwards, terminating in a long spine; 4.

large Dnt smaller than 38, longer than broad, covering the base of peracopod 4,

narrowly prodneed backwards, and terminating in a long spine; 5-7 very small.

The third pleon segment is produced backwards, the process terminating in a

spine. Pleon seement 4 the longest.

The body is free from setae or spines on its smooth surface.

Post antennal angles distinct, lateral corners moderate.

Fives, not visible. Antenna 1: the pair are jointed to a small two-branched

process arising from the frontal marein of the head. The junetion of this process

with the head is clearly visible. (See fig. 1B.) Wirst joint large. and timid, as

lone as 2-8 together, and one and one-half times as broad as the second joint, whieh

is setose, and more than twice as broad and slightly longer than the third; acees-

sory flagellum 6-jointed, flagellum 8-jointed. Antenna 2: first joint small and

ring-like, apparently soldered to the head; seeond free but short: third equal to

J and 2 together, with the dorsal edge shehtly produced and rounded ; the fourth

A-Q, Uroluiistorius hale, ypu miles AL lateral views B, rostrum and sontenncl

Fip, 1

proevss; (mandible; 0, entting edge of mandible, by maxilla Ly 1. maxilla 25 Gy maxiliped:

H, gnathopod 1; 1. gnathopord 23 JAN, perneopads 1-4; O, pleopod ay Py cdupling hooks PL ay

Q, urdpods and telson. Rea, Urehaustorins vereoi; Ry maxilla 2; 5, gnathopod 1; T, gnatho rod 2;

, , & 1 8

Ul unathopod 2, chela; V, peraeopod L spines of joint 6 and daetyl; W, side-plate 4; X, aide

5 I J I i } . |

plate 4; Y, uropod 1; 4, uvopod 2) 1, ureped 3 and telson,

448 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

joint is leaf-like, one and one-half times the leneth of the fifth, and varying from

three times as broad in the male to twice as broad in the female. strongly setose,

with plumose setae in both: the fifth joint is swolleu, with long plumose setae:

Hagellim equal to length of feurth joint, 8-jointed; antenna not longer than head

plus first four peraeon seemerts. Mandible: palp lone, first joint short and stout,

second nearly twice third, which is fringed on the underside of the distal half with

pliumose setae; molar strong, cutting edge simple, accessory cutting edge simple;

spine-row feeble. Maxilla 1 with one jointed palp, terminatine in four lone spines.

Manilla 2 with the outer plate twice as broad and slightly louver than the inner.

Masillipeds: inner plate small, outer small; palp with second joint long snd

swollen, bearing long setae, third enrved, fourth eylindrieal, weak.

Gnathopod 1: seeoud joint long and narrow, third very small, fourth small,

produced inferiorly, fifth as long as seeoud but uearly twice as broad, sixth ey lin-

drieal, weak; seventh curved, very weak, Gnathopod 2 comparable with first, but

slightly larger; finger opposed by a spine, forming a small chela.

Peraeopod 1: side plate the larvest; first joint distinet, twice as broad as long;

second the longest; third ring-like, twice as broad as long; fourth half as long as

second, and vomparable in expansion; fifth subequal, spined ou inferior margin;

sixth balf as broad and subequal in length; seventh spine-like. Peraeopod 2:

slightly longer than first, with plumose hairs ou the inferior marein of the fourth

and fifth joints. Peraeopod 5: side plate little produced, weakly bilobed ; distal lobe

the larger, second joint expanded, artiewated to third by a slight collar; third and

fifth joints equally expanded, subequal; fifth less expanded, a little longer; sixth

finger-like, equal it length to fourth; seventh uot present; the whole appendage is

relatively massive, the joints 3-5 studded with rows of spines. Peraeopod 4 the

longest ; side plate very siuall; second joint longer than broad; third ring-like, 4-6

cylindrical, heavily spined; seventh not present. Peraeopod 5 comparable to 4,

fourth and fifth joints more prodneed distally.

Pleopods; stout, with plunose setae; third the longest, with its imer ramus

more slender and about two-thirds as lone as outer; two siekle-shaped coupling

hooks on each peduncle, which is moderately expanded, Uropod 1 the longest ;

rami slightly shorter than pedinele. inner ramus slightly the shorter. Uropod 2

the smallest; rami subequal, longer than pedimele. ropod 8 with rami aud

pedunele expanded, rami subequal; otter rains longer and broader than inner,

two-jointed, the joint comparable with those of the pleopod rami; is close to the

distal end of the ramus. AL uropeds heavily setose with plimose setae, Telson

one and one-half times as broad as loug, semi-cireular, undivided, with four mae

ginal spines. ‘Telson does uot reach to end of pedunele of third urepod.

Length, type male, 2°5 mmu.; ovigerous type feule, 1-9 nim.

SHEARD—AMPHIPODS FROM A SouTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 449

Loc. South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, Sellick’s Reef, burrowing in sand on

saudy patches on reel; exceedingly common (H. M. Hale, ApL 1936). Types in

South Australian Museum, Ree. No. C. 2080, 2081.

This species, the most interesting Amphipod from the reef, has been named in

recognition of the eareful collecting work done there by Mr. Il. M. Hale.

The male and female are little differentiated, although in the male the lateral

lobes of the body segments are slightly more produced, and the body is flatter and

slizhtly more leaf-like than in the female, which frequently assumes a more or less

Sphaeromid-like shape. Immature males and females are much flatter than the

mature forms, and the fourth pleon segment is not wider than the two adjoining in

the specimens examined.

The species possesses long, stout, darkly-staining hairs on the antennae, pleo-

pods, and uropods, sparsely scattered ainong the plumose setae. These stain blackly

with magenta red, and the darkened interior appears to arise trom well within the

chiton. The whole has the appearaice of a long hollow tube treely connected with

interior of the appendage. The tubes are fringed with very fine setae, and appear

to serve both sensory and aeration funetions.

UROMAUSTORLUS VERVOL Sp. nov.

This species is very close to (, haled, with the following as the chief differences :

Antenna 1, accessory flagellin with five joints, flavelhim with seven. Side-

plate 4 nearly as wide as lone (1°, foaled at least three times as long as wide).

Gnathopod 1, joint 2. one and one-half tiues joint 5 (U. haled with these jamts

subeyual).

Gnathopod 2, with joint 2 elongate, more than twiee joint > (0. faled, joints 2

wud 5 subequal).

Uropod 1, inner ramus one-half outer (U. hale, sibequal).

Uropod 2, inner ramus less than one-half outer (0. /eafer, wore than halt).

Length, 5 mm.

Lov, Western Australia; Geographe Bay GJ. C. Veruo).

In the type female the dactyls of peraeopods 1-2 are unmistakable (fig. 1, V),

while the antennal process is clearly marked off from the head,

The species is named after its collector, De... C. Verco, and is interesting as

illnstrating the wide range of the genus, In the same dredging was taken a species

of Haustorius with the pleon segments yers recuced, the telson cleft to the base,

aiuennae little expanded, and with sicde-plates approaching those of Urohaustorius,

This will be deseribed later.

450 Recorps oF THE S.A. MusEUM

REFERENCES.

Della Valle (1803): 7. FL Neapel. xx. pl. lx, fig, 22-23,

Tfolmies, 8.3. (1905) : Bad, CUS. Bureau Fish, xxiv, pl. v.

Stebbing (1906); Das Tierrerch, Lif. xxi, pp. 118-148,

Barnard (19382): Discovery Reports, v, p. 94.

STIPHONOECETES SELLICK! Sp. oy.

The points of difference from 8, australis Stebbing (+) are as follows -

Rostrum: Definitely pointed, projecting beyond eye-lobes.

First Antenna: Five-joimted flagelhun, the fifth joint minute.

Second Antenna: Fifth joint of pedunele the longest.

Head: Equal to longest peraeon semment (fifth).

Side-plates: All are shallow, first and second acutely produced forwards, the

remainder sotthy rovucded.

Pleopods: Inner vamus two-thirds outer (S. australis sub-equal). Both rami

are jointed very close to the proximal edge of the peduncle, and their roots are

slender.

Uropods: First, outer ramus equals two-thirds pedunele, which is not spined,

Second, outer ramus shorter than pedunele, The inner is small, and its base is

partly overlapped by the peduncle, which is produced on its inner side to a rounded

lobe (fig. 2.N), fringed with very short spines. The third uropod is vestigial, the

outer ranius very short, is fringed with five long hairs. The peduncle is prolonged.

on its inner side, aud studded with five spines. In the ventral view (fig. 2.N) it

has the appearance of being open at the tip, forming a suetion-plate. However, it

is diftienlt to clearly define the detail at the magnification employed.

Loe. South Australia: Gulf St. Vineent, Sellek’s Reef (H. M. Hale, 1936).

Types in South Australian Museum, Ree. No. C. 2114, 2117.

This Amphipod lives in short, hollow pieces of Cymodocea stem (2) loosely

lined with silky material. The specimens described were collected in January. 1986,

by Mr. 11. M. Hale, when le noticed fragments of Cynodoced stem moving incdepen-

dently of the currents in a small roek pool at Sellick’s Reet, at low tide. Might

stalks coutaining ovigerous females were found. Repeated searching since that

date has only disclosed one more specimen. No males were discovered. The

females of length + main. conta 10-11-12 eges arranged in echelon, the whole

amphipod completely filling the tubal space.

(2) Hale, Trans. Roy. Soe, 8. Auste., xlviii, 1024, pp 225, and Crust, 8. Aust, (Brit Sei, Guild

ILandhook), 1929, p. 822.

SHEARD—-AMPHIPODS FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 451

SN. sellick?t bears ils antennae in a characteristic cruciform manner; they are

orange, spotted with black; the body is slatey-erey to the fifth peraeon segment,

the remainder pallid. Unfolding and rapid diminution in size commences with the

fourth pleon segment, seginents 5 and 6 being considerably reduced; the telson is

as long as the fourth pleon segment.

KS. del

Fig. 2. Siphonoecectes sellicki: A, lateral view of female; B, eye-lobe; Cy second anteniia ;

Db, first gnathopod; FE, second gnathopod; F. second peraeopod; G, finger of Fy U, fourth

peraeopod; J, fifth peraeopod; 1, maxilliped; 1K, third pleapod; L, telson and uropods; M, hears

N, second and third uropod; O, cutting edge of right mandible; P, cutting vdge of left mandible.

The proportions of the peraeon appendages of the type specimen agree fairly

closely with those for Siphonoeceles australis, but the individual specimens vary

slightly, as might be expected from the nature of their environment.

In general, the species bears stouter appendages than S. australis, and 1s

appearance is sliehtly more robust; in all specimens high magnification and appro-

priate staining are necessary to detect the sutures of the sixth segment, Without

452 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

dissection if may be separated from S. australis by the following characteristics ;

the third joint of peraeopod 2 is eylindrieal, as broad as lone; the fifth joint of

peraeopod 4 is twice as long as broad (S, australis one und one-half (imes as broad

as long), and the small rostrum is sharply pointed (S. wustralis bluntly rounded),

The species is very close to 8. smithianus Rathbun.

Faminy OK DICEROTIDAE.,

Exorpicrros Stebbing.

EXOEDICEROS MACULOSUS Sp. hoy.

@ Hyes moderately large, oval, with the surface rounded. Antenna 1, joints

of peduncle suceessively shorter and nore sleuder; first joint as long as second ana

third together; flagellim of about 80 joits, each carrying a small ¢aleeoli which

eives the flagellin a saw-like appearance; accessory flavellim, a single rudimen-

tary jolt, tipped with lony setae. Antenna 2, first two joints of pedunele short

and stout, appeariny’ to fuse with the head; third is free and about one-half the

width of the first; fourth is stonter than fifth and shehtly longer, equal to twice

third; flagellum as for antenna 1, but with about 40 joints; antenna 2 about one

and oue-third as lone as antenna 1, and proportionately stonter. Mandible, well

developed, palp large, first joimt short, second three times, and third two and one-

half times as long; molar, cutting edges and spine-row well developed ; enathopod 2

larger than 1, but of similar form ; fifth joint widened and setose, produced to paliu

of oval sixth. Peraeopods 1 and 2 possess no finger, aud have the fourth joint

widened ; fifth and sixth not widened, sub-equal. Peracopods 3 and 4 have fourth

and fifth joints only slightly widened. Peraeopod 5, first joint with very small

plate, second joint quadrate, hind margin nearly straight; length of peracopod 5

equals twice peraeopod 2,

Pleopods with side-plates of pleon segments 1-3 progressively larger, postero-

lateral angles rounded; each of the plates of the pleon hears an inner vow of

double spines ¢lose to the inferior margin, and a laree ehromatophor at about the

centre of the plate; these characteristic chromatophors are also present on the

uropod segment and telson.

Uropod 1 bears stout spines on the sub-equal vami, immer ramus equal to

peduncle, Uropod 1 is nearly twiee as long as peduncle plus outer vans of

nropod 2, and one anid one-half times as lone as uropod 3. Uropod 2 the smaller

and more slender ; mer ramus shehtly shorter than pedunele, outer slightly lonwer,

both shghtly spined.

SHEARD—AMPHIPODS FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 453

Uropod 3 stout, with pedunele and outer ramus spied, imner ramus lanceo-

late, with long setae; rami equal, and equal to pedunele in length. 'Telson, small

entire, quadrate, equal in length to second uropod segment; normally carried

upturned.

Big. 4. Bwocdiceros maculosus, type female; A, antennae 1 and rostrum; B, peduncle of

imtenna L; C, antenna 2; D, mandible; BE, gnathopod 2; F, palm of E; G-K, peracopods 1-5;

L, uropods and telson; M, pleopod 1; N—O, peduncles and side-plates of pleopods 2-3.

454 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Length, 3 mm.

Loc. South Australia: Gull St. Vincent, Sellick’s Reet; common in sandy

pools left at low tide (TT. M. Hale, Apl. 1986), Types in South Australian Museum,

Reg. No. C. 2084, 2085, 2086,

K, S. del

Fig. 4. Manibles of Lwondiceros fossor (A-B) and F, maculosus (C-D); maxilla 1 of

Li. fossor (8) and BE. macwlosus (-G); maxilla 2 of £. fessor (11) and #. maculosus (1):

maxilliped of B. maculosus (J); side-plate and gnathopod 1 of &. fosser (IS) and £. maeulosus

(Lh),

Through the courtesy of the Australian Museum authorities | have been able

to examine specimens of Lsrocdiceros Jossor (Ovdicerus arenicola aswell). (See

fig. 2.) The main differences betwee this species and MH, maculosus are as follows:

Size (mature females): H. fossor, length, 7 mm.; ereatest width of peraeon,.

3mm. 2. maculosus, length, 5 nin.; greatest width of peraeon, 1-5 mm, Rostra:

HK. fossor, short, and not reaching beyond middle of first joint of pediunele of first

antenna. MW. maculosus, velatively longer, reaching beyond middle of first joint

of pedunele of first antenna (this characteristic is constant for immature, sub-

adult and adult specimens examined of both sexes).

Colouration (spirit specimens); H, fossor, no trace of chromatophores. ff,

macilosus, bright red chromatophores as described.

Mandible: MH. fossor, spine-row weak; accessory cutting edge poimted and

SHEARD—-AMPHIPODS FROM A SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REEF 455

simple. H. maculosus, spine-row with strong spines; accessory cutting edge small

and dentate.

Maxilla 1: HF. fossor, inner plate large. E. maculosus, miner plate small.

Maxilla 2: /. fossor, plates wide. E. maculosus, plates comparatively narrow.

Side-plate 1: H. fossor, five sets of spines on inferior edge; two spines on

distal edge; narrow. FH. maculosus, five spines on distal edge; comparatively wide.

Embryos still within the ege-case were possessed of fully-developed fifth

peraeopods,

In washines from the wave-beaten beach (Hale, Sept. 1936), Urohaustorius

haley and Hxoediceros maculosus were abundant.

REFERENCES.

Haswell (1879) : Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S. Wales, iv, p. 325, pl. xxiv, 3.

Stebbing (1906) : Das Tierreich, xxi, p. 239.

Pirlot (1982) : Siboga-Eapeditie, Livr. exvii, Mon. xxxiii, b, p. 106,

AMPHIPODS OF THE PHLIANTID GROUP IN THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, WITH A SUGGESTED

DIVISION OF THE FAMILY

By KEITH SHEARD, HON. ASSISTANT IN ZOOLOGY, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The examination of five new species of the family Phliantidae provides an opportunity

for a brief revision of the family, which falls into two divisions:

a. Genera with first maxillae incomplete, telson entire.

aa. Genera with first maxillae complete, telson cleft.

1899 Phliadidae Stebbing, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, Zool. Vol. 7, p. 414.

1906 Phliadidae Chevreux, Bull. Soc, Zool. Fr., vol. 31, p. 87.

1906 Phliantidae Stebbing, Das Tierreich, 21, pp. 200, 726.

1909 Phliantidae Chilton, Tr. N. Zeal. Inst., vol. 41, p. 61.

1910 Phliantidae Kunkel, Tr. Conn. Ac. Sci., vol. 16, p. 19.

1910 Phliasidae Chevreux, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr., vol. 23, p. 201.

1916 Phliantidae Barnard, Ann. Sth. Afr. Mus., vol. 15, pt. 3, p. 155.

1927 Phliantidae Rebisch, Handbuch der Zoologie, Kukenthal, iii band, 1 halfte,

p. 799.

1932 Phliantidae Pirlot, Siboga-Expeditie, M. xxxuib, Livr. cxvui, p. 105.

AMPHIPODS or tHe PHLIANTID GROUP in rur SOUTH

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, wirt a SUGGESTED

DIVISION or true FAMILY

By KEITH SHEARD, Honorary Assistant in Zoo.ocy, Sour AusrraLiAn Museum.

Wie. 1-6.

THE examination of five new species of the family Phliantidae provides an oppor-

tunity for a brief revision of the family, which falls into two divisions :

a. Genera with first maxillae incomplete, telson entire,

aa. Genera with first maxillae complete, telson eleft.

1899 Phliadidae Stebbing, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond,, ser. 2, Zool. vol. 7, p. 414.

1906 Phliadidae Chevreux, Bull. Soe. Zool. Fr., vol. 31, p. 87.

1906 Phliantidae Stebbing, Das Tierreich, 21, pp. 200, 726.

1909 Phliantidae Chilton, Tr. N. Zeal. Inst., vol. 41, p. 61.

1910 Phliantidae Kunkel, Tr. Conn. Ac. Sei., vol. 16, p. 19.

1910) Phliasidae Cheyreux, Mem. Soe. Zool. Fr., vol. 23, p. 201.

1916) Phliantidae Barnard, Ann. Sth. Afr. Mus., vol. 15, pt. 3, p. 154,

1927) Philiantidae Reibiseh, Handbuch der Zoologie, Kukenthal, iii band, i haltfte,

p. 799.

1932 Phhianiidae Pirlot, Siboga-Expeditie, M. xxxiiib, Livr. exvii, p. 105,

In order to accommodate the very diverse genera and yet give a framework

strict enough for valid identification, the characteristics of the family have been

extended, and two subfamilies have been erected, although the claims of Bireenna,

Hophliantis (gen. nov.), and possibly Auria Walker to inclusion in a separate

family are strong.

Faminy PHLIANTIDAE.

Peraeon strongly developed. Pleon segments 5-6 subjeet to degradation.

Antennae 1-2 short, antenna 1 without accessory flagellum, flagellum with sensory

filaments, Upper lip with distal margin usually undivided. Lower lips without

inner lobes. Mandible without palp. Maxilla 1 variable. Maxillipeds with palp

joints variable.

SHEARD—AMPHIPODS OF THE PHILIANTID GROUP 457

Gnathopods 1-2 simple or feebly chelate. Pedunele laterally produced in one

or more pleopods. Uropod 3 usually not biramous. Telson entire or cleft.

With two subfamilies :

a. Telson cleft om “4 ake =f, ae A 3 .. EKophliantinue

aa. ‘Telson entire 4. a3 af sr, 4 4 .. Phitantenae

a. ROPHLIANTINAE, Subfamily nov.

Peraeon strongly developed. Pleon segments 5-6 very small. Antennae 1-2

short and slender, antenna 1 without accessory flagellum, Upper lip not divided.

Mandible without palp, molar variable, Maxilla 1 with inner plate and one jointed

palp (° Kuria). Maxillipeds, inner plate reaching to outer; palp four-jomted.

Gnathopods 1-2 simple or feebly chelate. Pleopods biramous, peduncles expanded.

Uvopods 1-2 biramous. Uropod 3 variable, very small. Telson cleft to base, mp-

timed.

With three genera and five species ;

a. Uropod 3 biramous . . ay we. a 7 an .. Baphiiantis

ava. Uvopod 3 not biramous.

bh. Side-plates shallow on 8 ne ard i .. Bireenna

hh, Side-plates deeper than segment ay eh im .. Kuri

EorpHuraANtis gen. nov.

Peracon strongly developed (sub-eylindrical). Head almost spherical. Eyes

small. Side-plates shallow. Antennae 1-2 short and slender. Molar present on

right mandible. Maxilla 1 with outer and inner plate and one jointed palp. Perae-

opods 3-5 with second joint widely expanded. Peraeopod 5 the longest. Pleopod 1

pedunele slightly expanded; pleopods 2-8 with peduncles widely expanded; all

biramous. Uropods 1-3 biramous, uropod 3 very small but with joints clearly

marked, Telson small, cleft to base, upturned.

Genotype; £. tindalet sp. nov.

Horn.raANTis 'TINDALEL sp. nov.

2 All segments to the third pleon segment very loosely articulated. Lead

with distinet neck. Antenna 1, ultimate joint of peduncle the longest; flagellum

five-joimted with sparse setae. Antenna 2, shorter, division of pedunele and flag-

ellum not marked; total seven-jointed. Right mandible with weak molar and leeble

spine-row. Left, clear, with cutting edge produced, Maxilla 1, outer plate bear-

ing six, toothed spines, inner with six(’); palp one-jointed with a single apical

seta. Maxilla 2 with short base and long subequal plates, outer with eight, inner

458 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

with six slender spines. Maxilliped as in #. fulva Chilton. Gnathopod 1 long and

slender, with a secondary unguis and accessory spine on the seventh joint. Gnatho-

pod 2 long and yery-slender, otherwise comparable, For peraeopods, see fig. 2, IK,

Fig. 1. A-L, Kophtiantis tindalei, male; A, lateral view of type male; R-C, right mandible;

D-W, left mandible; PF. mandible, immature; G, mandible, paratype male; TH, maxilla 1; T, spines

of outer plate; J, maxilla 2; K, maxilla 2 of ferm with mandible G; tL, uropods and telson;

M, comparative seale for B,C, D, EH, HW.

Pleopods 2-5 with broadly expanded pedunele twice as wide as lone, rami

moderately setose.

Two sets of three spines each oceur on the rivht and left postero-dorsal edges

of the third pleon segment. Segments 4-6 small but distinet. Uropod 1, outer ramns

equal to peduncle, inner one and one-third times lonyer; interior mareins of rami

lined with fine spines. Inner ramus equal in leneth to inner ramus plus peduncle

of second wropod. Uropod 2 three-quarters as long as uropod 1, with inner ramus

equal to pedunele, outer one and one-half times inner, margins smooth, Uropod 8

SHEARD—AMPHIPODS OF THE PHLIANTID GROUP 459

slightly shorter than peduncle of uropod 2, rami rounded, equal to peduncle, outer

ramus with one, inner with two apical spines.

Telson short, triangular, upturned, completely elett into two triangular nearly

opposecl facies, each tipped with two spines.

Fig. 2. Kophliantis tindalei, female; A, antenna 1; B, antenna 2; COD, gnathopods 1-2;

1B, gnathopod 2, seventh joint, paratype; Fy gnathopod 2, seventh joint, type; H-L, peraeopods

1-5; M-N, pleopeds 2-3; O, nropods and telson,

Colour, pale yellow.

Leneth, + mim.

Loc. Tasmania: Pt. Wynyard, in fine sand and aleae, on tidal rocks, periodi-

eally flooded with river water. (CN. B. Tindale, Apl 1986). Types in South Ais-

tralian Musemn, Ree. No. CO. 2072, 20738.

The type male from the same loeality differs from the female in the following

particulars :

460) RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Anterma. 1, flagellum sis

joimted, Antenna 2. total ei@ht-joimted.

Guathopods 1-2 with the infero-distal angle of the sixth joint slightly more

produced. lifero-lateral edge of peraeon seement 1 slizhtly more produced with

three spines on each of the antero and postero-lateral angles. Infero-lateral edge

of peraeon segment 2 bears three spines centrally. Two sets of six moderately stow

spines ave present on the postero-cdorsal edge of the third pleon segment.

Uropod 1 with inner ramus only slightly longer than pedinele of uropod 2.

Uropod 2 longer than uropod 1. with inner ramus equal to pediunele, outer nearly

jwiee inner, with inferior marein armoured with very short spines. Uropod 9

longer than pedunele of uropod 8. The sex differences are yery slight. The in-

dividual variations in the mandibles and sixth jomts of the enathopods are of

interest.

Females have been noted carrying from three to eleyen developing ova in the

hbrood-poueh, One male was peculiar in possessing an accessory row of small spines

on the plates of the second maxillae (fig. 1, 8). The difference in the manner of

carrying the uropod se@ments in this subfamily as typilied by £, tindalet compared

with that of the subfamily Phliqutinae is striking.

Bircenna Chilton.

Body broad. Tlead not rostrate. Antennae short, subequal, both pairs very

slender; second with prominent gland cone. Mandibles without palp, molar want-

ine or weak. Maxilla 1 with inner and outer plates and one jointed palp. Maxilli-

peds with outer plate not extending beyond inner, palp fonr-jointed, fourth joint

small, not uneuiform., First and second gnathopods with the hinder apex of the

sixth joint a little prodneed, Pleopods all birainous, and with the pedtneles

broadly produced laterally. Uropods 1-2 with unequal, euarved rami. Uropod 3

rudimentary. Telson cleft to base, eaeh half triangular ancl more or less opposed.

With three species :

a. Molar wanting.

b. Uropods 1-2 with rami nearly twiee peduncle .. ran 2. fulon

bb. Uropods 1-2 with rami nearly equal peduncle .. = L. ChUSSTpes

aa. Weak molar present both mandibles . ca ta ae. -. nichoallsi

Birennna PuLya Chilton,

One of the syntypes was kindly lent for examination by the Director of the

Cauterbury Museum, and is here figured in detail. The three-membered first

maxilla is to be noted (fig. 5. EB, B) ). There are three spines on the postero-

dorsal margins of the third pleon sewment.

SHEARD ~AMPHIPODS OF THE PHLIANTID GROUL 461

BiRCENNA NICHOLLS sp. nov.

® Peraeon much larger than pleon. Head not rostrate, but slightly bulging

forwards over antermae. Kyes very small, Antennae very slender and short,

Second with small calceolis on distal edee of fifth joint of peduncle. Hlagellum

K, S. dik

Pig. §. A-X, Bircenna fuloa, female; A, antenna 1; B, antenna 2+ CD, mandibles; FB,

boy

miuxilla 1, outer plite and palp; I, tip of outer plates G, inner plate; H, tip of inner plate;

I, maxilla 2) 4, maxillipeds; K-L, gnathopods 1-2; M-Q, peracopods 1-3; R, gnathopod 2,

terminal joints, cofype; SeT, pleopods 2.3; U, uropads and telsuns V, uropod 1; W, telson and

mrapod 3 XN, setiferous lobes of lower lip.

two-jointed. Mandible with weak molar, cutting edge produced. Maxilla 1 with

outer plate bearing six finely-toothed spines, inner with five simple spines, one

jointed palp with one apical seta. Maxilla 2 with very short base and long, sub-

equal, flattened plates. Maxillipeds very smail, with third joint of short palp the

longest, fourth jotut more swollen than in B. fulvd. Gnathopods 1-2 like B. fulud,

bat production of infero-distal edge of sixth joint not as acute, and with enatho-

462 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

pod 1 slightly longer than gnathopod 2. Peraeopod 5 is slightly shorter than

peraeopod 4. Pleopods 1-3 with peduncles more than twice as broad as long (PF.

fulve less than twice as broad as long).

7 \s ) Scale B.*1 mm.

Fe YA Pee a,

——

\ BS Scale A, “1mm.

Pig. 4, A-R, Bircenna nichollsi; A, antenna 2; BC, mandibles; D, maxilla 1; 8, maxilla 2;

Py portion of maxilliped; GIL, gnathopods 1-2; 1-M, peracopods 1-5; N, aropods 1-2 and telson;

O, nropod 1; P, uropod 2; Q, uropod 3; R, pleoped 3.

Uropod 1 with rami subequal, slightly shorter than pedunele, with a sinall

hooked spine on each ramus near the apex. Uropod 2, rami subequal, inner slightly

longer, equal to pedunele; the whole appears to form a hooked structnre, Uropod 4

extremely sinall, apparently consisting of a pedunele and single ramus, tipped with

two setae, hidden by the short triangular, cleft telson.

Size, 2 mm.

Loc. South Australia: St. Vineent’s Gulf, Sellick’s Beach, among algae grow-

ing on the film of sand covering rocks below low-tide mark (11. M. Hale, 1936).

Type in South Australian Musewu, Reg. No. C. 2074.

The ovigerous female with two developing eggs was the only specimen collee-

ted. [1 has been named in honour of Professor G. EB. Nicholls, of the University of

SHEARD—AMPHIPODS OF THE PHLIANTID GROUP 463

Western Australia, who has worked on a number of Australian and Antarctic

Aimphipods.

In veneral i resembled &. falva fairly closely, but is remarkable for the short-

ness and slenderness of the gnathopods and ete the longest being only very

slightly longer than the depth of the body; B. fulva, at least twice as long as the

vreatest body depth.

Koria Walker.

WO) Nat, Tist. Sokotra and Abd-El-Nuri, Liverpool Mus. p. 228.

lt is evident that this genus is closer to Bireenna than to the tynieal Phlian-

linac, but it is desirable that the first maxillae be re-examined. In this revision if

lias been placed, tentatively, with the Hophliantinac.

It is difficult to accept Stebbine’s positive identification of Binncolina algicola

Della Valle with B. cuniculus (Ampithoe ceameulus Stebbing). Lt may be of ad-

Vantage to re-exainine the types of the first-named with special reference to the

mouth parts and telson,

aa. PILTANTINAB Subfamily nov.

Peraeon strongly developed. Pleon segments 5-6 subject to degradation. An-

tentiae 1-2 very short. Antenna 1 with joints of pedunele generally expanded, no

accessory flagellum, flagellum with sensory filaments. Upper lip with distal inar-

vin usually undivided. Lower lip without inner lobes. Mandible without palp.

Maxilla 1 incomplete; maxilliped with palp variable. Gnathopods 1-2 simple or

weakly chelate, Pedunele laterally expanded in one or more pleopods. Pleopod 3,

inner vanius subject to degradation. Uropod 3 usually uot biramons. Telson short,

entire, not upturned. With & genera, 10 species.

Synopsis of genera :

a. Maxillipeds, palp two-jointed ., ide .. Temnophhias

aa. Maxillipeds, palp more than two- jointed.

b. Maxillipeds, palp three-jointed,

e Vropod 8 biramoms 67 abe aby .. Phhias

ee. Uropod & not biramons,

d. Uroped 3, peduncle and raniis distinet 2. Peredinoalus

dd. Uropod 8, peduncle not distinet from rans Palinnotus

bh, Maxilliped, palp four-jointed.

e. Pleopod 3, inner ramus well developed . Jphinotus

ee, Pleopod 3, inner ramus rudimentary.

f. Uropod 38, pedunele cistinet from

ramus, Qiasiinodia 2en. WOV.

fF Vropod 3, pecunele not distinct tram

rans.

h. Masilla 1 with palp l, .. Plioplateta

hh. Maxilla 1 without palp .. .. Tphiplateia

464 RECORDS OF THE $.A. MUSEUM

QUASIMODIA gen, DOV,

Body depressed, pleon strongly flexed. Segnients of body tuberculate in

medio-dorsal line. Peraeon sewment 1, medio-dorsal area produced. cowl-like, over

the head. Mouth parts as for Tphiplateia. Gnathopods 1-2 simple. Pleopod 3,

inner ramus vestigeal and non-setose or rudimentary and setose, Uropods 1-2

biramous. Uropod 3 consisting of peduncle and ramus, immer ramus sometimes

present in modified form. 'Telson short, entire,

With three species :

a. Pleopod 3, inner ramns vestigeal, non-sefose . . A .. Q.womersleyt

aa. Pleopod 3, inner ramus rudimentary, setose,

b. Uvopod 8, ramus twice as lony as peduncle s, .. Qecupricarnis

bb, Uropod 3, ramus equal to pednnele .. abe os Le Qe harnardi

Ovigerous females of the species deseribed were associated with specimens of

the same size, but lacking marsupial plates, aud with a slightly greater develop-

ment of sensory setae. These T assume to be males. Although the generie and

specific characteristies keyed ave of small and relatively inaccessible parts, they

wan be readily distinguished by the application of the following metlod (after

Womersley and Hale) :

1. Clear in synthetic oil of wintergreen, 1-2 hours.

2. Pass through acetie acid.

3. Mouut in gum chloral.

Should a more detailed examination be neeessary a speeciinen may be stained

whole in Magenta Red and dissected in xylol-balsam, The procedure is as follows :

The specimen is passed to absolute alcohol; several drops of Magenta Red ii

ubsohite alcohol acidified with acetic acid are added and left for 2-5 winttes, lx-

cess of stain is washed out with aleohol. Nylol (free of water) is then caropped

into the last wateh-glass of alcohol until no further millkiness is obtamed. The

specimen is then dried and transferred from this glass to pure Nylol for 9-10

minutes, and then disseeted in 40-50 xylol-balsam. The stained mounts obtained

tend to fade a little in course of time, but this disadvantage is sight in considera-

tion of the sharp and elea? detail which can be obtained under the highest powers.

The method has an added adyantawe with crustacean chitin in that specimens are

not rendered brittle or tough. [has been used for lsopoda, Cimacea, and Aan phi-

poda with equal success.

QUASIMODIA WOMERSLEYL Sp. OV.

Body depressed, dorsal ridge tuberculate, each segment forming a rounded

prominence, first segment with a pseudo-rostrim on the mid-dorsal line, projecting

SHEARD—AMPHIPODS OF THE PHLIANTID GROUP 465

cowLlike over the head. The last perueon, and first pleon seements are projecting

backwards in prominent tubercules. Remainder of pleon small and carried well

under the body. All segments developed.

Big. 5. Aa, Qitasimodia, gen. mov. ASI, Qo baanerdis Al antenna 1; B, antenni 2; €

twill £3 2, maxilla 2; Ey maxilliped; Fy pleopad 2; G, pleopod 1; TL, wropad 8 sad telson;

I. seale of length of pleopad 1; J, pleopod 3 at seale T. Wh-Q. Q. womersleyiz IK, antenna Ly 1,

mnitennn 2; M, maxilliped; Ne-P, pednuneles of pleopods IL-8 with Poshowing immer rimus; Q,

uropuds Tea aml telson, R-a, @. eupricoriis: Hy autenuna ty 8, antenna 25 PD, accessory flagellin

of antenna ts U, mandible; Vy maxilla 1; W, masillh 2: X, maxilliped; Y, telson and uropod 3;

Z,nrepeds 1-3 and lelson; a, pleapod 3.

Side-plates as in Iphiplateiu. Brauchae leet-like and uniform. Side-plates

4-7 l@htly bilobed, very small. Eyes moderately prominent, oval and slightly

‘aised, Antenna 1, first jot the largest, dorsal and ventral edges strongly pro-

duced forwards, ventral projection setose, dorsal terminating toa spine. Third

joint smell; flagellum one-jomted, button-like, yery strongly setose. Antenna 2

like Iphiplaleia, but with a single-jomtect sefose flagella.

466 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MusEUM

Mouth parts as for Jphiplateia, but mandible with flattened rounded process

representing molar tubercle, maxillipeds, palp with joints long and slender ;

fourth lony, tipped with short hairs; inner plate more rounded than in L, while-

legyet, outer with forward angles acute.

For gnathopods and peraeopois see comparative figure (fig. 6, E-K),

Peraeopod 5 with fourth joint only moderately expanded, this appendage the

longest.

Pleopod 1 with peduncle three times as long as broad, nearly eyliudvieal, inner

rans slightly the shorter. Pleopods 2-5 as in Jphiplatera,

Uropod 1, peduncle spined on inner margins, as long as outer ramus, twice as

long as hooked inner ranius. Uropod 2, as long as pedunele of first and nearly as

stout; subequal rami nearly as long as pedunele. Uropod 3 projecting beyond

telson, pedunéle short and rounded ; single ramus, a slender cone tipped with three

spines. Twice as long as pedunele. Telson subtriangular, entire, smooth.

Size, 4 mm.

Loc. South Australia: Yorke Peninsula, Inneston. Reef, below Low tide (11.

Womersley, Entomologist. to the South Australian Museum), after whom the

species is named; Apl. 1936). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg, No. C, 2078.

QUASIMODIA. CAPRICORNIS Sp. NOV.

Body like Q. womersleyt, but tubercules not so pronounced, First segment

only slightly produced forwards. Laekward production of first pleon segment not

so pronounced, pleon only moderately depressed. All segments distinet, but sixth

very small. Side-plates with angles squarer than for Q@. womersleyi. Kyes moder-

ately prominent. Anteuna 1: first and second joints expanded, third about hall as

long as first, flagellum two-jointed with an accessory setose scale arising from the

infero-distal edge of the third joint of the peduncle. Antenna 2: flagellin three-

jointec Mandible: cutting edee quadri-dentate, secondary cutting edge tridentate,

spine-vow with weal, hair-like spines; molar, a rounded prominence. Maxilla 1:

a sinvle plate only with six spines. Maxilla 2: bilobed. Maxilliped with inner

plate small, outer reaching halfavay up second joint of palp, which is short and

stout,

Peracopods normal for genus (see fig. 6 L-R).

Pleopods 1-2 normal. Pleopod 38 with inner rans very spall, but bearing 7-8

setae.

Uropod 1: rami subequal, onter equal to peduncle, not hooked. Liner margin of

jnner rannis indented. Uropod 2: ramisubequal. slightly hooked, outer rants equal

SHEARD—AMPHIPODS OF THE PHILIANTID GROUP 467

io pedunele. Uropod 3; outer ramus more than three times pedunele; inner small,

slightly longer than pedinele, very difficult to separate from outer, with two small

hooks,

K, S, del.

Pig. 6G. Quasimadia, gen. nov. A-D, GQ. barnardi; A, peraeopod 1; B-D, peraeapods 3-5.

WK, Q. womersleyi; B-F, gnathopods 1-2; GIs, peracopods 1-5, L-R, @. eapricernis; L-M,

gnathopods 1-2; N—R, peracopads 1-4,

Telson triangular, entire.

Size, + mm.

Loe. South Australia: Si. Vincent Gull, Sellick’s Reef, on roeks covered with

algae and saud; 1 fath. (11. M. Ilale, Apl. 1936). Types in South Australian

Museum, Rew. No. C. 2075-2076.

468 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

(UASTMODIA BARNARDI Sp. HOY.

Body typical of genus, but appearing more massive owing to the greater ce-

velopment of joints 2-4 of peraeopods 3-5. First peraeon segment like Q- woiers-

leyt. Antenna 1 short, second joint of pedunele expanded only on inner edve;

flagellum two-jointed, second joint very small. Antenna 2 slender; flagellum with

one joint. Mandibles and maxillae very smail, but with the characters of the genus.

Maxilliped with short plates and long slender palp, third joint as long as second,

but rounded on inner side with long setae; fourth joint slightly hooked.

Peraeopods (see fig. 6, A-D). Peraeopods 1-2 like YQ. womersleyi except that

the fifth joint of peraeopod 1 is collar-shaped. Peraeopods 53-5 relatively massive,

with the postero-distal margins of joints 2-4 strongly expanded.

Pleopod 1 with pedunele not expanded, biramous, longer than pleopod 2, and

more than one and one-half times as long as pleopod 3. Pleopod 2 with pedunele

prolonged, inner ramus the shorter. Pleopod 8 small with pedunele produced to a

long process ; inner ramus ovate, not segmented, as long as peduncle, bearing many

setae.

Uropods 1-2 like A. womersleyi but not spined. Uropod 3 consisting of

peduncle and ramus, peduncle projecting beyond telson, sub-spherieal, as wide as

long, ramus finger-like anc equal to pedunele.

Telson entire, rounded, twice as broad as long.

Sizesimm. Type female,

Loe. South Australia: Yorke Peninsula, Inneston (Il. Womersley, Apl.

1936). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No, C. 2079,

Males and females bearing ova were collected in company with Q. wonrersleyt

at Imneston, Yorke Peninsula,

A NEW PHREATOICID FROM THE GRAMPIANS, VICTORIA

By KEITH SHEARD, HON. ASSISTANT IN ZOOLOGY, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Family Phreatoicidae

Amphisopus Ambiguus sp. nov.

Specific Diagnosis. Body moderately slender, surface smooth and free of hairs. Eyes

moderately developed. Head not as long as first and second peraeon segments together ;

first peraeon segment completely fused on pleural line ; first joint of first antenna long,

first and second compressed. Right mandible with secondary cutting edge. Coxae of all

legs fused. Sixth joint of the first peraeopod nearly circular (female and male) ; fourth

peraeopod not differentiated ; pleural walls of peraeon just covering arthroidal

membrance of basis. Telson large, convex, but flattened dorsally, slight posterio-dorsal

ridge flanked by two stout spines on either side. Uropods stout, basis extending to end of

telson. Inner ramus longer than basis. Pleopods with epipodites on 3-5, Last joint of

exopodites of pleopods furnished with plumose setae, penial filaments sickle-shaped and

non-setose. Pleura of pleon well developed, concealing pleopods.

A NEW PHREATOICID From true GRAMPIANS,

VICTORIA

By KEITH SHEARD, Hon. AsstsvAnrv in ZooLacy, Sourm Ausrranian Mustum.

Wie, 1-18.

Famity PHREATOICIDAE.

AMPHISOPUS AMBIGUUS Sp. nov.

Npecific Diagnosis. Body moderately slender, surface smooth and free of

hairs. Eyes moderately developed. Head not as long as first and sceond peraeon

seginents fovether; first peracon segment completely fused om pleural line; first

joint of first antenna longer and stouter than second or third. Fifth joint of

second antenna long, first and second compressed. Right mandible with secondary

cutting edge. Coxae of all legs fused. Sixth joint of the first peraeopod nearly

cireulay (female and male) ; fourth peracopod not differentiated ; pleural walls of

peraeon just covering arthroidal membrane of basis. Telson large, convex, but

flattened dorsally, slight posterio-dorsal ridge flanked by two stout spines on either

side. Uropods stout, basis extending to end of telson. Inner ramus longer than

basis. Pleopods with epipodites on 3-5. Last joint of exopodites of pleopods fur-

nished with plumose setae, penial filaments sickle-shaped and non-setose. Pleura

of pleon well developed, concealing pleopods.

Colour, slatey-brown, with mottled markings,

The following detailed description is taken from three specimens which had

been forwarded dry, and were in consequence slightly damaged.

{ Pleon and Telson 60 — 64

(Peraeon and Cephalon 100

The body is slender. Ratio

The three specimens fall within this range. In a specimen 24 mm. in length

the following measurements obtain :

Length, = Width. Depth.

Cephalon 5 mim. Sam, 3mm,

Free peraeon 10 3 2-5

Pleon 6 3 4

Telson 3 ' 2-5

Head: Dorsal surface convex. Anterior edge projects slightly over basal

joints of antennae, Wyes small. No trace of line of fusion of first segment ; line

of fusion of second segment marked with a slight groove—this is more prominent

on the side-plate.

470 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Peraeon: Semi-eylindrical; pleura of segments 2-4 slightly developed, just

covering the arthroidal membrane of the basal joints (coxal joints of the first perae-

opods uncovered).

K. S. del

Mig. I-18. Amphisopus ambiguus; 1, eephalon; 2, first antenna; 3, second antenna; 4, maxil-

lipwds 5, mandible; 6, first maxilla; 7, second maxilla; 8, gnathopod (dg) 9, second peraeopod ;

10, fourth peraeopod; 11, seventh perueopod; 12, gnathopod, (fo) regenerated; 13, coxa, (9)

fourth perneopod; 14, first pleopod; 15, second pleopod; 16, third pleopod; 17, fourth pleopod;

18, telson and uropod.

SHEARD—NEW FPHREATOICID FROM VICTORIA 471

Pleura of seoments 5, 6, 7 are progressively deeper, and possess a terminal

spine anteriorly ; 8, 4,5 equal in length, and twice length of 2; 7 equals 2 (1 mm,),

6 subequal.

Pleon; First seement slightly narrower than last peracou segment ; free edges

ovate, and frinved with moderate spines, not notched, Sixth fused to telson, line

of fusion marked obliquely on the lower balf of the side wall. There are no spines

on this line, but four stout spines are carried on the anterior ventral edge of side-

plate of the segment,

Telson : Large, dorsal line flatly convex in profile; transverse section horseshoe-

shaped, with forward edge flattened. Posterio-dorsally a slight ridge oeeurs in the

niedian line; this is smooth and not tipped by a spine, but is flanked on each side

by a vidge, which, originating from the anterior end of the median ridge, deseribes

a semi-cirele and, after ruunine parallel with the median ridge, meets the base of

the largest posterio-lateral spine. A shallow depression is thus formed on each

side of the mediau ridge, The posterio-dorsal aspeet hetween the ventral edge of

the delson immediately above the anal opening, and the slight projection of the

median ridve is hollowed, triangular in shape, with a curved base. The posterio-

lateral mareins of the telson on level with this base terminate on each side in a

large spine; below this is a second, smaller, and below this a third, yery small.

There is no median terminal protuberance or spine. This senlpture of the telson

is typical of the species.

First anteuua teaches to the middle of the fourth joint of the pedunele of the

second, Pedunele: first joint stout second and third progressively shorter and

more slender, non-setose.

The second antenna reaches to the sixth peraeon segment. First joint of

pedunele compressed and stout, second comparable, third longer and slenderer,

fourth and fitth progressively longer and slenderer, Fifth equals twice third. The

Hawelln is twice as long as the pedunele, and consists of about 40 joints. the first

being made up of several partiallytused joints.

The mandibles agree in general shape with those of 2. australis (as figured by

Chilton, Reeords Aust. Mus., 1891, and as noted in speeimens kindly furnished by

the Australian Museim), but ave less setose, with no plumose setae evident. There

isa rudimentary eutting edge on the right mandible, without teeth, and the spine-

row has beeome aw spine nodule bearing a tuft of hair-like spines. The palp, with

the left stouter and longer than right, is three-jointed, second joint the longer,

third a stont, enrved finger; long simple setae arise from the anterior margins of

the joints. (InP. anstratis both palps appear to be of equal development.)

The first maxilla has its inner Jobe arising from a swollen base, aud bears four

laree simple setae and one small seta on its distal edge; the ovter lobe, one and one-

472 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

third as long as the inner, bears 25 curved, spine-like setae on its distal edge. form-

ing a eomb-like structure,

The second maxilla is comparable with that figured for P. dislralis; the base

is reduced, the three lobes are fringed on their inferior edwes with serrulate setae.

Palp one-jointed, inner lobe bearing an accessory row of stiff simple setae close to

the inferior margin. No plumose setae are visible on the maxillae. Lower lip

bilobed.

The maxilliped: First joint with large epipod, one edge of whieh normally

fits in a grooye cut m the seeond and third joints; second joint, the longest, bearing

a plate, which reaches to the midtdle of the fifth joint, is fringed with lone, simple

setae; is nearly four times longer than broad, and whieh bears six coupling hooks

on its inner edge, The third joint is the shortest. about two-thirds as lone as broad.

The superior edge of the fourth joutt is strongly produced forwards; the fifth is

subequal to the seconds; sixth and seventh subequal, and furnished with lone tufts

of setae. The whole appendave is strong and well developed,

Gnathopod and peraeopods: The coxae are completely fused in bath male and

adult females (see fig. 13 a, second joint), of all legs. The enathopod is strong

and powerful in the wale, that of the female being very wach more slender, and

with the “hand”? smaller than that of the male, and bearing on the distal edge of

the seventh joint a thiek tuft of lone hairs. The hand is subeivenlar, the sisth

joint being two and three-quarters the width of the fifth, The palm hears bhinted

tubereles on its distal border. The seventh joint is stout, and terminates in a

secondary unguis.

The second and third peraeopods ave equal, with the fourth slightly shorter,

and not differentiated in the male except that the spines of the fifth joint are

stouter and more nimerous. Otherwise these appendages are similar to those of

P. wustralis, except that the spines, although less numerous. are relatively very

stout.

The fifth, sixth, and seventh peraeopods are similar to P. wustralis, the spines

which oeeur on the seeond, third, and fourth joint being short and more eurved,

with a few short scattered hairs among them, Hach of the peraeopods bears #

stall bificl unguis.

Pleopoda: These are normally just hidden by the pleural walls of the pleon,

and all bear plumose setae on the terminal joints of the exopodite. The seconcl

pleopod closely resembles that of A./intoni. The pental filament, bearing no setae,

is equal in length to the endopod; is sickle-shaped, anc appears to be freely

jointed. The second joint (ovate) of the exopod hears plamose setae on its distal

half,

SHEARD—NEW PHREATOICID FROM VICTORIA 473

The nropod is very stout, basis extending to the end of the telson. Outer

ramus equal in leneth to basis; inner longer, proportion 9:7, The rami are slightly

hollow on their dorsal surfaces, and each edge is stoutly spined. The outer ramus

is tipped with one spine, inner with four. The upper edge of the base is strongly

coneave, edges spined. The inner edge is produced posteriorly to a stout boss,

lipped with three spines; the ventral edge of the fused sixth segment bears four

stout spines,

The penes is a paired organ arising from the base of the fused coxae near the

posterior edee of the last thoracic segment. Tt is non-setose.

Loe Vietoria: The Grampians, Fish Falls (R. V. Southeott, Dee. 1955).

Types in South Australian Museu, Reg. No. C. 2115, 2116.

Lam indebted to the Directors of the Australian and National Museums for

specimens of P. wiustralis and P. termicola. A. ambiguus was found under stones

in damp places at Fish Falls, and in structural details and general shape closely

resembles Amphisopus lintone (Nicholls) and ol. palustris (Glauert). The telson

and urepods are unlike those of P. terricala, The new species may be readily

separated from the other members of the genus by the uropods, which have the

inner ramus longer than the outer.

| have followed Nicholls (1926) in the naming of this @enus, as if antedates

Shepherd's excellent revision of the family (1927).

Useful discussions of this family are to be found in the following papers :

Nicholls and Milner, Jowrn. Roy. Soe, W. slust., x, No. 6, 1923, p. 28.

Nicholls, Joc. cit., x, No. 18, 1924, pp. 92-104,

Nicholls, Joc. cit., xii, 1926, p. 179.

tarnard, Trans. Roy. Soc, S. Africa, xiv, 1927, pp. 139-161 (Biological study).

Shepherd, Proc, Zool. Soc, London, 1927, pp, 81-124.

The reference lists in the above papers contain the full bibhography of the

family.

FURTHER RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF

AUSTRALIAN COLLEMBOLA

By H. WOMERSLEY, F.R.E.S., A.L.S., ENTOMOLOGIST,

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Collembola-Arthropleona Borner 1901.

Genus Pseudachorutes Tullbg. 1871.

Pseudachorutes evansi sp. n.

Description: Length to 5.0 mm. Colour (in spirit) blue-black dorsally, creamy-white on

venter between coxae, on ventral tube, and on the furea. Antennae about as long as head

diagonal; ration of segments = 15: 15: 10: 22, IV slightly clavate and wider than II and

Il, and without olfactory setae but with trilobed apical knob, sensory organ on III

indeterminate. Ocelli 8 on each side on dark fields, equal. Postantennal organ slightly

larger than a single ocellus, and with six peripheral lobes as figured. Legs, short and

stout; claws with basal inner tooth and a pair of distal lateral teeth; empodial appendage

wanting; clavate tibiotarsal setae absent; surface of claws strongly granulated. Furca well

developed, mucro about one-fourth the length of dens with inner and outer lamellae,

which terminate before the blunt apex, dens with six long ventral setae. Mandibles

present with strongly-toothed head but no molar plate. Maxillae with two distinct serrated

apical lamellae. Clothing of sparse short setae. Cuticle granular.

FURTHER RECORDS anp DESCRIPTIONS or

AUSTRALIAN COLLEMBOLA

By H. WOMERSLEY, F.R-ELS., A.L.S., Ewromonocisr, Souru Ausrrauian Museum.

Wie, 1-7.

CoLLEMBOLA-ARTHROPLEONA Borner 1901.

Genus Psrupacnorutes Tullbe. 1871.

PSEUDACHORUTES EVANSI Sp. n.

Wig. 1 a-f.

creamy-white on venter between coxae, on ventral tube, and on the furea. An-

yeriplion: Leneth to 5:0 mm. Colour (in spirit) bhie-black dorsally,

tennae about as lone as head diagonal; ratio of seements = 15:15:10:22, 1V

shehtly clavate and wider than IT and [T1, and without olfactory setae but with

trilobed apical knob, sensory organ on [11 indeterminate. Ocelli 8 on each side

on dark fields, equal. Postantennal organ shehtly larger than a sinele ocellus, and

with six peripheral lobes as figured, Lees, short and stout ; claws with basal inner

tooth and a pair of distal lateral teeth ; empodial appendage wanting ; clavate tibio-

tarsal setae absent; surface of claws strongly granulated. Furea well developed,

mnero about one-fourth the leneth of dens with inner and outer lamellae, which

terminate before the blunt apex, dens with six lone ventral setae. Mandibles pre-

sent with stronely-toothed head but no molar plate. Maxillae with two distinet

serrated apical lamellae. Clothing of sparse short setae. Cuticle granular.

Locality: About half a dozen specimens collected by Mr. J. W. Evans on Mt.

Wellington, Tasmania, September, 1955.

Remarks: Very near to P. algidensis Carp., 1925, from New Zealand, but

differs in the number of lobes in the postantennal organ, in having a strong basal

inner tooth to the claw, as well as a pair of strone distal teeth, and lastly in the for

of the muero,

PSeUDACHORUTHS TASMANTENSIS sp. HOV.

Fig. 1 el.

Deseription: Length, 4-O0mm. Colour bluish dorsally, ighter on venter. An-

iennae about the length of heacl diagonal, ratio of seements = ?: 27:10:15, LV

without olfactory setae but with trilobed apical knob, [1T with sensory organ as

476 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

figured, the two sensory rods being curved and apically bifureate. Mandibles

without molar plate but with large head having fewer but stronger teeth than in

preceding species ; maxillae with two long apical lamellae. Ocelli eight on each side

on dark fields, equal, Post-antennal organ of the riaelicus type, elongate, twice as

long as one ocellus, and with about 20 peripheral lobes. Legs short and stout,

Fig. 1. Pseudachorutes evansi spa.; a, two anterior oeelli and p,a.o,; , head of maxilla;

ce, head of mandible; d, elaw and tip of tibiotarsus; e, mucrones and dentes from below; f, mucro

from side. Pseudachorutes lasmaniensis spa.; g, p-a.o. und two anterior oeelli; h, sensory organ

on mut. TIT: i, head of mandible; j, head of maxilla; k, claw; J, mucro and dens from side,

withont clavate tibiotarsal setae; claws without inner or lateral teeth, and not dis-

tinetly granular. Furea well developed, mucro about one-third the length of dens

as figured, dens with six ventral setae. Clothing short and sparse. Cuticle shghtly

erarilar.

Locality: Two specinens trom Mt. Wellington, Tasmania. collected by Mr.

J. W. Evans, September, 1935,

Remarks: Close to P. rhueticus (Carl), but differs in the larger post-antennal

organ with its ereater number of lobes, the shape of the mucro, and the absence of

teeth to the claw.

NOTES ON THE AUSTRALASIAN SPECIES OF PSEUDACHORUTES.

Wight species of this genus are now known from the Australasian region : one

from Java, three from New Zealand, and four from Australia. Among the last,

WoOMERSLEY--FURTHER RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN COLLEMBOLA 477

P. yhaetious (Carl), well-known in Europe, may be an introduction; P. ineertius

Schott, from Queensland, is inadequately clescribed, and fresh material is reqnired

for detailed study. The following key will help to separate the eight species.

1. Ocelli 5 on each side. P.a.o. with 8-4 lobes, Claws without teeth. Two

clavate tibiotarsal hairs. Muero with 2 teeth (?).

P.incertus Schott 1917, Queensland.

Ocelli 8 on each side Ai .t if a, ee ee

2. P.a.o. elliptical with 10 or more lobes ste + it. nee 7

2.4.0. circular with fewer lobes 4, rm ie et 4

Rn. P.a.o. twice as lone as one ocellus, with 20 peripheral lobes.

P. tasmamensts sp. n., Tasmania.

P.a.o, only as long as one ovellus. with 10-15 lobes,

P. rhacticus (Carl), Australia, Kurope.

4. Colour ‘‘earmine’’. P.a.o. not longer than a single ocellus, and with 3-4 lobes.

P. javanteus Wandschin, Java.

Colour not carmine 3 wt 13 = rf pa ae

4. P.aco. with 4 lobes. Color dark brown P. pacificus Wom., New Zealand.

P.a.o. with 5 lobes, Claws without teeth, lateral edges with transverse ridges.

P. algidensis Carp., New Zealand,

P.a.o. with 6 lobes. Claws with basal inner and a pair of distal lateral teeth,

lateral surface granulate .. ws P. evansi sp. u., Tasmania.

Piao. with § lobes. Claws with inner r-hoothe 3 in distal half, lateral surface not

granulate ne nf Pa P. brunneus Carp., New Zealand.

Genus ActroruTrEs Templ. 1834, Borner.

ACHORUTES HIRTELLUS V. WELLINGTONTA Vv, noy.

Fig. 2 a-d,

Very close to the typical Australian form A. hirtellus v. cirratus Schott, but

differs in that the fine serrations on the stems of the dorsal setae are almost obso-

lete, in that the fimbriations at the apex of these setae are broader, and in the longer

simple pointed setae on the head, pleural arears, and anal segments. U1 is also

somewhat larger, ranging to 4-0 mm. in length.

Locality: About half a dozen specimens from Mt. Wellington, ‘Tasmania,

collected by Mr. J. W. Evans, September, 1935,

Genus AcantHOMURUS Womtersley, 1934.

ACANTHOMURUS PLUMBEUS Y. LINBATUS Womersley, 1934.

A single specimen of this variety, as yet only known from Tasmania, was col-

lected on Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, by Mr. J. W. Eyans, in September, 1935.

478 Recorps oF THE S.A. MusSEUM

(pila Te RR

bee any i LMT AY

TA KAY”

Fig. 2. Achorates hivtellus y, wellfigtonin vuy a, entire darsal views b. oeellis e, tip ar

wut. PV dy elinw,

Genus lsoroawa s, stv. Borner,

ISOTOMA PRITCHARDI sp. nov.

avn. Tsotome mavitine Tullbe. Wom, (Collembolan Fania of New Zealani

—in press).

Pio, 3 ad.

Tn the above paper at present in the press | have recorded a number of speci-

mens of an Zsolome collected by Mr, B.D. Pritehard, on ihe coast near Auckland,

as the Bnrepean J. maritima Tullhe. The specimens agreed in all details with this

species except the mumber of the ocelli, These were tineertain, and although |

conld be sure of secine only six on cach side T assumed, as iny preparations were

not too clear, that there was the full aumber of ereht.

Recently, however, My, Il, M. Tale has collected sone specimens on the reel

at Sellieck’s Beach, 8. Australia, Mareh 6. 1936, which are identical with the New

Zealand specimens, and in whieh the eves are definitely only six on each side,

Snch a close resemblance to the Northern J. weitime Tullbe. is paralleled to

slpchisotonie besselsi Pack of the Northern Ilemisphere with eight eves, and the

WOMERSLEY—FURTHER RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN COLLEMBOLA 479

very close A. brucet Carp. from the Southern Orkneys and New Zealand, whieh

differs principally in only having six eyes. The deseription of the new species is

as follows.

Big. 3. Lsotomad pritehard? sp.n.; a, ocelli and p.a.o.; b, foot; ¢, mucro and tip of dens; d, one

of long setae of apical abdominal segments.

Deseviplion: Colour, greenish-black. Leneth to 1-8 mm. Antennae twice as

lone as head diagonal; ratio of segments = 85:55:59: 75; 1V broader just before

apex than at base, 11] with sensory organ as figured. Eyes, six on each side, on

dark fields, subequal. P.a.o. broadly oval, double-walled, and about one and one-

half times as long as an oc¢ellus. Body slender of typical Lsotoma build, abdomen

Il} and IV equal. Lees slender, claws without inner tooth, but apparently with a

pair of outer fine teeth reaching to the middle of outer edge; empodial appendage

with broad inner and outer lamellae. urea slender, reaching ventral tube; muero

small, with three teeth as in J. maritima: dens apically with two long setae, one

480 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

over-reaching mucro. Clothing of moderately short simple setae, but on abdominal

segments are some longer upstanding setae, which towards their apices are very

finely ciliated.

Locality: On edge of reef, Sellick’s Beach, S. Australia, Mareh 8, 1936

(T1.M.H.). Co-type material from Auckland, N.Z,

Genus Enromosrya Rondani, 1861.

ENTOMOBRYA VIRGATA V. NIGRELLA Wom.,, 1934.

Two specimens From Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, in September, 1935, collected

by Mr. J. W. Evans.

Genus PspupostneLLa Sehtfr., 1897.

PSEUDOSINELLA FasciaAta Wom., 1934.

A single specimen from Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, in September, 1935, col-

lected by Mr. J. W. Evans.

Genus Mestra Borner, 19038.

MESsIRA NIGROCEPHALA Sp. 1.

Pie. 4 a-c.

Description: Length to 3+0 mm. Colour: head entirely blue-black, thoracie

and first three abdominal seements yellowish, with slight mottling and dark lateral

edges; abdomen TV usually with a few dark markings, sometimes almost entirely

black. Legs and furea light with a little mottling. Antennae about half the body

length; ratio of segments = 16: 25:18:37, [TV annulated and with apical knob,

Eyes eight on each side on dark fields. Ratio of body segments = head: th. IT:

Til: abd. 1:11: 111: 1V:V: Vi 32:22:15: 7:10: 10:57: 10:4; mesonotum not

overlapping head. Legs lone; claws with outer basal teeth, a pair of inner basal

teeth at one-third, and two distal inner teeth. Kurea reaching ventral tube, mucro

bidentate with basal spine. Clothing of dens of dark brown scales, with numerous

short striations, and ronnded apex; hairs on body normal.

Locality: A number of specimens from Korait, Victoria, collected by Mr.

R.'T. M. Peseott, on Angust 12, 1935.

WOMERSLEY—FURTHER RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN COLLEMBOLA 481

Genus Prrtcryeta Ritter, 1910.

PHRICRYPTA 'TASMANIAE Sp. Th

Figs. 4 d-e, 5 a-c.

Description: Length to 3-0 mm. Antennae longer than the body; ratio of

sevments = 45:57:55: 70, 1V indistinctly annulated. Eyes, eight on each side on

elongate black fields. Ratio of head = th. I}: T11:abd. bt: 11: 111:1V:V: VI=

Fig. 4. Mesira rigrocephala spay a, entire lateral view; b, foot; ¢, muero and tip of dens,

Perierypla tasmaniae spa; d, foots e, muero.

35:20:10:8:10:8:60;8:4. Legs long and slender, tibiotarsus with pliea, claws

with a pair of outer basal teeth, a pair of basal inner teeth at one-third, and two

fine distal teeth; empodial appendage slender, reaching first distal inner tooth.

Kurea long, reaching past ventral tube; ratio of manubrium to mucrodens =

17:60; inuero normal, with two blunt teeth. Clothing of normal setae.

Remarks: Of this interesting species there are three very distinet colour forms

in the colleetion, two warranting varietal names. The colour descriptions are:

KORMA PRINCTPALTS.

Generally deep bluish on yellow ground, the blue pigment extending all over

except for some light longitudinal striations. Legs heavily ringed with blue.

Antennae lighi, except for a bluish ring at base of segments. Furea light.

489 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Var, MACULATA var. noy.

Ground eolonr yellow, head with a fine dark line between antennae. and

brown on lateral edges; meso- and meta-thoraxy with brownish pigment laterally ;

mesxo- and meta-thorax and abdonien | and TT with a pair of broken brownish medial

il ”

rry \

\ | ry

pay ia

Pip, a. Peverypla tasmaniae spay a. forma prineipalis, entire dorsal view; b, fornd

jiaeulata nov., entire dorsal view; +, formu faseiata noy., outire dorsal view,

lonvitudinal streaks. Abdomen TV anteriorly with an irregular transverse wavy

ine which in centre is brownish and laterally bluish-blaek: posteriorly there are

iwo longitudinal streaks formed from two dark patches, the sides laterally slightly

pigmented. Abdomen ILD sublaterally with broad brownish patches; Vo with pos-

terolateral brown patches. Lees lightly banded; antennae blue at extreme base of

segments.

Val. WASICATA Val’. noy.

Ilead entirely black except for a median light patch. Meso-thorax only pig-

mented on lateral margins. Metathorax and abdomen LITT entirely black. Abdo-

men LV slightly pigmented laterally, this pigment darkening at about one-fifth

WOMERSLEY—LFURTHER RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN COLLEMBOLA 483

from apex, and here extending inwards but not meeting. Abdomen V with postero-

lateral dark patches. Legs fairly strongly banded. Antennae without the basal

segmental bands, but here with a small touch of blue ventrally.

Locality, About tive specimens of the typical form and one each of the vari

eties from Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, in September, 1935, collected by Mr. J. W.

Hvans.

CoLLEMBOLA SYMPITYPLEONA,

Pamiry SMINTHURIDAE Luspnock, 1876,

Genus Katianna Borner.

KATIANNA AUSTRALIS Wom., 1982.

Dunally, Tasmania, September, 1935, Mr. J. W. Evans,

Genus PARAKATIANNA Woni., 1932.

PARAKATIANNA MONTANA sp. 1.

Text Fig. 6a.

Description: Length, 1-06 mm. Colour, greenish-blaek, with a longitudinal

stripe of yellow side of the eyes, and joined posteriorly by a transverse stripe of

same colour; body with a thin median longitudinal stripe and four or five trans-

verse, but forwardly inclined stripes all of yellow; anal segments with a pair of

yellow dots. Antennae nearly twice as long as head; ratio of seeyments — 15: 30;

45:110; 1V with 15 subdivisions, VII with peg-like organ, Eyes eight on each

side on dark patches. Lees long and thin; claws slender without teeth; enpodial

appendage with narrow inner and outer lamellae, apparently without apical bristle

on all lees; tibiotarsi with 2-3 clavate hairs. Kurea lone and normal; mucro one-

third as long as dens, with sHehtly upturned apex and edges of lamellae smooth.

Clothing rather sparse, of fine simple curved setae, those on antennae normal for

the genus; bothriotrichia, three on abdomen on each side, and one on genital

segments.

Locality: Three specimens collected by Master M. Trige on Mt. Buffalo, Vie-

toria, August, 1935.

Remarks: Vhis species is very different from any other of the genus in its

colouration.

484 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

PARAKATIANNA SURRATA sp. nm.

Fig, 6 b-d.

Description: Length to 1-Omm, Colour, mottley orange, with the apieal an-

tennal segments dark, and the eyve-patches black; legs and furea light. Antennae

; yhEE

Up bh

Fig. 6. Porakatianna montana spn.z a, entire dorsal view. Parakatianna serrata spn;

bh, ant. IIL and 1V; ¢, foot; d, muero and tip of dens.

twiee as long as head; ratio of segments = 15: 20:35:70; PV with 8-10 subdivi-

sions, last somewhat tapering; IL] with peg-lke organ. Eyes eight on each side.

Legs normal. Claws with fine inner tooth ; empodial appendage with angular inner

lamella and narrow outer lamella ending in a lone fine-pointed bristle reaching

tip of claw; two to three clavate tibiotarsal hairs. Furea, muero: dens = 13:45;

mucro with seven strong teeth as figured, the second and third from apex fused.

Clothing of fine simple curved setae rather more nimerous than in preceding

species; bothriotrichia three on abdomen, one on g@enital segments.

Locality: Yhree specimens from Mt. Butfalo, Victoria. collected by Master

M. Trige in August, 1935,

Remarks: Differs from all other species of the genus in the peculiar teeth to the

mucro, and in its colour.

WoMERSLEY—FURTHER RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN COLLEMBOLA 485

PARAKATIANNA OBSCURA Sp. 1.

Fig. 7 a-e.

Description: Length to 1-25 mm. Colony, ground dirty yellowish-grey, with

a lonvitudinal yellow patch medially between the eyes; two yellow spots before

apex of dorsum, aud one or two on anal segments dorsally ; otherwise with black

markings as indicated in text figures; some specimens have a hehter patch before

apex of dorsi; antennae yellowish-grey, darker on apical segments; legs, furea

fee =

Fig. 7. Parakatianna obscura spn.; a, dorsal view of dark form; b, dorsal view of light form ;

¢, lateral view; d, elaw aud tip of tibiotarsus; e, muero from side.

and venter lighter. Antennae twice as long as head diagonal; ratio of segments =

3:9:11:28; 111 without peg-like organ, 1V with about 16 subdivisions. Claws

strong, with a basal inner tooth and two distal teeth, outer sheath absent; empodial

appendage long and pointed wilh narrow inner and outer lamellae, reaching middle

inner tooth of claw; inner lamella with short basal spine wt angle, apex with short

subapical bristle, alike on all feet: tibiotarsus with 4-5 long clavate tenent setae.

Purea long. ratio dens: muere = 100; 20. muero with broad outer lamella and

narrow inner lamella, apex blunt; teeth only slightly indieated by faint erenula-

tions. Clothing of sparse but strong setae, especially on head and anal seements,

although not stronger than in most species of Purakutianna. Sensory setae three

on body on each side, and one on anal segments.

Locality: \ large number of specimens fron Leeton, N.S.W., collected by

Mr. K, C. MeKeoown, June 22, 1927.

Remarks: This is a second abnormal species of the venus agreeing with Para-

kalianne anomala Wom. in the absence of the pee-like organ on antennae IIL.

Krom this species it differs in the dentition of the claws, clothing, and form of the

mucro, as well as in colouration.

RESULTS OF THE EXCAVATION OF KONGARATI CAVE,

NEAR SECOND VALLEY, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.SC., ETHNOLOGIST, AND

C. P. MOUNTFORD, HON. ASSISTANT IN ETHNOLOGY

Summary

During March, 1934, the opportunity occurred for a small party including Messrs. F. J.

Hall (Hon. Assistant in Ethnology) and H. T. Condon (Assistant in Zoology) to excavate

at Kongarati Cave, Hundred of Yankalilla. On March 20, 1934, stores were taken to the

site by motor launch from Second Valley. Work continued at the cave until April 10.

Several members of the Anthropological Society of South Australia, including Dr. T. D.

Campbell and Rev. N. H. Louwyck, visited the site during the Easter vacation, and

assisted in the work of excavation.

RESULTS or rot EXCAVATION or KONGARATI CAVE,

NEAR SECOND VALLEY, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By NORMAN B. ‘TINDALE, B.Sc., FrHnouocisr, anp

C, P. MOUNTFORD, Hon. Assisran’r in E-vruNoiocy.

Fig. 1-6.

Durie March, 1934, the opportunity occurred for a small party including Messrs.

KF. J. Hall (Hon, Assistant in Ethnology) and H.'T. Condon (Assistant in Zoology )

to excavate at Kongarati Cave, Hundred of Yankalilla. On March 20, 1934, stores

were taken to the site by motor launch from Second Valley. Work continued at

the cave until April 10. Several members of the Anthropological Society of South

Australia, including Dr. T. D. Campbell and Rey. N. H. Louwyek, visited the site

during the Haster vaeation, and assisted in the work of excavation.

Kongarati Cave is situated on the seaward margin of Section 1589, 3-7 kilo-

metres north of the mouth of Congeratinga Creek (Native name | ‘Konarati yank | ).

The cave has been eroded in the north-facing wall of the cliff, at a height of some

eight metres above sea-level. By aneroid barometer reading the cliff immediately

above the eave is 420 feet in height.

Kongarati cave has been known and visited since the earliest days of the white

settlement in South Australia. A superficial layer of sheep dung over much of the

surface indicated that at some time it had been used as a sheep fold.

THE EXCAVATION.

A point at the inner extremity of the eave was selected and arbitrarily deter-

mined as 10 metres above a base line situated somewhere below low water outermost

spring tides.

Tide data are available for Port Willunga, Port Noarlunga, and Cape Wil-

loughby. A temporary tide wauge was established near the mouth of the cave, and

by means of Tide Tables(1) the level of L.W.O.8.T. proved to be (average of six

readings) at 2-5 -+ -5 metres on an arbitrary seale.

In order to read an approximation to true sea-level it is thus necessary to sub-

tract 2-5 metres from all contour heights shown in the diagrams of the cave in this

paper.

(1) South Australia: Harbours Board, Tide Tables, 1934.

488 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The cave was mapped and a contoured plan prepared (fig. 1). Upon it have

been indicated a trial trench, the main excavation, in which detailed stratigraphical

observations were made; later subsidiary trenches dug directly down to a sterile

pebble beach layer revealed by the main excavation. Minor holes and trenches

made by previous visitors to the cave are shown within dotted lines on the plan.

. ° a '

_ We a. ys \

“Se ae SS SN MAQ@QV° LOX \\ \

SSS : METRES. « Taian Treticn . WM

Wate ExXcavarion. Pe

TIDE GUAGE.

SUBs/0/ARY TRENCHES.

Fig. 1, Contour plan of Kongarati Cave.

Fig. 2 shows a section of the eave. It indicates that the basal bed is a shingle

beach about 0:5 metre in thickness resting on the slate rock of the cave. This

shingle bed is composed largely of slate and other pebbles, which are of the average

size of 6 & 3 & 1:5 em., and extends upwards and towards the back of the cave to

our 8:2 metres, where its surface is almost horizontal.

The shingle beach indicates a definite phase of the history of the cave. Its

origin dates back either to the time when the cave was first eroded by the sea or,

alternatively, to a subsequent period when the sea reached a sufficint level to have

removed all traces of earlier debris. No evidence of human occupation was obtained

in the shingle bed, but occupational horizons appeared immediately above it, and

continued to within about 5 em. of the surface. A layer of post-Huropean debris

(averaging about 5 em. in thickness, and including sheep manure) and flakes of

slate which had weathered from the roof, lay immediately on top. A trial trench

(fig. 1) 1 metre wide and 3 metres lone was dug transversely across the cave be-

TINDALE AND MOUNTFORD—EXCAVATION OF KONGARATI CAVE 489

tween the §-0 and 9-2 metre contours. The debris was removed from this in

15 em. layers.

0-15 em. yielded much charcoal, frawments of slate which had sealed from the

vool, shell fragments Cineluding Veri/q melanotragus, Mactra rufescens and Ben-

bicion plowa) erab’s elaws, a few fragmentary fish bones, a small piece of chewed

fibre, and a fire hearth; also fragments of Spinifex inenmis, and chewed imasses of

fibve, probably from the same material.

HEARTH

Jfawero

Gaasy Vid

Swine

Fig. 2. Section of Kongarati Cave.

15-30 em. Further quantities of ash, a hearth and a band of seaweed were

noted. Species of shell present were Bembiciwn melanosloma, Maclra rufescens,

and Conus anemone; plant, Sprnifer inermis, Lepidosparma gladiatum, Caosta-

ring (sp.); string fragment probably made from Dianella revoluta; amimal re-

mains, Bellongia, Isvadin, Murid,

50-45 em, At the eastern end of the trial trench and immeciately uncer the

seaweed layer, flat slabs of slate-stone, roughly reetaneular in shape and about 30

em, in diameter, were encountered. The lifting of two of the shibs exposed a layer

of marine sponges, evidently placed am situ by natives, under which was a pad of

erass. Several tufts in ii were tied into knots. Beneath this erass pad, at a depth

of 45 em., was a kangaroo-skin cloak. The removal of this revealed the dessicated

hody of an elderly female aborigine. Lying in a flexed position with its right side

directed toward the north (fig. 3).

The body lay on a somewhat erunipled kangaroo sin, with strips of partly-

deeayed fishing nets draped around the shoulders and back.

490 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

A mass of granular material approximately 700 em. in weieht was found at

the foot of the indivicdnal. If the material had been buried in a container, all signs

oF the latter had disappeared.

The tomb cavity, whieh had heen excavated ta bed roek through the white ash

ofa large hearth, was in the form of a rectangle, the walls aud floor being composed

of slabs of slate about the same size and shape as those already removed from the

top of the grave. The stones used in the coustruetion were similar to many Lying on

the terrace at the mouth of the cave.

SEAWEED

GRASS LAYERS

Fig. 3. Seetion showing method of burial in Kongarati Cave.

The stratification of the debris indicated that the erave had been excavated

wheu the cave floor was some 20 em, lower than at present. ie. below the hearth at

15 em. and above the seaweed laver at 80 am,

The undisturbed hearth material in the trial trench, between 30 em, and roek

bottom, was vemoyved and found to contain chewed fibre. a few shells, and a trag-

ment of netting. The floor of the cave was almost horizontal Shells in this laver

were Conus anenane, Verta smalanotragus, Taliotus naevosa, and Saricavn ats-

fralis (whieh bores into limestone); bones of stretaeephalus ef. deriferus, and a

cone of Casnering slricia also oeeurred,

Nothing further of importance having been discovered in the trial trench, an

excavation was conumeneed at right angles to the first: hereafter this is called the

“Snain exedvation’’, The principal details discovered by means of this trench are

sanmarized in the general section (fig. 2). The part between 9-00 and 8-00 form

lines, where most of the interesting specimens were tinearthedl, is show in ereater

detail in fia. 4.

TINDALE AND MOUNTFORD—EXCAVATION OF KONGARATI CAVE +9]

The lowest stratum of oecupation (C) consists of a well preserved layer of

erass. Which in the seetion shows as a lentienle 10-15 en. in thivkuess, resting iwpon

a series of old flat slates (B), which appear to have been washed into their present

situation about the end of the period when the main shingle beach (A) was being

deposited,

Posr Lumorean.

GRASS.

HEARTH. =

SEAWEED.

SHINGLE, =———} se

UNCLASSIFIED. a |

75]

The shell fauna of this shingle beach is represented by specimens of the follow-

ing species: Bembicion melonosloud, Cassis bicaringta, Mactra vufesccus, Turbo

stamineus. To wudulati, Neothis tectiliosa, Conus anemone, Nerita inclonotvagus,

cLustrocachlea udelaidac, Comnelld lincoluta, Hahiotis sealaris, Trophan fliulersi,

Capulus conteus, Mitre glabra, Turritella ivedater.

Cndecomposed sponges lay below some of the stone slabs (1B). Many of the

pebbles inthe shiiwle (A) were cemented together with crystals of salt. The debris

of the @rvass layer (C) was also thickly dnpreenated with erystals and eraniules of

salt. Tt may be remarked that salt erystals oecurred in all subsequent layers, and

are hereafter not particularized. Many of them bad formed on the roof of the

eave, us small stalactites, and had afterwards fallen down on to the floor of the cave.

The grass layer (C1) vielded a sharpened stiek, portion of a spear. and a bone

awl or point. The shells found in this layer were Turbo wndilatus, Haliatis nae-

pasa, Maelra rufescens, Turbo stamineus, Bembicnon nrelaunostama, Neothats ler-

tiliasa, Patella limbata, Conus anemone,

Section of the next layer (D) also appears as a lenticule of hearth material

wucdashy debris. Its wreatest ihiekness, 18 ent. occurred just below the 9-00 form

492 RECORDS Of THE §$.A. Muskum

line, and thinned towards the seaward end of the trench. The principal shells

present in it were Maetrarufesceus, Turbo sfanineus, Nerila melanolragus, aad

Bembictiiun melunostome. TH wunderlaid a still larger hearth (1), from which it

Was Separated by a thin bat ecoustant laver of grass. The hearth (EK) continued

ipwards to tlie surface of the 8°25 contour. Its seaward faee had been eroded

away by waye action, sueh as may have been responsible for transporting some of

the upper layers of beach shingle aud seaweed into the cave, as revealed in the

irench at the 8-00 contour, The shell fauna of these upper lavers of beach shingle

includes the following species: Cardita crassicostata, Neathais lertiliosa, Turbo

undulirtin, T. stamineus, Mesodesnur praceisi, Conus menane, Beuchlinnys bifrans,

Hualiotis scalaris, Ho ndevosa. He albicuns, Muelra ricfeseens, Monudonta adelaidae,

Traphonw flinderst, Linia mitraeformis, Bembieiicie melanastomie, and Nerita

melanatrugus.

The area cut away from the hearth by the sea was subsequently filled with

erass (1): the nether stick of a fire-drill was found here. The shells in this layer

were Maelro rifescous, Benthichon melinastoma, Conus ancnone, Mandouta ade-

laidac, Turbo stamineus, Nevita melimotragus, Haliotis sealaris, I. albicans, aud

Capiulus conieas, There was much seaweed lying on top of the landward side of the

hearth area. In the higher parts of the cave this seaweed layer rested above anid

helow other smaller hearths. For convenience of excavation the debris from the

main excavation was removed tn three layers (1-8, respectively 0-15 cin, 15-80 emu,

and 80-45 em. below the surface). The preserved specimens are labelled therefore

in the form ‘Layer x, between y and gmnetres’’, O metre bemg the seaward wall of

the trial trench.

Mammal remains found in the main excavation were: Trichosurus eb. vie-

peeuli, Bellongi sp.. Lsoodon. Mucropis ef. gigantus, Avetocephatis Cet. dovi-

ferus), Troehysmous, Dosyurus (eb viverrinus), Tsoodon sp. Cet. abesiulus).

(Three Murids; probably Ralhus qreyi and BR. litreala were collected Tere in 1931.)

The few feather and bone fraements of birds were too fragmentary for iden-

tification.

Miss C. M. Bardley has kindly commented on the plant debts duw from the

floor of the ave, She writes ;

“The remains consisted mainly of the succulent Pigface, Carpobroltis mequa-

latevaly (Mescinbriantheniun acquilaterale), often merely shrivelled; cones and

woody shoot of a Casuarina; cane-like ¢veeping stems of Spinifex ineriuis (SN. hiv

sulus), tovether with leaves aud fibrous material remaining from then; parts of

stems or leaves of the Sword Rush (Lepidosperma yladiahuin) 5 Dianella revaluta,

andasmall piece of cord obvionsly made from its fibrous leaves: part of a flowering

stalk of Vanthorvhoce sp. (Blaekboy) ; odd leaves of Seaevola crassifolia, Aeaeta

TINDALE AND MOUNTFORD—EXCAVATION OF KONGARATI CAVE 493

sp. and Wyoporimm sp.; pods of an Aeaeta sp. without seeds. Besides this there were

fragments of roots and woody stems, and a @rass with ereeping stems, and part of

# grass inflorescence, probably of Poa sp. All these are conmmon sandhill plants.”

PHYSIOGRAPIIICAL NOTES.

The rocks of the cliff ave slates and metamorphic roeks of Pre-Cambrian ave.

They have been described by several golowieal writers (7).

Between four aud seven metres above present low tide-marlk oeeurs evidence

of a uoteh or terrace in the cliffs, tovether with cemented shingle forming a basal

conglomerate. In places this shingle is wedvecl into crevices ou the ol] marine

floor.

The principal exposure of the terrace is at a place half a kilometre north of

the Cave on the boundary of Seetion 217 and 1596, where the cliffs stand haek some

fifty metres from the beach, Rounded beach shingle is at present at a height of

six metres, and is overlaid by seree boulders and debris from the cliffs.

The second place where the terrace may be noted is at Pool Flat (Section 1588).

Tlere the cemented base of the conglomerate is present at three metres above low

waiter level, aud the deposit fills the noteh in the cliff, which stands baek from the

coastline. The conglomerate continues upwards to a maximinn of about seven

metres above sea level, where it gives place to vemented caleareous beach sand over-

laid by boulders and clay from the adjoining old cliff slope.

The subfossil species of this recent marine terrace inehide the following shells,

all of which are living species :

Seetion 1596 (Hundred of Yankalilla). Section 1588,

Phasinella vardveqata Astrea auret

lustrocochlea sp. Auslrocochtea sp.

Cuntharidus exis Contharidus conieus

Mitra australis Salinatar fragilis

Pypene aemminata Callostona rubiginosun

The general physiographie evidence is that Konwarati Cave was excavated

(primarily by marine erosion) at the level of the raised beach described above.

Murther slight enlargement has proceeded partly by the weathering from the roof

of flakes of slate. This weathering has been assisted by the formation of salt erys-

tals on the roof. The oceupational debris in the eave has collected since the final

retreat of the sea: it rests direetly on the marine shinele aud, even in the lowest

layers, is formed of undecomposed materials,

(2) Madipan, C.'T., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 49, 1925, pp, 198-212.

494 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ETHNOLOGICAL SPECIMENS.

Fire-mahing Apparatis. Kighteen split pieces of Yacea flower stem (.Vun-

fhorrhocd sp.) were found. Their dimensions varied from 6 to 18 em. in length

and 14 to 25 em. in width, and all bear the holes made by drilling with a round stiek

Wie. od. Iniplements fron Kongarati Caves ach, portions of Yared stems used in fire-making :

tal 7 l al ee

on hone point; dee wooden poimts: h, yortion of wooden sper,

l ’ >) l | ]

in the process of making fire, The majority had been nosed more than once, while

one example (fie. 4b) shows uine such holes. In eight of the examples the sott

central pith of the Yaeea flower stem had been removed, and the edges of the stick

worn as though earried about for some fame. Several of them had been used

at each end (fig. 5a), while in two of them one end tends to taper to a bluntly

TINDALE AND MOUNTFORD-—EXCAVATION OF KONGARATI CAVE 495

rounded apex. The other eight have the eentral pith intact aud sharp edges, suy-

vestine that they were made by splitting the Yacea stem just before making fire.

The diameter of the drilled holes varies from 8 to 12 man., with an averave of 10 mm.

A concise description of fireanaking is given by Meyer (*) under the heading

nglaiye | nla:tji| apparatos for obtaining fire, consisting of two pieces of the flower

stalk of the grass tree. A semi-cylindrical piece is placed with the flat side upper-

most, and the end ef another piece of the same pressed wpon it and made to tin

‘aptly backwards and forwards by rubbing between the palms of the hands. "The

friction produces lire in the course of a few minutes. This differs from a personal

observation of one of us (N.B.T.) in one particular. Milerum, a native of the

Tanganekald (or Tangane tribe) of the Coorong, in South Australia, in demon-

strating, used a piece of hard wood for the twirling stick,

Nine specimens identified as probably twirling sticks were obtained in the

cave. All are of moderately hard wood, the longest being 36 em. and the shortest

20 em. ; and both of these have been burnt at each extremity. Their diameters vary

from G14 mm.

Artefacts. Twelve quartz chippings with cutting edges were obtained from

the excavation; only one of these showed signs of secondary work, Pwo rather

poor hanmmer stones were also picked out, one of quartz, and the other of slate. The

former had beeu broken, while the latter showed siens of abrasion on one of the Hal

surfaces.

Netting. A large number of string and net fragments were recovered frou

all parts of the occupational layers, Many of the pieces of net were badly deeayed,

but eight were sufficiently well preserved to be measured. The dimensions were

as follows :

> Shae of Diameter

Mesh, af Cord, Material, Sizw of Fragment,

AY) mim. u-5 tum. Vegetable thre 30 15 em,

15 mm. 1-25 mim, hy és 12 x 30-en,

15 mm, 1-5 mm, 0 i 24 X& 2Oem,

Imm, 1-5) tim. 5 $3 30 10 em,

10 mm. | mm. 4, fy 2 attached reetangles gach o en,

40 am, 1+5 am, ri 34 24 en. loug with 3 knots,

20 mm, 2+5 amin, Ve la & 14 tied at one end,

12 mon, 1-5) mm, q Tangled and too fragile to wnenvels

U5 inn. 2-5 mm, Ny PA Strips wrapped about body of woonen

150 om. long,

* Measured along one side of the square,

Meyer (1) describes a farinaceous root called Warnpu, which grows at En-

connter Bay, the nutritious part of which is eaten, mud the tougher part ised in

(8) Meyer, IL A. B. Voeabulary of language spoken liv the aborigines of the Souther id

Enstern portions of the settled districts of South Australia. 5 2. Adelaide, 1843.

(1) Mever, TD ALT, The native tribes of South Australia, IST

496 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskUM

making strine wets. The same writer further states: ‘' lt (the string) is composer

by roasting the leaves and afterwards chewing them; the leaf theu divided loneitu-

dinally into four, two of these are twisted together by being rolled upon the thigh,

and are then twisted together by being rolled in the contrary way; other lengths

are acted witil as mueh line is made as is required.

“In the operation of netting, the twine is wound avowed a short stiek which

answers the purpose of a needle, and the meshes are formed, ane the knot tied ba:

passing the string over aud beneath the finwers,’’ :

The method of knotting is the same as that used by Kuropeans, and is fieied

by Davidson (*) on Ins map of distribution of knotted netting in Australia, In

the more detailed drawing given in fig, 10 the knot is differently drawn. aud is uot

adype present in any of the net fragments found,

Angas (°) depicts natives aking string at Encounter Bay some miles south

of Konearati Cave. On account of the large niamber of net fragments anc stiri

found, 1 is reasonable to suppose that the eave world be a eamping place for native

fishing parties. Angas, plexi, shows a eroiup of natives fishing with nets at Second

Valley, some two miles south of the eave. Associated with this place is an execllent

deseription of the method employed in catehine the fish, Tle writes: ‘'They tse a

seme about twenty to thirty feet in length, stretched on sticks placed erosswise at

jutervals. A couple of men will drag the nets anione the roeks and shallows where

the fish are niost abuidant, and eradually getting closer as they reach the shove,

the fish ave secured in the folds of the net?’

Five Tongs. Aimong the objects taleen from the evass bands (Layer 2) was a

pai of sticks each approximately 58 em. im leneth and 1 em. in diameter. These

ave burnt at the ends, Milerum, an old native referred to elsewhere in this paper,

recogmized them as the [wenept| of the Tanganekald natives, ie. paired stieks

for pieking fish, ete., off the fire. They were held in the fashion of chopsticks.

Worsnop (7) has the following reference to sneb stieks :‘‘ li removing the entrails

ov any small food cooked in the embers, (hey would use two simall stieks 10 in. or

12 in. long, acd about as thiek as one's finger... as we should vse a pair of tongs,”

[Te does not, however, mention the locality where such sticks were used.

A bone-point (fig. 5¢). which was 9 em. long and 9) mim. wide at the base, was

found in Layer 3, 0-2 metres. Wyatt (5), in his youamuary, gives the word wmanpy,

a bone for stabbing; while Teichelinann and Seharmann 6) nse the word

(*) Davidson, D.S., Journ, Polynes, Soe., 42, 1905, p. 258, liz. 1 (bot not p. 270, fiz. 10),

(4) Angas. G. bs, South Austenliq MWhustrated, plate liv, S47.

(7) Worsnop. Prehistoric arts 2. . of the aborigines of Austealia, Adelaide, 1897, p. 88.

(s) wilt, Mimners and Superstitions of Adelaide and Encounter Bae Aboriginal Tribes,

STH, p. 21.

(4) Peiehelieoi dad Sehurmann, Voeuk Aboriginal kumwuages of S.A. TSb0, p. a4,

TINDALE AND MOUNTPORD EXCAVATION OF IKONGARATI CAVE = 497

|maumowitio|, a pointed bone for sewing, lwauew| a kangaroo. jwitje| the thin

hone of the hind leg of a kangaroo used as an awl or dagger.

The point of the bone was smoothly polished, and had probably been used as

wu awl.

A pointed pieve of wood 109 nim, long and 16 mi. diameter (fig. ad) was taken

from Layer 25-6 metres. Lt had been roughly split fronea eireular rod, and mioht

have been a erude form of fig. Se. Several other wooden points were found. That

shown al fig. Se was 56 nan. in lengih and & min. diameter; another (fig. of) was

130 mm. long and 15 mon, diameter, and a third (fig. Se) was a much bent point

158 nnn, loug anid Sinm. diameter. The exaniples ilhistvated in figs. Sf and e were

not lownlived. but fig. Se eame from Laver 2. The three latter specimens bear a

stroug resemblance to the points of light throwing spears,

Hie. Sh shows a spear jimetion 27 em. long, the larger portion being 24 em,

vnd the shovter 3} qm. in leneth. The greater and lesser clameters were ) and 1p

nin. respectively, A fragment of wood 20 em. long, and resembling a portion of

(he handle of a throwing stick, was also found.

Chewed Masses of Fibve. \ number of masses of fibrons material, obviously

chewed by the natives, were found in almost all parts of the ovenpational layers.

Kungyaroa Shin Cloak. The skin covering the buvial was of particular interest,

The skin had beeu ent to an irregular shape, and edge piereed with holes about

40 5am. in diameter, The skin had been repaired im several places with cord,

similar to that used in the nets; the other portions of skin surromnding the body

were much crumpled and decayed, but these also showed signs of holes at the edges.

The various fragments were not joied together even when first cxamined, although

pieves of string in several of the pierced holes suggested that the whole formed a

skin cloak, suvh as was used by the aatives in element weather,

THE DESSICATED BODY.

The body as shown in fig. 6 was Lying ina flexed position. [ft had evidently

heen smoke-ciried by a similar method to that cleseribed by several early writers,

notably Taplin ('").

After removal of a crumpled bundle of skin from between the kuees and in

front of the face, if was apparent that the body was moderately well preserved.

The face was distorted i duving.

The wreater part of the skin has been preserved ina shrunken condition. The

dried, flattened: breasts could be plainly seeu; the vaginal orilice is visible, but not

nol easily owing to the position of the thighs, The hands and leet were in place

(18) Tiplin, G., Native tribes of South Aastmdin.

49% KECORDS OF THE $.A. MuseuM

when found, hut, being partly decomposed at the wrists und ankles, became (le

tached when the body was cisturbed,

The skin is of a dull brown colour, but the tte tone is masked to some extent

by the all- pervading traces of salt.

Myf. Pessieated hody, Nonganiti Cave.

The nose showed hair within the nares, aol there was a small amount of short

tine hain upon the upper lip The evebrows were distinel, moderate in quantity,

anda duller brown than the hair.

Ilaiv ts present ou the Jett peaetal, meht posterior temporal and oeeipital

reojons of the bead. Some of the best preserved parietal portions are o em. to

Ten. long. At the oeipnt itis 2 ent, to 4 em. lone, and on the posterior temporal

repion it iyabont the same length, On the lett eyebrow are well preserved hairs.

The skin of the back, especially along the midline e¢rest of the vertebral colunut

and the erests of the itiuin, are siebtly but clefinitely charred, and a certain daiount

of fatty matter bas come into the skin wid on the surface, mostly on the right side.

This fatty matter alse appears in the region aroun the anus. melkine the tissues

TINDALE AND MOUNTFORD—-EXCAVATION OF KONGARATI CAVE 499

softer and moister than in other parts, so that decomposition has taken place. On

the right or lower side, as the body was lying, the skin had deconrposed and fallen

away from the ribs. This would suggest that the position of drying was one in

whieh: the body was lying on the right side in the flexed position as found, but

with the head higher than the pelvis.

The chest appears somewhat distorted. The stermum and cartilaginous parts

of the ribs are depressed backwards, especially on the right side, so that the ribs af

the juuetion of the bony part point forward. This indicates a crushing together

of the lateral walls of the thorax,

Pulpwnini (Reuben Walker), one of the oldest of the half-caste natives of the

Muvray Mouth. who died in 1934, tolel writers that members of the Ramindjeri

tribe pounced ou a dying person, forciny out the last breath. They then folded the

limbs, trussed the body in a tlexecl position, and after keeping if for same time

“ssnaleed’” it over a slow fire.

In the presen! instance iL seems likely that the forcing out of the last breath

was vesponsible for the distortion of the thorax.

There are no Tractitves af limb-bones, or dislocations of joints. A series of

N-riy films was taken. One ol the skull shows a possible injury in the frontal bone.

Through an openime inthe hack, the ternal organs contd he seen, wocderately

well preserved,

‘

Dr. TT. D. Campbell has reported that the radiographs ‘‘are not sulfieiently

delinite to sive any very clear idea of the dentition. TH would appear that almost,

if not all, the full complement of teeth is there. The auount of wear discernable

indicates that attrition was fairly marked. Several teeth seem to have a consider.

able portion of their crowns worn away, almost down to gum level, it is ditfieult

to say whether any of the teeth were affected by caries; most of those seen clearly

in the pictures seem to have the remaining portion of the erown quite mtaet.”’

Careful measurements of the various parts of the body gaye a height of 155 om.

(9 feet Linch), The average height of Central Australian women oyer 50 years

of age is 155-5 em, The teeth and bones as revealed by the radiographs imdicate

that the age is 50 years or older.

The association of fishing nets with burials was notieed at Princess Charlotte

Bay, in North Queensland, by Hale and Vindale (14). In this locality, old fishing

nets are worn by men during mourning ceremonies.

The dessicated remams of an aboriginal child found on the banks of the

Murtay (17) was packed in wallaby skin and e@rass, the whole being comtained in a

net bae, which had a mesh similar fo that found in Nonwarati Cave.

('') Tlale, I. M. said Tindale, N. B,, Records of S. Aus. Museum V, 1988, p. 05 wal fig. 73.

(12) Sheard, H. L., Mounttord, C.1., Hackett, GC. J., Trans. Roy. Soc., Aug. 11, 1947, Vol ti,

p. L7A, pl. xii,

500 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The story of Tjirbuki, whieh is published in a somewhat anelicized form by

Ramsay South (1"), was obtained hy one of us (N,B.T.) from Karloan, an old

native of the Jarildikald (of Lake Alexandrina), Tt is quoted heve becwuse of its

reference to the use of caves as burial eronnds, and its setting within the district

inider discussion.

STORY OF [TAILRBUBRLT) (44): A LEGEND OF TIDE PEOPLE OF RAPID

BAY.

Tyivbuki was born (started) at | Wa'tirayeqeul

» itso known as | Watara-

yalay|, which is near Mount Hayfield, and about five miles south-west of the Bald

Tills, on Seetions 1100-116, Thindred of Yankalilla. In the winter tine he lived

in the serub land at | Watirragegeul) (literally this means the ‘Two ITills’’, and

is clerived from the story of two wien, Lepuldawi aid Watiriorn, whose camp i

was), and in the summer le went down to Rapid Bay aear |'Wita’water| {Mapid

Ilead), where his ‘track’? (i.e. his hunting territory) extended to the coast.

One day he heard avumour that his sister’s son | anjaril|, reciprocal | wan),

known as | Kulultuwi}, had been killed at |Waripari] (the Sturt Creek at Marion).

| Tjirbuki| thereupon travelled to |War:paril to diseover the truth, Ife found

that his |namari| had been struck down, and that the deed had been done just as

the boy was raking the head of an emu from a fire (the steam coming from its bill

indicated that it was cooked). The youth had broken a prohibition which forbade

him to kill (ums. The body of the boy had been taken toa place near Brighton to

‘

be“ smoked"? and dried,

When |Tyirbuki] arrived he took the body back to a spring on the beach at

Marino (the spring on the Kingston Park Reserve foreshore), and there completed

the smoking process. Many people assembled for the rituals, [ere he learned the

names of the two men who bad killed his | vesjarr|. When the body had been

smoked |Tjinbukil said, ‘Sl eo baek now'’.

Carrying his |uamari) te walked alone the coast until he came toa place near

Hatlett’s Cove, where he rested with his burden, As he reclined he bewan fo think

about his nephew, and burst ont erying |ka'reildan| (19), The tears ran dewn

(ht) W. Ramsay Smith, Myths and legends of the Austratian Aborigine, p. aod.

(tt) Also pronounced ‘Tyilhruke. Wjelbrnke, Tjaterbruke, These words and all nitive words

Inthe present paper, other than those quoted from early authors are spelt aeearding to a system

used at the University of Adelaide. See Tindale, Records S, Aust. Mus, Vy 1085, pp. 262-205.

(19) The indeterminute vowel sound v and the consonant d have not hitherte been used in our

trumseriplions. The litter is aed sound pronounced with the tongue placed ins position between

the tecth and indicated in our notation by an italicised dd. In was first notieed by Prot. J, A.

Wilzherbert aid one of the present weiters (NBT during the recording of some “arild "hall

legends. "The corresponding / sound is represented in the plice name Poturta “I: recorded in tlie

preset re per.

TINDALE AND MOUNTFORD—ENCAVATION OF KONGARATI CAVE 501

Ins fave, and where they fell to the ground a spring of water welled up; the natives

vo there to camp because of the spring. THe then jonreyed to

“Taiibadasy |

(Port Noarlunga), where he burst into fresh tears. He went ou to [Potartany|

(Red Ochre Cove, Seetion 462, Lundred of Willunga), where he cried again; yel

another spring of water cameup, Ile then walled to | Riiwaruy| (a few hundred

yards south of Port Willunea jetty). The tide was out. Ie sat down on the beach

and eried once more. The ["lekt| (tears) dropped on the sand, causing a spring

toappear. At high fide the sea covered it, but when the sea went down again water

could be obtained by seratehine in the sand, UH remains so to-day. he old nia

then carried lis uephew’s body to the beach at Sellick’s Lill, where he notiecd a

fine bay, suitable for catching sea salwon al night-time, His tears broeht a spring

into heing there. From Selliek’s Hill he went along the coast, passing |‘Maitpa'is |

(Mypouga) on bis left, and came to | Karikatlin’ga| (Seetion 1018 Hundred of

Yankalilla) just south of the place known to Knropeans as Carvickalinea Lead.

Here (here is a little swamp flat where | yerd| grows, very green like a reed (1%),

Then he went to | Konaratiyga |, where there is a |perki] (ie. a cave or hole in

the hill), About half a auile sonth there is a small ereek, which is also a camp.

Just before Tjirbuka reached the | perki| | Koyarati gga). he sat down and eried -

a small spring flowed there. He did not go into the cave but walked south, passing

the mouth of the ereek, and travelled alone the coastal cliffs, all the way io Cape

Jervis |'Parewarank|. Krom Cape Jervis he retnmied northwards alone the

foreshore helow the cliffs, and came to another |perki) or cave called |Ja‘narwiy|

(according to another informant), LLe left the body of his |uamari| outside, anc

walking into the darkness found a place where there was a suitable ledye of rock.

He put sticks up, just as was dove when the body was being smoked, carried the

body in, placed it on the platform, and left it. Ile did not emerge from the eave,

hut went on into the depths of the hill for a loug way. Ue eventually eae out on

the top of the lills near a swamp lagoon. Le could see the sum shining through a

hieh crevice. tle clanbed up, and as he looked about. le said: ** Well, there is ne

use omy living like a man any more.’

He therefore transformed himself into a bird, called [hjiehuki| (a species of

ibis), and spent, bis time catehing fish in the lagoon.

Although only a common man ['Tjirbuki] was a wonderful person. Ue

Was Hot so powerFnl as [Nivunduri}, but nevertheless had power 1a inflience

people.

G8) (Mrobalily Typlay. Tis possible toanake rafts | kimdi| of the reed stems of Wis punt,

nod inde the Murry River natives sometimes made then of Laer rh |e

502 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

DISCUSSION,

The few implements are reminiscent of the Murundian horizons as defined by

Hale and Tindale (17) for their rock shelter at Devon Downs.

There are traces of a bone implement eulture, but only one stone showing

secondary work was discovered. The abundance of firesticks suggests that the cave

served as a refuge during inclement weather, or, alternately, as a camping place

for fishing parties,

The absence of any form of basketware is remarkable. Angas (1°) shows ¢

native encampment at Rapid Bay, some four or five miles south, in which a munher

of mats and baskets of the type used by the Lower Murray tribes can be seen hang-

inv on their shelters. No satisfactory reason can be given for the absence of these

baskets.

Since the publication of this paper. Vail (1%) has described the methods used

by the Buange people of Mapos, New Guinea, when preparing their dead for burial.

These methods have several points of resemblance with those of the natives who

lived in the lower Murray and Second Valley districts.

According to Vail, the body, after death, was flexed, covered with tapa cloth

and erass, and securely roped. Drying was carried out by placing the corpse in an

nuderground, grass-packed chamber for a period of from one to five months. At

ihe end of that time the then dried body was taken out, and, after further wrap-

ping, was placed on a ledge or in a cave not accessible to fhe larger antmals, such

as clogs or pigs.

In conclusion, the writers desire to thank the many who lave assisted in the

work of excavation aud in the preparation of this paper: Miss Kardley, for the

identification of botanical specimens; Dr. EB. Couper Black, for assistance in the

preparation of notes on the burial; Mr. IL. H, Finlayson and Mr. b. Cotton for

the identification of the mammals and the shells respectively ; and last, but by no

means least, the Rev. Lowyek, for his unstinted help and hospitality during the

whole jime the excavation was in proyress.

(17) Hale, H, M, and Tindale, N. B. Ree, S. Austr. Mus, iv, 1980, pp. 177-188 and 208,

(IS) Angus, G. F., South Australia Tlustrated, ph xxxix,

(19) Vail, Ovcania, vii, 1986, pp. G3-G8, pla.

A NEW FOSSIL BIVALVE MOLLUSC

FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The remarkable occurrence of fossil Chitons in South Australia has been recorded in this

publication ('). Amongst the same material taken from the Torrensville Bore by Mr. W. J.

Kimber are ten specimens of a Venerid bivalve hitherto undescribed. The generic

location has presented some difficulty, but it is here placed in a new genus, and a

previously described recent species is cited as Genotype.

Glycydonta gen. nov.

Shell solid, transversely ovate, equivalve, subequilateral ventral margin convex through

its entire length; hinge of three cardinal teeth in each valve, and a series of valid

crenulations, strongly resembling taxodont “teeth” of the Glycymerid variety, arising

apparently from the crenulation of the antero and postero-dorsal margin by the external

radial sculpture of the outer surface; sculpture of concentric lamellae and numerous

radials which fimbriate the lamellae; internal ventral margin coarsely denticulate, anterior

and posterior much more finely denticulate.

A NEW FOSSIL BIVALVE MOLLUSC rrom SOUTH

AUSTRALIA

By BERNARD C. COTTON, ConcnHonoeisr, Sourit Averreanin Museum,

Fig. 1.

Tin remarkable oceurrence of fossil Chitons in South Australia has heen recorded

im this publication (1). Amonest the same material taken from the Torrensville

Bore by Mr W. J. Kimber are ten specimens of a Venema bivalve hitherto un-

deseribed. The veneric location has presented some cdiffieaity, but it is here placcl

ira new wens, wd a previously described recent species is cited as Genotype.

GLYGCYDONTA gen, nov.

Shell solid, transversely ovate, equivalve, subequilateral ventral marein conveys

through its entire length; hinge of three cardinal teeth in each valve, and a series

of valid erentilations, strongly resembling taxodont ‘tteeth’? of the Glyeymertl

yariety, arising apparently from the erenulation of the autero and postero-dorsal

Kip. 1, Glycydonta protomariea: a, internal view; b, external view (X 5),

margin by the external radial seulpture of the outer surface: sculpture of concen-

tric lamellae aud numerous radials which fimbriate the lamellae; internal ventral

marein Coarsely cdenticnlate, anterior and posterior much more finely denticulate.

Type Venus martea Linn.

Chione marica is recorded from the Philippine Islands, Queensland, New

(1) Ashby and Cotton, Hee, 8, Aust. Mus., v, 1936, p. 509, fig, 1-2,

504 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

South Wales, and Geraldton, Western Australia (Verco, one valve). There is also

a perfect living specimen, from the Vereo collection in the S.A, Museum, D. 12886,

Jeneth, 18 mm.; height, 12-5 mimn.; section, 9 mm., labelled ‘SChione (Qinphalo-

clathrwmn) mariea Linn., Vietoria’’.

The species is widely distributed in the Indo-Pacific. and it is possible that

move than one species is represented under this name.

Veremolpa Iredale, 1930 (Genotype V. ethicu Iredale), which is regarded as

a section of Chione by Thiele (7), is allied to Glycydonta, but whereas Verenalpo

has only very weak marginal crenulations on either side of the eardinals. Glycy-

dontla has a clistinet series of taxodont-like ‘‘teeth’’ on either side,

AAnomalocurdia Schumacher, 1817 = Cryptagramma Méreh, 1853 (Genotype

1, flernosa Linn. from China) is probably the most nearly allied @enus. But in

that genus the shell is triangular. unequal and prolonged Hexuous, and attenuated

posteriorly,

GLYCYDONTA PROTOMARICA,

Shell solid, transversely ovate, hinge as in the subgeneric¢ deseription, with

Iwelve Glycyncridlke ‘teeth’? on either side of the three cardinals; seulpture of

about twelve coneentri« lamellae. with numerous, regular, subordinate radial ribs

which timbriate the concentric lamellae; lunule not well defined, eseuteheon obso-

lete; ventral margin coarsely crenulate internally, crenulations in no way re-

sembling the lateral “teeth”? of the hinge. Umbos small, slightly prominent.

Holotype: Length 9 man, height 7-8 mm. seetion 5-4 mim.

Torrensville Bore, South Australia, depth 49-0 feet. Upper Pliocene (Rew.

No, D. 12858, S.A. Museum). Differs from Chione marica in being much smaller,

and in not having the lamellae foliaceous on the posterior dorso-veutral anwle,

Another species which could possibly be placed with Chione muricn is Chione

scandularis Ledley, from Queensland, though this species has mueh more numerous

and finer crenulation on the antero and postero-dorsal border of the hinge.

In concluding, T have to thank Mr. O... Gabriel, Honorary Conchologist of

the National Museum, Melbourne, and Miss 1. Crespin, Commonwealth Palaeonto-

lowist, for comparing this speeies with others iu their collections.

(*) Tredale, Ree. Aust. Mus., xvii, 1930, p. 97.

THE SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN BALER SHELL

MELO MILTONIS GRAY

By BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

In 1878 Angas (') recorded the Southern Australian Baler Shell under the name Melo

miltonis Gray (type locality Swan River, Western Australia) from “Fowler’s Bay, to the

westward of Port Lincoln”. Verco (*) recorded three specimens, all dead, taken by the

Federal Trawler “Endeavour” in 90 fathoms, off Eucla.

Mr. Elver T. Wheare, of Ardrossan, South Australia, recently took eight living specimens

of this rare Baler Shell at Cape Thevenard in 1'/, fathoms, and presented two of the

specimens to this Museum. A typical example is described below.

Tur SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN BALER SHELI.

MELO MILTONIS GRAY

By BERNARD C. COTTON, Coxcnornogisr, Soup Ausrratian Mersrecn,

Fig. 1-2.

Iw 1878 Angas (1) recorded the Southern Australian Baler Shell wider the name

of Milo amilfonis Gray (iype locality Swan River, Western Australia) from

“Towler’s Bay, to the westward of Port Lineoln’’. Vereo (2) recorded three

Specimens. all dead, taken by the Federal Trawler ‘! Endeavour’?

olf Enela.

Mr, Elyer Tl. Wheare, of Ardrossan, South Australia, recently took eight living

in YO fathoms,

specimens of this rare Baler Shell at Cape Thevenard in 14 fathoms, and presented

hwo of (he specimens to this Museum. A typical example is deseribed below.

Shell large, solid, cylindrical; colour chestnut brown, decorated with trian-

eular white blotches, the acute angles of which (on the dorsi) point towards the

marein of the outer lip; aperture yellowish-white, columella and internal maryin

of the onter lip orange coloured ; outer siaface of the shell, opposite the outer lip,

eroded; whorls three, protoconch large and prominent, of four whorls, rapidly

increasing, and differentiated from the rest of the shell by a simple radial lip;

growth striae close, with periodical course axial costations corresponding and aris:

ing from the base of the spines; spines ineurved, and present almost to the finish-

ing lip of the protoeoneh ; onter lip thick, concave medially when viewed posteriorly

and laterally ; columella slightly concave, with four plaits, the anterior three strong,

the posterior one weak but well defined, Leneth 228 nun., breadth 126 mun.. heigl

of protoconch 10 mm., breadth 16°35 mm. Thiekness of outer lip near marein, 6-5

nim, Cape Thevenard, alive, 1 fathoms, Febrnary 11, 19385, S.A. Museum, Ree.

No. D.11432. Colleeted by Mr. Elver TY. Wheare,

The species may be distingnished from others hy the concave outer hip, laree

prominent protoconch, solidity, and strong periodie axial growth costations.

Large adult specimens are so much eroded that the body whorl is translucid.

yet the initial thickness of the shell is apparent al and near the margin of the owler

lip, where a large specimen is 8 mon, thick. In juvenile specimens where there has

heen little or no erosion, the protoconeh is axially erinkled subsuturally, and finely

obsoletely spirally ribbed. The posterior columella plait is always less developed

(1) Angas, PL Z.S., p. 865, IN78.

(2) Verco, Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Aust., xxxvi, p. 249, 112.

506 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskUM

than the other three. In one specimen it is apparently absent, though there are

indi¢ations that this isan abnormality, as there is an acemnalation of callus deposit

over the area wheve the plait should be. In another the fourth or top plait is en-

tively absent, One speeimen said to come from Streaky Bay has the remains of a

Wig. 1. Mecho milfonis Gray; yentral dou laters! view (4 0-6),

eoarse livht-brown periostracum, but all other specimens, living and dead, are

without a vestige of tt,

Mr. Wheare deseribes {he animal as larve for the shell, chocolate-brown, with

seroll-lke white markings. ILesays the shell is situated with the outer lip vertically

above when the animal is at rest or feeding. When in motion the lip is sititted

laterally, well below the centre line. Uirfortunately no specimen with the annual

jutact has heen received al the S.A. Museum. but it is hoped to obtain one shortly.

Brom the avcompanying chart it will be seen that Welo aeltenis vanges from

COTTON—SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN BALER SHELL 507

Cape Thevenard to Kine George Sound. living in 14 fathoms, anil dead on the

beach, and at 90 fathoms. Our largest adult measures 305 min. long, though some

of the specinens taken by Mr. Wheare were said to be 25 per cent. bigger than this.

Fig. 2. Mele mitlanis Gray: dorsal amd apieal view (x Of),

The average dimensions of specimens examined are: length 186-4 non., width

102-8 non. heieht of proteconeh 10-3 mam.. width of proteconeh 15-7 am. This is

easily the largest Gastrepod found i South Ausiralia.

Other records of this species are as follows: Mr, G. Spry, of Ceduna, found

three living specimens at Decres Bay, south of Thevenard, in 1929, one of which

was presented to Rev. Stanley ILarper. Rev. b.J. Weeding, of Lhdlett. Found one

dead and broken shell at Siuoky Day,

The paintings of Welw neiftonis Gray here reproduced were prepared by Mr.

C.K. Rix,

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

508

“)

“joogoduay

“yNpE ported

“ynpe poossad ‘asaey

“ypnpe joogaod ‘asaery

‘aptueAn f*

"pouty

-SIput jiep_d Bipeumnpoy aeddy)

‘xade oy} ye passed

-ap apjiTT B *peuttofop qouos

-OJOAg ‘Suteptdo yp aptuean

“Op LOAD

SCAU

‘OTA AT

‘ATLA An

“oT LAAN f*

‘OPLM JoyPBa ‘aprwaan

‘paANSBot JOU YIUOIOJOL

*paposa YP oTUl

aoRPIMS 1OINO “}pNpE asieT

“YNpB posta

“SABO

pospaiq peaq

TOLB MA

MOTLRYS PAITY

APRA

MOTLEY eAILy

AdTEM

MOTTRYS eA

YoRreg prod

Ipeog prad

yoRag oATLW

ypeeg peo

pospary pera

paspetqd pea

yorog peed

ypeag, peed

Rog pea

qovag = pee

paspetq ely

pesporcl airy

pespaq aeatply

*podpard “pee

10 10

yauag aAITy

umosnyy “W'S

umosnyy “y's

wmestyy “¥'S

wimesnypy "VS

TOC UIUTST “PAN

toquiTy “f° "AN

umoasnyy "y's

nMIsN |, "WS

twMesnyy “W'S

mmasnyy “y's

wes

W's

wmnoestyy "V's

WOSTE AM SSTJ

winosn fy

umsesnyy

wimasn yy

uMasny “VS

wmMmosnyy “W'S

“MOTpoaTLOD,

ODA "OTL

osu "f “D

wostmnyig *O

wosumypg ‘OD

WALSL ‘O

ATPPRE “WV

oo1aA DL

one A OL

OOO A rt) x le

Ode A OL

OMIA DEL

ola A (OL

ATBATLA LOL

ABO WL "SL

ava VL GL

*LOJIAT[O,)

1983

098SL

Szs‘LL

8e8'TT

Terie

608'T

c96'L

6cF IT

Cot TT

FoF'LL

6LF IT

SFI

OLF IL

EF TL

“CON

“Boy

“SHRP el]

BLPAUINpO,)

*YOUOIO POAT

él

+O UTPEM

“YOUOdO POL

“TOUL

FO Vso

“UFPEM

OGL

OOT

Sel

“UU

OSL

#BG

FRG

L96

OST

9EL

006

LIL

suLOYyET YG “ELINA

aumoat, ade)

aumoat, odes

JO YJLOU SaplUt Oss T,

Seg Bane'y

"W'S "SBO)) JS9AK

“WS (SHOR JAM

Avg, AyRoiys

PUL[ST oA gy

“VIM

‘punog vd.1004) Bury

suLoy pet

GG ‘ALOYS Fo soT Ue YO

“Bpong FO ISOM Soul (VG

Sug 8, 1ep Moy

ABE 8, 1OTM0 of

seg ayealys

seg JBinyy

prvdoasyy, adep

pavuosayy, ede

piruaaayy, ede)

“AyIpeaor]

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FOSSIL CHITONS

By EDWIN ASHBY, F.L.S., AND

BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The three Chiton valves here described constitute the first record of fossil Chitons from

South Australia, and Mr. W. J. Kimber is to be highly congratulated on his discovery.

Two species were obtained from a bore sunk at Torrensville, and one at Gaza, S.A.

Chiton (Anthochiton) Tricostalis Relata subsp. nov.

There seems enough evidence to separate this subspecies from the species which belongs

to that section of the genus, Chiton s.s., termed by Thiele Clathropleura, and by Iredale

and Hull Rhyssoplax, but Thiele’s name Anthochiton dates from 1893, whereas the other

one dates from 1910, and thus are synonyms of the subgenus Anthochiton.

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FOSSIL CHITONS

By EDWIN ASHBY, F.L.S., ANp

RERNARD C, COTTON, Concnonoasr, Sour Ausrranian Museum.

Tie three Chiton valves here described constitute the first record of fossil Chitons

from South Australia, and Mr. W. J. Kimber is to be highly congratulated on his

discovery. Two species were obtained from a bore staik at Torrensville, and one

at Gaza, S.A.

Cnivon (ANTILOCHITON ) TRICOSTALIS RELATA subsp, nov.

Fig. 1.

There seems enough evidence to separate this subspecies from the species which

helongs to that section of the genus, Chiton ss., termed by Thiele Clithrop. cura,

and by Iredale and Hull Rhyssoplor, but Thiele’s name Anthochiton dates From

1893, whereas the other one dates from 1910, and thus are synonyms of the subgenus

Anthochiton.

One median valve subearinated, side slope convex; anvle of divergence 80°.

dorsal edge wedge-shaped apparently smooth; the pleural area transversed longi-

tudinally by twelve shallow broad erooves, the ridges (incliding the outer one)

twelve, comparatively slightly narrower than in the species, suggesting weather-

boarding ; the lateral areas have two stronely-vaised, knobby vibs, the anterior one

conmmeneing to bifureate, One can count ten of these ridges or knobs. Nearly

the whole surface of the tegmentum is perforated by small holes, undoubtedly

xposed by erosion of the surface layer of shell. The network of holes are probably

terminals of nerve channels. Tnside:tegmentum folded over posteriorly, slits 1/1

well defined, the insertion plate straight, not ‘frilled’’ as in the genus Callisto-

chiton. The edge is too worn to definitely state that it was serrate, but there are

indications that it was not smooth as in the genus Lech nochiton,

Holotype. Length 3-5 mm., width 6*5 mm., 490 feet deep, Torrensville Bore,

Adelaide, South Australia. Upper Pliocene (Reg, No. D. 12883, South Australian

Musemm).

The subspecies differs from the species in having sh@htly narrower ribs ou

the pleural area, and the sideslope being more curved,

| BY

510 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Kopuax sub. gen. nov.

Only one median valve of the type species Acanthochiton adelaidae (deseribed

hereunder) is known. In consideration of which fact we place the species in the

eens Acunthochiten. If the posterior valve should have more than two slits (1/1)

then the species should be referred to as Votoplar, and Boplie would consequently

he placed as a subgenus of Notaplas.

—

Mie, 1, Chiton tricestate relate Pie, 2. Aeanthochiton (BKoplar) adelaide

(* 5-8), (xX 5+5).

Differs trom secanthochiton ss. (ov Notoplas as the ease may be) in that the

sculpture of the pleural anc lateral areas of the tegmentum is reduced to a nar-

row strip, and does not extend to the suteral sinus by one-quarter the longitudinal

width of shell.

The type species Acanthochilon adeladae here deseribed possesses a marked

though blunt beak, and an exceptionally raised ridge from the slit to the tegmentum

ou the insertion plate, also the teementum is mueh retvacted in width.

ACANTHOCHITON (HOPLAX) ADELATDAR sp. nov.

Hie, 2

One median valve, carinated, sideslope stvaie@ht, ane@le of divergence YO" ;

dorsal area keeled, shghtly beaked; area lone and narrow, the anterior margin

2 nun. wide, converging posteriorly to a width at the beak of -75 man. ; sides of area

straight, surface probably ungrooved, but shallow growth lines present, Pleural

and lateral areas inseparable, the tegmentum mueh reduced; sculpture of pleural

area terminates anteriorly at 1:5 mm, from the anterior marein of the dorsal area,

and consists of longitudinal rows of flat, trianeular, seale-lilkke grains, shaped Like

an isosceles triangle, the pliral and lateral areas inseparable, except that the grains

Asupy AND CoTTON —SouTH AUSTKALIAN Fossil CHiTOoNs $11

of lateral area ave a Jittle larger, Articulamentum : suttral laminae are too dam-

aged to determine; sims between evidently rather broad; insertion plates very

broad, showing a strong valoused broad ridge commencing at the slit and euding

on one side of the tegmentum, but suggesting in the other side (which is danimeeed )

that it may have been continued across the tegmentiun, forming there a shallow

ridge. The marked feature of this Acanthochiton is the extreme reduction laterally

of the tegmentum.

Holotype. Length Timm., width 7+ mon, 490 feet deep, Torrensville Bore,

Adelaide, South Australia. Upper Pliovene (Reg. No. 12882, S.A, Museum).

ISCHNOCTIHTON,

One aninute tul valve. Shell raised, mucro well defined, posterior slope at

first steep and then becowiny flatter towards the onter edge; three rather deep

concentric erowth grooves towards the outer marein, the portion anterior to the

mnnero small ane largely missing; shows no seuipture other than the continuation

of growth grooves of the posterior portion, but under 65 magvifivation three deep

pits can be seen along the diagonal line at the junction of the growth grooves; pos-

levior portion large, sculptured with minute ill-defined grains, otherwise without

sculpture except for the growth grooves before named,

But for the three deep pits (seen nnder 65 magnifications) sifiated alone the

(liavonal line which separates the anterior from the posterior area in the tail valve,

aud placed at the junetion of the growth grooves, we should have considered a

Juvenile of any one of several Ischnachitons which have a rather meéouspicuous

sculpture, The presence of these pits in the fegmentinn is so striking that it will,

i! this feature is retained into maturity, probably remoye it trom the eenus Lsclna-

chitowss. Korther the articulamentum of the inside is too dantiwed to aid in the

decision.

The broken edg@e of the articulamentiin suewests multislettine, the whole sir

face of the inside of the shell is perforated by intermittent coneeitvic slits when

seen tuider 69 magnifications,

Gaza, South Australia, 80 feet. For the present we place it under the genus

Ischnachifon, and the presenee of the three pits above described jeuay justite: it

being distinguished as a new species.

Associated with the two Chiton valves from the Torrensville Bore were the

following Upper Phocene Mollusea: Corbula portdata Tate (atlinis), Pelrearta

howchin’ Cotton (juveniles), Turritella surrayane subrudis Cotton and Woods,

and Trrritella ucricaldaadeldidensis Cotton and Woods,

A uuober of wenera, as listed below. were also reeownized, but none of the

species are recent.

512 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Haliotis, Emarginula, Gibbula, two species; Fossarus, Euchelus, Uber, two

species ; Phasianella allied to the recent variegata, also numerous opereula different

from the recent; Trophon, Cominella, Clanculus allied to yatesi; Nassarius, two

species; Turridae, six species; Ancilla allied to edithae; Cymatiella, Bembicium,

Astrea, Pyrene, two species; Murex, small; Terebra, Vermetus, Dentalium, two

species; Retusa, Calyptraca, Cerithium, six species; Marginella, three species ;

Pyrene, Anapella, two species; Venericardia related to bimaculata; Chioneryx

allied to cardioides; Katelysia juveniles; Limopsis, two species; Myadora, Lucina,

Thracia, Placamen, Neotrigonia, Nucuca; one specimen of a species closely related

to the recent Cosmetalepas concalenatus Crosse & Fischer. Also a few specimens of

a bivalve deseribed elsewhere in the present part of this publication.

SCOLYTIDAE AND PLATYPODIDAE

CONTRIBUTION 35

THE COLLECTION OF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

By KARL E. SCHEDL

Summary

The South Australian Museum has recently placed their entire collection of these

Coleoptera, including a number of types, at my disposal. Through this kindness I am now

able to clear up some of the more doubtful species of the two families, publish some very

interesting notes on the geographical distribution of known forms, and finally describe a

number of new species. Especially interesting is a new species of the genus Scolytotarsus

Schedl, which was originally described from Africa, and has now been found in

Australia.

SCOLYTIDAE ann PLATYPODIDAE

CONTRIBUTION 35

Tur Cotiection oF THE SourH AusrRALTAN Museum

By KARL E, SCHEDL.

Fig. 1-2.

Tue South Australian Museum has recently placed their entire collection of these

Coleoptera, including a number of types, at my disposal. Through this kindness

Lan now able to clear up some of the more doubtful species of the two families,

publish some very interesting notes on the geographieal distribution of known

forms, and finally describe a number of new species. Especially interesting is a

new species of the genus Scolytolarsus Sehedl, which was originally deseribed from

Afriea, and has now been found in Australia.

PLATYPODIDAE.

CROSSOTARSUS MNISZECH! (hap.

Queensland : Cairns district (A.M. Lea). North-East Papua: Mt. Lamington,

1,500-1,500 feet (C. T. MeNamara).

CROSSOTARSUS BARBATUS Chap.

The deseription was prepared from specimens from the Moluceas I[s., Ceram

and Bourn. A new record is North-Kast Papua: Mt. Lamineton, 1,800-1,500 feet

(C.T. MeNamara).

CROSSOTARSUS SUBPELLUCIDUS Lea.

This species, which is represented by specimens from Queensland, Cairns

district, helongs to the Crossotars? burhati eroup, and is closely allied to C. kunt-

zent Mm.

CROSSOTARSUS KUNTZBENL Sched.

North-East Papua: Mt, Lamington, 1,300-1,500 feet (C. 7. MeNamara).

CROSSOTARSUS ARMIPENNIS Lea.

Both sexes are in the South Australian Museum collection from Queensland,

Cairns district.

514 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

CROSSOTARSUS OMNIVORUS Lea.

Tasmania. New South Wales. Queensland: Blackall Ranges (A. M. Lea) ; ex

Walnut (J. TL. Smith), Coll. Imp. tnst. of Entomology, London.

CrossOTARSUS MAJUSCULUS Samps.

North-East Papua: Mt, Lamington, 1,300-1,500 feet (C. Tl. MeNamara).

CROSSOTARSUS LACORDETRE! Chap.

New Guinea: Wareo, Finsch Haven (Rey. L. Wagner). North-HMast Papua:

Mt. Lamington (C. T. MeNamara).

CROSSOTARSUS PERNANULUS Sehedl, fem. nov.

Besides the male of this species, described from the Philippine Islands, | now

find the female in a long series of both sexes from Australia. The Australian speci-

mens are somewhat the larger. The female is larger, 2-7 mm. long, more slender,

nearly five times as long as wide, the front flat, finely punctured, and also separated

from the vertex by an acute angle; the pronotum is as in the male, the elytra are

more slender, each rounded behind and furnished with a short brush of reddish

hairs.

Types in the Imperial Institute of Entomology and in my collection.

Locality. North Queensland (J. Hi. Smith): ex Bolly Gin and Sparooa,

Gaagarra, March 22, 1934.

Puatypus Lucast Chap.

North-Hast Papua: Buna Bay and Mt. Lamington (CG. T. MeNainara),.

PLATYPUS JANSONT Chap.

This conmmon species has been taken taken at Minseh Haven, New Guinea (Rev.

L, Wagner).

PLATYPUS EMDENL Sehedl,

Second record New Guinea: Komba (Rey. L. Wagner).

PLAtypus souipus Walk.

Queensland. New Guinea: Wareo, Finsch Hayen (Rey. lL. Wagner).

SCHEDI—SCOLYTIDAE AND PLATYPODIDAE 515

PLatrypus curuLAtus Chap.

New Guinea: Wareo, Finseh Haven (Rev. L. Wagner).

PLATYPUS PALLIATUS Chap.

North-East Papua; Mt, Lamington, 1,300-1,500 feet (C.T. MeNamara)., New

Guinea: Wareo, Finseh Haven (Rey. L. Wagner).

PLATYPUS LEPIDUS Chap.

New Guinea: Wareo, Finsch Haven (Rev. L. Wagner). North-Hast Papua :

Mt. Lamington, 1300-1500 feet (C.'T. McNamara). Queensland: Cape York.

PLATYPUS CHEVROLATT Chap.

North-Bast Papua: Mt. Lamington, 1,300-1,500 feet (GC. T. MeNamari).

PLArYPUS POREICULA Chap.

North-Bast Papua: Mt. Lanineton, 1,800-1,500 feet (C.T. MeNamara ).

PLATYPUS AUSTRALIS Chap.

This species is distributed over the entire eastern portion of Australia. Speci-

meus in the Museum collection are from Queensland: Kamanda (Hale anc Tindale,

Dec., 1926), Cairns district (K.P. Dodd and A. M. Lea), Malanda (G. F. Ell),

Brisbane (A. M. Lea, Feb., 1922). North Queensland (Blackburn coll). New

South Wales; Dorrigo (W. Heron), Lisinore, and Tweed River (A. M. Lea, Feb.,

1922).

PLATYPUS OPACIFRONS h. sp.

Besides a single specimen, male, in my own collection, | have now seen two

Female specimens from New Guinea, The new species is one of the larger members

of the Platypi sulcatté evoup, and is easily recognized by the sculpture of the pro-

notum and the deelivital armature.

é Piceus, 10mm, long, 3-3 times as long as wide. Front flat, feebly depressed,

densely areolate, the margins more shining, median portion opaque, towards vertex

somewhat angulately rounded, Antennal scape longer than wide. Pronotum

shining, subqnadrate, minutely punctured, the median sulcus fine, surrounded by

a short oval transverse patch of densely-placed punetures. Mlytra wider (31:28),

and 2-0 tines as long as pronotum, sides parallel, rather narrowly rounded behind,

516 RECORDS OF THE §,A. MusEUM

eylindrieal, obliquely convex in the apical fourth; dise striate-punetate, the strial

punetures very simall and indistinet in most of the striae; striae Land I suleate

throuvhout, the others near the declivity only, the interstices snb-convex Lo convex,

shining, sub-impunetate, the first, third, fifth, and seventh ending in recessed spines

ou the upper limit of the declivity, that of the first being the shortest, the third the

longest aud bent outwards; interstices 2,4, 6, and & end abruptly as broad sub-

recessed processes, the declivital face sub-shining, irregularly punctured, and with

a laree stout spine in lower half on fifth interstice. Abdomen normal,

2 Larger but more slender, 10-6 mm, long, 2+1 tines as long as wide. Front

opaque, feebly impressed, and with very small scattered punctures which are

noticeable under a yery strong magnification ouly ; median line developed as a dark

shining line from vertex down to below middle. Antennae as in male. Prorotum

more slender (32:27), the femoral wrooyves visible as very wide shallow lateral

depressions, the pateh of punctures more pear-shaped. Klytva but little wider

than pronotim, 2-0 times as long as pronotin, parallel sided and broadly rounded

behind; the sulci more shallow, the strial punetures more indistinet than in the

male; the base of first four interstices granulate, the third with the longest patch,

decliyity convex, more steeply than in male, the lower two-thirds sub-perpendien-

larly aplanate, above aud before this face with a transverse impression on each

side, the face with a low protuberance on each side near lateral margin; the entire

declivity covered with reddish rather long hairs. Front tibiae of both sexes with

coarse transverse carinae.

Types in the South Ausimaian Museum (2) and in my collection (4 2 ).

Locality, New Guinea and Bouwainville. Solamou Is. (Rev. A. IL. Voyee).

PLATYPUS SUBGEANOSUS I. Sp).

4& Reddish-brown, ++] man, long, s+ times as lone as wide. Similar in wp-

pearance to ?. semigranosus Samps,. but larger and wore slender. The granules of

ihe first interstice of the elytra indicate that this species must be placed in tlie

Plotypi dorso-sulcati group, Krout flat, shining, sparsely and irregularly puue-

tured anteriorly, subopaqite, ceusely a#reolate. and with short, yellow pubescence

above. Pronotum shining, but little lonver than wide, femoral erooves shallow

when viewed from above; median suleus fine, puncturation rather coarse all over.

the punetiuves more densely placed on the anterior half and along median sulens.

Elytra wider (12-5: 11), and 2-2 timesas lone as pronetiin; sides parallel, broadly

rounded behind, cylindrical, rather abruptly convex in posterior third, the upper

angle of declivital convexity and the elytral dise distinet; dise striate-punctate.

strial punetures round and rather small: all strine impressed, the interspaces feebly

SCHEDL—-SCOLYTIDAE AND PLATYPODIDAE 517

convex, with scattered punetures, the first narrow and with a row of fine granules

on its entire length, all interstices becoming finely uniseriately granulate shortly

before the declivity, the declivital convexity opaque, with minute irregularly-

placed setose granules. In some specimens the granules of the first interstice of

ihe elytra ave hardly noticeable.

9 Of the same colour, but somewhat more slender than the male. The an-

fevior part of the front is somewhat elevated, shiniug. and more distinctly pune-

tured, the posterior portion ronghly areolate, aid with the median line feebly

impressed aboye. The pronotum similar to that of inale, the prnetures finer and

more sparsely placed. Elytra very slender, feebly convex behind, perpendicularly

aplanate at the apex ; base of third interstice widened and densely finely granulate ;

declivity opaque, with reddish pubescence aud minute grannles.

Types in South Australian Museuu and in my collection,

Locaiily. Tasmania: Waratah (Lea and Carter) (A. Simson coll). Queens-

Jand: Dividing Range V (Blaekburn coll).

PLATYPUS PREVDO-OPACUS HL. Sp.

& Dark reddish-brown, 7:5 um. long, o-4 times as long as wide. This species

resembles somewhat PL semigpacus Strohm. Kront flat, sub-shinine, and finely

puuctired on epistomal margin, more sparsely punctured on area above as far up

as the lower margin of eyes, opaque, and densely ronghly punetured, aud with

yellow pnbeseence posteriorly, medially with depressed striae. Antennal seape

lonver than wide. Pronotum shining, quadrate, rather coarsely and deusely pune-

tured on the anterior half, the punetures very sparsely placed aud very fine behind,

coarser and more erowded again alone the basal border, median sulcus lone, fine,

widened anteriorly. Klytra little wider (23:20) and 2°2 fines as long as prouo-

tum, sides straiwht, feebly dividing towards and broadly rounded at apex, eylin-

drieal, uniformly convex behind, disé striate-punetate, strial punctures somewheal

irrevularly placed, the first striae strongly, the others feebly, impressed; inter-

spaces subeonyex to flat, with scattered irregularly placed punetures, fourth nav-

rowed and ceasing before apex as tn allied species of the Platiypi sifcat) grap, the

fused fourth and fifth striae deeply impressed near the base; bebind the middle all

ihe interspaces become opaqne, at first with an irregular double row of shintue

coarse erannles; towards the declivital convexity the granules decrease gradually

in size, and towards the apex they are reduced to a single row of very tine rugo-

sities; the declivital conyexity subaplanate below, with a small tubercle on the

centre of the face of {he second interstice, another one on the apical margin opposite

the third interstice, the lower face dil with irregularly-placed minute granules,

518 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the elvhth interstice shining, irregularly punetured, widened towards apex and

extending to apical fourth of elytra, where tt becomes narrowed, somewhat pro-

dueed and finely serrated on its upper side,

% Somewhat larger than male, the sides of elytra more parallel, anc tbe apex

moreaplanate, Prout flat, sub-shining and subiupunctate on anterior hall, opaqre,

very finely and densely punetured above, rounded towards vertex with a horu-like

compressed process it the centre of anterior hall. Pronotum shining, quadrate,

Without visible fenoral grooves, with rather eourse and densely-placed punctures

on anterior half; median suleus fine but distinet, surrouuded by a eorcdiform: triaus-

yerse patch of densely-placed fine punetiures. Elytra with the striae deeply

invpressed to stilvate, the interspaces convex, the third and fourth densely rieose

at base, apival convexity rugose and with yellowish short ereet pubescence, the

apical triangular perpendicular plate opaque and densely erantlate.

Types in South Australian Museum and in my collection.

Localily. New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. ILeron).

PLATYPUS QUEENSLANDI Sp. 1.

§ Reddish-brown, 3-0 nu, lone, 3+2 times as lone as wide. This is appar

ently the Australian form of FP. swhgianusus mi. the new species is decidedly

suialler, darker mm colour, has the interstices of the elytra comparatively narrower

and the striae ore impressed in both sexes, and ihe elytral declivity more abruptly

convex in the male. Hront flat, shining, densely rugosely areolated, and with a

depressed median longitudinal stria, rounded towards the vertex. Prenotin dis-

tinetly longer than wide (32:27), shining, femoral erooves strongly developed ;

median sulcus long and distinet, usually with a few coarse pinetures aroiuid its

auterior extremity ; surface rather densely covered with punctures of varying size.

with a shallow depression on the anterior half on both sides of median line. Elytra

wider (31:27) and 1-7 times as long as pronotium, of the saine eeneral shape as 2,

subgranasus i. the discal striae deep, the punetiuves confluent to didistinet, the

interstices rather narrow, rather coarsely irregularly punetiured, except the third

which ts impunetate, the first extremely narrow and broken by the larve pounetiures

into short narrow ridges; in the caudal third all interstices become tuberemlate and

opague, regularly finely granulate, and covered with short yellow pubeseence, the

apical marein acute; abdomen normal.

9 More slender, due to the more elongate elyiva, the front with the median

line finely carinate and elevated below, leebly depressed above; pronotum very

sparsely punetured, the few punetures of equal size, retienlate to minutely putue-

iulate, especially on anterior balf. Elvira with the striae rather deep, the pune

SCHEDL.-SCOLYTIDAE AND PLATYPODIDAE 519

fires obsolete, the mterstices narrowly convex, stch-intpunctate, finely rugose near

the base, especially the third, which is also widened wp to the suture; declivity

feebly conyex, granulate, and sub-shinine above, perpendicular below, the entire

devlivity covered with short reddish hairs.

Types in the hnperial Institute of Entomology and my collection.

Locality. North Queensland (3. 11. Smith) ex Walnut, Gaagarra, May +

1954.

’

DIAPUS PUSILLIMUS Chap.

Specimens of Crossotarsus gqrevilliae Lea in the South Australian Museum

which are either co-rlypes or have been determined by Lea, entirely agree with the

deseription and my compared material of Diapus pusillimus Chap.

Localities of this species are Queensland, Cairns district (A.M. Lea): North

Queensland, Blackbrrn Coll, North-Kast Papua: M4. Lamineton, 1300-1500 feet

(C.'T. MeNamara). The Lmperial Institute of Entomology, London, also possesses

specinens from North Queensland taken from Walnut by J. TL. Smith, 10th No-

vermber and 22nd October, 1930.

Drapus 5-sprnatis Chap.

The only specimens in the South Australian Museum originate from North-

Kast Papna: Mt. Lamington, 1300-1500 fect (MeNamara ).

Novrorharyprs ehongarus lea.

This venus, the type of whieh | have seen. belonws to the Tesseraceninae, ane

nol to the Pluftypodinac as Strohmeyer has stated. Tt is allied to Npathidicorus

Yi} :

Chap.

SPATINDICERUS INTERMEDIUS 1, Sp.

é Dark reddish-brown, 9-6 am, long, 4-4 times as long as wide. A very

distinct species. Head rostrate, front longer than wide, plano-convex, opaque

when the hairs are abraded, shining above; vertex separated from front by an acute

miele, a kine of protuberance in the middle, with a fringe of long upwardly-curled

hairs arisiny from the anterior portion, a similar but somewhat shorter plush ex-

tending from upper half downwards. Pronotum longer than wide (28:20) ; pos-

terolateral angles feebly, the antero-lateral angles strongly rounded, the femoral

erooves visible as a very long and yery shallow emargination; median suleuas obso-

lete, with densely-placed longitudinal striae on more than the posterior third.

lytra wider (22:20) and 2+2 fimes as long as pronotniu; sides siub-parallel, feebly

520 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

constrieted and obliquely convex in the posterior fonrth; dise striate-punctate,

strial punetures obsolete, first, second, third, fourth, and uinth striae narrowly and

deeply impressed throughout, the others on the eaudal portion only; interstices

1 to 5 convex and impunetate, the others flat, base of third densely grantlate; all

interstices more strongly convex towards the declivity, the second ceasing as a

short blunt recessed spine, the third similarly ending but the spine extremely long ;

interstices 4 10 6 reaching the declivital face but narrowed and ending without

armature, the seventh and eighth fused at apex to form a short spine which extends

but little further behind than the third interstiee, the ninth uarrow and fused with

lateral process which is long. slender, and somewhat incurved, the declivital face

oblique, shining, densely rugose, depressed along the suture,

Types in the South Australian Museum and in my collection.

Locality. North-East Papua; Mt. Lamington, 1,800-1,500 feet (MeNamara).

SCOLYTIDAE.

DacTYLOPALPUS TRANSVERSUS Chap.

This species seems to be widely distributed in the Australian region, | have

found specimens in the collection from the following loealities. Qneensland : Cape

York (H. Hacker). New Somh Wales: Butlow and Sydney (Froggatt. February

20,1915). North-Kast Papua: Buna Pay (C. T. McNamara). New Gitinea:

Wareo, Finsch Haven (Rev. Lb. Wagner).

LEPERISINUS BIMACTILATUS 0. Sp.

Reddish-brown, 2-8 mm. long, 2-1 times as lone as wide, ‘The first species. of

the venus to be deseribed from Atstralia, [1 is easily recognized by the size, general

shape, and sculpture.

Hront feebly concave, densely finely pnnetured, covered with short scaletike

hairs. Eyes oblong, oval, nearly touching below. Pronetum distinetly wider than

ion@ (34:21), widest vear base, postero-lateral aneles feebly rounded, base bi-

sinuate, sides sub-parallel on basal half, strongly constrieted cephalad, apex nar-

rowly rounded, feebly raised, and with few low asperities; surface densely and

finely but shallowly punetured, near the constriction at the sides with few very

small eramues, densely covered with pale vellow seales of two different types, the

one very small, hair-like, inclined and very numerous, the other sub-ereet, larger

and fewer in number. Elytra but little wider and 2-5 times as lone as pronotiumne ;

sides parallel on anterior 1wo-thivds, anwiulately rounded behind ; base finely erenu-

late, cylindrical on more than the basal half. uniformly rounded towards the apex.

SCHEDIL—SCOLYTIDAE AND PLATYPODIDAE 52]

deeply striate-punctate, striae narrow, the punctures small and confluent im part,

the interstices wide, subeconvex, densely finely covered with punetiures, each of

which bears a small hair-like pale yellow seale, usually three to four punetures

aeross One interstice besides a row of larger erect scales on each interstice. The

seales of both types become dark-brown on two trausverse bands, one of which

extends along the base for a short distance laterad, and is rather broad; the other

is narrow, bi-sinnate, and situated shortly behind the middle. The second speci-

en, apparently a female, has the front evenly convex, but corresponds in all other

respects with the other.

Types in the South Australian Museunt and in my colleetion,

Locality. Queensland : Blackall Ranges (A. M. Lea).

Fre Lea = Ilyuesinus Fab.

This genus corresponds in all respects with Huy/estmus s. st., and therefore has

to be withdrawn.

Hyunsinus (Ftctcis) Kompener Lea.

Originally described from Cairns district, it has sinee been taken at Kuranda

by FL P. Dodd, and at Mt. Lamington, North-Kast Papua, 1,500-1,500 feet, by

McNamara. [t resembles to a great extent I. plilippinenusis Egg., and | suspect

SVILONYVDLY.

Hynesinus (Fics) vArtaAns Lea.

The collection contains specimens from Cairns distriet, Queensland, and

North Queensland.

HyLesinus WauLacel Blandt,

Locality. North-Bast Papna: Mt. Lamington, 1,800-1,500 feet (CG. TY. Me-

Namara). The female has the front evenly rugose, the elytral interspaces more

transversely rugose, and the alternate interstices of the declivity less pronounced,

PHLOESINUS PAPUANUS IL. sp.

Piceus, elytral declivity more reddish, 1-9 min. long, 2-1 times as long as

wide, The transverse rugae on the first elytral interstice distinguishes this species

from its allies of the Indian Region, Front plano-couvex, densely finely prunetired,

and with short yellow downwardly-directed hairs, with a short fine median carina

just above the epistomal margin, which is continued caudad by a wide oval polished

space, apparently a sexual character. Pronotum distinctly wider than long, widest

522 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

near the base, sides rounded, and convergent from the base to fhe narrowly-

rounded apex, but interrnpted by a shallow constriction in front, surface shining,

ascending from the apex to the base, closely moderately coarsely punctured, except

for a few vellow hairs, without pubescence. Elytra wider (31:29), and 2-0 times

as long as pronotuimn; sides parallel on more than basal half, broadly rounded be-

hind; declivity convex, commencing shortly behind the middle, deeply striate:

punetate, strial punetures indistinet; interspaces Mat at the base becoming nar-

rower and strongly convex towards the deelivity, the first narrow throughout,

and with tuberele-like rmgae near the base and uniseriately tibereulate behind

up to the apex, the second widened basally, and here covered with numerous

fransverse rugie; on the dise and deeclivity similar to the first, the outer inter

stiees with a few transverse rugae near the base, granulate-punetate ou the dise,

and tuberculate behind; the deelivity sub-opaque, all interstices narrowly

elevated, and with a reeular row of tibereles, the second narrower than the first

and third, the first somewhat more stronely elevated, the first three continued ta

the apex, the third meeting with the ninth, the others shorter, entire declivity

covered with short sub-inelined pale yellowish, scale-like pubescence. The antennal

club is large, broadly oval, and with indistinet feehly oblique suture.

Types in the South Anstralian Museum and in my collection.

Locality. North-East Papua: Mt. Lamington, 1.300-1,500 feet (MeNamara }-

PHLOESINUS TRANSVERSARIUS NSP.

Nearly black, 1-7 nim, long, 2-3 times as long as wide. The second species fo

be recorded front Australia; it is easily recognized by the numerous transyerse

rewe of the elytra, Kront sub-shining, convex above, circularly depressed| helow,

(dlensely finely somewhat roughly punetured below, more regularly punctured on

the upper convex portion, the depression surrounded by fringe of moderately

densely placed yellowish incurved hairs, Provotum feebly wider than long, base

strongly bi-sinnate, postero-lateral angles ouly fechly rounded, sides arcuate and

narrowed towards the apex, narrowly constrieted before the latter, apical margin

rather narrowly rounded ; surtace shining, feebly convex, densely reeularly moder-

ately coarsely punctured. and with long sparsely-placed hairs. Elytra but little

wider and 1+7 times as long as pronotim; humeral angles rectangular, sides sub-

parallel on basal half, broadly rounded behind, declivity commencing at middle,

eradually decliyous and convex: dise with hardly visible rows of punctures, the

stride impressed but the punctures irregular, confluent, and near the base obsolete

on aecount of the strongly developed tugae; interstices opaque, rather marrow,

densely covered with rows of small transverse rugae, especially near the base on

SCHEDL—SCOLYTIDAE AND PLATYPODIDAE 523

the sides the rugae partly replaced by punctures, the basal half therefore grate-

like; on the declivity all interstices become somewhat narrower, nore convex, the

punctures of the striae more indistinct, the granules of the interstices replaced by

small punctures which are placed in irregular double rows on each interspace ; each

puncture and transverse ruga on the disc bears a short yellowish more or less in-

clined hair.

Types in the South Australian Museum and in my collection.

Locality. Queensland; Blackall Ranges (A.M. Lea).

PHLOEOPHTIIORUS ACACTAB Lea.

Besides the types, which are from Tasmania, there are specimens in the col-

lection from Victoria.

Hyuestnosoma Lea = Artcerus Blandf.

My suspicion that these genera might be synonymous has been proved correct.

A specimen of Aricerus cichhoffi Blandt., which apparently has been in the hands

of Mr. Blandford, and which is at present in the Stettiner Museum, entirely covres-

Vig. 1. Aricerus cichhofi Blandt. (ylesinosoma fiet Lea), antennn (* 42).

ponds with Blandford’s deseription and with the eo-type of Wylesinosomea fiet Lea

before me. The second species of Aricerus, A. chapuisi Blandf., is also represented

in the South Australian Museum collection.

The genus Hylesinosoma therefore must be considered synonymous with sLri-

cerus Blandf. and A, fici Lea, as such with A. cichhoffi Blandt.

Aricerus eErouorrr Blandf.

Localities. Queensland; Cairns district (A. M. Lea), Maryborough (H.W.

Fischer), Mt. Tambourine (A. M. Lea). New South Wales: Gosford.

524 RECORDS or THE S.A. MUSEUM

Arterres crapruts: Blandf.

Locality. North Queensland: Tweed River,

The examination of the funicle of the antenna under a igh magnitieation

shows that it consists of five see@ments only, and not seven as Lea has stated,

XYLECHINGS LEAT n. np.

Reddish-brown, 2°5 mim. long, 2-3 times as long as wide, This represents thie

variety Lea refers to. in his deseription of Picteis hoeheler, as having no elytral

erannles, finer pubescence, and the scales move numerous on both the pronotum and

ihe elytra. [have examined this species thoroughly, and find that if has a five-

segmented antennal fnniele, and belongs to the genus Vylechoas Chap. The

nearest relative 1s VY formosanus Schedl. The latter has the elytra with the strial

punetures much coarser, the interspaces narrower and with ouly a single row of

yellow rather lone seales.

Prout plano-conyex. densely finely punctured, with short. pale, and ereet

pubescence auteriorly. Eyes large, long oval, somewhat uarrowed in trent,

strongly narrowed below. Pronotim distinetly wider than long, widest at base,

rhe latter bi-sinuate, the posterotateral angles rectangular, sides broadly rounded

aud convergent towards the apex, the latter rather uarrowly rounded, surface

feebly conyex, ascending Trom the apex to the base; densely coarsely punetured,

towards the autero-lateral angles the punctures are replaced by minute asperities,

entire surface covered with scales of two types. the larger ones arising from the

punctures, the smaller ones from the interstices. Elytra but little wider (8:97),

and 2-0 times as long as the pronotim; sides sub-parallel on the basal (hree-fitths,

rather narrowly, feebly aneiately rounded behind, deelivity convex, and com-

mening shortly behind the middle: entire surface opaque, vather finely striate-

punctate, striae narrowly impressed; strial punctures small, interstices feebly

convex, retianlate, and apparently with a row of distinet pumetives; each inter

stice bears a fairly regular row of vellow seales, and unmerous nach smaller seale-

like airs; first interstiee continued to apex, meeting the winth, interstices 2.5,

and 4+ meeting the fused seventh and eighth, others eradually shorter.

One specimen which has the front transversely depressed below, but otherwise

rorresponding to the others, is believed to be the female.

Types in South Australian Musemm aud my collection,

Locality. Queensland: Cairns distriet (A.M. Lea).

DIAMERUS INTERSTITIALIS Lea.

This species has been placed erroneously im the genus /Zyfestius. The an-

jenna, mounted in Canada Balsain, shows a distinetly seven-seamented [nnicle, a

SCHEDL—SCOLYTIDAE AND PLATYPODIDAE 525

solid club which is long oval, not three-segmented, strongly compressed, opaque,

amd with a strongly angulated polished basal portion. There is no doubt that it

belongs to the genus Diamerus.

ACACICIS ABUNDANS Lea.

Besides the co-type from Tasmania | have seen specimens from Launceston:

South Australia: Lueindale and Feuerbeerdt. The eens Acveieds Lea should be

placed near Renacis Casy (Pseudocryphalus Sw.).

Pig. 2. deicieis ibundans Dea, antenna (x 140),

ACACICIS MINOR 1. Sp.

Dark reddish-brown, 1-2 min. long, 1-5 times as lone as wide. This is the

species that Lea referred to as being represented by a single sex only. and whieh is

(istineily smaller than A.abundans. As | regard it asa eood species it is deseribed

helow.

Front sub-depressed, polished and sparsely hairy wp to the middle of the eyes ;

antennal elub broadly oval, and with two distinel transverse sutures. Pronetiuai

alone median line much shorter than wide (25:16), widest at base, the latter

strongly angulate; sides rounded and convergent to apex, but interrupted by an

miterior distinet constrietion, the apieal margin very narrowly rounded, extended.

feebly raised, and armed with a row of small asperities; as the beetle is strongly

hump-shaped ke wl. vbiendans, the pronotium aseends trom the apex to the base

without a sumanit; surface densely vranulate-punctate, covered with rather louw

pale vellow scale-like hairs, Seutellum extremely small, hardly noticeable. Ely tra

wider than long (28; 25), sides sub-paraltlel on the basal half, very broadly rounded

hehind, evenly convex from middle to apex: on the deelivity the first two striae

dlistinetly anpressed, the second interstice feebly convex ; the rest of the surface is

densely rather coarsely irregularly punetured, with but very feeble indications of

striae, aid with short ereet bristles whieh are paler on the dise, darker on the

declivity.

526 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Types in the South Australian Museum and in my collection.

Locality. New South Wales: Sydney and Wollongong (A.M. Lea).

OZOPEMON PAPUANUS Eve.

This species has again been found in New Guinea. The label says: North-Hast

Papua: Mt. Lamington, 1,800-1,500 feet (C. T. MeNamara).

OZOPEMON GRANULATUS 1. Sp,

Piceus, 6-4 mm. long, 2-5 times as lone as wide. A species easily recognized

by its size, feebly convex and uniformly grannlate pronofium, and the dense pune-

ination of the elytra.

Front shining, plano-convex, densely coarsely punetured, longitudinally

wrinkled about the epistomal margin, with sparsely-placed long yellow hairs, Pro-

notum nearly as wide as long, base transverse, sides and apex conjointly broadly

rounded, but the sides less strongly so that they appear more sub-parallel; surface

feebly convex, summit nearly at the base, uniformly densely erannlate all over.

The hairs are long aud sparsely-placed. Elytra wider (27:24), ancl 1+9 times as

long as pronotum; sides sub-parallel on anterior two-thirds, somewhat angulately

rounded behind, deelivity commencing in the apical third, obliquely flattened, and

with round side and apical margins; dise and declivity extremely densely and

coarsely punetured; on the former the first striae only, distinetly impressed, the

others merely indieated, on the deelivital face the suture wide, feebly elevated, and

with an irreeular double row of small setose granules; first striae stronely im-

pressed, the punctures very large, the second and third with large punctures also,

but hardly impressed; interstices 2 and 8 finely eranulate-punetate, the entire

elytra with ereet long reddish hairs. Front tibiae with six, middle tibiae with six,

and hind tibiae with seven marginal teeth, all three pairs of equal width and similar

form,

Types inthe South Australian Museum and in my collection.

Locality. New Guinea: Finseh Ilaven (Rey. L. Wagner),

PELICERUS NITIDUS var, ORTENTALIS Hew.

Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). The first record trom Atustraha.,

THAMNURGIDES PHILIPPINENSTS Keg.

This Philippine species also has been found for the first time in Australia.

Queensland : Cairns district (A.M. Lea).

CoccoTRYPEs DACTYLIPERDA Hah,

Queensland: Brisbane. New South Wales: Sydney (April 6, 1921, W. W

Froggatt).

SCHEDL—SCOLYTIDAE AND PLATYPODIDAE 527

DRYOCOPTES DIMORPHUS N, Sp.

Reddish-brown, 3°35 nm, long, 2+3 times as long as wide. This species is the

first fo he recorded from Australia, and apparently comes near to D. sautoensis Bee.

Front largely covered by the pronotimn, as far as visible plano-conyex and

densely rather coarsely punctured. Pronotum feebly wider than long, base trais-

verse, postero-lateral angles strongly rounded ; sides parallel on the posterior halt,

thenee gradually narrowed to the rather broadly rounded apical margin, a feeble

constriction noticeable; surfaee moderately convex, with a transverse sunimit just

behind the middle, very densely covered with moderately larze asperities ; in front

of the base the punctures ave large aud with anteriorly-raised mareins. Klytra as

wide as and 1-6 times as long as pronottin; sides parallel on anterior two-thirds,

very feebly navrowed behind, and trausversely rounded at apex, deelivity eom-

meneing at caudad third, steeply convex, sub-aplanate: dise very coarsely puuc-

tured in rows, the first row distinctly impressed, interstices shining, narrow, each

with a rather vegular row of punctures whieh are somewhat sinaller, but the inter-

spaces hetween the strial puuciures are so wide and connected with the interstices

between the rows that the entire dise has a rather rough appearance, just before the

declivital convexity, and on the latter the punetures of the interspaces are replaced

by remotely-placed fine @rantles; between these a few finer punctives are visible,

these more munerons and irreeularly-placed at the sides. The pubeseence of the

entire beetle is very long, yellow, and erect. This species is interest inv on aecouut

of the aspevities on the pronotum, whieh near the apical margin de clecicdedLy

smaller than towards the summit,

Types in the South Austualian Museum and in my eolleection,

Locality, New South Wales: Burwood, ex Pittosporum, July 12, 1929.

CRYPHALUS MELASOMUS Lea.

This species, whieh is remarkable through its dark brown seales, has been

taken at Sydney, New South Wales, cut out of Casuarina (W. Bowley) ; Brisbane,

Queenslaud, bred from dead branches (11. Hacker).

CRYPHALUS STRIATOPUNCTATUS Lea.

Queensland: Cairns cdistriet, and Somerset (A.M. Lea). North-East Paynta :

Mt. Lamington, 1,800-1,500 feet (C. Tl. MeNamara),

CRYPHALUS PILOSELLUS Er,

This determination requires checking by comparing with the type. The fol-

lowing localities are represented : Tasmania: Uobart aud Launceston (A. M. Lea ).

South Anstralia; Mt. Lotty Ranves, Lucindale, and Feuerheerdt,

528 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

CRYPHALUS SETISTRIATUS Lea.

Specimens from Cairns district agree well with the co-type variety, but the

holotype is required for comparison, They are especially pale in colour although

apparently mature,

XYLEBORUS FORNICATUS Hiehh.

North-Kast Papua: Mt, Lamington, 1,300-1,500 feet. (C. T. MeNamara).

XyLesorus Moricerus Blandf.

New Britain: Ratum (i, Dahl, Zool. Museum, Berlin).

XyuLEvorus TRUNUATUS Hr.

South Australia: Kangaroo Island and Lucindale (A. M. Lea). New South

Wales: Dalby. Queensland (Mors. F. UH. Hobler). Tasmania: Ttiton River (lea),

Devonport (A. Simson).

XYLEBORUS URSUS Hee.

Bougainville, Solomon Is, (Rey. A. LL. Voyee).

XYLEBORUS URSA Hee,

North-East Papua: Mt. Lamington, 1,300-1,500 feet. CC. T. McNamara).

XYLEBORUS DESTRUENS Blandt.

North-Hast Papua: Mt. Lamington, 1,300-1,500 feet. (C. 'T. MeNamara).

XyYLERBORUS WALLACEL Blandt.

North-Hast Papua: Mt. Lamington, 1,800-1,500 feet. (C. T. MeNamara ).

XynEvorus corparus Hae. = eMarainatrus Kichh.

New Guinea: Wareo, Finsch Haven (Rev, L. Wagner),

XyLevorus ARTEStRIATUS Hichh.

Darwin (F. G. Hill).

Xyneporus Exiguus Walk.

New Britain: Ratum (F. Dahl, Zool. Museum, Berlin).

SCHEDL SGOLYTIDAE AND PLATYPODIDAF §29

NYLEBORUS INDICUS Kiehh,.

North-Hast Papua: ML. Lamineton, 1.300-1,500 feet (CLT. MeNamara). New

CGitinea: Wareo, Finseh Haven (Rev. L. Wagner). Queensland: Mulerave River

(Hacker),

XYLEBORUS TESTACEUS Walk.

New Britain: Rati (#. Dahl). Zool, Musemn, Berlin. New Guinea: Hinsech

Haven (Rev. L. Wagner). North-East Papua: Mt. Lamineton, 1.800-1,500 feet

(C.'T, MeNamara). Darnley Is.: Torres Straits (A.M. lea). Queeusland: Mag-

netie Is. (AL ML. Lea) (Blackburn). Dalby (Ms. FL IL. ILobler), Brisbane (LL.

Hacker, Aneust 12, 1914) CA. M. Lea), Somerset (G. FP. Hill), Nurauda (Hf. P.

Dodil), Stapleton (G. F. Tl), Stewart R. (Hale and Tindale, Jan, Feb. 1928),

Bowen (A, Simson), Cairns district (A.M. Lea), Groote Hyland? (N. 1B. Tindale).

Melville Is. (W,D. Dodd), New Gninea: Brisiatabu, Port Moresby (WN. Lock).

The type of V, lirsutus Lea apparently, and munerous specimens whieh have been

in the hands of Lea, agree exactly with V. festacens Walk. UL have not yet seen the

type of WV. parvus Lea, and am unable to interpret it from the short deseription,

XYLEBORUS STMILIS Kerr,

New South Wales: Wearne, Sydney (W. W. Froweatt, December 16, 1922, ex

White Ash). New Guinea: Peterhafen, in Kriolobaeumen lebeud, Zool. Museum.

Berlin.

NYLEBORUS SOLIDUS Kiehl.

Having the type of this species before me 1 find that none of the speeimens

Wentified by Lea correspond entirely. They are all somewhat smaller, have the

elytval declivity more abrupt and vather more flattened, The pronotiim is also

stouter, Dissection has shown that they are all females. In spite of these dilfer-

enees Pian inclined to believe that they merely represent varieties, whieh would be

more apparent if the type series was a longer one, A similar but distinet species

Which was inelided in these is deseribed below.

In the South Australian Museunt specinens are represented from the follow-

iu localities: New South Wales: Tamworth (A.M. Leaj, Tenterfield (J. Miller.

in cherry February 19, 1892), Queenbeyan (A, M. Lea}, Dorrigo (W, Llerron),

Brooklane, Sydney (W. W. Froggatt, ex Bloe Guim, Mebruary 16, 1924), Banwabla,

Sydney (W.W. Irogeatt, ex Red Gum. Mareh 14. 1924). Canterbury Vale (CUI),

Victoria (Mrench).

530 ReEcorbDs OF THR S.A. MusSEUM

XYLEBORTES PSEUDOSOLIDUS I. Sp.

@ Blaek, 4-1 mn. long, 1-8 times as long as wide. Similar to V. solidus

Wiehh. but smaller, of uniform black colour, elytral deelivily amore abrupt, de-

clivital face strongly flattened, the wide interspaces densely punetured, ete.

Front plano-conyex, tinely reticulate, densely coursely punetured, with a short

median carina just above epistomal margin. Pronotum strongly globose, wider

than lone (24:19); base transverse, postero-lateral augles rectangular and not

rounded ; sides feebly arenate, and subparallel on more than the basal half, broadly

ronnded in frout, the sides aud front marein, which are about similarly rounded,

are separated by broadly-rounded antero-lateral angles, summit at the middle, an-

ierior half steep, densely covered with rather coarse asperities, anterior margin

produeed downwards, and armed with tour larger teeth, posterior area shining,

finely punetured, the entire pronotum covered with very fine pale ereet hairs.

Rlytra as wice andl 1+2 times as long as pronotum, humeral angles feebly rounded,

sides parallel on basal half, broadly rounded behind, basal half eylindri¢al, obliyuely

ivuneate behind; dise shining, very densely, regularly, roughly punctured with

feeble indications on the first two striae only ; deelivity flattened on the first four

interstices, the first four striae distinet, impressed, and consisting of densely-placed

shallow puietures, the Gfth striae distinet im wedian portion ouly, the first four

inerstiges subconvex, very densely finely punctured, with a vow of fine granules

on each; apical margin acute up to seventh interstice, pubescence as on pronotium,

Types in the South Australian Museum and my collection.

Locality. Tasmania: Blackburn coll, New South Wales: Dorrigo, Narara

(Hudson, Qetober 16, 1896),

XYLEBORUS NOVAGUINEANUS Sp. n.

® Dark brown, 2°7 mm, lone, 2-6 times as lone as wide. The first interstice

of ely teal deelivity is similarly widened as in WV. stmalts Perr, and its allies but

otherwise Tam disposed to place 1his species close to VY. fonkinewsts mihi, Mront

subshining, plino-couvex, densely minutely punetulate, coarsely punetured on

anterior portion, with sparsely-placed long yellow hairs. Pronotum longer than

wile (87:34), base subttausverse, sides broadly arcuate, anteriorly more strongly

narrowee than towards base; apical margin transverse, moderately convex, suminit

at middle; anterior area finely densely usperate, posterior portion subshining, very

finely wud rather remotely punetured, Seutellum distinet, without punetiuration.

Klytra but litthe wider and 1-4 tines as long as pronotum, widest just behind the

middle; sides straight on more than basal half, broadly rounded behind, declivity

conimencing behind the iniddle, evenly convex, shining in the basal fourth; on the

SCHEDL—SCOLYTIDAE AND PLATYPODIDAE 531

sides somewhat further behind, opaque on the rest of the surface; dise punetured

in rather regular rows, the punetures comparatively small, the interstices flat, each

with a single row of fine setose punetures, declivity with the first interstice strongly

widened, with a large tubercle in lower half and a smaller one above; on all inter-

stices each second and third puncture replaced by a small granule, more distinetly

so on third interstice; apical margin acute, on sides narrowly rounded, and plainly

visible wp fo seventh interspace.

Type in my ¢ollection.

Locality. New Guinea.

XyLesborus sexsvrnosus Motsch.

This common species is represented by large numbers from the following locali-

ties. Queensland (Blackburn coll.), Coen R. (WD. Dodd). New Cninea: Brisi-

atabu, Port Moresby (W.N. Lock). North-Bast fapua: Mt. Lamington, 1,300-

1,500 feet (C. "LT. MeNamara). Wareo, Finseh Hayen (Rey, li. Waener ),

XYLEBORUS 12-SPINATUS Th SD.

® Recddish-brown, 2+7 mm. long, 2-0 times as long as wide. This species

belongs to the neighbourhood of V, haddeni Schedl and V. dossuering Kve., but

differs iu the ceclivital armature, Front conyex, minutely punetured all over.

with few scattered punctures below, inpunetate above; the punetnration wives the

entire sirfaee a subopaque appearance. Pronotum strongly vlobose, wider than

long (46:52), base subtrausverse, sides and front margin unitormly rounded, thre

latter feebly extended and armed with two large and two smaller anperities ; sium-

mit at middle, anterior area yery steep, medially with a few coarse asperilies ; on

the vest of the surface with small and more numerous ones, posterior area shining ;

extremely finely punctured, the postero-lateral angles obtuse but hardly rounded,

Klytra as wide aud 1°8 times as long as pronotum; humeral angles strongly

rounded, sides parallel on basal two-thirds, anynlately rounded behind ; eylindrical

on basal fourth, obliquely truneate behind; dise shining, with rows of fine pune-

tures; interstices wide uniseriately punctured, the strial and interstrial punetures

equal in size and handly distinguishable; declivital face oblique, shining, very

feebly convex, the strial punctures coarse, and all striae distinctly impressed, the

uiterstices wide and shining, the first marrow with a row of minute punetures, the

second with a similar row, but the punctures somewhat larger and more remotely

placed, the outer more irregularly finely punctured; ihe apical and side margins

weute, raised up to the seventh interstice, near the apex elevated, and with several

stall granules on first three interstices ; just before the deelivity the striae one to

532 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

six become deeply impressed, and the interstices end in recessed spines, the first

interstice shortest and the spine tubercle-like ; interstices 2, 4,5, and 6 gradually

longer and the spines short and stout, the third interstiee prodneed further down.

strongly eallose, and ending in a long-pointed strongly-recessed spine.

Types in South Australian Musenm and in ney collection,

Loeality. North-Bast Papua; Mt, Lamineton, 1800-1500 feet (CLT. Me-

Namara),

NYLEBORUS BIMACHLATUS Bee,

Locality, North-Hast Papua: Mt. Lamington, 1500-1500 feet (CLT, Me-

Namara),

XYLEBORVS PUNCTATOVILOSUR DL, Sp.

9 Reddish-brown, 2-4 min. long, 2-0 times as lone as wide. Allied to.

punctulatus Eee., but with the elytral declivity move wracdually declivous. Front

plano-convex, opaque, coarsely punctured, with an indication of a median carina.

Pronotum much wider than long (39531). base sab-transverse. sides pearly wni-

formly rounded from base to apex, latter unarmed; surface globose, sumiit a

middle, sub-opaque, anterior area densely but finely asperate, posterior area finely

densely punctured; entire pronotinn and elytra covered with fine yellowish hairs.

Elytra as wide and 1-4 times as loug as prouotum ; sides parallel on slightly more

than basal halt, broadly rounded behind, declivity commencing just before middle,

wradually obliquely declivous and convex, the entire elytra finely and very densely

punetured; under certain lights it appears as if there ave small remotely-placed

wanes bearing apparently longer hairs on the interstices.

Types in my collection,

Locality. New Guinea,

XYLEBORUS LATECOMPRESSUS N, Sp.

® leddish-brown, 8-9 ani. lone, 2-5 times as lone as wide. This species was

labelled asa variety of VY. compressus by Lea. Actually it is a very distinet species

not very closely allied 1o the latter. Hront plano-conyex, densely coarsely rugosely

praietired and sparsely hairy. Pronotium as long as wide, widest at middle, base

transverse; postero-lateral angles rounded, sides sub-pavallel, feebly arenate on the

basal two-thirds, broadly rounded in front. sumauit at middle; anterion half very

steep and densely asperate, moderately coarsely but rather remotely punetured

behind. Seutelluam very small and triangular. Elytra but little wider and 1-6

iimes as loug as pronotmm: humeral aneles strongly rounded, sides parallel on

basal two-thirds, broadly vounded behind, eyludrical on more than basal hall, de-

elivous, broadly snleate behind ; dise with rows of moderately large pimetures, the

SCHEDL SCOLYTIDAK AND PLATYPODIDAE 533

interstices wide, flat, and each with a fairly reenlar row of punetives, whieh are

more remotely-placed but as large as those on the striae; declivity depressed aloug

the suture. the lateral convexities low, the puneturation in veneral more irregular

wud smaller; the first striae more or less regular and visible, the others noticeable

as shallow depressed clises on close exarnination, the third interstice hearin two

large tubercles, the ipper larger one near the apex, a similar smaller tubercle

between these on the fifth interstice, The apical margin is not aente. The entire

elytra are covered with long yellowish hairs whieh are more nimteroanus on the

declivity.

Types in the South Ausiratian Miursenm, and my collection.

Locality. New South Wales: Upper Willaims R. (Lea and Wilson, October,

1926), Galstow (Dumbrel). Vietoria; Kewell (Lill, 1877).

XNYLEBORUS COMPRESSUS Lea.

This species, ortwinally deseribed as Vy/operthy compressa, seems 10 be yery

gbundant in the Australian region. The Miseum specimens bear the following

locality Jabels. New South Wales: Tanuworth, Galstom (Dunibrell), Dorrigo (W.

Iferon), St. Mary's, Upper Williants BR. (Lea and Wilson, Oetober, 1926, ex Pittos-

porto), Burwood, 197/29. Queensland : Blackall Rauyes (A.M. Lea), Mt. Tam-

bourine (A.M. Lea), Brisbane, Coats, Bowen. South Australia: Mt. Lofty Ranges

(S. Tl. Curnow), Lueindale, Meuerheerdt, Adelaide (A. M. Lea). Tasmania:

Hobart (aA. M. Lea), Kelso (A. Simson).

XYLERORUS PLAVOPILOSUS 1. Sp.

@ Dark reddish-bvown, 4:0 mm. long, 2:6 times as lone as wide. This unique

specimen, which | was unable to place for some time, | can now describe alter seem

its allies, WV. compressus Lea and XY. /yfecompressus mili front Australia. Front

convex, sul-shinine. densely roughly punctured, with a median shining space, The

entire beetle is covered with dense short vellow pubescence. Pronotum slightly

longer than wide, base transverse; sides sub-parallel on more than anterior halt,

broadly rounded in front. rather feebly convex, sumaiitit at middle; witerior margin

With several very Low broad asperities; anterior arca densely rather finely asperate,

posterior area very deusely finely pnnetiured, thus appearing sub-shining, Elytra

as wide and 15 times as long as prouatimn, sides sub-parallel on anterior two-thirds,

somewhat angulately rounded beluncd, wylindrical on anterior half, just bebo

middle obliquely convex, feebly depressed up to the third interstice, the lateral

wud aplea! marein nol aente but fairly well defined; dise very densely punetured,

the striae hardly distinenishable front rest of the punctimes; on the declivity with

534 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

two to three vranules on the third interstice; finely granulate at the sides, more

coarsely so in the lower third and along apical margin, the first two striae well

marked, feebly impressed, and the punctures distinct, the interstices as on the

dise densely multi-punetate. The gramules along the apical margin appear wider

high magnification like the asperities found on the pronotum.

Type in my eolleetion.

Localily. New Guinea.

XYLEBORUS PITYOGENES 0. sp.

® Reddish-brown, 2-6 mm. long, 2-6 times as long as wide. The locality label

on this specimen, ‘‘ Australia’, and the short description of Lea, led me to mus-

determine it. Lt is vot VY, compressus as | at first thought, but aaew species. Mront

shining, subconvex, densely punetured. Pronotiun nearly as wide as long, base

transverse; sides feebly curved and narrowed to the broadly-rounded apex, apical

largvin armed with several small low asperities, surface shining, summit distinetly

hefore the middle; auterior area densely covered with small asperities, posterior

area rather strongly but not closely punctured. Elytra as wide and 1-6 times as

long as pronotum ; sides parallel on basal two thirds, broadly rounded behind, each

elytron again yery feebly separately rounded behind, thus forming a very shallow

emargination at the suture; cylindrical on basal half, suleate, and with three

tubercles on third interstice shortly within the summit of the lateral convexitics,

as in some species of Pilyoyenes; dise fairly regularly striate-punetate, iuterstices

wide, shining, with seattered punctures, declivital sulcus irregularly strongly

punetured, apical margin acute.

Type in my collection.

Lovality. Australia.

WEBBIA CANALICULATUS Keg,

Locality. New Guinea: Finsch Hayen (Rey, L. Wagener),

ScOLYTOTARSUS MACULATUS sp. nh.

Reddish-brown, deusely covered with seale-like hairs; 4-9 mm. long, 2-5 times

as lone as wide. This very interesting species, the second of the genus, resembles

in general sculpture 8, dupar from the Cameroons, but bas a perpendicular fifth

sternite on the abdomen, Head very strongly produced downwards and cons

pressed, front concave, very densely roughly and coarsely punetired, with mode-

‘ately long yellow pubecence which is directed to the median line, the side margins

of the front wp to the eyes aente, the latter sub-cireular and half-spherieal : antennal

scape stout, funicle seyen-segmented; club conical, feebly compressed, anc without

SCHEDL—SCOLYTIDAE AND PLATYPODIDAE 535

noticeable sutures. Pronotum as long as wide, basal margin sub-transverse ; pos-

jero-lateral angles rounded, sides feebly arcuate, at the base as wide as short before

the strongly-produeed anterior constriction, apical margin rounded and feebly

emarginate in the middle; surface densely coarsely punctured, covered with yellow

seale-like hairs which are directed tewards the distinetly earinate and impunetate

middle line. Ona rather large spot in the basal half on each side of the middle line,

and a similar smaller one just before the middle, the seales are dark brown, givine

at first sight the impression that these spots are hairless. Elytra but little wider

(20:19), and 1-5 times as long as the pronotum, sides straight, feebly diverging

caudad, transverse at apex, eylindrical, and very feebly convex at apex; striate

punetate, the striae deep but narrow, the punctures largely confluent, the inter.

stices wide, flat, with somewhat irregular double rows of densely-placed coarse

punctures, the first three feebly widened posteriorly, and extending to the apical

margin, the seventh to ninth interstices continued to the third, the others not ex-

tending so far but gradually shortened; all interstices with lone seale-like hairs,

Which are of a yellowish colour in the greater part. with two wavy transverse bands

of dark brown, Abdomen with first four sternites normal, the fifth after a short

evlindrical portion, which is as wide as the second sternite, perpendicularly aseend-

ing to the apex of the elytra; this perpendicular face is rugosely punctured and

sparsely covered with long ereet dark inconspicuous hairs.

Types in South Australian Museum and in my collection.

Locality. Queensland: Coen distriet, Cape York (FH. Hacker),

THE CARRAWEENA, YANDAMA,

AND CARTOONKANA METEORIC STONES

By A. R. ALDERMAN, PH.D., M.Sc., F.G.S.

Summary

The area surrounding the point where the three States of South Australia, New South

Wales, and Queensland meet has yielded a number of meteorites, of which the following

are in South Australian collections: The Murnpeowie iron and the Accalana, Artracoona,

Carraweena, Yandama and Cartoonkana stones. The flat topography and arid climate of

the region would appear to be most suitable for the recognition and preservation of

meteorites. None of those named above have been seen to fall. This paper is a description

of three of the meteoric stones from this area.

THE CARRAWEENA, YANDAMA, ann CARTOON-

KANA METEORIC STONES

By ALR. ALDERMAN, Pu.D., M.8e., F.G.S,

FKig. 1-7.

THe area surrounding the point where the three States of South Australia. New

South Wales, and Queensland meet has vielded a number of meteorites, of whieh

the following are in South Australian collections: the Murnpeowie iron and the

Acealana, Artracoona, Carraweena, Yandama and Cartoonkana stones. The flat

fopograply and arid climate of theregion would appear to be most suitable for the

recognition and preservation of meteorites. None of those named above have beeu

seen to fall. This paper is a deseription of three of the meteorie stones trom this

area.

Theaccompanying plan gives the approximate localities of the stones described

in this paper. and also of other meteorites whieh have been found in the area

shown (fig. 1). The following is a list of such specimens, and rnless otherwise

stated {he main mass is now in the South Australian Museum.

Loeality.

Name, Weight. Type. lat. Lone.

Acealana 2. 2... 2. 641b. stone 29° 1578, 139° 58? BB,

Alice Springs... 02. 244 0b, pallasite 23° BBS. 138° 52° B.(1)

Alikatnima oo. 0... Aah (+) iron 93° 2078S. 154° 77 BL (2)

Arltiumea ,. 0, 0... 40Ub. iron 23" 28S. 134° 407 B4)

Artacoona . 2 2. 2. 45 1b. 14 oz. stone Bor 4S, 140° 07 BK. (4)

Cadell .. 2... 0... Tdlb, stone a4? 4’, 139° 45° Bh,

Carraweena .. .. 0. 634 1b, stone 29° 1078. 140° 07 B.

Cartooukana .. 2... 102. stone 29° 45’ S. 141° 2° B.

Wrenbury .¢ gs asa — iron DE RAS. 138° 10% B.C %)

Kappakoola oo... 0. -S6 Ub. stone 33° BOOS, 135° 30" FB,

Karoonda .. .. 0. 2. Yb. stone 3h” 778. 139° 53’ 1. ")

Kingoonya . .. 0... Glb. stone BO> O57 S. 135" 20% Th. (7)

(1) In British Museum of Natural History. Li. .. Spencer, Min, Mag., 1932, Vol. xxiii, pp. 88-42.

gz,

(2) ‘Pwo pieces of this iron, weighing 20 1h. and 15 1b, are in the South Austintinn Musenm, A

Third piece is privately owned in Central Australia.

(3) Mawson, D., Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Auste., lyiii, 134. pp. Land 2,

(4) In Mineralogy Department, Adelaide University,

(5) Alderman, A, Ry Min. Mag., 1932, Vol xxiii, pp. 1-32; also Ree. S. Aust. Mus., iv, 4, 18,

Pp. 955-568; Speneer, Led. Min, Map. 1933, xxiii, pp. 387-404,

(4) Mawson, D., Trans, Roy. Soe, S. Auste., lili, 194, pp. 2-5,

(7) ty Australian Museum, Sydney,

538 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSKUM

Locality.

Name, Weight. Type. hat. Lone.

Kulnine 2... 0. .. 122 Tb. stone a4" 67S. 141° 47’ FE.

Kyaneutta . .. .. .. T2Tb. iron 338° 19'S. 135° 2°. (8)

Lake Labyrinth .. ,. 75_1b, stone 30° 20°S. 184° 45’ B.(")

Morden... 2... 2. S#1b. iron 30° 30°8. 142° 20° E.

Murnpeowie .. .. 2. 2,520 Tb. iron 29° A978, = 139° 54° BL (19)

Rhine Villa oo... 2. 7T4hIb. iron 34° 207 8S. 139° 10’ B.( 11)

Silverton .. 0... .. 1202. stone 31° 53'S. 141° 12’ B.(42)

Weekeroo .. .. ,. .. 20741b. iron 32°16’ 8. 189° 52’ H(t)

Yandama .. .. .. .. 12db.90%.(+-) stone 29° 4578, 141° 2’ BE.

Yardea .. 2... 2... TAT. iron 2° 257 135° 30’ E.(1*)

No information could be obtained by the writer concernine the so-called Glen-

Osborne meteorite, which has heen mentioned in various catalogues and papers as

a South Australian fall. It is suggested that this fall should be diseredited.

CARRAWEENA.

This stone was found in 1914 by Mr. G. Amesbury at about six miles south-

west of Old Carraweena Station, in the north-east of South Australia. Its shape

is ronehly that of a thick right-angled isosceles triangle, in which the base measures

approximately 37 em.. the height 26 em., and the thickness 18 em. (fig. 2), The

weirht is 634 pounds.

The surface shows thumb-marks and indentations on all sides, and is for the

most part covered with a brownish-black to black crust. In the small areas where

this crust is missing or has been chipped off in examining the specimen, the main

bulk of the stone is seen to be of a somewhat lighter shade, being a dull rusty brown.

Although the surface is much cracked the specimen seems to be practically

complete, and does not suggest that any notable portion was broken from it as a

result of its impact with the «round,

Thin sections show that the essential components of the stone are enstatite,

olivine, metallie mekel-iron, and troilite, and that chondrules are plentiful (fig. 3).

The opaque material is largely metallie niekel-iron, with which there is asso-

(4) In Kyanenutta Museum, 8, Austr, L.d. Spencer, Min, Mag., 1933, xxili, pp, d29-383.

() In Kyaneutta Museum, 8. Austr,

(10) Tn Sehool of Mines Museum, Adelaide. L. 7. Speneer, Min. Mag., 1985, xxiv, pp. 1-20),

(11) A slice is in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, The main mass was sent to Germany,

G. A. Goyder, Tiians. Roy, Soe., 8. Austr, 1901, xxv, pe Td.

(12) In Kyanentta Museum, S. Austr. L. J. Spencer, Min, Miug,, 1884, xxiii, pp. 560-72,

(13) To Australian Museum, Sydney. T. Hodge-Smith, Ree. Aust. Mus., 1982, xviii, 6, py. 12-4,

(14) Clond, T. C., Trans. Roy. Soe., 8. Austr. 1882-4, vi, pp. 824. Other references in Andersen,

C., Ree, Austr, Mus., x, 5, 1913, p. 66,

ALDERMAN—CARRAWEENA AND YANDAMA METEORIC STONES 539

134 136

| Aikatni Prt

Alice Springs® eArltunga

* Henbury

CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

, |

Le shen)

}

Artracoonay

Accalana ef

Carraweena =

Murnpeowse e

=I ~_ = Yandama

Lake Labyrinth, Cartoonkana*

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Kingoonya®

‘Mordene

NEW

Weekerooe

eK aie da

iy es

victoria

MAP SHOWING

DISTRIBUTION of METEORITE FALLS

IN PORTION OF

SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA

Fig. 1. Meteorite falls in Southern Australia,

a0 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Fig. 3. Miero-section of the Carraweena meteorite. The large echondrule near the centre of

ihe photograph consists essentially of enstutite, (XX 20),

ALDERMAN—CARRAWEENA AND YANDAMA METEORIC STONES 541

ated a certain amount of reddish oxidation produet whieh is occasionally trans-

lucent. Troilite is also present in notable amount. These opaque components ceciur

together in masses of varying size and irreeular outline, much of whieh is in the

form. of narrow veins whieh surround silicate grains and chondrules, and oceasion

ally enter the chondrules themselves.

Wig. 4.0 A chondrole in the Carrayeens meteorite. Very narrow hands of darkei wlass

separate enstatite fibres. (> 20),

The silieste components have a eenerally porphyritie structure, echondvitic

enstatite and olivine being set ina finer breeciated ground mass which consists

essentially of the sanw two minerals, The chondrules vary considerably in eom-

position, grain-size, and structure, those in which enstatite is the main coniponent

being more perfeetly developed than others. The differences in the size of the

chondrules are considerable, some consisting of fine micro-erystalline enstatite,

viving a brush extinction between crossed nicols, while others are made up of large

custatite grains, or eranular averee@ates of olivine, or of these two minerals together,

All gradations between these extremes are also present. Some of the more striking

chondrules ave of the radiate enstatite type, in whieh yery narrow bands of glass

(fig. 4) or of clinopyroxene separate the enstatite fibres. = ln others a rounded

chondritice mass of enstatite is surronnded by an outer zone of the same mineral in

a breeciated condition.

The optical properties of both the enstatite and the olivine suggest that the

Me: Fe ratio in each mineral is about 5:1, a suggestion which seems to be sup

ported by a consideration of the chemical and mineral coniposition of the stone.

Colourless clino-pyroxene occurs in separate grains. or intererown with enstatite,

542 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Glass is present in fair quantity, and occurs either as inclusions in porphyritic

grains of enstatite or olivine, or as thin bands separating enstatite fibres in chon-

drules, or as interstitial material. It is a pale brown colour, and in some cases

devitrification has taken place.

Small colourless grains oceasionally showing polysynthetic twinning appear

to be felspar.

The bulk analysis of the Carraweena stone is as follows:

Ke 12-75 per cent.

Ni 1-10

Fe 3:64) 5.72

8 2-08} wed

SiO. 38-08

TiO. ty

Als On 5-99

FeO 9°78

MnO 0-20

MeO 94-72,

Cad 2-06

Na».O 1-88

K»O 0-48

H,O + 0-88

CroOx 0-46

BaO nil

PoO; 0-22

100-32

The specific gravity has been determined as 3°43,

YANDAMA.

The Yandama stone was aequired by the South Australian Museum from Mr,

T. F. Gill in 1914. The locality is given as ‘‘Blacks’ Camp, Big Plain, Yandama

Station, N.S.W.’’ In form this stone is a rounded sub-angular mass, and measures

approximately 19 « 14 « 13 em. (fig. 5). One end of the meteorite, weighing

probably a few ounces, has been cut off and returned to Mr, Gill. The main mass,

now in the Museum, weighs 12 lb. 9 oz. About half of the surface shows traces of

the original skin, which is smooth without thumb-marks or any major indentations.

Only very small pittings relieve the otherwise smooth surface, which is of an in-

determinate blackish-brown colour. Where the inner material is shown, as on a

fractured surface, it is of a somewhat lighter brown. The extent of the fractured

surface would appear to indicate the possibility of the stone, as found, having at

one time formed part of a considerably larger mass.

ALDERMAN CARRAWEENA AND YANDAMA METEORIC STONES 543

Under the microseope it is seen that compared with the Carraweena stone, this

aerolite has fewer well-defined chondrules, and that although there is much less

metallic material, oxidation has advanced to a tar greater extent, and brownish-red

limonite obscures much of the ground mass (fig. 6).

poms,

Fig. 5. Photograph of a coloured plaster east of the Yandama meteorite showing the shape

uf the stone when found,

Olivine is the maim silicate constitnent, bemg in excess of hypersthene. The

optical properties of these mmerals suggest a higher iron content than that of

corresponding minerals in the Carraweena stone. Class is practically absent, but

small grains of felspar, generally untwinned, and having a refractive index slivhtly

higher than the balsam, are fairly vomnion.

The opaque components veeur in irrezularly-shaped masses and thin veins,

troilite being very plentiful. Mneh limonitie material is associated with the

metallic niekel-iron, aud obseures the sileate eraims in surrounding areas.

The chondrules are for the most part Ul-detined, and consist largely of grann-

lar aggregates of olivine and hypersthene, the former miveral predominating.

More rarely a choncrule is mace up of some regular arrangement of fibrous hypers-

thene and olivine.

544 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

A chemical snalysis of the Yandama stone give results as follows:

: g

Fe 5°93 per cent.

Ni 0°56

Fe aed ) 5.8

5 1-90 \ Y

SiO. 37-99

TiOs tr.

Als Ox 7-36

FeO 14+18

Me) 21-20

Cad 2-00

NasQ 1-16

Ka 0-47

H.) +- 2659

Po Os, ()- 22

98-89(1)

The specific gravity as determined by hydrostatic weighing is 3-40.

Vig. 6. Miero-section of the Yandama stoue. Granular olivine and liypersthene are the

vssentinl siliewhe components. (ox 2A).

CARTOONKANA.

This small stone, like the one just deseribed, was also acquired frou Mx. Gil,

aud found on Yandaima station, The conditions under which it was found did not,

(1) The low summation is probably largely duc to much of the iron in this stone boing

wxidized,

ALDERMAN—CARKAWEENA AND YANDAMA METEORIC STONES 545

apparently, suggest that its fall was connected with that of the larger Yandama

specimen. The late Ma. KR. Waite, who was then Director of the South Aus-

tralian Museum, and who knew the region well, suggested applying to this fall the

name Cartoonkana, from a neighbouring locality on the station, The name witor

tunately does not appear on the New South Wales survey maps,

Wig 7. The Cartoonkead meteorite stone,

The Cartoonkaia stone is small nicasuring 8 <4 5¢ Sen, and weirhing 104

olives (fe. 7). The surface is one of the same general dark-lrownish colour as

that exhibited by Yeaulana, One end shows a vongh fraeture, and portion of the

atone is obviously dissing. The veneral shape and arrangement of the patinated

surface strongly siimevests, however, that the meteorite as it fell was not mich larger

than itis at present. Le would thus vot appear to bea fragment broken from the

larger Yandatia inass. Microscopie examination gives every support to this view,

When compared with the Yandama stone, it has fewer chondrmiles ancl is less oxi-

dized. Nlso the metathe iron is in lareer fragments, but seems of smaller amount,

Intl this may he doe to the presence of so mueh limonitic matter in the Yandama

section inereasing the apparent amount of opaque mineral, Olivine and enstutite

546 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

are the main silicate constituents. A small amount of a colourless mineral re-

sembling enstatite but giving oblique and indistinct extinction is probably clino-

pyrozene, although the double refraction seems unusually low. Small grains of

troilite are associated with the nickel-iron.

The specific gravity has been determined as 3-33.

The writer is indebted to Mr. R. G. Thomas for the phosphorus determinations

in the analyses of the Carraweena and Yandama stones.

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

INDEX

ubundins, Acacicis

Acacicis be

avaciae, V hloephthorus ba

Asanthoe hiton

Acanthoniurus

Acanthoperca

aecisa, ‘lurritella

Achorutes

vericula, Purritella

uculeata, Schizotremi

adclaidae, Acauthochiton

Koplax

adelaidicum, Microtrombidiun

acdesimus, Ocyeanus

acluropis, "Mesodina

avqualis, Microtrombidinm

affine, Mierotrombidium

agassizii, Aimbuassis

mlboguttata, Oneupera .,

album, Caenothrombiwn .

wexis, Hasora .

Allodiastylis au 14

Allothrombinm

alpina, Oncoperi a

ambiguus, Amphisopus . .

Ambassis .. $s

Amblygobius

Amphisopus

Ancbhicolurus

Anthochiton

antipodianum, Schongastia

Allothrombium

Anisynta —

anisodesma. Telicota

anisomorpha, Bibla.

wpogonoides, Negambassis

argentata, Oncopera

argus, Caceulisoma

Aricorus .

armipennis, C rossotarsus

artestriatus, Nyleborns ..

atralba, Motasingha rar

attolus, Microtrombicdium

Austrothromhinm

australiense, Chyzeria

Diplothrombium . -

Austrothrombium .

Leuwenhoekia

australasiae, Elhamma

australis, Katianna

Oxyciinus

australicus, Telmatogeton

Austrochanda

Austroteneriffia

augias, Telieota

to GENERA anp SPECIES

Page

525

520

~+ O26

S91, 610

oy ATT

860

380)

477

.. 38738

-. 4a0

349, 362

augustae, Caenothrombium

auritus, Seariehthys

aurifux, Oxcanus , a at

bukeri, Syaipodomma —,,

ballux, Oxycanus ,

bathypogonus, Leptus

Bathygobuis oe

Bankia .. rare

barnardi, Quasimodia Ape

Oxyeanus ea

barringunense, Mierotvombidium

Neotrombidium ,

barbatus, Crossutarsus

heltistus, Oxyeanus

Belaustium

Bibla.

bifrons, Se chizotrema

Himaculatus, Leperisinus

Bircenna. ae

Bliundowskiella .. “y

bohemicus, Chitau ie

Bockartia .

braehyphylla, Oneopera. .

brachydesma, elivota .

brevierist atum, Myrmicotrom hium

breyvum, Belaustium

brutneata, Oneopera =

buforanius, Hrythreaus , ais

bynoensis, Sebastapistes .

byrsus, Oxyeanus 23 -

Caeculisoma.

Cacnothrombium

erate

Callochiton :

capricornis, Quasimodia .

cuprella, Cyelaspis

Garus, Oxycanus ..

castelnani, Blandowskiella

celeripes, Er ythraeus

Centrogenys

Centrapala

¢hapuisi, Aricerus

Chelonodon

cheyrolati, Platypus

Chyzeria

chaostola, Hesperilla

chelonethus, at:

Chiton ‘

Choeradon . .

chrysotricha, Hesper illa

Circe ot

columnaria, Glyptozaria :

Colpospira

390,

393,

236

200

235

394

466

395

209

361

218

346

343

356

515

182

246

509

350

174

382

380

548 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

eollinum, Mierotrombidiunm

compacta, Hesperilla

compressus, Xyleborvus

contempta, Hasora

coorongense, Schongastia

cottoni, Dimorphostylis . .

cordatus, Xyleborus

Corone.,

erassum, Caenothvombium

cretatus, Allodiastylis

Crossotarsus

Cryphalus

Cryptoplax . Ae

erypsargyra, Hesperilla ..

erypsigramma, Hesperilla

criniger, Yongeichthys

eristatum, Belaustium

Ctenocolpus

Cumella,

cupulatus, Plat ypus

eyanophracta, Mesodina

eynone, Anisynta

Cyelaspis ..

eyelnspila, Hesperilla

Dactylopalpus are

dactyliota, Motasingha . .

darnleyensis, Bathygobius

dasyeerei, Schongastia

dasypodiae, Mrythracus .

decoratus, Lepidopleurus

delicatula, Teana

delieatulum, Allothrombium

denuditus, Chiton

destruens, Nyleborus

determinatus, Oxveanus

Diamerus

Diapus

Die

Dimorphostylis Sc “a

(imorphus, Dryocvetes . “a

Diplothvombinm

diremptus, Oxyeamus

Dirphia, Mot

Drombus

Dryocortes

dominula, Motasingha

epargyra, Oneopera

eichoffi, Arieerus

Elhamma ‘

clongatus, Notoplaty pus .

Ellochelon ao

emarginatus, Xyleborus ‘ ns

emdeni, Platypus . +5: <f

Enemothrombium “

Mntomohrya hi. e:

Bophbiantis

Boplay

Page

295,

195

538

“14

400

528

208

42K

A13

405

Erythraeus

Huchoristopus ke

eurychlora, Telieota er

evansi, Pseudachorutes

exiguus, AXyleborus

Hxoedivervs re

falumensis, Acanthoehiton

fasciata, Pseudosinella ..

Pericrypta AA

fascieulita, Oncopera

the spinatus, Dinpus

Ficicis is

flavopilosus, Ny burs wa

Fos.

fo, Koa ee a

fornicatus, Nyleborus ..

forticuls, Platypus

fossor, Exoedicoros

fulva, Bireenna

fuseus, Bathygohius

fuscomaculatus, Oxyeanus

gabrieli, Bantein

Gazameda .

gelidus, Oxyeaunus

Gephyrocuma a

gibbosus, Naunustacus . .

#lauerti, Belaustinm

CGlyeydonta

Gly ptozaria

LOATINAG, Michosmaris

goldfinehi, Oxyeanus

goodingi, Oxyeanus

grapulatus, Ozopemom

guttatum, Allothrombium

Gymnothorax

Gyunodiastylis

halei, Urohaustervius

Drombus

hitlyzia, Mesodina

lamatus, Oxyeanus

lanseni, Nannastacus

Hanleya

Ilauptmannia

Hasara rf

herdus, Oxvenius 4

Hesperills

heteromaculs, Tr rapeaites

heterobathra. Padriona

lirsti, Trombieula .

Mierotrombidium .

Austroteneriftia

Microsmaris

THirstiosoma

hirtellus, Achorntes

hopsoni, Hesperila

Page

BLS, 245

855

475

aus

45°

480)

482

a2)

ada

348

528

515

458

460

352

2ty4

L78

s72

305

412

432

226

508

use

232

S05

a2]

926

200

B45

418

446

aba

BOT

131

389

BAS

299

912

196

aso

233

242

ATT

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

Page

Hylesinosoma —. . ty es c. Pee

Lylesinus : ot ». o2l

ly poe hlora, Ocybudistes : “ke .. 8H

hypomelama, Ovyhadistes rs neo WE

ilothea, Hesperilla jf en o. hid

ina, Taractrocera ii af s OY

incunus, Oxyeamus oie ae -. Ss

indicus, Xyluborus as Bm 2. 529

insigne, Austrothrom bitin e's -; 208

iusularinum, Belaustium .. 4 ta B29

intermedius, Spathidiewrus 4: =. pl

interstifialis, Diumerns .. os .. OU

inthieata, Onceopers |, 6 9 1s

intrieoides, Oncopera —.. ae 25

Isehnochiton os a0 ase 392, alt

Isotoma .. t < ed “8 .. 478

Istigobius rs be ay w 358

janeus, Oxyeanns ae 3 ey BDF

jansoni, Platypus tt = .. old

Jeana at Wt m3 3 + 219

jolnstoni, Caeculisonia 241

juttneri, Chitum .. us ty ww AS

kalolo, Buchoristopus .. a sae

Katianna ¢ -. 483

kurriensis Mivrotrombidium an »« AGI

Kimberia . te te te -. 870

koebelei, Ficivis he a .. $8

I yvlesinus ir ai . 64521

kondinium, Austrothrombium . . >. “808

koordanum, Microtrombidium .. .. 195

kuntzeni, Crossotarsus .. BA -- O13

Kuria ae a «i ba .. 46H

lneordeirer, Crossotarsus .

lucve, Cumella .. -t

lamnus, Ox yennus

laotale, Scbusta pistes

laseivin, Padrions

luseiodactylum, Dic oa et Y

latecompressus, Xyleborus

lutissima, Turritella ra Ar

luai, Xylechinus ,. se act be

Leperisinus

lopida, Middendorttin

Lepidoplourus

lepitas, Platypus

Lepbocuma ps one aj - 408

Leptus ., er ir 2a, 2G

leueostigma, Hesperills pa af s+: (53

Leuwenhoekia Be ma o. _ “BL?

lima, Comella 4 4 a 2 485

lineatus, Acanthomurus . 4, oe ATT

littorale, Belaustium le ae os «826

loosus, Oxyeanus . ae Aye a> Bi

lyugipes, Boekartia

tuedal, Platypus

luteus, Trapezibes

Ivelli, Oxyeanus a's

inacalutit, Perierypta .,

indculatus, Scolytotarsus

maculosus, Mxvediceros . .

Oxyeanus

macloayi, Austrochanda

majusculus, Crossotarsus

matndeva, Hesperilla.

anillensis, Ovoides

ihastersi, Hesperillia

Maoricolpus

marianus , Priopidiehthys

me lagomvus, Cryphalus

Melo

melanospilus, Gymmothorax

melania, IHesperilla

mesoptis, Telieota

Mesodina .. Hy rt

Mesira

Microsomaris

Microtrombidium

Middendorftia

miltonis, Melo

miniatum, € ‘wenothrombium

minutus, Microsmiaris

mirandus, Microsmaris

mitoeera, Oneopera +t

miniszechi, Crossotarsus

montana, Parakatianna , .

Cacculisoma

monotherma, Hesporilla

numntivyagum, Caenothrombium

Motasingha

morigerus, Xyleborus

Mugil

nmiullewaensis, Haupt mania

multigranosa, Hanleya

munionga, Hesperilla

murrayana, Turritells

Myrmicotrombinm

myrmicum, Microtrombidium

niias, Oxycamus

Nannistaeus

nasutum, Caeculisoma

Negambassis

uematophthalmus. Suggrundus

newmani, Belustium

Microtrombidium

nichollsi, Bireenna,

nigrella, Entomobrya

nigripinnis, Ambassis

nigrocephala, Mesira

niphadias, Oxyeanus

nobile, Caenothrombium

549

Page

ATU,

252

alt

aunt

452

add

452

324

307

514

Sra}

a70

ous

527

oU0

S45

Gl)

480)

B31

187

505

2U6

234

age

ane

40)

513

483

237

2038

528

d46

val)

389

a7]

186

189

Bill

43]

236

S60

A559

boa

46]

480

464

480

320

203

550 RECORDS OF THE

Page

Notupiuala, a i a 339,510 |

uovae-noulandiae, Lrombieuwla .. . “ls |

hovyaguineanus, Ayleborus 4 -. asl

nupualis, Oxycmuus as “7 -» ole

nynguneuse, Caenuthrombinne . . .. 200

ubliquus, Pauloscirtes .. ® .. d0e

obscura, Parakabiomna ., .: .. +65

vceluenialis, Oxyeunus . . be .» 812 |

veciuua, Purritedla te ie ka

Uey bacustes ave 9 mL A 50

Oneopera ‘ > te he 13

ommiyorus, U mossutarsus: : a's at At

Qpacitrons, Mlalypus —., ti 2. ole

ornata, Llesperilia ws “9 +. 08

ornatus, Leptus . . mk oa oo 8S

Ovoides .. - ~ an .. Do |

Uxyeunus . ik ne “4 .. UBU

Ozopemou . a be “<i .. 826

P |

Pachysty lis oe “iid bv os aed

Padraona ‘ a oF oq «(80

pala, Gephyrocumia Ds oo . 4g |

palliatus, tlatypus -. 23 -. Olt

papuanus, Phloesinus .. we .. del

Ozopemon ts nse 10)

pupnensis, Ampbassis — -- be .. SOL

Parakatiannn me a v2 $58

puranum, WM ierotrombidium .. 1491

parasema, Lesperila .. it (O08

Parevra -. are a | 2. dhl

Paroncopera ae he A .. = 30

parva, Oneopera to be -+ a6

Patoca, Chelonodon .. 23 .. 856 |

Pauloscirtes - vie vo 351 |

Perierypta 0 ‘7 + .. 482

perditus, Oxyeunus 43 be cemeret 13)

pernanulus, Crossotarsus na ss ble |

perthense, Nrythraeus .. 03 wo Bde

petrogale, Schon: astia ., a6 ot

phalacna, Amblygobius - “4 2. $58

phigilia, Trapezites at at -. au)

Phloephthorus —.. Y -F 1. OS

Phioesinus os bo es .. o21 |

Pierocuma fe 65 2. 445

pilosellus, Cryphalus a re 1. O27

pilosus, Erythragus 4 O% :: 820

pityogenes, Xyleborus .. _ .. od

Platyeolpus ma a ae 2. AST

Platypus apd -. Olt

plumbeus, Acanthomurus ae wo «ATT

poecilota, Pierocuma —.. a fe 415

povticus, Oxyenus os ie 2 OATS

polysema, Anisynta 23 a an al

Priopidichthys .. + ne ,. aba

pritehardi, Tsotoma 4 ve .. «478

promincens, Calyptostomea 24 885

promiscuus, Oxyeanus .. is. . ald

protea, Rhagina .. ee w B86

protomarica, Glyeydonta ale -. 04

S.A, MUSEUM

puuctatopilosus, Xyleboras

pura, Cyclaspis ..

pusillinus, Diapus

puta, ‘lerapon ..

rscudachorutes . ao

pseudo-opacns, Platypus

Pseudosimella —.

pseudosolidus, Ny leborus:

Quasimocia

queenslandi, Platypus

ravipicnlus, Cadlochiton

relata, Chiton

relata, Antloehiton 4

retentus, Mierotrombrdaun

reginag, Lrytiiravus a

Hugin

ripicola, Belaustium

Oueeulisoma

rosuceus, Oxyeanus

rudolficensis, Lselunoehitei

rufobrimnedn, Guo perc

sealaris, TLirstosqrs oe

Schariehthys ie

Schougastia ft oe

achoenleinii, Choerodon .

Schizotrema we

Seolytotarsus ote an

Seyliorhinus

Sebastupistes =. . =

sellicki, Siphonvecetes -.

setistriatus, Cryphalus

serrata, Parakatiauna

sericatum, Crenothrombium

sexspinosus, Xyleborus . .

sexguttuta, Housperilly

sheardi, Leptocuma

siynata, Trombiculs

silvanus, Oxycanus

simile, Microtrombidium

similis, Xyleborus

Gynodiastylis

Siphonovcetes

sirpus, Oxyeanus

solidus, Xyleborus

Platypus . oe

sordidus, Oxyeanus ls

southeotti, Mierotrombidiam

spadix, Oxyeanus -

Spathidicerus

sphragidias, Oxyeanus

Sphacrolophus

sphenosema, Anisynata

spinatum, Mierotrombidium

stellans, Oxyeanus

Stiracolpus

striatopunetatus, “Cryphalus

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

sturtii, Turritella

subacricula, Turritella

subgranosus, Platypus

subpellucidus. Crossotarsus

subrudis, Turritella

subvarius, Oxyeanus

Suggrundus .

stephensoni, Istigohius

Sympodomma

tusmaniensis, Pseudachorutes

tusmaniae, Perierypta

Taractrocera

Telmatogeton

tulkara, Ambzissis

Telicota whe

testaceus, Nvleborus

terebra, Turritella

Terapon ~

thielei, Lepidopleurus

tindale?. Nophliantis

torridum, Cacnothrombinm

Trapezites nt i

transyersus, Dactylopalpus

transversarius, Phloesinus

tricostalis, Chiton

Anthochiton

fristira, Turritella

trichopepla, Corone

trilix, Turritella

Trombicula

Trombella et

trimaeulata, Motasingha .

trimeatus, Xyleborus

furgidus, Gynodiastylis , .

Torritela ;

l?-spinatus, Xyleborus

tymbophora Hesperilla

tyrrhus, Hesperilla

Urohaustorius

versa, Xvieborus

ursus, Nyleborus

urrbrae, Erythraeus

Page

377

a76

516

513

371

324

355

353

397

475

481

440

a49

529

369

348

389

457

203,

520

mae

Pe herpes

509

380

aq7

212

185

528

420

B69

538

445

528

821

vaigiensis, Centrogeuys .,

Ellochelon

yurians, Ficicis

Hylesinus

Velambassis

yercoi, Urohaustorius

vietoriense, Mierotrombidium

victus, Pachystylis

vincenti, Seyliorhinus

virgata. Entomobrya

virgatus, Ovoides

waitel, Anehieolurus

walkeri, Ocybadistes

wallacei, Xyleborus

Hylesinus

wanjakalda, Notopala

warburtonii, Turritela

warregense, Leptus

warregensis, Tromhbella . .

waterhousei, Oxyeanus

weedingi, Ciree

weinlandi, Cryptoplax

wellingtonia, Achorutes

westralicnse, Hauptmannia

Sphaerolophus

Schongastia

Microtrombidium

womersleyi Quasimodia

wyandrae, Allothrombium

Mierotrombidium

xanthomera, MHesperilla

xiphiphora, Llesperilla

Xyleborus

Xylechinus

Yongeichthys

zigzag, Callochiton

zimmeri, Nannastaeus

551

Page

S46

346

52]

521

36a

449

195

424

367

480

355

418

528

521

340

377

223

185

292

174

agl

477

249

231

215

188

464

210

195

528

524

353

390

432